Student SS 8.7 User Guide

Banner Student Self-Service User GuideRelease 8.7 (Revised)November 2014/nWithout limitation: Ellucian®, Banner®, Coll eague®, and Luminis® are trademarks of the Ellucian group of companies that are reg istered in the U.S. and certain other countries; and Ellucian AdvanceŽ, Ellucian Course SignalsŽ, Ellucian Degree WorksŽ, Ellucian PowerCampus Ž, Ellucian RecruiterŽ, Ellucian SmartCallŽ, are also trademarks of the Ellucian group of companies. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners. © 1997, 2015 Ellucian. Contains confidential and proprietary information of Ellucian and its subsidiaries. Use of these materials is limited to Elluci an licensees, and is subject to the terms and conditions of one or more written li cense agreements between Ellucian and the licensee in question. In preparing and providing this publicati on, Ellucian is not rendering legal, accounti ng, or other similar professional service s. Ellucian makes no claims that an institution's use of this publication or the soft ware for which it is provided will guarantee compliance with ap plicable federal or state laws, rules, or regulations. Each organiza tion should seek legal, accounting, and other similar professional services from comp etent providers of the organization's own choosing. Prepared by: Ellucian 4375 Fair Lakes Court Fairfax, Virginia 22033 United States of America Revision History Publication DateSummary November 2014 New version that supports Banner Student Self-Service 8.7 software. August 2015Field names updated on pages 407, 489, 490. /n 3Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Contents Application Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 How to Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Web Page Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Related Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Compatibility with Accessibility Aids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Cascading Style Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 CSS Basics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3Baseline and Local Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Information Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Help Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Public Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Prospective Students. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Apply for Admission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Campus Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Course Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Class Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Secure Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Student Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Student Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Access the Secure Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Log In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Forgotten PIN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Audit User ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9Static Display of Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 /n 4Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Long Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Course Catalog Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Class Schedule and Registration Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Long Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Course Catalog Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Class Schedule and Registration Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Course Catalog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Course Catalog Web Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Catalog Term (bwckctlg.p_disp_dyn_ctlg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Search for Courses (bwckct lg.p_disp_cat_term_date). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Catalog Entries (bwckctlg.p_display_courses). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Detailed Course Information (bwckctlg.p_disp_cours e_detail). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Syllabus Information (bwckctlg.p_disp catalog_syllabus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 /n 5Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Bookstore Information (bwckbook.site) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Set Up the Course Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Implement the Course Catalog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Customize the Catalog Entries Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Change Data Element Names for the Catalog Entries Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Suppress Data Elements from the Catalog Entries Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Display Data Elements on the Catalog Entries Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Change Sections Link Text on the Catalog Entries Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Suppress Sections Link from the Catalog Entries Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Display Sections Link on the Catalog Entries Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Customize the Course Catal og Search Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Implement Bookstore Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Turn on GTVSDAX Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Modify Web Tailor Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Setup and Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Use the Course Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Search for Courses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Set up syllabus information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Access syllabus information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Class Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Class Schedule Web Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Class Schedule Search Selection (bwckschd.p_disp _dyn_sched) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Class Schedule Search (bwckgens.p_sel_term_date). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 /n 6Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Class Schedule Listing (bwckct lg.p_disp_listcrse or bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec) . . 77 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Buttons/icons on This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Detailed Class Information (bwckschd .p_disp_detail_sched). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Buttons/icons on This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Syllabus Information (bwckschd.p_dis p_syllabus). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Buttons/icons on This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Set Up the Class Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Implement the Class Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Customize the Class Schedule Listing Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Change Data Element Names for the Class Schedule Listing Page. . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Suppress Data Elements from the Class Schedul e Listing Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Display Data Elements on the Class Schedule Listing Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Change Catalog Link Text on the Class Schedule Listing Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Suppress Catalog Link from the Class Schedule Li sting Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Display Catalog Link on the Class Schedule List ing Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Customize the Class Schedule Search Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Use the Class Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Search for Classes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Prospect Self-Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Prospect Self-Service Web Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Prospective Students (bwskwpro.P_ChooseProspectT ype). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 /n 7Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Prospect Data Entry (bwskwpro.P_WebProspectMain). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Set Up Prospect Self-Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Setup Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Setup Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 9Migrate Prospect Self-Service Data to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Admissions Self-Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Admissions Self-Service Web Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Admissions Login (bwskalog.P_DispLog inNon). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Admissions Login - New User (bwskalog.P_DispLoginNew). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Select an Application Type (bwska log.P_DispChoice). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 /n 8Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Apply for Admissions (bwskalog.P_DispNewApp). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Application Checklist (bwskalog.P_DispIndex). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Name (bwskanam.P_DispAppName). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 First Address and Phone (bwskaadr.P_DispAppAddr1) and Second Address and Phone (bwskaadr.P_DispAppAddr2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Personal Information (bwskaper.P_DispAppPersonal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Planned Course of Study (bwskapln.P_DispAppPlan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 /n 9Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Parental Information (bws kapar.P_DispAppParents). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Previous College (bwskapcl.P_DispApp PrvCollege) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 High School (bwskahsc.P_DispAppHighSch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 College Lookup or High School Lookup (bwskalog.p_proc_sbgi_code) . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Test Scores (bwskatst.P_DispAppTests) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 International Information (bwskaint.P_DispAppInternat ional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Activities (bwskaact.P_DispAppActivities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 /n 10Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Additional Information (bwskaudf.P DispAppUserDef) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Requested Materials (bwska mat.P_DispAppMaterials). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Essays (bwskaess.P_DispAppEssay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Application Preference (bwskaprf.p_disp_pref) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Application Fee Payment (bwskalog.P_ProcIndex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Admissions Agreement (bwskalog.P_ProcIndex). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 /n 11Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Signature (bwskalog.P_ProcIndex2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Application Menu (bwskalog.P_DispChoices) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Web Application Summary (bwskasta.P_DispStatus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Application Summary (bwskasta.P_DispStatusSaradap). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Applicant Withdrawal Information (bwskadec.P_App licationWDInfo). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Set Up Admissions Self-Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Setup Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 75Procedures Used in Admissions Self-Service Processi ng. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Routines Used in Admissions Self-Service Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Rule Groups Used in Admissions Se lf-Service Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Delivered Rule Groups Used in Admissions Self-Service Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Cross-Reference Labels Used in Admissions Self -Service Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Address Hierarchy Rules for Credit Card Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Identify Payment Profile for Credit Card Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 /n 12Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Process Self-Service Admission Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Receive Web Applications - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Receive Web Applications - Detail Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Update Null SSN during Admissions Pu sh Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Manually Match, Verify, and Push Web Admission A pplications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Change PINs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Review Applicant Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Push Test Score Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Addresses in Banner and Entered on the Web. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Set Up Quick Start for Student Self-Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Processing Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Behind the Scenes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Application Status Errors and Resolutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Set Up Curriculum Processing for Admissions Self-Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Set Up Web Acceptance of Admissions Offer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Use Payment and Deposit Processing with Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Non-secure Login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Secure Login. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240 Drop/Withdrawal Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Status Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 42Automatic Drops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Connected Drops Allowed with User Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Connected Drops Processed Automatically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Connected Drops Not Allowed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Drop Last Class Not Allowed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Administrative Drops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Administrative Drop if an Approval is Added to a CRN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Administrative Drop if a Corequisite is Added to a CRN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Administrative Drops if Active Drop Codes are No t Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Administrative Drops if Other Errors are Found during Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Rules on GTVSDAX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 AUTODROP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 ADMINDROP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 /n 13Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Registration Web Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Registration Term (bwskflib.P_SelDefTerm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Add or Drop Classes (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Error Message Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Current Schedule Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Registration Add Errors Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Registration Update Errors Se ction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Add Classes Worksheet Sectio n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Registration Fee Assessment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Web Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Drop Last Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Connected Course Drop Confirma tion (bwskfreg.p_disp_confirm_drops). . . . . . . . . . 267 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Registration Start Date (bwckcoms.p_disp_start_con firm_date) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Alternate PIN Verification (bwskfreg.P_AltPin). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Buttons/icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Select Term or Date Range (bwskf cls.p_sel_crse_search) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 /n 14Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Buttons/icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Select Study Paths (bwckcoms.P_StoreStudyPath) and (bwckcoms.P_StoreMultiStudyPath) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Look Up Classes (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Look Up Classes - Courses Found (b wskfcls.P_GetCrse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Look Up Classes Results (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Using Study Paths. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Look up classes and search by date range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Advanced Search (bwskfcls.P_GetCrs e_Advanced). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Info Text and Help Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Change Class Options (bwskfreg.P_ ChangeCrseOpt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Registration Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 /n 15Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Buttons/icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Week at a Glance (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchd) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Determining the Week for which a Registration Record should be Slotted. . . . . . . 295 Courses without Assigned Meeting Time s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Courses with Time Conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Student Detail Schedule (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Registration Fee Assessment (bwskffee.P_FeeAsses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Tuition and Fees Payment (bwckcpmt.P_CCPaymen tTermSelected) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Buttons/icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Withdrawal Information (bwrktivw.P_TitleIVWithdraw). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Title IV Fund Detail (bwrktivw.P_TitleIVDetail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 /n 16Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Registration Status (bwskrsta.P_RegsStatusDisp). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Setup requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Active Registrations (bwsksreg.p_active_regs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Setup requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Registration History (bwskhreg.p_reg_hist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Office Hours (bwskoffh.p_display_office_hours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Concise Student Schedule (bwskcrse.P_CrseSchdDetl). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Concise Student Schedule by Centric Period (bwskcrse.P_CrseSchdScp). . . . . . . . . 325 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Registration Processing Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Registration Temporary Table (SFTREGS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 /n 17Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Additional Registration Information Table (SFRAREG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Set Up Basic Registration on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Supporting Validation Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Setup Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Setup Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 31Display Term Date Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Set Up and Use Study Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Set Up Study Paths in Baseline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Set Up Study Paths in Self-Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Set Up Immediate Registration Fee Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Implementing Detail Code Displays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Set Up Registration Time-Ticketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Registration Priority Time-Ticketing Setup Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Registration Priority Time-Ticketing Setup Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Model Script for Populating Registration Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Scenarios for Using the GTVSDAX Rules fo r Restricted Time Tickets and Time Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Set Up Third-Party Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Set Up Alternate PIN Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Set Up Registration Permit-Overrides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Permit-Overrides Set-Up Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Student Registration Permit-Override Steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Allow Major, Educational Goal, and Employment Expectation Updates . . . . . . . . 355 Use Registration on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Search for Classes and Registering via the Web. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Register for a Known CRN via the Web. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 View Active Registrations via the Web. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Technical Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Add or Drop Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Change Class Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 /n 18Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Look Up Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Student Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366 Student Records Web Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 View Holds (bwskoacc.P_ViewHold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Midterm Grades Term (bwskmgrd.P_Write_Term_Selecti on). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Midterm Grades (bwskmgrd.P_Write_Midterm_Grades) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Grade Display Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Final Grades Selection (bwskogrd.P_ViewTermGrde). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Final Grades (bwskogrd.P_ViewGrde). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Grade Display Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Grade Detail Term (bwsksmrk.P_Write_Term_Selection). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 /n 19Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Buttons/Icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Section Grade Detail (bwsks mrk.p_write_crn_selection). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Component Grade Detail (bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_deta il) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Subcomponent Grade Detail (bwsksmrk.p_write_grad e_detail). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Academic Transcript Options (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTra n). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Buttons/Icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Academic Transcript (bwskotrn.P_ViewTran). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Transcripts with Student Centric Periods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Study Path Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Source Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Transcript Request Address (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Tran script_Address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 /n 20Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 Select Transcript Type (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcr ipt_request_type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Buttons/Icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Transcript Request Options (bwskwtrr.p_disp_tra nscript_request_data). . . . . . . . . . . 406 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Buttons/Icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Payment Options (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Trans_Request_C harges) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 Transcript Request Summary (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Payment_Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Signature Page (bwskwtrr.P_DispSigPage). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Transcript Order Date (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Order_Reques ts). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Transcript Order Status (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Status_of_ Order) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 /n 21Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Degree Evaluation Record (bwckca pp.P_DispCurrent). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Previous Evaluations (bwcksmmt.P_DispPrevEval). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Degree Evaluation Results Report (bwcksxml.report) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 Generate New Evaluation (bwckcapp.P_DispEvalTerm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 What-If Analysis (Step One) (bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_one) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 What-If Analysis (Step Two) (bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_two) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 /n 22Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents What-If Analysis (Step Three) (bwcksmds.P_whatif_ step_three). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 What-If Analysis (Add More) (bwcksmds.p_whatif_ne xt_step) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 What-If Analysis (Evaluation Te rm) (bwcksmds.p_whatif_next_step) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 General Student Information (bwskgstu.P_StuInfo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Enrollment Verification Request (bwskrqst.p_disp_t erm_type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Enrollment Verification Delivery (bwskrqst.p_proc_t erm_type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Enrollment Verification Address (bwskrqst.p_proc_de livery) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 /n 23Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Enrollment Verification Payment (bwskrqst.p_proc_p ayment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 Enrollment Verification Request Summary (bwskrqs t.p_proc_confirm) . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Enrollment Verification Signature (bwskrqst.p_proc_c onfirm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 Enrollment Verification Request Date (bwskrqst. p_disp_request_dates). . . . . . . . . . . 450 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451 Enrollment Verification Request Status (bwskrqs t.p_disp_request_status) . . . . . . . . . 451 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 Test Scores (bwsktesc.p_view_tests). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 Curriculum Term Selection (bwskgrad.p_disp_grad_ter m). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 Restrict Term Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 /n 24Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 Curriculum Selection (bwskgrad.p_disp_gradapp). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 Graduation Date Selection (bwskgrad.p_proc_grad_da te) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 Graduation Ceremony Selection (bwskgrad.p_proc ceremony) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 Diploma Name Selection (bwskgrad. p_proc_diploma_name) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Diploma Name Selection - Name Change (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_name). . . . . . 467 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Name Change Information (b wgkoinf.P_DispUpdName). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 /n 25Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 Diploma Mailing Address Selection (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_addr). . . . . . . . . . . . 470 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 Diploma Mailing Address Sele ction - Address Change (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_addr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 Graduation Application Payment (bwskgrad.p_proc_p ayment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 Graduation Application Summary (bwskgrad.p_disp_c onfirm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 Graduation Application Signature (bwskgrad.p_dis p_sigpage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 Graduation Application (bwskgrad.p_view_gradapp). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 /n 26Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Set Up Student Records on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 Set Up Holds on the Web. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 Set Up Grade Display on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 Set Up Academic Transcripts on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 Set Up the Web Transcript Requests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Set Up Enrollment Verification Requests on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491 Set Up Degree Evaluation on the Web. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 WebCAPP Rules Form (SMAWCRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494 Use Pipes Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496 SFKCOMM Package. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497 Initialize Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498 GTVSDAX Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499 Pipe Initialization Process (SFRPINI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 Compliance Pipe Process (SFRPIPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 Use Advanced Queue Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 GTVSDAX Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 SFKCOMM Package. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 SOKADVQ Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 SFKPREQ Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 soo_sfkcmpl_payload Object Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 Queue Initialization Process (SFRQINI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503 Compliance Advanced Queue Process (SFRADVQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503 Process Flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503 Set Up Graduation Application on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 Set Up Overall Graduation Applicat ion Display Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505 Set Up Graduation Date Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506 Set Up Graduation Applications on the Web. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506 Set Up Diploma Name Selection and Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507 Set Up Diploma Mailing Address Se lection and Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508 Use Student Records on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508 Request Transcripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508 Perform What-if Analyses for Degree Evaluations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509 Set up test scores. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510 Access test scores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510 Student Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .512 Student Account Web Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512 Account Summary (bwskoacc.P_ViewAcctTotal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513 /n 27Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514 Account Summary By Term (bwskoacc. P_ViewAcct). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517 Account Detail for Term (bwskoacc.P_ViewAcctTerm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517 Information Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 Buttons/Icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 Account Summary by Period (bwskeacc.P_AcctSummary ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 Information Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 Account Summary for Period Terms (bwskeacc. P_PeriodAcctSummary). . . . . . . . . . 525 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525 Information Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526 Statement and Payment History (bwsksphs.P_ViewSt atement). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529 Buttons/Icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529 Select a Tax Year (bwtktxys.p_get_tax_year). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 Links to other Web pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 Buttons/Icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 /n 28Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 Tax Notification for Tax Year (bwtktxns.p_disp_tax_notification) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 Information Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534 Payment Processing (bwskpayg.P_DispLi st). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536 Links to Other Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536 Buttons/Icons on This Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536 Payment Processing Transaction (bwskpayg.P_ProcList, bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537 First View of the Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537 Links to other Web pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537 Buttons/Icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538 Second View of the Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538 Links to other Web pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 Buttons/Icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 Third View of the Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 Links to other Web pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540 Buttons/Icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540 Payment Processing Summary (bwskpayg.P_ProcTran saction). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541 Links to other Web pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541 Buttons/Icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541 Payment Processing Successful Payment (bwskp ayg.P_DispSuccess) . . . . . . . . . . . 542 /n 29Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Contents Account Information (bwskoacc.P_Disp layTabs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542 Web Page Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542 Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543 Updates to Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543 Links to other Web pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543 Buttons/Icons on this page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543 Web Menus With Links to This Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543 Set Up Student Account on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543 Set Up Account Summary Pages on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544 Set Up the Account Detail for Term Page on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544 Set Up the Statement and Payment History Page on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 Set Up the Tax Notification Page on the Web. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 Set up and Use Payment and Deposit Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546 Payment and Deposit Processing Flow - Student Acco unt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546 Payment and Deposit Processing Flow - Application Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547 Account Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548 Setup Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548 /n 30Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Application Overview Application OverviewWelcome to the Banner Student Self-Service User Guide . This manual provides information needed by the staff members who su pport your Student Self-Service product, including operations personnel, DBAs, prog rammer analysts, systems analysts, and other technical specialists. Staff members should be familiar with the hardware system in use at your site and all should have a basic understanding of Oracle products. This chapter covers the following topics: ŁfiHow to Use This Manualfl on page30 ŁfiAccessibilityfl on page32 ŁfiCascading Style Sheetsfl on page33 ŁfiBaseline and Local Recordsfl on page34 ŁfiInformation Textfl on page34 ŁfiFunctionalityfl on page35 ŁfiAccess the Secure Areafl on page37 ŁfiStatic Display of Informationfl on page39 ŁfiLong Titlesfl on page40 ŁfiLong Descriptionsfl on page41 How to Use This Manual This manual is organized into the following chapters. ŁThis chapter provides a summary of the functions of the Banner Student Self-Service application, procedures for accessing the application, and a procedure that must be followed before you begin to implement and use the application at your institution. ŁfiCourse Catalogfl on page44 , covers setting up and using your course catalog on the Web. ŁfiClass Schedulefl on page71 , covers setting up and using your class schedule on the Web. ŁfiProspect Self-Servicefl on page92 , explains how prospective students can submit information to your institution. ŁfiAdmissions Self-Servicefl on page106 , covers setting up and using the Admissions Self-Service module within Student Self-Service. /n 31Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Application Overview ŁfiRegistrationfl on page240 , covers setting up and using Web registration functions, including how students can add and drop classe s, look up classes to add, change class options, view their schedules, and more via the Web. ŁfiStudent Recordsfl on page366 , covers setting up and using Web student records functions, including how students can view their: Łacademic and other student records Łholds that may exist on their records Łgrades Łunofficial academic transcripts They can also run new or view exis ting degree evaluations (compliances). ŁfiStudent Accountfl on page512 , covers student account records. Note: Effective with the 8.0 release of Banner Student Self-Service, Banner Financial Aid Self-Service is a stand-alone product. The chapter covering the Financial Aid Self-Ser vice pages has been removed from this manual. Refer to the Banner Financial Aid Self-Service User Guide for information about that product. Web Page Descriptions Each Web page that is part of Banner Student Self-Service is described in this manual. The description includes: ŁText explaining the page™s use ŁList of field descriptions, including, when applicable, where in Banner the information comes fromŁSetup requirements for the page, which can be helpful in troubleshooting ŁList of which items, if any, update Banner and what in Banner is updated ŁList of links to other Web pages, which explains how each hypertext link on the page worksŁList of buttons on the page, which explai ns how each button on the page works ŁList of menus in the application that have links to the page ŁList of other pages in the application that have links to the page This information is provided to help you decide how to use the Web pages at your institution. Note: Package.procedure names (the HTML name associated with the page) are included, because they are unique names that do not change regardless of what modifications your institution makes to the product. /n 32Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Application Overview The package.procedure name can be used as a common reference name or a way to double check that you are working with the correct page. Related Documentation In addition to the Banner Student Self-Service User Guide , the following documentation supports your work with Banner Student Self-Service: ŁBanner Student User Guide ŁBanner Web General User Guide ŁBanner Web Tailor User Guide ŁPayment Processor Connection Handbook AccessibilityBanner Web pages have been designed to be accessible for all of our users. The goal is to make Banner Web content understandable and navigable for any individual who uses adaptive technology such as screen readers and screen enlargers. This includes not only making the language clear and simple, but also providing easy steps to complete a user task and designing mechanisms for navigating within and between pages. Providing navigation features and orie ntation information in page s maximizes accessibility and usability. As a part of the Web UI and accessibility function ality, the look and feel settings previously found in Web Tailor are in Cascading Style Sh eets (CSS). By providing more CSS in Web Tailor, institutions can customize and manage self-service products at their institution. The benefits of this are: ŁImproved usability for all constituents, including the disabled ŁA more flexible user interface with greater ability to customiz e the filook and feelfl to meet institutional needs ŁGreater extensibility for local modifications du e to increased use of industry standards, including W3C guidelines ŁAn improved foundation for future changes in Web technology Note: For a detailed listing of the featur es used with User Interface and Accessibility, refer to the Banner Web General User Guide ./n 33Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Application Overview Compatibility with Accessibility Aids Self-service products are compatible with the following screen reader: Freedom Scientific JAWS 11 and higher for Windows http://www.freedomscientific.com/index.html Screen readers provide information to users via a recorded voice that speaks the words that appear on the screen. Note: For more info rmation about accessibility aids for self-service Internet applications, see the fiTechnical Basicsfl chapter in the Banner Web Tailor User Guide .Cascading Style Sheets To increase the control your institution has over its Web pages, Banner Student Self- Service uses Cascading Style Sheets (CSS). Style sheets describe how documents are presented on screens and in print, and can even specify how abbreviations are pronounced by screen readers. Also, they tend to result in highly-structured Web pages, which lend themselves to speech synthesizers. Note: All page display settings are controlled using Cascading Style Sheets. CSS BasicsCascading Style Sheets (CSS) were created by the World Wide Web Consortium to introduce more consistency and structure into Web pages. Using CSSs allows Web developers to create a set of styles then appl y them to all of their Web pages uniformly. If a developer changes a style on the style sheet, all the Web pages that use that style are updated. Styles can affect all parts of a Web page including: ŁHeaders ŁTables ŁFonts ŁFont size ŁFont color ŁGraphics (that is, bullets, images used with error messages, etc.) /n 34Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Application Overview Note: Style sheets can only be used with HTML 4.0. Earlier versions of HTML do not support them. Using CSS technology lets you separate the content of your Web pages from their structure and their presentation. Note: For more information about CSS, Style Sheets and Banner Web products, and support for CSS technology, see the Banner Web General User Guide.Baseline and Local RecordsThe delivered menus, roles, menu items, and Information Text are separated into two categories: baseline and local. Baseline records are shipped and should not be modified in any way. Local records can be created and modified by c lients and will never be overwritten by release updates. This allows clients to customize Information Text and menus as desired without losing anything during upgrades , and still allows new items to be shipped. When the system attempts to disp lay an item, it first looks for a local record and, if found, uses that record. If a local record is not found, it displays the baseline record. In order to accomplish this, a Source In dicator field is used on the TWGBWMNU, TWGRWMRL, TWGRMENU, and TWGRINFO tables. Baseline rows contain a B, and local rows contain an L. During the upgrade, all existing rows had the SOURCE_IND column populated with a B.Note: For more information about Web menus and procedures and their associated roles, including viewing, updating, and deleting them, see the Banner Web General User Guide .Information Text To make the user interface (UI) easier to us e, the delivered Informatio n Text (Info Text) has been modified to improv e its clarity and readability. Info Text is the text that appears on each form to describe it and explain how it works. The Info Text that has been provided is the default text. You can customize it for your institution. Note: For more information about Information Text, including viewing, adding, and deleting it, see the Banner Web General User Guide ./n 35Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Application Overview Help Messages A system of help messages is now stored as Info Text with the label HELP . It was originally stored in the Banner Web products in static HTML files. By changing it into Info Text, it is much more easy for non-technical users to customize and maintain. Note: The static HTML help system will c ontinue to be supported. It was modified to conform to the same ac cessibility standards as Info Text. As with all other delivered rows, Info Text Help records are stored in Web Tailor as baseline. Info Text rows created by your institution using Web Tailor are stored as local. You cannot modify baseline rows. Info Text that is stored as local is displayed first. If there are no rows stored as local, the baseline rows are displayed. This ensures that your institution™s custom help is not overwritten with each Banner upgrade. This help is displayed wh en the user selects the Help link in the upper right-hand corner of the Web page. The help text appears in a new window, and includes an Exit link at the bottom of each window. A CSS is provided for global-level help, web_defaulthelp.css , which is used in addition to the CSS defined for that page. This style sheet is present at all times in addition to the CSS defi ned for the application pages. It defines any additional styles nec essary to present help text to the user. Note: For additional technical info rmation about Help messages, including creating and modifying help and setting up a CSS for help, see the Banner Web General User Guide .FunctionalityBanner Student Self-Service allows students to view, update, and print records from the Banner Student database using Web technology. It also provides a Web interface for prospective students to use in order to apply for admission and to review the course catalog and class schedule. Hypertext cap abilities provide easy na vigation through the Web pages, including complex transactions such as submitting admissions applications and registering for classes. Banner Student Self-Service is flexible, allo wing an institution to use all or a customized selection of the delivered functions. Banner Student Self-Service is delivered with the following functions. /n 36Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Application Overview Public AccessThe following functions are available from the public access area of the Home Page. Prospective Students Prospective students can use Prospect Self-S ervice to complete a customized form for their specified prospect type (undergraduate, graduate, etc.). For more information, see fiProspect Self-Servicefl on page92 .Apply for Admission Students and prospects can use Admissions Se lf-Service to complete an electronic application for admission and check the status of submitted applications. The administrative staff controls the transfer of Web-received application information to the regular Banner application tables. After the data is transferred, standard application processing takes place. For more information, see fiAdmissions Self-Servicefl on page106 .Campus DirectoryThe Campus Directory provides contac t information for campus employees. Course Catalog The Course Catalog provides a listing of all of your courses for a se lected term. Students and prospects can learn what courses are offered and can access course descriptions and prerequisites. For more information, see fiCourse Catalogfl on page44 .Class Schedule The Class Schedule provides a listing of classes scheduled for the selected term. Students and prospects can access informat ion about scheduled classes, including course descriptions, prerequisites and other requirements, instructors, and locations. For more information, see fiClass Schedulefl on page71 .Secure AreaStudents can use the Web for many administra tive functions that traditionally required your institution™s full-time staff during scheduled office hours. Because these options put the student in direct touch with information on record in the Banner Student database, the /n 37Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Application Overview student must enter a valid Banner ID and pers onal identification number (PIN) to access these functions. The following functions are available in the secure area of Student Self-Service. AdmissionsStudents can complete an application for admission and check the status of existing applications. For more information, see fiAdmissions Self-Servicefl on page106 .RegistrationStudents can use the Web for registration, in cluding adding/dropping classes, looking up classes to add, changing class options, viewin g student schedule in detail or by day and time, viewing fee assessment, and viewing withdrawal information. For more information, see fiRegistrationfl on page240 .Student Records Students can use the Web to access their records, including holds, grades, academic transcripts, and accounts. Stud ents can also access CAPP (Curriculum, Advising and Program Planning) through the Web, where they can request, review and print degree evaluations (compliances) for their existing curricula or perform a what-if analyses. For more information, see fiStudent Recordsfl on page366 .Student Account Students can use the Web to access their accounts. For more information, see fiStudent Accountfl on page512 .Access the Secure AreaThis section includes the following procedures for accessing the secure area of Student Self-Service:ŁfiLog Infl on page38 ŁfiForgotten PINfl on page38 ŁfiAudit User IDfl on page39 /n 38Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Application Overview Log In1.The student selects the Enter Secure Area link on the home page. The system displays the login page. 2.The student enters his or her Banner ID in the User ID field and PIN in the PIN field.Note: IDs and passwords are maintained on the Third Party Access Audit Form (GOATPAD) and the Third Party Access Form (GOATPAC). 3.The student selects the Login button. The system displays the Main Menu. 4.To access Student Self-Servi ce, the student selects the Student & Financial Aid link. The system displays the Student & Financial Aid menu. Forgotten PINIf a student has forgotten his or her PIN, the system provides a means by which the student can log in. When a student logs in to Banner Student Self-Service for the first time, the system prompts him or her to supply a security questi on and answer. This information is then used if the student later forgets his or her PIN. To change the security question and answer, the student can select the Change Security Question link on the Personal Information menu. 1.The student selects the Enter Secure Area link on the home page. The system displays the login page. 2.The student enters his or her Banner ID in the User ID field, then selects the Forgot PIN button. The system displays the Security Answer p age with the student™s user ID and security question displayed. 3.The student enters the answer to the security question in the Answer field, then selects the Submit Answer button. The system displays a page for t he student to reset his or her PIN. 4.The student enters the new PIN in the New PIN field, then reenters the same PIN in the Re-enter New PIN field. 5.The student selects the Reset PIN button. The system displays the Main Menu. 6.To access Student Self-Service, the student selects the Student link.The system displays the Student and Financial Aid menu. /n 39Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Application Overview Audit User IDYou can use Banner Web Tailor to capture and store the Banner user ID of the user making changes to records in Banner Self-Ser vice pages. This allows objects that are used by Self-Service but that do not call Self-Service packages to access the Banner user ID. You can also audit the data and find out which Banner user made a specific change to the record. Use the AUDITUSERID Web Tailor parameter to capture and record the user™s Banner ID. When the AUDITUSERID parameter is set to BANNERID , the user™s Banner ID will be captured by the gokesls.f_get_ssb_id_context function acco rding to the rules below. 1.If the user is logged in with an Oracle ID that is not the WEBUSER -specified ID, then that ID is captured and preceded by W :Šfor example, W:SAISUSR .2.If the user is logged in as the WEBUSER -specified ID, and the user has a GOBEACC record, then the user™s logon Oracle ID is captured (again preceded by W:).3.If there is no GOBEACC record, the user™s SPR IDEN ID is captur ed (again preceded by W:).4.If no SPRIDEN ID exists, then the WEBUSER -specified ID is captured (again preceded by W:).In any case, the W: indicates that the record was updated by a Self-Service user. A WS: prefix indicates that the user was a non-secured Student user. Static Display of Information The following information is displayed on all pages: ŁID and name ŁTerm description or date range/range of terms ŁSystem date and time For example: 123456789 Oliver Skar Spring 2003 (200333) March 21, 2003 08:01 pm This is controlled by the style sheet and crea tes a place where the user can easily see the period of time to which the information being accessed is referring, the system date and time, and the ID and name to ensure he or she is correctly logged in. /n 40Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Application Overview Long Titles Your institution can enter long course and sect ion titles (up to 100 characters) in Banner and choose to have them displayed on the Web. Titles can entered on the following forms: ŁBasic Course Information Form (SCACRSE) (base course title, required) ŁCourse Syllabus Form (SCASYLB) (l ong course title, optional)ŁSchedule Form (SSASECT) (modified section title, optional)ŁSection Syllabus Form (SSASYLB) (long section title, optional) If you want to display long titles on the Web, you must take the following actions in the Web Display Controls window of the Term Control Form (SOATERM). ŁTo display long course titles, select the Display Long Course Title checkbox. ŁTo display long section titles, select the Display Long Section Title checkbox. To determine which title to display on the Web, the system follows a complex hierarchy. The following steps describe the hierarchy for titles in detail. Course Catalog Pages 1.If the Display Long Course Title checkbox on SOATERM is cleared, the base course title in the Course Title field of SCACRSE is displayed. 2.If the Display Long Course Title checkbox on SOATERM is selected , the system checks SCASYLB.ŁIf a title is entered in the Long Course Ti tle block on SCASYLB, the long course title is displayed.ŁIf a title is not entered in the Long Course Title block on SCASYLB, the base course title from SCACRSE is displayed. Class Schedule and Registration Pages 1.The system determines whether the Display Long Section Title checkbox on SOATERM is selected. ŁIf it is selected, processing continues with step 2. ŁIf it is cleared, processing continues with step 3. 2.If the Display Long Section Title checkbox on SOATERM is selected, the system checks SSASYLB.ŁIf a long title exists in the Section Long Title block of SSASYLB, the long section title is displayed.ŁIf a long title does not exis t in the Section Long Title block of SSASYLB, processing continues with step 3. 3.The system checks SSASECT. /n 41Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Application Overview ŁIf the title in the field to the right of the Crse Number field on SSASECT has been modified from the base course title (on SCACRSE), the modified section title is displayed. ŁIf the title on SSASECT has not been modified, the syst em proceeds to step 4. 4.The system checks SOATERM. ŁIf the Display Long Course Title checkbox is cleared, the base course title from SCACRSE is displayed. ŁIf the Display Long Course Title checkbox is selected, the system proceeds to step 5.5.The system checks SCASYLB. ŁIf a long title exists in the Long Course Ti tle block of SCASYLB, th e long course title is displayed.ŁIf a title is not entered in the Long Course Title block on SCASYLB, the base course title from SCACRSE is displayed. Long DescriptionsYour institution can enter long course and se ction descriptions in Banner and choose to have them displayed on the Web. Descriptions can entered on the following forms: ŁCourse Detail Information Form (SCADETL) (long course description, optional) ŁSchedule Form (SSASECT) (modified section descript ion, optional)ŁSection Comment Form (SSATEXT) (long section description, optional) If you want to display long cour se or section descriptions on the Web, you must take the following actions in the Web Display C ontrols window of the Term Control Form (SOATERM). ŁTo display long course descriptions, select the Display Long Course Description checkbox. ŁTo display long section descriptions, select the Display Long Section Description checkbox. To determine which description to display on the Web, the system follows a complex hierarchy. The following steps describe the hierarchy for descriptions in detail. Course Catalog Pages 1.If the Display Long Course Description checkbox on SOATERM is cleared, the course description from SCADETL is displayed. 2.If the Display Long Course Description checkbox on SOATERM is selected, the system checks SCADETL. /n 42Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Application Overview ŁIf a description is entered in the Course Description block on SCADETL, the long course description is displayed. ŁIf a description is not entered in the Co urse Description block on SCADETL, the system checks for a course descr iption in Course Text block. ŁIf a description is entered in the Course Text block on SCADETL, the description is displayed. ŁIf description is not entered in the Course Text block on SCADETL, none is displayed. Class Schedule and Registration Pages 1.The system determines whether the Display Long Section Description checkbox on SOATERM is selected. ŁIf it is selected, processing continues with step 2. ŁIf it is cleared, processing continues with step 3. 2.If the Display Long Section Description checkbox on SOATERM is selected, the system checks SSATEXT. ŁIf a long description exists in the Section Long Text block of SSATEXT, the long section description is displayed. ŁIf a long description does not exist in the Section Long Text block of SSATEXT, the system checks for a description in the Section Text block. ŁIf a description is entered in the Section Text block on SSATEXT, the description is displayed. ŁIf description is not entered in the Se ction Text block on SSATEXT, the system checks SSASECT. 3.When the system checks SSASECT, the following occurs. ŁIf the description on SSASEC T has been modified from the base co urse description (on SCACRSE), the modified section description is displayed. ŁIf the description on SSASECT has not been mo dified, the system proceeds to step 4.4.The system checks SOATERM. ŁIf the Display Long Course Description checkbox is cleared, the course description from SCADETL is displayed. ŁIf the Display Long Course Description checkbox is selected, the system proceeds to step 5. 5.The system checks SCADETL. ŁIf a long description exists in the Course Description block of SCADETL, the long course description is displayed. ŁIf a description is not entered in the Co urse Description block on SCADETL, the system checks for a course descr iption in Course Text block. /n 43Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Application Overview ŁIf a description is entered in the Course Text block on SCADETL, the description is displayed. ŁIf description is not entered in the Course Text block on SCADETL, none is displayed. /n 44Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Course Catalog The Course Catalog provides access to your institution™s course catalog via the Internet. You can specify one or multiple terms to be available for viewing on the Web. The course catalog can display basic course information, such as credits, course description, prerequisites, and corequisites. You can do the following in the Course Catalog module: ŁCreate a rudimentary syllabus (made up of student learning objectives, required materials for the course, and technical requirements) in baseline and view the details in Self-Service.ŁUse an expanded course title (up to 100 characters) ŁUse long course descriptions ŁStore the URL for course content (baseline only) ŁSearch for courses based on criteria other than term ŁDefine instructional methods for courses (baseline only) ŁSpecify the duration of the course (the amount of time to be given to the student to complete the course) for the course and section levels to determine the expected course completion date for the student (baseline only) ŁCreate a single course for both traditional and open learning class offerings. The delivery method of the course is establishe d when the individual section records are createdThese features support both tradi tional and open learning courses. Note: The primary way that the system recognizes an open learning course is that no part of term is associated with it. The information in the Course Catalog Web pa ges is dynamic, which means that the data is extracted directly from the database. This chapter contains the following sections: ŁfiCourse Catalog Web Pagesfl on page45 , which provides details about each Web page in the course catalog ŁfiSet Up the Course Catalogfl on page61 , which provides detailed steps for setting up your course catalog for display on the Web ŁfiUse the Course Catalogfl on page68 , which provides step-by-step procedures /n 45Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Course Catalog Web Pages The following Web pages compose the Banner Student Self-Service Course Catalog: ŁfiCatalog Term (bwckctlg.p disp_dyn_ctlg)fl on page45 ŁfiSearch for Courses (bwckctlg.p_disp_cat_term_date)fl on page46 ŁfiCatalog Entries (bwckctlg.p_display_courses)fl on page50 ŁfiDetailed Course Information (bwckctlg.p_disp_course_detail)fl on page53 ŁfiSyllabus Information (bwckctlg.p_ disp_catalog_syllabus)fl on page55 ŁfiBookstore Information (bwc kbook.site)fl on page56 Catalog Term (bwckctlg.p_disp_dyn_ctlg) This page allows the user to choose which term™s catalog to be viewed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. ItemDescription/Source Information Term Terms from which the user can choose for display on the Web. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) In the Web Processing Controls window, select the Web Catalog Term checkbox. /n 46Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Search for Courses (bwckctlg.p_disp_cat_term_date)On the Search for Courses page, the user chooses from a variety of options to narrow his or her search for courses. At a minimum, the user must select a subj ect. The search results are displayed on the Catalog Entries page ( bwckctlg.p_display_courses ).Users can search the unsecured Class Schedule by part-of-term, which is not restricted by having an active registration status code. The following are the criteria for which part-of-term codes are displayed: ŁSections in SSBSECT for the part -of-term and te rm/term rangeŁPart-of-term defined for validation table STVPTRM on the Web Display List Customization Form (SOAWDSP) ŁWeb Indicator checkbox selected on STVRSTS for registration status code RWŁCurrent date is within the range specified for registration status code RW on SFARSTS Button/Icon ActionSubmit Goes to the Search for Courses page (bwckctlg.p_disp_cat_term_date ).Menu NameMenu URLHome page N/AStudent Records Menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu /n 47Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog If a user performs a search for open learning classes, no part-of-term codes are selected. Your institution can restrict the searchable fields displayed on this page using the Web Processing Controls and Web Display Controls windows of the Term Control Form (SOATERM). Your institution can also restrict the values that are populated in the pulldown lists using the Web Display List Customization Form (SOAWDSP). Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Subject Course subjects from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) an d/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Course Number RangeFirst and last course numbers of a range for which the user wants to view classes. The user can enter up to five digits or use the wildcard character (%) (that is, a search for 2% retrieves all course numbers beginning with 2). Title Short course name. The user can enter up to 30 characters or use the wildcard char acter (%) (that is, a search for %introduction% retrieves all courses with the wo rd fiintroductionfl in the title). Level Level of courses from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) an d/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Schedule Type Schedule types from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). College Colleges from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select mu ltiple values using t he Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non-consecutive values).Division Divisions from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select mu ltiple values using t he Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non-consecutive values)./n 48Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. DepartmentDepartments from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Credit RangeRange of credit hours for which the user wants to view classes. (For example, this could be used if a student cannot take more than a particular amount of credits.) Course AttributeCourse attributes from wh ich the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) an d/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). This pulldown list is displayed only if the Search by Course Attribute checkbox on the Web Di splay Contro l window of SOATERM is selected. The values in the pulldown list come from SOAWDSP. Only the validation code descriptions are displayed. The first entry in the selection list is All, which is used to search for all values. ItemDescription Subject Code Validation Form (STVSUBJ)Select the Web Ind checkbox for each subject you want displayed on the Web. Web Display List Customization Form (SOAWDSP) Specify which validation codes are to be displayed on the Web for the following validation tables: ŁLevel Code Validation (STVLEVL) ŁSchedule Type Code Validation (STVSCHD) ŁCollege Code Validation (STVCOLL) ŁDivision Code Validation (STVDIVS) ŁDepartment Code Validation (STVDEPT) ŁAttribute Validation (STVATTR) ItemDescription/Source Information /n 49Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Term Control Form (SOATERM) Catalog Search Controls section of the Web Display Controls window:ŁTo include levels, select the Search by Level checkbox. ŁTo include schedule type, select the Search by Schedule Type checkbox. ŁTo include colleges, select the Search by College checkbox. ŁTo include divisions, select the Search by Division checkbox. ŁTo include departments, select the Search by Department checkbox. ŁTo include courses, select the Search by Course Attribute checkbox. Course attributes are displayed with the search results regardless of whether the user can search on course attributes. ŁIf you want to allow the search an d display of long course titles (which are defined on the Course Syllabus Form [SCASYLB]), select the Display Long Course Title checkbox. ŁIf you want to allow the search and display of long course descriptions (which are defined on the Course Detail Information Form [SCA DETL]), select the Display Long Course Description checkbox. Button/Icon Action Get Courses Goes to the Catalog Entries page (bwckctlg.p_display_courses ).ResetDeletes the choices the user has made and returns to the default settings. ItemDescription /n 50Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Catalog Entries (bwckctlg.p_display_courses) The Catalog Entries page displays the courses and related information found using the search criteria specified by the users on the Search for Courses page (bwckctlg.p_disp_cat_term_date ). This information is in summary format and do not include registration requirements (t hat is, prerequisites and corequisites) and restrictions. The page can display the long course title as well as the long course description. The system uses the effective term in t he Schedule Type block of the Basic Course Information Form (SCACRSE) to determine the schedule type(s) to be displayed based on the term selected to acce ss the Web course catalog. If the user selected more than 333 subjects, the system displays the following message (where AAA represents the first subject selected, and MMM represents the 333rd subject): You have selected too many subjects. Results for this search incl ude only subjects AAA through MMM .If no courses meet the user™s search criteria, the message No courses were found that meet your search criteria is displayed. You can select the link for the course title and number to display the Detailed Course Information page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_course_detail ).You can use the Bookstore(change me) link to access the Bookstore Information page (bwckbook.site ). This page displays links to internal and/or external bookstores where you can look up materials for the course/section. You can use the Syllabus Available link to access the Sy llabus Information page (bwckctlg.p_disp_catalog_syllabus ) and view course details such as the long course title, course description, te rm, URL, learning objectives, technical requirements, and required materials. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Course title Subject code, course number, and course title, concatenated and displayed as a hyperlink to the Detailed Course Information page. If the course status is Cancelled , Inactive , or Pending, the title is not displayed as a hyperlink. /n 51Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Course descriptionDescription associated with the course. Credit Hours or Continuing Education Units Number of credit hours or continuing education units (as applicable) for the course. LevelsLevels associated with the course. Schedule TypesSchedule types associated with the course. The schedule type is displayed as a hyperlink to the Class Schedule Listing page for the class, if available. CollegeCollege associated with the course. DivisionDivision associ ated with the course. DepartmentDepartment associated with the course. Course AttributesDegree attributes associated with the course. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) If you want to have the long course title displayed on the Web, select the Display Long Course Title checkbox for the associated term. If you want to have the long course description displayed on the Web, select the Display Long Course Description checkbox for the associated term. Web Tailor Information Text Use the Web Tailor internal routine, bwckctlg.catalog_label_text , to make any of the following changes to the data elements on this page. ŁIf you want to change the prefix or suffix (field labels), modify the desired value. ŁIf you want a data element to be suppressed (that is, not displayed), delete the values for both the prefix and the suffix values for the relevant data element. ŁIf you want to change the text of the link to the sections, modify the SECTIONS label.Refer to fiSet Up the Course Catalogfl on page61 for procedures for performing these tasks. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 52Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Link ActionCourse title and numberGoes to the Detailed Course Information page (bwckctlg.p_disp_course_detail ).Syllabus AvailableGoes to the Syllabus Information page (bwckctlg.p_disp_catalog_syllabus ) where you can view course syllabus details. Bookstore(change me) Goes to Bookstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ) where you can link to a bookstore to query materials for the course/ section.Schedule typeIf displayed as a hyperlink, goes to the Class Schedule Listing page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse ).All Sections for this Course Goes to the Class Schedule Listing page (bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse )This link is displayed only if more than one section has been defined for the course for the selected term. Return to PreviousGoes to the Search for Courses page (bwckctlg.p_disp_cat_term_date ).New SearchGoes to the Catalog Term page (bwckctlg.p_disp_dyn_ctlg ).XML ExtractRedisplays the page in XML format. The XML data can then be saved to the user™s desktop for a variety of purposes. /n 53Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Detailed Course Information (bwckctlg.p_disp_course_detail) The Detailed Course Information page displays information about the course selected by the user on the Catalog Entries page ( bwckctlg.p_display_courses ). The information includes registration restrictions, prerequisite and corequisite courses, and the basic information that appears on the Catalog Entries page. You can select the schedule type to find ava ilable classes for the course if a section has been set up. You can use the Bookstore(change me) link to access the Bookstore Information page (bwckbook.site ). This page displays links to internal and/or external bookstores where you can look up materials for the course/section. ItemDescription/Source Information Course title Subject code , course number, and cour se title, concatenated. Course descriptionDescription associated with the course. Credit Hours or Continuing Education Units Number of credit hours or continuing education units (as applicable) for the course. Levels Levels associated with the course. Schedule Types Schedule types associated with the course. The schedule type is displayed as a hyperlink to the Class Schedule Listing page for the class, if available. College College associated with the course. Division Division associ ated with the course. Department Department associated with the course. Course Attributes Degree attributes associated with the course. RestrictionsRegistration rest rictions for the course. CorequisitesCourse(s) in which the student must register concurrent with this one. The course number is a hyperlink to the Catalog Entries page for the corequisite course. Prerequisites Prerequisites that the student must have successfully completed to register in this one. If the pr erequisite is a course, the course number is a hyperlink to the Catalog Entries page for the prerequisite course. CAPP Prerequisites CAPP prerequisites that the st udent must have successfully completed to register in this one. If the prerequisite is a course, the course number is a hyperlink to the Catalog Entries page for the prerequisite course. /n 54Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) If you want to have the long course title displayed on the Web, select the Display Long Course Title checkbox. If you want to have the long course description displayed on the Web, select the Display Long Course Description checkbox. Link ActionBookstore(change me) Goes to Bookstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ) where you can link to a bookstore to query materials for the course/ section.Schedule typeGoes to the Class Schedule Listing page (bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec ).Return to PreviousGoes to the Catalog Entries page (bwckctlg.p_display_courses ).New SearchGoes to the Catalog Term page (bwckctlg.p_disp_dyn_ctlg )./n 55Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Syllabus Information (bwckctlg.p_disp_catalog_syllabus) This page is used to display syllabus inform ation for a course selected from the Catalog Entries page ( bwckctlg.p_display_courses ) after a course search has been performed. The information displayed comes from the Course Syllabus Form (SCASYLB). This page is displayed using the Syllabus Available link on the Catalog Entries page (bwckctlg.p_display_courses ). The link is displayed in the course information when syllabus informatio n exists for a course. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Course Subject, course number, and title. Associated Term Term description and code. Learning ObjectivesLearning objectives for the course. Required MaterialsRequired materials for the course. Technical RequirementsTechnical requirements for the course. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) If you want to have the long course title displayed on the Web, select the Display Long Course Title checkbox for the associated term. If you want to have the long course description displayed on the Web, select the Display Long Course Description checkbox for the associated term. Course Syllabus Form (SCASYLB)Enter course syllabus information (l ong course title, URL, learning objectives, technical requirements and/or required materials) associated with a subject and term for display on the Web. /n 56Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Bookstore Information (bwckbook.site)The Bookstore Information page is used to query and display bookstore materials for selected courses in the Catalog and Schedule modules in Self-Service . It displays links to bookstores chosen by your institution. This page can be accessed using the Bookstore(change me) link from the following pages: ŁCatalog Entries page ( bwckctlg.p_display_courses ) ŁDetailed Course In formation page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_course_detail )ŁClass Schedule Listing page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse or bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec )ŁDetailed Class Information page ( bwckschd.p_disp_detail_sched )This page is a shell Web page. It is a partia l solution for accessing bookstore information and that must be completed by your institutio n to access the bookstore providers of your choice. The page contains coded examples of how to link your institution to a bookstore provider. Links on this page that you create will indicate that students shoul d proceed to Link ActionReturn to PreviousGoes to the Catalog Entries page (bwckctlg.p_display_courses )New SearchGoes to the Catalog Term page (bwckctlg.p_disp_dyn_ctlg )/n 57Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog one or more specific Websites to access t he bookstore information. The sample code is show below. Sample links are provided, such as: Proceed to the Follett WebSite for Books (example; change me). Here is the sample code yo u can use to finish the Web page at your institution. ŁExample 1 is a URL example. ŁExample 2 is a Form Submit example. ŁExample 3 is for multi- campus institutions. Note: No further ch anges will be made to thes e examples. If Follett™s requirements change in the future, it will be the institution™s responsibility to modify the code. Note: The lv_ext_url_txt code appears twice in the code below to show two sample links. Your developer can remove the link that is not needed. Example 1 - URL---- START BOOKSTORE. Your code goes here. ---- EXAMPLE 1 : URL Example. ---- The example uses Follett example; if using them for bookstore, they should provide you with a bookstore ID number. --lv_id := '123456'; -- -- The URL for the bookstore is customizable via WebTailor; Allows end user to change link text without recompiling. -- IF BOOKSTORE_URL_TXT IS NOT NULL THEN lv_ext_url_txt := BOOKSTORE_URL_TXT; END IF; twbkfrmt.P_PrintText ( twbkfrmt.f_printanchor ( curl => twbkfrmt.f_encodeurl ( 'http://www.bkstr.com/webapp/wcs/stores/servlet/ booklookServlet' || '?bookstore_id-1=' || twbkfrmt.f_encode (lv_id) || /n 58Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog '&term_id-1=' || twbkfrmt.f_encode (p_term_in) || '&div-1=&dept-1=' || twbkfrmt.f_encode (p_subj_in) || '&course-1=' || twbkfrmt.f_encode(p_crse_numb_in) || '&section-1=' || twbkfrmt.f_encode (p_seq_in) ),ctext =>G$NLS.FormatMsg('x', 'SQL', lv_ext_url_txt ),ctarget => '_blank' ));---- END EXAMPLE1 -- HTP.br; HTP.br; Example 2 - Form Submit---- EXAMPLE 2 : Form Submit Example. --HTP.formopen('http://www.bkstr.com/webapp/wcs/stores/servlet/ booklookServlet', 'POST', cattributes=>'NAME="BOOK"'); twbkfrmt.P_FormHidden ('bookstore_id-1','123456'); twbkfrmt.p_FormHidden ('term_id-1',p_term_in); twbkfrmt.P_FormHidden ('crn-1',p_crse_numb_in); twbkfrmt.p_tabledataopen; twbkfrmt.p_tabledata( twbkfrmt.f_printtext( twbkfrmt.f_PrintAnchor(twbkfrmt.f_encodeurl('http://www.bkstr.com/ webapp/wcs/stores/servlet/booklookServlet'), ctext =>G$_NLS.FormatMsg('x', 'SQL', lv_ext_url_txt ),cattributes => 'OnClick="javascript: BOOK.submit();return false"') )); twbkfrmt.p_tabledataclose; --/n 59Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog -- END EXAMPLE 2 -- ---- END BOOKSTORE. The following sample code is for multi-campus institutions that have different Follett bookstore numbers for each campus. Multi-campus institutions can uncomment this code and then modify it as needed. Note that if th e course search is done at the Course Catalog level, rather than the Class Schedule level, no section number (i.e., SSBSECT_SEQ_NUMB ) will be available to select the ca mpus code, so it will default to your main campus. Example 3 - Multi-CampusOPEN ssbsect_camp_c (p_term_in,p_subj_in,p_crse_numb_in,p_seq_in); FETCH ssbsect_camp_c INTO lv_camp; IF ssbsect_camp_c%NOTFOUND then lv_camp := 'M'; -- Default to your main campus END IF; CLOSE ssbsect_camp_c; CASE lv_camp WHEN 'A' THEN -- Substitute your campus codes. lv_id := '111111'; -- Substitute the Follett number. WHEN 'B' THEN lv_id := '222222'; WHEN 'M' THEN -- Make sure to include the main campus lv_id := '333333'; -- code that was used above as default. ELSE lv_id := '333333'; -- Use main campus bookstore number here. END CASE; Web Page Fields This page does not have fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. /n 60Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. ItemDescription Web page bookstore linksUse the coded examples contained in the page to see how to link your institution to a bookstore provider. Links on this page that you create will indicate that students should proceed to one or more specific internal or external Websites to access the bookstore information. GTVSDAX rulesSet the HEOACTLG rule to Y to activate the HEOA bookstore Catalog link. Set the HEOASCHD rule to Y to activate the HEOA bookstore Schedule link. Web TailorCustomize informatio n text and links in Web Tailor. ŁUpdate the DEFAULT label text. The DEFAULT label is delivered as This is the default text . ŁUpdate the OPT1 label text. The OPT1 label is delivered as This is option #1 text . The bookstore website is external to Banner Web. ŁUpdate the INTERNAL_URL_TEXT label to describe access to selected internal (campus) bookstore providers. The INTERNAL_URL_TEXT label is delivered as Bookstore(changeme) .ŁUpdate the EXTERNAL_URL_TEXT label to describe access to selected external bookstore providers. The EXTERNAL_URL_TEXT label is delivered as Proceed to Follett Website for Books (example; change me)./n 61Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Set Up the Course Catalog This section provides step-by-step procedur es for the following tasks for setting up the course catalog: ŁfiImplement the Course Catalogfl on page61 ŁfiCustomize the Catalog Entries Pagefl on page62 ŁfiCustomize the Course Catalog Search Pagefl on page64 ŁfiImplement Bookstore Accessfl on page64 Implement the Course Catalog This procedure explains how to implement your course catalog on the Web. Refer to the Banner Student User Guide for more information about Banner forms. 1.For each subject that you want di splayed on the Web, select the Web Ind checkbox on the Subject Code Validation Form (STVSUBJ). 2.For each term that you want included in the Web course catalog, select the Web Catalog Term checkbox in the Web Processing Controls window of the Term Control Form (SOATERM). 3.In the Web Display Controls window of SOATERM, take the following actions as appropriate. 3.1. To include levels in the Level pulldown list, select the Search by Level checkbox. 3.2. To include schedule types in the Schedule Type pulldown list, select the Search by Schedule Type checkbox.3.3. To include colleges in the College pulldown list, select the Search by College checkbox. 3.4. To include divisions in the Division pulldown list, select the Search by Division checkbox. 3.5. To include departments in the Department pulldown list, select the Search by Department checkbox. 3.6. To include courses in the Course Attributes pulldown list, select the Search by Course Attribute checkbox. 3.7. To allow the search and display of long course titles (which are defined on the Course Syllabus Form [SCASYLB]), select the Display Long Course Title checkbox. 3.8. To allow the search and display of long course descriptions (which are defined on the Course Detail Informatio n Form [SCADETL]), select the Display Long Course Description checkbox. 4.On the Web Display List Customization Form (SOAWDSP), specify which validation codes are to be displayed on the Web for the following validation tables: /n 62Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog ŁLevel Code Validation (STVLEVL) ŁSchedule Type Code Validation (STVSCHD) ŁCollege Code Validation (STVCOLL) ŁDivision Code Validation (STVDIVS) ŁDepartment Code Validation (STVDEPT) ŁAttribute Validation (STVATTR) Customize the Catalog Entries Page This section provides the following procedures for customizing your Catalog Entries page (bwckctlg.p_display_courses ):ŁfiChange Data Element Names for the Catalog Entries Pagefl on page62 ŁfiSuppress Data Elements from the Catalog Entries Pagefl on page62 ŁfiDisplay Data Elements on the Catalog Entries Pagefl on page63 ŁfiChange Sections Link Text on the Catalog Entries Pagefl on page63 ŁfiSuppress Sections Link from the Catalog Entries Pagefl on page63 ŁfiDisplay Sections Link on the Catalog Entries Pagefl on page64 Change Data Element Names fo r the Catalog Entries Page This procedure explains how to change the name (field label) of a data element on the Catalog Entries page ( bwckctlg.p_display_courses ).1.Access Web Tailor. 2.Select Information Text from the Web Tailor Menu. 3.Select bwckctlg.catalog_label_text .4.Select the PREFIX or SUFFIX item, as desired, for the data element to be changed. 5.Enter the desired value in the Information Text field.6.Click Submit Changes .Suppress Data Elements from the Catalog Entries Page This procedure explains how to suppress a data element from appearing on the Catalog Entries page ( bwckctlg.p_display_courses ).1.Access Web Tailor. 2.Select Information Text from the Web Tailor Menu. 3.Select bwckctlg.catalog_label_text ./n 63Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog 4.Select the PREFIX item for the data element to be suppressed. 5.Delete the value in the Information Text field.6.Click Submit Changes .7.Select the SUFFIX item for the data element to be suppressed. 8.Delete the value in the Information Text field.9.Click Submit Changes .Display Data Elements on the Catalog Entries Page This procedure explains how to display a data element on the Catalog Entries page (bwckctlg.p_display_courses ) that has previously been suppressed. 1.Access Web Tailor. 2.Select Information Text from the Web Tailor Menu. 3.Select bwckctlg.catalog_label_text .4.Select the PREFIX or SUFFIX item, as desired, for the data element to be displayed. 5.Enter the desired value in the Information Text field.6.Click Submit Changes .Note: If desired, you can specify valu es for both prefix and suffix. Change Sections Link Text on the Catalog Entries Page This procedure explains how to change the text of the Sections link on the Catalog Entries page ( bwckctlg.p_display_courses ).Note: All Sections for this Course is the delivered value for this link, but you can change it. 1.Access Web Tailor. 2.Select Information Text from the Web Tailor Menu. 3.Select bwckctlg.catalog_label_text .4.Select SECTIONS.5.Enter the desired text in the Information Text field. 6.Click Submit Changes .Suppress Sections Link from the Catalog Entries Page This procedure explains how to suppress the Sections link from appearing on the Catalog Entries page ( bwckctlg.p_display_courses )./n 64Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog 1.Access Web Tailor. 2.Select Information Text from the Web Tailor Menu. 3.Select bwckctlg.catalog_label_text .4.Select SECTIONS.5.Delete the value in the Information Text field.6.Click Submit Changes .Display Sections Link on the Catalog Entries Page This procedure explains how to display the Sections link on the Catalog Entries page (bwckctlg.p_display_courses ) if it has previously been suppressed. 1.Access Web Tailor. 2.Select Information Text from the Web Tailor Menu. 3.Select bwckctlg.catalog_label_text .4.Select SECTIONS.5.Enter All Sections for this Course (or any other desired text) in the Information Text field.6.Click Submit Changes .Customize the Course Catalog Search Page This procedure explains how to customize t he labels on the Course Catalog Search page (bwckctlg.p_disp_cat_term_date ).1.Access Web Tailor. 2.Select Information Text from the Web Tailor Menu. 3.Select bwckctlg.catalog_search_label_text .4.Select the link of the label to be changed. 5.Enter the desired text in the Information Text field. 6.If desired, select an image from the pulldown list in the Image field.7.If desired, add additional text in the Comment field.8.Click Submit Changes .Implement Bookstore AccessThe Higher Education Opportunity Act (HEOA) requires institutions to publish ISBN numbers for class materials, so students can se e what is needed and how much it will cost as they are selecting their courses for re gistration. Links the Catalog and Schedule /n 65Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog modules in Banner Student Self-Service and Banner Faculty and Advisor Self-Service are to access the Bookstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ). Students and faculty can use this page to access selected bookstore providers and query the required materials. You can add internal links to the Bookstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ) to point to your institution™s bookstore or external links to point to a national chain and/or an online provider. GTVSDAX rules are used to turn the processing on and off. Web Tailor can be used to customize link text information as needed. Warning! This functionality supports the HEOA requirements. However, it is not a final code solution. You must implement your institution™s code solution for the bookstore connection to attain final HEOA compliance. The Bookstore Information page (bwck book.site) is a shell page that contains built-in examples your site developers can use to complete the link to the bookstore Website of your choice. Turn on GTVSDAX Rules Two rules are used to activate bookstore pr ocessing from the Catalog and/or Schedule modules in Self-Service. You must turn on either the Catalog rule ( HEOACTLG ) or the Schedule rule ( HEOACTLG ) to use the bookstore processing. You can also turn on both rules if you choose. Modify Web Tailor Records Web Tailors records in the bwckbook.sql package are used to update the Bookstore(change me) link in the Catalog and Schedule modules in Self-Service and the information text for the Bo okstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ).External CodeInternal Code Internal Code Sequence NumberInternal Code GroupDescription Activity DateYHEOACTLG1 HEOACTLGHEOA bookstore catalog link SysdateYHEOASCHD1 HEOASCHDHEOA bookstore schedule link SysdateSeq #Label SourceInformation Text 1DEFAULT LocalThis is the default text 1OPT1 LocalThis is option #1 text. The bookstore website is external to Banner Web. /n 66Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Use the Reorder or Customize Information Text page (twbkwinf.P_ReorderPgInfoText ) in Web Tailor to modify the Bookstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ).ŁThe DEFAULT label is delivered as This is the default text . It will only be displayed on the Bookstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ) when the OPT1 label is null, and no internal or external links are found. ŁThe OPT1 label is delivered as This is option #1 text. The bookstore website is external to Banner Web. It will be displayed on the Bookstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ). You can use this label to toggle between a default label and other options as you choose. The Web Tailor text can be used to update or modify the verbiage on the Web page without the need to maintain the text in the coded package. ŁThe INTERNAL_URL_TEXT label is delivered as Bookstore(changeme) . It will be displayed on these pages: ŁCatalog Entries page ( bwckctlg.p_display_courses ) ŁDetailed Course Information page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_course_detail )ŁClass Schedule Listing page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse or bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec )ŁDetailed Class Information page ( bwckschd.p_disp_detail_sched )This is used for an internal site such as your institution™s campus bookstore on your intranet. ŁThe EXTERNAL_URL_TEXT label is delivered as Proceed to Follett Website for Books (example; change me) . It will be displayed on the Bookstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ). This is used for an external site such as a national chain and/or an online provider. Note: You can use both internal and external links on the Bookstore Information page (bwckbook.site). You can also add extra Web Tailor records to point to as many providers as you choose. Setup and ProcessingTo use the bookstore processing, perform the following steps. 1.Add code to the Bookstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ) to complete the link to the selected bookstore provider. 1INTERNAL_URL_TEXTLocalBookstore(change me) 1EXTERNAL_URL_TEXTLocalProceed to Follett Website for Books (example; change me). Seq #Label SourceInformation Text /n 67Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog Examples of code are contained in the Web page. You can add links to as many providers as you wish, such as your instit ution™s campus bookstore, a national chain, and/or an online provider. 2.Turn on either or both of the two GTVSDAX rules in Banner General. ŁThe HEOACTLG rule is used to activate the HEOA bookstore Catalog link. ŁThe HEOACTLG rule is used to activate t he HEOA bookstore Schedule link. 3.Customize the information text and links on the Bookstore Information page (bwckbook.site ) using Web Tailor. 3.1. Update the DEFAULT label text. The DEFAULT label is delivered as This is the default text . It will only be displayed on t he Bookstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ) when the OPT1 label is null, and no intern al or external links are found. 3.2. Update the OPT1 label text. The OPT1 label is delivered as This is option #1 text. The bookstore website is external to Banner Web .Use this label to toggle between a default label and other options as you choose. The Web Tailor text can be used to update or modify the verbiage on the Web page without the need to maintain the text in the coded package. 3.3. Update the INTERNAL_URL_TEXT label to describe access to selected internal (campus) bookstore providers. The INTERNAL_URL_TEXT label is delivered as Bookstore(changeme) .For example, you could chang e the information text it em for the link to read Link to Campus Bookstore .Note: If you omit or delete the name of the link, the default text fiBookstorefl will be used as the URL text. 3.4. Update the EXTERNAL_URL_TEXT label to describe access to selected external bookstore providers. The EXTERNAL_URL_TEXT label is delivered as Proceed to Follett Website for Books (example; change me) .For example, you could ch ange the information text item for the link to read Proceed to the ABC Website for books .4.Use the Bookstore(change me) link from the Catalog and Schedule Self-Service pages to display the Bookstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ) and access your selected bookstore providers you have. The Bookstore(change me) link is displayed on the following pages in Self-Service: ŁCatalog Entries page ( bwckctlg.p_display_courses ) ŁDetailed Course Information page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_course_detail )ŁClass Schedule Listing page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse or bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec )/n 68Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog ŁDetailed Class Information page ( bwckschd.p_disp_detail_sched )5.The Catalog and Schedule page links send the following parameters to the Bookstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ): Term, Subject Code, Course Reference Number, and Sequence Number (section number). Use the Course Catalog This section provides step-by-step procedures for the following tasks for using the course catalog: ŁfiSearch for Coursesfl on page68 ŁfiSet up syllabus informationfl on page69 ŁfiAccess syllabus informationfl on page70 Search for CoursesThe following procedure explains how a user searches for courses in your course catalog. 1.From your institution™s Web site, the student selects the Course Catalog link from the menu. 2.The Catalog Term page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_dyn_ctlg ) is displayed. The user chooses a term from the Search by Term pulldown list, and then selects the Submit button. 3.The Search for Courses page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_cat_term ) is displayed. On this page the student can choose from a variet y of course characteristics to narrow the search. At a minimum, at least one selection must be made from the Subject pulldown list. Note: Your institution can co ntrol what is displaye d in the pulldown lists (with the exception of Subject ) on the Web Display List Customization Form (SOAWDSP). Multiple selections ca n be made using the Shift key (for consecutive values) and/or the Ctrl key (for non-consecutive values). For fields in which the user enters values , the wildcard character (%) can be used. The student then selects one of the buttons. ŁGet Courses causes the Catalog Entries page to display. ŁReset clears the choices the user made so the user can begin again. 4.The Catalog Entries page ( bwckctlg.p_display_courses ) is displayed with the courses and related information found us ing the search criteria specified on the Search for Courses page. /n 69Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog If the user selects the link composed of the subject, course number, and title, the Detailed Course In formation page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_course_detail ) is displayed. If the user selects a schedule-type link, the Class Schedule Listing page (bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse ) for the course is displayed. The student can also select Return to Previous or New Search.ŁReturn to Previous causes the Search for Courses page to be displayed. ŁNew Search causes the Catalog Term page to be displayed. 5.The Detailed Course Information page disp lays further information about the course selected on the Catalog Entries page. If available, the following links can be selected: ŁSchedule type to go to the Class Schedule Listing ŁPrerequisites to go to the Catalog Entries page ŁCorequisites to go to the Catalog Entries page The student can also select Return to Previous or New Search.ŁReturn to Previous causes the Catalog Entries page to be displayed. ŁNew Search causes the Catalog Term page to be displayed. 6.The Class Schedule Listing page displays the sp ecific section that is available for that term and related information for the schedule type the student selected on the Detailed Course In formation page. The student can also select Return to Previous or New Search.ŁReturn to Previous causes the Detailed Course Information page to be displayed. ŁNew Search causes the Catalog Term page to be displayed. Set up syllabus informationUse the following steps to set up syllabus info rmation in Banner baseline. You can then view the syllabus information for a course in Self-Service. 1.Access the Course Syllabus Form (SCASYLB). 1.1. Enter the subject, course, and term in the Key Block. 1.2. Use Next Block. 1.3. Enter the long course title and URL in the Long Course Title block. 1.4. Use Next Block. 1.5. Enter the learning objectives in the Learning Objectives block. 1.6. Use Next Block. 1.7. Enter the required materials in the Required Materials block. 1.8. Use Next Block. /n 70Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Course Catalog 1.9. Enter the technical requirements in the Technical Requirements block. 1.10. Save the changes. 2.Access the Term Control Form (SOATERM). 2.1. Select the Display Long Course Title checkbox for the associated term to display the long course title on the Web. 2.2. Select the Display Long Course Description checkbox for the associated term to display the long course description on the Web. Access syllabus informationSyllabus information can be reviewed for a course from the unsecured side of Banner Self-Service.Use the following steps to access sylla bus information in Self-Service. 1.Access Banner Self-Service. 2.Select the Course Catalog menu option. 3.On the Catalog Term page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_dyn_ctlg ), select a term, and click Submit.4.On the Search for Courses page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_cat_term_date) , select a subject. 5.Enter or select other information as approp riate (such as course number range, title, level, schedule type, college, division, depa rtment, credit range, or course attribute), and click Get Courses .6.On the Catalog Entries page ( bwckctlg.p_display_courses ), review the search results. 7.Click on the Syllabus Available link to view syllabus in formation for a course. 8.Review the information on the Syllabus Information page (bwckctlg.p_disp_catalog_syllabus ).ŁUse Return to Previous link to go back to the Catalog Entries page (bwckctlg.p_display_courses ).ŁUse the New Search link to go back to the Catalog Term page (bwckctlg.p_disp_dyn_ctlg )./n 71Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule Class ScheduleThe Class Schedule provides access to your institution™s class sched ule via the Internet. You can specify one or multiple terms to be available for viewing on the Web. You can do the following in the Class Schedule module: ŁUse expanded section titles (up to 100 characters) ŁUse long course descriptions ŁCreate rudimentary syllabi (made up of stude nt learning objectives, required materials for the course, and technical requirements) so students can make informed decisions when selecting the class th at best suits their needs ŁSpecify section-specific dates when registrati on is accepted outside of the current parts- of-term defined on SOATERM ŁDefine instructional methods for courses ŁSpecify the duration of the course for the course and section levels to determine the expected registration completion date for the student These features support both tradi tional and open learning courses. Note: The primary way that the system recognizes an open learning course is that no part of term is associated with it. The information in the Class Schedule Web pages is dynamic, which means that the data is extracted directly from the database. This chapter contains the following sections: ŁfiClass Schedule Web Pagesfl on page71 , which provides details about each Web page in the class schedule ŁfiSet Up the Class Schedulefl on page85 , which provides detailed steps for setting up your class schedule on the Web ŁfiUse the Class Schedulefl on page89 , which provides step-by-step procedures Class Schedule Web Pages The following Web pages compose the Banner Student Self-Service Class Schedule: ŁfiClass Schedule Search Selection (bwckschd.p_disp_dyn_sched)fl on page72 ŁfiClass Schedule Search (bwckgens.p_sel_term_date)fl on page74 /n 72Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule ŁfiClass Schedule Listing (bwckctlg.p_disp listcrse or bwckschd.p_ get_crse_unsec)fl on page77 ŁfiDetailed Class Information (bwckschd.p_disp_detail_sched)fl on page80 ŁfiSyllabus Information (bwcksch d.p_disp_syllabus)fl on page83 Class Schedule Search Selection (bwckschd.p_disp_dyn_sched)On this page users begin their search of the class schedule by choosing a term from the pulldown list or entering a date range. Note: If your institution does not want to permit searching by date range, the fields can be omitted from th e page by setting the value in the External Code field on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) to N for the SCHBYDATE internal code. This row must be entered manually. For term class schedule information to be displayed on the Web, the Master Web Term Control checkbox on the Term Control Form (SOATERM) must be selected. MessagesIf the dates entered are invalid, the following message is displayed: You have entered an invalid date. If the From Date is greater than the To Date, the following message is displayed: From Date must be less than or equal to the To Date If neither a term nor a date range are entered, the following message is displayed: You must enter either a term or date range. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Search by Term Terms available for display on the Web. Search by Date Range From and To The user enters the first and last dates of the range he or she wants to view on the Web. /n 73Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not contain links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) To include the term in the Search by Term pulldown list, select the Master Web Term Control checkbox. Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)To display the Search by Date Range fields, enter Y in the External Code field for the SCHBYDATE internal code. This row must be entered manually. Refer to the fiSet Up the Class Schedulefl on page85 for more information. Button/Icon ActionSubmit Goes to the Class Schedule Search page (bwckgens.p_sel_term_date )ResetDeletes the choices the user has made and returns to the default settings.Menu NameMenu URLStudent Records Menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu /n 74Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule Class Schedule Search (bwckgens.p_sel_term_date)On the Class Schedule Search page a user ca n choose from a variety of selection options to narrow the search for classes. At a mini mum, the user must select a subject. The search results are displayed on the Class Schedule Listing page (bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec ).Your institution can restrict the searchable fields displayed on this page using the Web Processing Controls and Web Display Controls windows of the Term Control Form (SOATERM). Your institution can also restrict the values that are populated in the pulldown lists using the Web Display List Customization Form (SOAWDSP). Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Subject Course subjects from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) an d/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Course Number Course number for which the user wants to view classes. The user can enter up to five digits or use the wildcard character (%) (that is, a search for 2% retrieves all course numbers beginning with 2). Title Course name. The user can enter up to 30 characters or use the wildcard character (%) (that is, a search for %introduction% retrieves all courses with the wo rd fiintroductionfl in the title). Schedule Type Schedule types from which th e user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Instructional Method Instructional methods (for example, Traditional , Web- Based , etc.) from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Credit RangeRange of credit hours for which the user wants to view classes. (For example, this could be used if a student cannot take more than a particular amount of credits.) /n 75Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. CampusCampuses from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Course LevelLevel of courses from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) an d/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Part of TermParts of term (for traditi onal courses) from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non-consecutive values). DurationDuration periods for open learning courses from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non-consecutive values). InstructorInstructors from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). The last name prefix is displayed, if applicable. SessionSessions from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select mu ltiple values using t he Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non-consecutive values).Attribute Type Course attributes from wh ich the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) an d/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Start Time Class start time the user wants to display on the Web. To display all start times, the Hours and Minutes fields must be set to 00.End TimeClass end time the user wants to display on the Web. To display all end times, the Hours and Minutes fields must be set to 00.DaysClass days the user wants to disp lay on the Web. To display all days, the checkboxes must all be cleared. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 76Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) Schedule Search Controls section of the Web Display Controls window:ŁTo include schedule types, select the Search by Schedule Type checkbox. ŁTo include instructiona l methods, select the Search by Instructional Method checkbox. ŁTo include campuses, select the Search by Campus checkbox. ŁTo include course levels, select the Search by Level checkbox. ŁTo include durations, select the Search by Duration checkbox. ŁTo include instructors, select the Search by Instructor checkbox. ŁTo include sessions, select the Search by Session checkbox. ŁTo include course attributes, select the Search by Course Attribute checkbox.Course attributes are displayed with the search results regardless of whether the user can search on course attributes. ŁIf you want to allow the search and display of long section titles, select the Display Long Section Title checkbox. ŁIf you want to allow the search and display of long section descriptions, select the Display Long Section Description checkbox. Web Display List Customization Form (SOAWDSP) Specify which validation codes are to be displayed on the Web for the following validation tables: ŁSchedule Type Code Validation (STVSCHD) ŁInstruction Method Validation (GTVINSM) ŁCampus Code Validation (STVCAMP) ŁLevel Code Validation (STVLEVL) ŁPart of Term Code Validation (STVPTRM) ŁSession Code Validation (STVSESS) ŁAttribute Validation (STVATTR) Schedule Form (SSASECT) Select the Voice Response and Self-Service Available checkbox for each section that you want to be available on the Web. Subject Code Validation Form (STVSUBJ)Select the Web Ind checkbox for each subject that you want to be available on the Web. /n 77Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Class Schedule Listing (bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse or bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec) The Class Schedule Listing page displays the courses and related information found using the search criteria specified on the Class Schedule Search page (bwckgens.p_sel_term_date ). This information is in summary format and does not include registration requirements (that is, prer equisites or corequisites) and restrictions. The page can display the long section title a nd description. A link is included for each class to go to the course catalog listing for the class. If the user selected more than 333 subjects, the system displays the following message (where AAA represents the first subject selected, and MMM represents the 333rd subject): You have selected too many subjects. Results for this search incl ude only subjects AAA through MMM. Note: If accessed from the unse cure section of your site, the URL for this page is bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec ; if accessed from the secure section of your site, the URL for this page is bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse .You can use the Bookstore(change me) link to access the Bookstore Information page (bwckbook.site ). This page displays links to internal and/or external bookstores where you can look up materials for the course/section. Button/Icon ActionClass Search Goes to the Class Schedule Listing page (bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec ).ResetDeletes the choices the user has made and returns to the default settings./n 78Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Course title Subject code, course number, and course title, concatenated and displayed as a hyperlink to the Detailed Class Information page. Course descriptionDescription associated with the course. Associated Term Term as sociated with the class. Registration DatesRange of dates in which the student can register for the class. Must start betweenDates between which th e student must elect to start the class (open learning classes only). LevelsLevels at which the class can be taken. Attributes Degree attributes associated with the class. Instructors Instructor(s) assigned to teac h the class. The last name prefix is displayed, if applicable. Campus Campus associated with the class. Instructional Method Instructional method (for example, Traditional , Web- Based , etc.) associated with the class. DurationDuration of the class, for open learning classes only. Credits or Continuing Education Units Number of credit hours or continuing education units (as applicable) for which the class can be taken. TypeMeeting types asso ciated with the class. TimeBeginning and ending times of the class. DaysDays of the week on which the class meets. WherePlace where the class meets. Date RangeBeginning and ending dates of the class. Schedule TypeSchedule types associated with the class. InstructorsInstructors as sociated with the class. /n 79Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) Web Display Controls window: If you want to allow th e search and display of long section titles, select the Display Long Section Title checkbox. If you want to allo w the search and disp lay of long course descriptions, select the Display Long Section Description checkbox. Schedule Form (SSASECT) Select the Voice Response and Self-Service Available checkbox. Web Tailor Information Text Use the Web Tailor internal routine, bwckschd.schedule_label_text , to make any of the following changes to the data elements on this page. ŁIf you want to change the prefix or suffix (field labels), modify the desired value. ŁIf you want a data element to be suppressed (that is, not displayed), delete the values for both the prefix and the suffix values for the relevant data element. ŁIf you want to change the text of the link to the sections, modify the CATALOG label.Refer to fiSet Up the Class Schedulefl on page85 for procedures for performing these tasks. Link ActionSyllabus Available Goes to the Syllabus Information page (bwckschd.p_disp_syllabus )./n 80Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule Buttons/icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Detailed Class Information (bwckschd.p_disp_detail_sched) The Detailed Class Information page displays in formation about a course selected on the Class Schedule Listing page ( bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec ). The information includes registration restrictions, base fees, prerequisite and corequisite courses, and the basic information that appears on the Catal og Entries page. A link is included for each class to go to the course catalog listing for the class. Actual, waitlist, and crosslisted enrollments can be displayed on this page. Use the following internal codes for the WEBREG internal group on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) to specify which counts , if any, are to be displayed: ŁDISPENROLL (Display Enrollment Counts) ŁDISPWL (Display Wait List Counts) View Catalog EntryGoes to the Catalog Entries page (bwckctlg.p_display_courses ).The text of this link can be modified. See fiChange Catalog Link Text on the Class Schedule Listing Pagefl on page88 for more information. You can suppress this link from being displayed, and you can later choose to display it after it has been suppressed. See fiSuppress Catalog Link from the Class Schedule Listing Pagefl on page88 and fiDisplay Catalog Link on the Class Schedule Listing Pagefl on page89 for more information. Bookstore(change me) Goes to Bookstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ) where you can link to a bookstore to query materials for the course/ section.Return to PreviousGoes to the Class Schedule Search page (bwckgens.p_sel_term_date ).New SearchGoes to the Class Schedule Search selection (bwckschd.p_disp_dyn_sched ).Link Action/n 81Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule ŁDISPXL (Display Cross List Counts) You can use the Bookstore(change me) link to access the Bookstore Information page (bwckbook.site ). This page displays links to internal and/or external bookstores where you can look up materials for the course/section. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Course title Subject code , course number, and cour se title, concatenated. Course descriptionDescription associated with the course. Associated Term Term as sociated with the class. Registration DatesRange of dates in which the student can register for the class. Must start betweenDates between which th e student must elect to start the class (open learning classes only). LevelsLevels at which the class can be taken. Attributes Degree attributes associated with the class. Instructors Instructor(s) assigned to teac h the class. The last name prefix is displayed, if applicable. Campus Campus associated with the class. Instructional Method Instructional method (for example, Traditional , Web- Based , etc.) associated with the class. DurationDuration of the class, for open learning classes only. Credits or Continuing Education Units Number of credit hours or continuing education units (as applicable) for which the class can be taken. Seats CapacityMaximum number of seats assigned for the class. Seats ActualNumber of seats already taken for the class. Seats RemainingNumber of seats still available for the class. Waitlist Seats CapacityMaximum number of waitlist places assigned for the class. Waitlist Seats ActualNumber of waitlis t places already taken for the class. Waitlist Seats RemainingNum ber of waitlist places st ill available for the class. Fees LevelLevel associated with the fee. Fees DescriptionDescription of the fee. /n 82Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Fees AmountMonetary amount of the fee. RestrictionsRegistration re strictions for the class. CorequisitesCourse (s) in which the student must register concurrent with this one. The course number is a hyperlink to the Catalog Entries page for the corequisite course. PrerequisitesPrerequisites that the student must have successfully completed to register in this one. If the pr erequisite is a course, the course number is a hyperlink to the Catalog Entries page for the prerequisite course. CAPP Pre-requisites (General Requirements) Prerequisites that the student mu st have successfully completed to register in this one. If the pr erequisite is a course, the course number is a hyperlink to the Catalog Entries page for the prerequisite course. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) Web Display Controls window: If you want to allow th e search and display of long section titles, select the Display Long Section Title checkbox. If you want to allo w the search and disp lay of long section descriptions, select the Display Long Section Description checkbox. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 83Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule Buttons/icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Syllabus Information (bwckschd.p_disp_syllabus)This page is displayed when a user selects the Syllabus Available link on the Class Schedule Listing ( bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec ) or Detailed Class Information (bwckschd.p_disp_detail_sched ) page. It displays additional information that allows the user to decide whether or not the class meets his or her needs. This page is available only if syllabus information has been defined in the system. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionSyllabus Available Goes to the Syllabus Information page (bwckschd.p_disp_syllabus ).Bookstore(change me) Goes to Bookstore Information page ( bwckbook.site ) where you can link to a bookstore to query materials for the course/ section.Return to PreviousGoes to the Class Schedule Listing page (bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec ).New SearchGoes to the Class Schedule Search selection (bwckschd.p_disp_dyn_sched ).ItemDescription/Source Information Course title Subject code , course number, and cour se title, concatenated. Associated Term Term as sociated with the class. LevelsLevels at which the class can be taken. Campus Campus associated with the class. /n 84Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Schedule TypeSchedule types associated with the class. Instructional Method Instructional method (for example, Traditional , Web- Based , etc.) associated with the class. DurationDuration of the class, for open learning classes only. Learning ObjectivesInstructor™s learning objectives for the class. Required MaterialsMaterials required for the class. Technical RequirementsTechnical requirements for the class. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) Web Display Controls window: If you want to allow th e search and display of long section titles, select the Display Long Section Title checkbox. If you want to allo w the search and disp lay of long section descriptions, select the Display Long Section Description checkbox. Link ActionReturn to PreviousGoes to the previous page being viewed by the user. New SearchClass Schedule Search selection (bwckschd.p_disp_dyn_sched ).ItemDescription/Source Information /n 85Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule Buttons/icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Set Up the Class ScheduleThis section provides step-by-step procedur es for the following tasks for setting up the course catalog: ŁfiImplement the Class Schedulefl on page85 ŁfiCustomize the Class Schedule Listing Pagefl on page87 ŁfiCustomize the Class Schedule Search Pagefl on page89 Implement the Class ScheduleThis procedure explains how to implement your class schedule on the Web. Refer to the Banner Student User Guide for more information about Banner forms. 1.Specify which fields you want to have included on the Class Schedule Search selection page ( bwckschd.p_disp_dyn_sched ). You can include either or both of the following. ŁTo include the term in the Search by Term pulldown list, select the Master Web Term Control checkbox on the Term Control Form (SOATERM). ŁTo display the Search by Date Range fields, enter Y in the External Code field for the SCHBYDATE internal code on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX). 2.In the Web Display Controls window of the Term Control Form (SOATERM), specify which fields you want to have included on the Class Schedule Search page (bwckgens.p_sel_term_date ). You can include as many or as few of the following as you want. External CodeInternal Code Internal Code Seq NumberInternal Code GroupDescription Activity DateYSCHBYDATE1 WEBREGDy namic Schedule by Date Range Sysdate/n 86Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule 2.1. To include schedule types in the Schedule Type pulldown list, select the Search by Schedule Type checkbox.2.2. To include instructional methods in the Instructional Method pulldown list, select the Search by Inst ructional Method checkbox.2.3. To include campuses in the Campus pulldown list, select the Search by Campus checkbox. 2.4. To include levels in the Course Level pulldown list, select the Search by Level checkbox. 2.5. To include durations in the Duration pulldown list, select the Search by Duration checkbox. 2.6. To include instructors in the Instructor pulldown list, select the Search by Instructor checkbox. 2.7. To include sessions in the Session pulldown list, select the Search by Session checkbox. 2.8. To include course attributes in the Attribute Type pulldown list, select the Search by Course Attribute checkbox. 2.9. If you want to allow the se arch and display of long course titles, select the Display Long Course Title checkbox. 2.10. If you want to allow the search and display of long course descriptions, select the Display Long Course Description checkbox. 3.On the Web Display List Customization Form (SOAWDSP), specify which validation codes are to be displayed on the Web for the following validation tables: ŁSchedule Type Code Validation (STVSCHD) ŁInstruction Method Validation (GTVINSM) ŁCampus Code Validation (STVCAMP) ŁLevel Code Validation (STVLEVL) ŁPart of Term Code Validation (STVPTRM) ŁSession Code Validation (STVSESS) ŁAttribute Validation (STVATTR) 4.For each subject that you want to be available on the Web, select the Web Ind checkbox on the Subject Code Validation Form (STVSUBJ). 5.For each section that you want to be available on the Web, select the Voice Response and Self-Service Available checkbox on the Sc hedule Form (SSASECT).Note: Leaving the Voice Response and Self-Service Available checkbox cleared will not pr event a student fr om registering on the Web if he or she enters the CRN in the Add Classes Worksheet on the Add or Drop Classes page ( bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ).6.If you want to allow the se arch and display of long section titles, select the Display Long Section Title checkbox on SOATERM. /n 87Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule 7.If you want to allow th e search and display of long se ction descriptions, select the Display Long Section Description checkbox on SOATERM. Customize the Class Schedule Listing PageThis section provides the following proce dures for customizing your Class Schedule Listing page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse or bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec ):ŁfiChange Data Element Names for the Class Schedule Listing Pagefl on page87 ŁfiSuppress Data Elements from the Class Schedule Listing Pagefl on page87 ŁfiDisplay Data Elements on the Class Schedule Listing Pagefl on page88 ŁfiChange Catalog Link Text on the Class Schedule Listing Pagefl on page88 ŁfiSuppress Catalog Link from the Class Schedule Listing Pagefl on page88 ŁfiDisplay Catalog Link on the Class Schedule Listing Pagefl on page89 Change Data Element Names for the Class Schedule Listing Page This procedure explains how to change the name (field label) of a data element on the Class Schedule Listing page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse or bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec ).1.Access Web Tailor. 2.Select Information Text from the Web Tailor Menu. 3.Select bwckschd.schedule_label_text .4.Select the PREFIX or SUFFIX item, as desired, for the data element to be changed. 5.Enter the desired value in the Information Text field.6.Click Submit Changes .Suppress Data Elements from th e Class Schedule Listing Page This procedure explains how to suppress a data element from appearing on the Class Schedule Listing page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse or bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec ).1.Access Web Tailor. 2.Select Information Text from the Web Tailor Menu. 3.Select bwckschd.schedule_label_text .4.Select the PREFIX item for the data element to be suppressed. 5.Delete the value in the Information Text field./n 88Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule 6.Click Submit Changes .7.Select the SUFFIX item for the data element to be suppressed. 8.Delete the value in the Information Text field.9.Click Submit Changes .Display Data Elements on the Class Schedule Listing Page This procedure explains how to display a da ta element on the Class Schedule Listing page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse or bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec ) that has previously been suppressed. 1.Access Web Tailor. 2.Select Information Text from the Web Tailor Menu. 3.Select bwckschd.schedule_label_text .4.Select the PREFIX or SUFFIX item, as desired, for the data element to be displayed. 5.Enter the desired value in the Information Text field.6.Click Submit Changes .Note: If desired, you can specify valu es for both prefix and suffix. Change Catalog Link Text on the Class Schedule Listing Page This procedure explains how to change the text of the Catalog link on the Class Schedule Listing page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse or bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec ).Note: View Catalog Entries is the delivered value for this link, but you can change it. 1.Access Web Tailor. 2.Select Information Text from the Web Tailor Menu. 3.Select bwckschd.schedule_label_text .4.Select CATALOG .5.Enter the desired text in the Information Text field. 6.Click Submit Changes .Suppress Catalog Link from th e Class Schedule Listing Page This procedure explains how to suppress the Catalog link from appearing on the Class Schedule Listing page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse or bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec )./n 89Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule 1.Access Web Tailor. 2.Select Information Text from the Web Tailor Menu. 3.Select bwckschd.schedule_label_text .4.Select CATALOG .5.Delete the value in the Information Text field.6.Click Submit Changes .Display Catalog Link on th e Class Schedule Listing Page This procedure explains how to display the Catalog link on the Class Schedule Listing page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_listcrse or bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec ) if it has previously been suppressed. 1.Access Web Tailor. 2.Select Information Text from the Web Tailor Menu. 3.Select bwckschd.schedule_label_text .4.Select CATALOG .5.Enter View Catalog Entry (or any other desired text) in the Information Text field.6.Click Submit Changes .Customize the Class Schedule Search PageThis procedure explains how to customize the labels on the Class Schedule Search page (bwckgens.p_sel_term_date ).1.Access Web Tailor. 2.Select Information Text from the Web Tailor Menu. 3.Select bwckschd.schedule_search_label_text .4.Select the link of the label to be changed. 5.Enter the desired text in the Information Text field. 6.If desired, select an image from the pulldown list in the Image field.7.If desired, add additional text in the Comment field.8.Click Submit Changes .Use the Class ScheduleThis section contains information on searching for classes. /n 90Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule Search for ClassesThis procedure explains how a user search es for classes in your class schedule. 1.From your institution™s Web site, the student selects the Class Schedule link from the menu. 2.The Class Schedule Search page ( bwckschd.p_disp_dyn_sched ) is displayed. The student can choose a term from the Search by Term pulldown list or enter a date range in the From and To fields. The user then selects the Submit button. 3.The Class Schedule Search page ( bwckgens.p_sel_term_date ) is displayed. On this page the student can choose from a variety of course char acteristics to narrow the search. At a minimum, at least one selection must be made from the Subject pulldown list. The user then selects the Class Search button. Note: Your institution can co ntrol what is displaye d in the pulldown lists (with the exception of Subject ) on the Web Display List Customization Form (SOAWDSP). 4.The Class Schedule Listing page ( bwckschd.p_get_crse_unsec ) displays the courses and related information found using the search criteria specified on the Class Schedule Search page. If the user selects the link composed of the subject, course number, and title, the Detailed Class Information page ( bwckctlg.p_disp_detail_sched ) is displayed. If the user selects a View Catalog Entry link, the Catalog Entries page (bwckctlg.p_display_courses ) is displayed. If the user selects a Syllabus Available link, the Syllabus Information page (bwckschd.p_disp_syllabus ) is displayed. The student can also select either the Return to Previous link or the New Search link. ŁReturn to Previous causes the Class Schedule Search page to be displayed. ŁNew Search causes the Class Schedule Search page to be displayed. 5.The Detailed Class Information page displays further information about the course selected on the Class Schedule Listing page. If available, the following links can be selected to go to the Catalog Entries page for the selected section: ŁPrerequisites ŁCorequisites The student can also select either the Return to Previous link or the New Search link. ŁReturn to Previous causes the Class Schedule Listing page to be displayed. ŁNew Search causes the Class Schedule Search page to be displayed. /n 91Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Class Schedule 6.If the student chooses the Syllabus Available link on the Detailed Class Information page, the Syllabus Information page is displayed. This page displays additional information that allows the user to decide whether or not the class meets his or her needs. The student can also select either the Return to Previous link or the New Search link. ŁReturn to Previous causes the Detailed Class Information page to be displayed. ŁNew Search causes the Class Schedule Search page to be displayed. /n 92Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Prospect Self-Service Prospect Self-ServiceProspect Self-Service functionality enables pros pective students to submit information to your institution. Any prospective student intere sted in your institution can access Prospect Self-Service from the Banner Web home page (or wherever your institution places an appropriate link). The system displays the Prospective Students page (bwskwpro.P_ChooseProspectType ), which the user uses to select a prospect type (graduate, unde rgraduate, etc.). After the user selects the prospect type, th e system displays the Prospect In formation Form page ( bwskwpro.P_WebProspectMain ) for the specified prospect type. The content and order of the data entry fields is determined by your institution when you set up Prospect Self-Service. This chapter contains the following sections: ŁfiProspect Self-Service Web Pagesfl on page92 , which provides details about each Web page in Prospect Self-Service ŁfiSet Up Prospect Self-Servicefl on page99 , which provides detailed steps for setting up Prospect Self-Service ŁfiMigrate Prospect Self-Service Data to Bannerfl on page104 , which provides information about migrating information for Prospect Self-Service to Banner Prospect Self-Service Web Pages The following Web pages compose Prospect Self-Service: ŁfiProspective Students (bwskwpro.P_ChooseProspectType)fl on page92 ŁfiProspect Data Entry (bwskwpro.P_WebProspectMain)fl on page93 Prospective Students (bwskwpro.P_ChooseProspectType) The Prospective Students page allows the us er to select a prospect type (graduate, undergraduate, etc.). If desired, you can create one or more links to a version of this page that displays only a subset of prospect types. For example, you can create two links on your home page, one for undergraduate prospects and one for grad uate prospects. For more information about how to do this, refer to fiSetup Stepsfl on page99 .This page is delivered with a lin k to the Prospective Students page. A link to Prospect Self- Service can be placed anywhere within your institution™s Web site. /n 93Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Prospect Self-Service Web Page Fields This page does not have fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Prospect Data Entry (bwskwpro.P_WebProspectMain) The Prospect Data Entry page captures info rmation from prospective students. Different sections can appear on this page dependin g on the prospect type selected on the Prospective Students page ( bwskwpro.P_ChooseProspectType ). The data entry page includes all or a subset of the data entry sections, depending on what you specified on the Web Prospect Select ion Rules Form (SRAWPRO). ItemDescription Electronic Prospect Validation Form (STVPREL)Select the Enter on WEB checkbox for each prospect type that you want to be available on the Web. If you want to display subsets of prospects types on different pages, enter the corresponding Web page ID in the WEB Page ID field for each prospect type that you want to be available on the Web. /n 94Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Prospect Self-Service This page is delivered with a link to the Pros pective Students page. A link to Prospect Self-Service can be placed anywhere within your institution™s Web site. You can add Information Text to any section that is to be displayed. Add or modify Information Text by choosing the Information Text link on the Web Tailor Menu, and then selecting the bwskwpro.P_WebProspectMain procedure. The Information Text labels that can be used to add Information Text for that section are the following: Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ŁADDRESS1ŁINTERNATNL ŁADDRESS2ŁMAJOR ŁBIRTHDATEŁMATERIAL ŁCITIZENSHIPŁNAME ŁEMAILŁNTYPE ŁENTRYTERMŁPRIORCOLL ŁETHNICITYŁSSNTINTFN ŁGENDERŁSTUDENTTYP ŁHIGHSCHOOLŁTELE3 ŁHOWILEARNEDŁTESTSCORES ŁINTERESTSŁVISA ItemDescription/Source Information Last Name Prefix Prefix that precedes a last name (for example, fiVonfl in the last name fiVon Hintzfl). House Number Unique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation). Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Address Line 3 Address Line 4 Street address (no validation). State or Province The values in the pulldown list come from the State/Province Code Validation Form (STVSTAT). /n 95Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Prospect Self-Service County The values in the pulldown list come from the County Code Validation Form (STVCNTY). NationThe values in the pulldown list come from the Nation Code Validation Form (STVNATN). Phone Country CodeCode that designates the region and country of the telephone number (no validation). Citizenship The values in the pulldown list come from the Citizen Type Code Validation Form (STVCITZ). Term of Entry The values in the pulldown list come from the Term Code Validation Form (STVTERM). Ethnicity The values in the pulldown list come from the Ethnic Code Validation Form (STVETHN). Ethnic Category User™s ethnic category . The values available for selection (Hispanic or Latino and Not Hispanic or Latino ) are now displayed as checkboxes. The label Ethnic Category is displayed only when this field is required. Otherwise, Information Text is used instead of a field label.RaceUser™s race(s). The values available for selection are now displayed as checkboxes. The column labels are the category descriptions associated with regulatory codes that are marked as system required on the Regulatory Race Validation Form (GTVRRAC), which are delivered. Each column displays the races associated with the race code on the Race Rules Form (GORRACE). The label Race is displayed only when this field is required. Otherwise, Information Text is used instead of a field label. InterestsValues in the pulldown list come from the Outside Interest Code Validation Form (STVINTS). Nation of CitizenshipThe values in the pulldown list come from STVNATN. Nation of BirthThe values in the pulldown list come from STVNATN. Native LanguageThe values in the pulldown list come from the Language Code Validation Form (STVLANG). MajorThe values in th e pulldown list come from the Major, Minor, Concentration Code Validation Form (STVMAJR). Name TypeThe values in the pulldown list come from the Name Type Validation Form (GTVNTYP). DegreeThe values in the pulldown list come from the Degree Code Validation Form (STVDEGC). ItemDescription/Source Information /n 96Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Prospect Self-Service Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Student TypeThe values in the pulldown list come from the Student Type Code Validation Form (STVSTYP). Telephone TypeThe values in the pulldown list come from the Telephone Type Validation Form (STVTELE). Test TypeThe values in the pulldown list come from the Test Code Validation Form (STVTESC). Request MaterialsThe values in the pulldown list come from the Material Code Validation Form (STVMATL). Visa TypeThe values in the pulldown list come from the Visa Type Code Validation Form (STVVTYP). ItemDescription Web for Prospects Selection Rules Form (SRAWPRO) Specify the selection codes th at will be displayed for each prospect type. Specify the order in which thes e sections will be displayed by entering sequence numbers in the Display Order on Web fields. If you want a response to be required to be completed by the prospect, select the Response Required on Web checkbox for the selection code. Warning! Do not check the Response Required on Web checkbox for the ETHNICITY selection code if requiring users to provide ethnicity and race information is prohibited. If you do not want a section to be displayed, remove the selection code record from the Selection Code Validation Table (STVWPIC). Web for Prospects Display Rules Form (SRAWPDS) Limit the Banner validation items that are to appear in the Web pulldown lists. If you do not limit validation items on this form, a ll values in the validation table will appear in the Web pulldown list. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 97Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Prospect Self-Service Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items in the associated tables. Electronic Prospect Default Options Form (SRAPRED)Define default recruit values if you want to default values into the Prospect Record (SRBRECR) based on the prospect type. Data Section Electronic Prospect Temporary TablePermanent Table ADDRESS1SRTADDR SPRADDRADDRESS2SRTADDR SPRADDRBIRTHDATE SRTPERS SPBPERS CITIZENSHIPSRTPERS SPBPERS EMAILSRTEMAL GOREMAL ENTRYTERM SRTPREL SRBRECR ETHNICITYSRTPERS SPBPERS GENDER SRTPERS SPBPERS HIGHSCHOOL SRTHSCH SORHSCH HOWILEARNSRTLEND SRRLENDINTERESTSSRTINTS SORINTSINTERNATIONAL SRTINTL SPRINTL MAJORSRTPREL SRBRECR NTYPESRTIDEN SPRIDENNAMESRTIDEN SPRIDENPRIORCOLLSRTPCOL SORPCOLRACESARPRAC GORPRAC SSNTINTFNSRTPERS SRBPERS STUDENTTYPSRTPREL SRBRECR TELE3 SRTTELE SPRTELE TESTSCORESSRTTEST SORTEST MATERIAL SRTMATL GURMAIL ItemDescription /n 98Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Prospect Self-Service This page updates the following items. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. VISASRTINTLGORVISA ItemDescription Ethnicity and ethnic categoryStored in the Temporary Personal table (SRTPERS), loaded to the permanent Basic Person table (SPBPERS), and can be viewed on the General Person Form (SPAPERS) or in the Biographical Information window of the Quick Recruit Form (SRAQUIK), the Quick Entry Form (SAAQUIK), or the General Person Identification Form (SPAIDEN). RaceStored in the Electronic Admissions Electronic Temporary Race table (SRTPRAC), loaded to the permanent Race table (GORPRAC), and can be view ed on SPAPERS or in the Biographical Information wind ow of SRAQUIK, SAAQUIK or SPAIDEN. Button/Icon ActionLook Up High School CodeLook Up College Code These two buttons enable the user to search for the high school or college code. This search limits the display by state or province and then by city. For a user to be able to locate a school using this search capability, a school™s address must be defined in the Source/Background Validation Form (SOASBGI). In addition, the address must have both a city and either a state/province or nation code in order to be displayed in the search results. Data Section Electronic Prospect Temporary TablePermanent Table /n 99Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Prospect Self-Service Set Up Prospect Self-ServiceThis section explains how to implement Prospect Self-Service. Setup SummaryThe following steps summarize the actions you need to take to set up Prospect Self- Service at your institution. These steps are described in detail in the next section. Warning! Because of data relationships and dependencies, you must perform these steps in the order specified. 1.Define the prospect codes for display on the Web on the Electronic Prospect Validation Form (STVPREL). 2.Define the codes for how prospects learned about your institution on the Web Prospect How I Learned About Validation Form (STVLEND). 3.Review the codes for placing electronic elements in the Web acknowledgment letter on the Web Prospect Acknowledgment Letter Codes Form (STVWACK). These are predefined and delivered. You can de fine additional codes, if desired. 4.Review the Web Prospect Information Selection Validation Form (STVWPIC) to identify which selection codes or sections y ou want to choose to appear on the Web. 5.Use the Web for Prospects Selection Rules Form (SRAWPRO) to specify the selection codes that will be displayed for ea ch prospect type, and also to specify the order in which these sections will be displayed. 6.On the Electronic Prospect Default Opti ons Form (SRAPRED), enter any default recruit values for Web-entered data (optional). 7.Define the Banner validation items on the Web for Prospects Display Rules Form (SRAWPDS) that are to appear in the Web pulldown lists. 8.Update the source/background addresses on the Source/B ackground Institution Base Form (SOASBGI) for unknown schools or home schooling.9.Write your acknowledgment letter on the Web Acknowledgment Message Form (SRAWACK) (optional). 10. Enter values for PREL group rules on the Electronic Admissions Application Rules Form (SAAERUL). Setup Steps The following steps provide de tailed information to set up Prospect Self-Service. The steps include only the information you need fo r implementing Prospect Self-Service. Refer to the Banner Student Online Help for complete information about each Banner form. /n 100 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Prospect Self-Service Warning! Because of data relationships and dependencies, you must perform these steps in the order specified. 1.Take the following actions on the Electronic Prospect Validation Form (STVPREL). 1.1. Define each prospect code you want displayed on the Web. 1.2. Select the Enter on WEB checkbox for each prospect code you want displayed on the Web. Note: You can define new codes for the Web and/or specify that existing codes be available on the Web. The Interface Code field is used to specify the matching rules that will be applied when the Electronic Prospect Matching Process (SRRSRIN) is used to match electronic prospects to Banner data. Different matching rules can be used for different prospect types, if desired. The WEB Page ID field can be used to group related prospect codes. When the same web page ID is used for different prospect codes, the Prospective Student page (bwskwpro.P_ChooseProspectType ) can be displayed with only the set of grouped values. Using this feature (and diff erent URLs, which is discussed later), you can define different pages in Prospect Self-Service to display different categories of students. For example, you can create a page titled Undergraduate Prospective Students , give it the Web page ID UG, and assign the UG Web page ID to the group of prospect codes for prospective undergraduat es. Likewise you can create a page titled Graduate Prospective Students , give it the Web page ID GR, and assign the GR Web page ID to the group of prospect codes for prospective graduates. You would then use the appropriate values as parameters in th e links, as shown in the following examples: Œbwskwpro.P_ChooseProspectType?prel_type=UGPR Œbwskwpro.P_ChooseProspectType?prel_type=GRPR Link directly to the Prospect Data Entry page and specify the Prospect Type. You can also choose to bypass the Prospective Students page (bwskwpro.P_ChooseProspectType ) and have the user go directly to the Prospect Information Form page ( bwskwpro.P_WebProspectMain ). To do this, you must specify the prospect type in the link, as shown in the following example: bwskwpro.P_WebProspectMain?prel_code_in=WWWU&button_t ext_in=Continue In this example, WWWU is the prospect type, and the Prospect Information Form page will display the sections defined for the WWWU prospect type. (This is a simplified example of a URL. When you place a link to Pr ospect Self-Service in your Web site, you must also include the path to the object.) 2.Define the codes for how prospects learned about your institution on the Web Prospect How I Learned About Validation Form (STVLEND). 3.Review the codes for placing electronic elements in the Web acknowledgment letter on the Web Prospect Acknowledgment Letter Codes Form (STVWACK). /n 101 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Prospect Self-Service 4.Review the Web Prospect Information Selection Validation Form (STVWPIC) to identify which selection codes or sections y ou want to choose to appear on the Web. The following selection codes are delivered with Prospect Self-Service: These codes are used on the Web Prospect Selection Rules Form (SRAWPRO) to specify which fields are displayed on the Prospect Information Form page (bwskwpro.P_WebProspectMain ). Prospect Self-Service is delivered with a script that inserts default Web Tailor values for these selection codes. 5.Use the Web for Prospects Selection Rules Form (SRAWPRO) to specify the selection codes that will be displayed for ea ch prospect type, and also to specify the order in which these sections will be displayed. 5.1. In the Selection Code field, enter each selection code you want displayed on the Web for the prospect code entered in the Key Block. (Selection codes are defined in the Web Prospect Info rmation Selection Validation Form [STVWPIC].) The selection codes represen t actual questions that prospective students will be asked to answer on the Prospect Information Form page (bwskwpro.P_WebProspectMain ).When you first define a new prospect code in SRAWPRO, the selection codes Name and Address1 are automatically displayed with the Response Required on Web checkboxes selected. If you do not enter any selection codes for a prospect code, the prospect code will not be included in the list of available prospect types on the Prospective Students page (bwskwpro.P_ChooseProspectType). 5.2. In the Display Order on Web column, specify the order in which each selection code is to appear on the Prospect Information Form page. 5.3. Select the Response Required on Web checkbox for each selection code that you want to be required fo r the user to complete. ADDRESS1INTERNATNL ADDRESS2MAJOR BIRTHDATEMATERIAL CITIZENSHIPNAME EMAILNTYPE ENTRYTERMPRIORCOLL ETHNICITYSSNTINTFN GENDERSTUDENTTYP HIGHSCHOOLTELE3 HOWILEARNEDTESTSCORES INTERESTSVISA /n 102 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Prospect Self-Service Important information a bout the Visa and International selection codes Visa and International selection codes are included on STVWPIC. The Prospect Information Form page ( bwskwpro.P_WebProspectMain ) can be set up using the Visa selection code, the Intern ational selection code, or both. If the Visa selection code is attached to a prospect code on SRAWPRO, the following fields are displayed on the Prospect Information Form page: ŁVisa Type ŁVisa Number (up to 18 digits in length) ŁIssue DateŁExpiration Date For the Visa information to be loaded to the Visa Information table (GORVISA), all four Visa fields must be entered. Therefore, to ensure that prospective students enter all of the information, select the Response Required on Web checkbox for the Visa selection code. If the International selection code is atta ched to a prospect code on SRAWPRO, the following fields are displayed on th e Prospect Information Form page: ŁNation of Citizenship ŁNation of BirthŁNative Language ŁForeign SSN Any data entered in the International area is loaded to the International Information Table (GOBINTL) when the prospect record is loaded. No Visa info rmation is required for the International data to be loaded. If a Visa data is entered in the Visa section, but the Nation of Citizenship field is left blank in the International section, then the process which loads prospect data into Banner uses the default value set up on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) for internal code VISANTNDEF as the Nation of Issue value on GORVISA. It also uses the value stored on GTVSDAX for internal code VISAISSDEF as the Issuing Authority value on GORVISA. 6.On the Electronic Prospect Default Option s Form (SRAPRED), enter default recruit values for Web-entered data (optional). The following fields are required in the Recruiting module: ŁLevel ŁCatalog Term ŁDegreeŁMajor If you do not enter values on SRAPRED and this data is not entered on the Web, Banner defaults are used for the Recruit record. If you enter any data on this form, you must enter a value in the Level field. 7.On the Web for Prospects Display Rules Fo rm (SRAWPDS), specify the items that you want to be displaye d in the pulldown lists in Prospect Self-Service. /n 103 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Prospect Self-Service The values in the pulldown lists displayed in Prospect Self-Service come from Banner validation tables. This form allows you to re duce the number of choices from which the user can select or to change the descriptions that are displayed on the Web. If you do not enter data on this form, all entries in the pertinent validation tables are listed in the associated pulldown lists. To limit values or modify a description, enter the following information. ŁIn the Table Name field, enter the last four characters of the validation table ( TERM for STVTERM, CITZ for STVCITZ, RESD for STVRESD, and so on). ŁIn the Code Value field, enter code value that yo u want to be displayed on the Web. ŁIf you want to modify the code™s description, m odify the value in the Description field.8.Update the source/background addresses on the Source/B ackground Institution Base Form (SOASBGI) for unknown schools or home schooling.The Prospect Information Form page ( bwskwpro.P_WebProspectMain ) includes functionality for users to search for high schools and colleges. For the name of a school to be included, the address data for the school must be defined on SOASBGI.If the user enters a school name that is not already defined on SOASGBI, the system adds the school name with the value from the rule on the Electronic Admissions Application Rules Form (SAAERUL) for UNKNOWNHSCH . If the prospect enters a school code that is not included on the Sour ce/Background Institution Code Validation Form (STVSBGI), the system stores the va lue in the SRTHSCH or SRTPCOL table in the SBGI_CODE_INVALID column.The high school entry section has an alternative checkbox where the prospect can indicate that he or she has been home schooled. The STVSBGI value for home schooling must be stored on the SAAERUL rule for the PREL group and HOMESCHOOL label. 9.Write your acknowledgment letter on the Web for Prospects Acknowledgment Message Form (SRAWACK) (optional). 10. On the Electronic Admissions Application Rules Form (SAAERUL), define group rules for the PREL group. The fiHow I Learnedfl area captures how the prospect learned about your institution. The data is initially stored in the electroni c prospect tables and is viewable using the Electronic Prospect Detail Fo rm (SRAPREL). After the prospect has been migrated to Banner, the data is available on the Recruit Prospect Information Form (SRARECR). The How I Learned data is migrated to the recruit record based on the new rule value CREATLEARNED , which is stored on SAAERUL under the group PREL . If the CREATELEARNED rule is Y, the prospect™s How I Learned data is migrated to the recruit How I Learned data. The How I Learned code is validated on the Web Prospect How I Learned About Validation Form (STVLEND). The following rules are used for entering the new Web da ta and for controlling the migration of the new How I Learned data. (Refer to the Banner Student User Guide for the rules for migrating information from the Prospect temporary tables to the Banner tables.) /n 104 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Prospect Self-Service ŁHOMESCHOOL Š The SBGI code to be used if the prospect selects the Home Schooled checkbox. This applies only to the Web. The value entered on SAAERUL for HOMESCHOOL must be a valid high school on STVSBGI. ŁUNKNOWNHSCH Š The SBGI code to be used if the prospect enters an invalid code in the High School Code field. The code you specify for UNKNOWNHSCH is entered into SRTHSCH_SBGI_CODE ; the code entered by the student is entered into SRTHSCH_SBGI_CODE_INVALID . The code you specify for UNKNOWNHSCH is also used if the prospect leaves the High School Code field blank and enters the name of the institution or any of the self-r eported data. This applies only to the Web. The value entered on SAAERUL for UNKNOWNHSCH must be a valid high school on STVSBGI.ŁUNKNOWNPCOL Š The SBGI code to be used if the prospect enters an invalid code in the College Code field. The code you specify for UNKNOWNPCOL is entered into SRTPCOL_SBGI_CODE ; the code entered by the student is entered into SRTPCOL_SBGI_CODE_INVALID . The code you specify for UNKNOWNPCOL is also used if the prospect leaves the College Code field blank and enters the name of the institution or any of the self-reported data. This applies only to the Web. The value entered on SAAERUL for UNKNOWNPCOL must be a valid institution on STVSBGI.ŁCREATELEARNED Š This code tells the syste m to create How I Learned information if data is entered by a prospect who is new to Banner, or if the prospect is matched to a recruit and the recruit term, level, and campus are different. The How I Learned information is always created if the prospect is matched to an applicant and the UPDATEIIFAPP is Y, or if the prospect is matched to a recruit with the same term, level, and campus. The How I Learned data is entered only on the Web. ŁCREATEMATERIALS Š This code tells the system to create requested materials information if data is entered by a prospect who is new to Banner, or if the prospect is matched to a recruit and the recruit term, level, and campus are different. The materials are always created if the prospe ct is matched to an applicant and the UPDATEIIFAPP is Y, or if the prospect is matched to a recruit with the same term, level, and campus. ŁWEBGENID Š This code tells the system to use the generated ID or use the Social Security number entered by the prospect. Enter G to always use the generated ID, which uses SOBSEQN functions. Enter S to use the SSN entered on the Web page. If none is entered, use a generated ID. This applies only to the Web. Prospect Self-Service is now ready for you to accept information from prospective students via the World Wide Web using Bann er Prospect Self-S ervice processing. Migrate Prospect Self-Service Data to Banner Prospect Self-Service data follows the same procedures for viewing, matching, and loading into Banner as the Search and Test Score File Electronic Prospect Types. (For more information, refer to the "Search an d Test Score Data Load" section in the /n 105 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Prospect Self-Service fiRecruitingfl chapter of the Banner Student User Guide .) All the Prospect Self-Service data, however, is entered and validated on the Web. The following is a summary of the forms and processes that are available to view electronic prospects and to migrate the data from the Electronic Prospect tables to the Banner tables. Refer to the Student documentation for more information. ŁElectronic Prospect Inquiry Form (SRIPREL) Š This form is used to list and search for electronic prospects. From this form, you can view detail about a prospect, access the Prospect Matching Form (SRQMTCH), and migr ate a prospect to the Banner tables. ŁElectronic Prospect Detail Form (SRAPREL) Š This form is used to view detail about a prospect. The main window displays the name, address, recruit, high school, and prior college data. The sub window displays the te st scores, interests, and How I Learned data. ŁProspect Matching Form (SRQMTCH) Š This form is used to match an electronic prospect and to generate a new prospect ID, if necessary. This form is accessible only through SRIPREL. ŁElectronic Prospect View (SRVPREL) Š This view includes a composite of electronic prospect data. ŁElectronic Prospect Ma tch Process (SRRSRIN) Š This batch process is used to match electronic prospects to Production Banner. This process requires that match rules be entered for the prospect interface code on GORCMRL. ŁMigrate Electronic Prospects Process (SRRPREL) Š This batch process is used to migrate new or matched electronic prospects to Production Banner. The electronic prospects must have a status of N or M for this process. ŁElectronic Prospect Purge Process (SRTPURG) Š This batch process is used to purge electronic prospect data. /n 106 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Admissions Self-ServiceAdmissions Self-Service allows prospective students to complete and submit applications for admission online. The syst em can create a recruit, applicant and/or student record automatically. Students can use Admissions Self -Service to view the status of required supporting materials (transcripts, test scores, letters of recommendation, essays, etc.), overall application status, and the curr ent decision assigned to applications. This chapter contains the following sections: ŁfiOverviewfl on page106 , which provides a high-level overview of Admissions Self- ServiceŁfiAdmissions Self-Service Web Pagesfl on page109 , which provides details about each Web page in Admissions Self-Service ŁfiSet Up Admissions Self-Servicefl on page175 , which provides detailed steps for setting up Admissions Self-Service ŁfiProcess Self-Service Admission Applicationsfl on page215 , which provides detailed steps for processing admission applications received via self-service ŁfiSet Up Quick Start for Student Self-Servicefl on page226 , which provides information about Quick Start processing for autom atically processing Web applications ŁfiSet Up Curriculum Processing for Admissions Self-Servicefl on page232 , which provides information about and instructions for setting up curriculum processing for Web applications ŁfiSet Up Web Acceptance of Admissions Offerfl on page235 , which provides a step-by- step procedure for allowing applicants to us e the Web for notifying your institution of acceptance decisions ŁfiUse Payment and Deposit Processing with Applicationsfl on page237 , which provides a step-by-step procedure for allowing applicants to use the Web for application payment and deposit processing OverviewAs delivered, Admissions Self-Service can be accessed in the following ways. ŁAn existing or prior student (such as an unde rgraduate at an institution who wishes to apply for graduate studies) can select the Admissions link from the Student & Financial Aid menu in the secure area. To access the secure area, the student must login using a valid Banner ID and personal identification number (PIN). ŁThe second method of accessing Admissions is available to any prospective student wishing to apply. The applicant can select the Apply for Admissions link from the homepage. From there, the user has two options: /n 107 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service New User A new user selects the First time user account creation link and is asked to enter a login ID (which may be any value of 9 characters or less) and a 6-digit (numbers only) PIN. If the applicant does not specify a login ID, one is generated for him or her. From there, the user is aske d to select the type of applicat ion to be filled out, and then is asked for some basic name information. Las tly, the Application Checklist page is displayed, and the user completes the sections displayed. Returning UserIf the user is a returning user, once the lo gin ID and PIN are entered, the Application Menu is displayed. The applicant chooses to create a new application, update an incomplete application, or view summary information for applications that have been completed and/or pushed into Banner. The user can also view applications that were not entered via the Web if a Third Party Access Audit Form (GOATPAD) PIN record has been created for him or her. To apply online, the applicant must select the application type and the term for which they are applying. The system then gu ides him or her through the admission application pages. The Application Checklist page ( bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) allows the applicant to track his or her progress in completing the application. The online application is presented on a number of separate Web pages, which your institution chooses and can customize. The se ctions that can be selected for display include: ŁNameŁFirst Address and Phone ŁSecond Address and Phone ŁPersonal Information ŁPlanned Course of Study ŁParental Information ŁPrevious CollegeŁHigh School ŁTest Scores ŁInternational Information ŁActivitiesŁAdditional Information ŁRequested Materials ŁEssay Questions The following application types ar e delivered as sample data in Student Self-Service: ŁDefault Example - all sections (00) /n 108 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service ŁUndergraduate Freshman (W1) ŁUndergraduate Transfer (W2) ŁInternational Undergraduate Freshman (W3) ŁInternational Undergraduate Transfer (W4) ŁGraduate Studies (W5) ŁInternational Graduate Studies (W6) ŁContinuing Education, Non Degree (W7) Before an applicant can complete the application, a minimum amount of required information must be provided. Required info rmation is collected in a limited number of application sections. Each application type must include the required sections or else applicants will not be able to mark their applicat ions complete. Required data and their associated application sections are: ŁApplication type and application term, whic h are collected on the initial data page (bwskalog.P_DispNewApp ). These values are then displayed in all Web application status summary lists. The applic ation type controls which sections are displayed on the Application Checklist page ( bwskalog.P_DispIndex ). It also indicates if Quick Start processing is enabled for the application. ŁFirst and last name, which are collected on the Apply for Admissions page (bwskalog.P_DispNewApp ).ŁAddress, which is collected on either the First Address and Phone page (bwskaadr.P_DispAppAddr1 )or the Second Address and Phone page (bwskaadr.P_DispAppAddr2 ).ŁField of study, which is selected on the Planned Course of Study page (bwskapln.P_DispAppPlan ). At least one field of study must be selected. The applicant can complete the entire application all at one time or can complete portions and return later. Institutions have the option of creating a se t of customized fiSignaturefl pages, one of which is displayed after a student indicates t hat the application is complete and ready for submission. This page can be used to display instructions, indicate a Banner ID/request a signature, and/or indicate the address to which the signature and application fee should be sent. The student™s admission Web ID and application number appear in small print at the lower left of the page. Details on custom izing your Signature page and instructing the Web to display it are included in fiSet Up Admissions Self-Servicefl on page175 .Applicants can pay their application fee online us ing the credit card functionality, which is optional. Details on setting up credit card payment of application fees are included in fiSet Up Admissions Self-Servicefl on page175 .Web application data is stored in a number of holding tables in the Banner database. These tables allow applications to be submit ted and stored in a location different from the regular application tables. Applications can be pushed from these tables to Banner tables manually, via a batch process, or automatically, using Quick Start processing. For more information on the various push processes, consult the Banner Student documentation. /n 109 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Admissions Self-Service Web Pages The following Web pages compose Banner Student Self-Service Admissions: ŁfiAdmissions Login (bwskalog.P_DispLoginNon)fl on page110 ŁfiAdmissions Login - New User (bw skalog.P_DispLoginNew)fl on page112 ŁfiSelect an Application Type (bws kalog.P_DispChoice)fl on page114 ŁfiApply for Admissions (bwskalog.P_DispNewApp)fl on page116 ŁfiApplication Checklist (bwskalo g.P_DispIndex)fl on page118 ŁfiName (bwskanam.P_DispAppName)fl on page121 ŁfiFirst Address and Phone (bwskaadr.P_DispAppAddr1) and Second Address and Phone (bwskaadr.P_DispAppAddr2)fl on page123 ŁfiPersonal Information (bwskaper.P_DispAppPersonal)fl on page126 ŁfiPlanned Course of Study (bwskapln.P_DispAppPlan)fl on page131 ŁfiParental Information (bwskapar.P_DispAppParents)fl on page135 ŁfiPrevious College (bwskapcl.P_DispAppPrvCollege)fl on page137 ŁfiHigh School (bwskahsc.P_DispAppHighSch)fl on page141 ŁfiCollege Lookup or High School Lookup (bwskalog.p_proc_sbgi_code)fl on page144 ŁfiTest Scores (bwskatst.P_DispAppTests)fl on page147 ŁfiInternational Information (bwskaint.P_DispAppInternational)fl on page149 ŁfiActivities (bwskaact.P_DispAppActivities)fl on page151 ŁfiAdditional Information (bwska udf.P_DispAppUserDef)fl on page153 ŁfiRequested Materials (bwskamat.P_DispAppMaterials)fl on page155 ŁfiEssays (bwskaess.P_DispAppEssay)fl on page157 ŁfiApplication Preference (bwskaprf.p_disp_pref)fl on page159 ŁfiApplication Fee Payment (bwskalog.P_ProcIndex)fl on page161 ŁfiAdmissions Agreement (bwskalog.P_ProcIndex)fl on page162 ŁfiSignature (bwskalog.P_ProcIndex2)fl on page164 ŁfiApplication Menu (bwskalog.P_DispChoices)fl on page165 ŁfiWeb Application Summary (bwskasta.P_DispStatus)fl on page168 ŁfiApplication Summary (bwskasta.P_DispStatusSaradap)fl on page169 ŁfiApplicant Withdrawal Information (bwsk adec.P_ApplicationWDInfo)fl on page172 /n 110 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Admissions Login (bwskalog.P_DispLoginNon)The Admissions Login page is used to login to the Public Access Apply for Admissions area. Any person can file an application for admission from the Public Access area by supplying a self-determined login ID and PI N. If the user does not yet have a login ID and PIN, he or she can select the First time user account creation link to go to the Admissions Login - New User page to create one. If a user has cookies disabled in his or her browser, the system displays the message: This system requires the use of HTTP cookie s to verify authorizati on information. Our system has detected that your browser has disabled HTTP cookies, or does not support them. Please refer to the Help page for more information on how to correctly configure your browser for use with this system. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. ItemDescription/Source Information Login ID The Login ID can be entered by the person or generated by the system if one is not supplied during the original login. The entered value is stored in the Electronic Admissions Non-Student Table (SABNSTU) and is used to access the applicant™s data on the Electronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS) and the Electronic Application Submitted Data Form (SAAETBL). PINThe PIN must be six digits in le ngth and contain only numbers. It is stored in the Electronic Admissions Non-Student Table (SABNSTU) and can be displayed on the Electronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS). /n 111 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages ItemDescription Login ID Stored in the Electronic Admissions Non-Student table (SABNSTU). PINStored in the SABNSTU table. Link ActionFirst time user account creationGoes to the Admissions Login - New User page (bwskalog.P_DispLoginNew ).Return to HomepageRetu rns to the homepage. Button/Icon ActionLogin Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskalog.P_DispChoices ).Message: Invalid PIN. Try again. Source: bwskalog.P_ProcLoginNon /n 112 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Admissions Login - New User (bwskalog.P_DispLoginNew)The Admissions Login - New User page allows new users to create a login ID and PIN, and to verify the PIN. Neither value is validated against Banner ID s or PINs; however, if a login ID has previously been created by another user, it cannot be re-used. The applicant will need to remember the ID and PIN used in order to return to the application at a later time. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Action:Re-enter the PIN correctly. PINs must be 6 digits and contain only numbers. For an existing ID, the PIN must match the one stored in the database. Message: An error occurred. Plea se try again. PIN must be 6 digits long. Source: bwskalog.P_ProcLoginNon Action:Re-enter the new PIN using 6 numeric digits. Message: ID record locked due to excessive invalid login attempts. Source: bwskalog.P_ProcLoginNon Action:The PIN has been locked because of excessive login attempts using a valid non-student ID but a PIN that does not match the PIN for the ID. Re-enable access by clearing the We b Access Locked checkbox in the Non-Student PIN Change block (accessed via the PIN Change option) on the Electronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS). Message: Login ID already in use. Please try a different Login ID or log in as a Returning User. Source: bwskalog.P_ProcLoginNo Action:Enter a different Login ID as the first one entered was already being used. /n 113 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. ItemDescription/Source Information Create a Login ID The login ID can be entered by the person or generated by the system if one is not supplied during the original login. The entered value is stored in the Electronic Admissions Non-Student table (SABNSTU) and is used to access the applicant™s data on the Electronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS) and the Electronic Application Submitted Data Form (SAAETBL). Create a PIN The PIN must be six digits in length and contain only numbers. It is stored in the SABNSTU table and can be displayed on SAAEAPS. Verify PIN The new user must reenter the PIN. ItemDescription Login ID Stored in the Electronic Admissions Non-Student table (SABNSTU). PINStored in the SABNSTU table. Link ActionReturn to HomepageRetu rns to the homepage. /n 114 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages Select an Application Type (bwskalog.P_DispChoice) The Select an Application Type page is used to specify what type of application is to be filled out. All Web admissions processi ng is based on the application type. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Button/Icon ActionLogin Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskalog.P_DispChoices ).Message: Login ID already in use. Please try a different Login ID or log in as a Returning User. Source: bwskalog.P_ProcLoginNon Action:Enter a different Login ID as the first one entered was already being used. Message: PIN values entered do not match. Please try again. Source: bwskalog.P_ProcLoginNon Action:The PIN and Verify PIN must match. Enter each again, making sure that they match./n 115 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. ItemDescription/Source Information Application Type The application type pulldown list includes all Web-enabled application types defined on the Application Type Code Validation Form (STVWAPP). ItemDescription Application Type Code Validation Form (STVWAPP) Define all valid application types that you want to be available on the Web. Be sure to select the Web Indicator checkbox. Link ActionReturn to HomepageThis link is displayed if the user is a new user and returns to the homepage. Return to Application Menu This link is displayed if the user is a returning user and goes to the Application Menu ( bwskalog.P_DispChoices )./n 116 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Apply for Admissions (bwskalog.P_DispNewApp)The Apply for Admissions page captures basi c information needed to begin the process of completing an application for admission. Ap plicants use this page to enter basic name information and to specify the intend ed entry term for the application. Note: The application type has already been entered on the Select an Application Type page ( bwskalog.P_DispChoices ) and is redisplayed on this page. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to the Apply for Admissions page (bwskalog.P_DispNewApp ).ItemDescription/Source Information Application Type Application Type selected on the Select an Application Type page (bwskalog.P_DispChoices ).Admission TermThe pulldown list includes all terms for which Web admissions application processing is allowed on the current date, as defined on the Electronic Applicant Web Calendar Rules Form (SAAWATR). If no terms are defin ed here for the given application type, the pulldown list contains valid terms as defined on the Web Application Term Display Co ntrol Form (SOAATRM). The applicant must select the term fo r which the applic ation is being made. First Name Applicant™s first name. Middle Name Applicant™s middle name. Last Name Prefix Prefix that precedes a last name (for example, fiVonfl in the last name fiVon Hintzfl). /n 117 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Last NameApplicant™s last name. ItemDescription Electronic Applicant Web Calendar Rules Form (SAAWATR) orWeb Application Term Display Control Form (SOAATRM) Set up the valid dates for Web admissions application processing for each application type and term. ItemDescription Application Term Stored in the Electronic Admissions Application Header table (SARHEAD). First, Last and Middle NamesStored in the Electronic Admi ssions Person table (SARPERS). Link ActionReturn to Application Menu Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskalog.P_DispChoices ).ItemDescription/Source Information /n 118 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Application Checklist (bwskalog.P_DispIndex)The Application Checklist page is used to disp lay the sections of the application that the applicant should complete. App lication section choices are as signed to each application type using the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAW APP). The sections used can be different for each application type. After an applicant has provided information in an application section, a checkmark is displayed next to the link for the section. The applicant also uses the buttons on this page to indicate that the application information is complete and r eady for the institution to proc ess, or that it is not yet complete and will be finished la ter. Institutional application processing cannot begin until the applicant has marked the application complete. You can also set up an e-mail link on this form to allow applicants to send e-mail to a specific e-mail address that has been set up to handle questions. If your institution has decided to display a Signature page, and no credit card processing is enabled for the application type, the Signature page is displayed when the Application is Complete button is selected. If credit card pr ocessing has been enabled, the Application Fee Payment page ( bwskalog.P_ProcIndex ) is displayed when the Application is Complete button is selected. The Signature page is displayed if the user selects the Pay Later button on the Application Fee Payment page. See fiSignature (bwskalog.P_ProcIndex2)fl on page164 for more information. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Button/Icon ActionFill Out ApplicationGoes to th e Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex )./n 119 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. ItemDescription/Source Information Application SectionsSections of the application to be filled out, as specified on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP). ItemDescription Application Fee Waiver Reason Validation Form (STVWAIV) If you want to have possible waivers for application fees displayed on the Web, make sure that the waiver reasons have been created. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) For each application type that you want to be displayed on the Web, specify the section codes that you want included on the application. Specify the display order for the sections. Select the Required checkbox for each section that you want applicants to be required to complete. Electronic Applicant Web Default Rules Form (SAAWADF) If you want an e-mail link to be displayed on this Web page, complete the Checklist Email Link window. If you want a link to the Signature page to be displayed when the Application is Complete button is selected, complete the Web Signature Letters window. If you want to allow applicants to pay application fees by credit card, complete the Credit Card Rules window. If you want to have possible waivers for application fees displayed on the Web, select the Allow Waiver checkbox. Electronic Admissions Application Rules Form (SAAERUL) If you want a link to the Signature page to be displayed when the Application is Complete button is select ed, then for the DISP EDI rules group, enter TRUE in the Value field for the SIGPAGEDISP label. Application Fee Waiver Reason Validation Form (STVWAIV) If you want to have possible waivers for application fees displayed on the Web, make sure that the waiver reasons have been created. /n 120 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Link ActionE-mail Opens the applicant™s e-mail program with the To and Subject lines filled in. The text of the link is defined on the Checklist Email Link window of the Electronic Applicant Web Default Rules Form (SAAWADF). Button/Icon ActionApplication is CompleteWhen credit card processing has been enabled, then the Application Fee Payment page ( bwskalog.P_ProcIndex ) is displayed when the Application is Complete button is selected. When no credit card processing is enabled for the application type, and if you have specified t hat the Signature page is to be displayed, the Signature page is displayed when the Application is Complete button is selected. When agreement to terms of admission is enabled, then the Admissions Agreement page ( bwskalog.P_ProcIndex ) is displayed. Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskalog.P_ProcIndex ).Menu NameMenu URLApplication Menu bwskalog.P_DispChoices /n 121 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages Name (bwskanam.P_DispAppName)The Name page captures names, prefix, and suffix from the applicant. First and last name are required. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Message: Application is missing required in formation. Please supply missing values in the following sectio ns: Primary Address, Major. Source: bwskalog.P_ProcIndex Action:Provide required information (indicated by a ) in all sections identified in the error message. ItemDescription/Source Information Last Name The default value comes from the Electronic Admissions Person table (SARPERS), which was updated when the applicant completed the Apply for Admissions page (bwskalog.P_DispNewApp ), but the applicant can change it. First NameThe default value comes from the SARPERS table, which was updated when the applicant completed the Apply for Admissions page, but the applicant can change it. Middle NameThe default value comes from the SARPERS table, which was updated when the applicant completed the Apply for Admissions page, but the applicant can change it. Last Name PrefixPrefix that precedes a last name (for example, fiVonfl in the last name fiVon Hintzfl). SuffixSuffix associated with the name. Previous Last NamePrevious last name, such a maiden name or former married name. NicknameNickname the applic ant prefers to use, such as Bill for William or Liz for Elizabeth. /n 122 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Previously AttendedRadio button group used to specify whether the applicant has previously attended your institution. Choices are Yes, No, and Not Reported .Previous ApplicationRadio button group used to specify whether the applicant has previously submitted an applic ation for attendance to your institution. Choices are Yes, No, and Not Reported .ItemDescription Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) Define any questions you want to be included on this Web page. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) In the main window, include a rule for the NAME Web section. In the Data Element Rules window for the NAME Web section, specify the elements you want to be displayed on this Web page. If you defined a question to be included on this Web page, specify it on the Data Element Rules window for the NAME Web section.ItemDescription All items (except answers to questions) Stored in the Electronic Admi ssions Person Table (SARPERS) and can be viewed on the Electronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS) or the Electronic Admission Submitted Form (SAAETBL). Question answersStored in the Electron ic Admissions Request for Information table (SARRQST) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 123 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. First Address and Phone (bwskaadr.P_DispAppAddr1) and Second Address and Phone (bwskaadr.P_DispAppAddr2) The First Address and Phone and Second Address and Phone pages capture address and telephone number information from the applicant. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionReturn to Checklist without saving changes Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) without saving changes made to this page. Button/Icon ActionChecklist Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ).ContinueGoes to the page for the next application section as specified by the display order number on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) for th e application type.Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskanam.P_ProcAppName )./n 124 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Address type Address type displayed as the area header comes from the Address Type field of the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP). House Number Unique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation). Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Address Line 3 Address Line 4 Street address (no validation). State/Province The values in the pu lldown list come from the EDI Cross- Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF). If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from all values from the State/Province Code Validation Form (STVSTAT) are displayed. County The values in the pulldown list come from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from the County Code Validation Form (STVCNTY) are displayed. NationThe values in the pulldown list come from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all valu es from all values from the Nation Code Validation Form (STVNATN) are displayed. Phone Country CodeCode that designates the region and country of the telephone number (no validation). ItemDescription Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) Define any questions you want to be included on this Web page. /n 125 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) In the main window, include a rule for the ADDR1 and/or ADDR2 Web section. Enter the address type in the Address Type field.In the Data Element Rules window for the ADDR1 and/or ADDR2 Web section, specify the elements you want to be displayed on this Web page. If you defined a question to be included on this Web page, specify it on the Data El ement Rules window for the ADDR1 and/or ADDR2 Web section. EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF) Cross-reference and Web-enable the following: ŁState/province codes ŁCounty codes ŁNation codes ItemDescription Address data Stored in the Electronic Admissions Address table (SARADDR) and can be viewed on the Electronic Admission Submitted Form (SAAETBL). Phone number data Stored in the Electronic Admissions Phone table (SARPHON) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Question answers Stored in the Electron ic Admissions Request for Information table (SARRQST) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Link ActionReturn to Checklist without saving changes Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) without saving changes made to this page. ItemDescription /n 126 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages Personal Information (bwskaper.P_DispAppPersonal) The Personal Information page captures basic biographic and demographic personal information from the applicant. Field order is determined by setup in Banner Admissions. Button/Icon ActionChecklist Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ).ContinueGoes to the page for the next application section as specified by the display order number on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) for th e application type.Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskanam.P_ProcAppName ).Message: Configuration Error -- Cannot get address and phone types. Unable to display page. Source: bwskaadr.P_DispAppAddr1 Action:Some portion of address set-up has not been completed. Review the following: ŁOn SAAWAPP, an address type must be entered for Web section ADDR1 for the application type. ŁOn STVATYP, there must be a phone type for the address type assigned to the application section. ŁOn SOAXREF in label STVATYP, the address type specified on SAAWAPP must be a valid value that is cross-referenced to an EDI value and is Web-enabled. ŁOn SOAXREF in label STVTELE, th e telephone type from STVATYP must be a valid value that is cross- referenced to an EDI value and is Web-enabled. /n 127 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Confidentiality Radio group used to indicate if the applicant™s information is confidential. Values are Yes, No, Not Reported .Citizenship Status Citizenship status of the applicant, such as Alien , Non-Resident Alien , U.S. Citizen .The values in the pulldown lis t come from the EDI Cross- Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF). If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from all values from the Citizen Type Code Validation Form (S TVCITZ) are displayed. GenderRadio group used to indicate the applicant™s gender. Values are Male, Female , No Response .Ethnic Group StatusEthnic grou p status of the applicant. The values in the pulldown list come from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all va lues from the Ethnic Code Validation Form (STVETHN) are displayed. Ethnic CategoryCheckbox used to indicate the applicant™s ethnic category. Values are Hispanic or Latino and Not Hispanic or Latino .The label Ethnic Category is displayed only when this field is required. Otherwise, Information Text is used instead of a field label.RaceApplicant™s race or race combination. The values available for selection are displayed as checkboxes. The column labels (such as Wh ite, Asian, Black or African American) are the category de scriptions associated with regulatory codes that are marked as system required on the Regulatory Race Validation Form (GTVRRAC), which are delivered. Each column displays a set of checkboxes for the races associated with the race code on the Race Rules Form (GORRACE). The label Race is displayed only when this field is required. Otherwise, Information Text is used instead of a field label. Birth DateApplicant™s birthdate information by Month , Day, and Year (YYYY) . Use the pulldown lists for Month and Day , and enter the four digit year. EmailApplicant™s email address. /n 128 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Verify e-mail addressRe-enter the email address for verification. SSN (XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX) Applicant™s social secu rity number or tax ID number. Up to fifteen digits can be entered. Religion Preference Applicant™s religious preference, such as Catholic , Protestant , Other.The values in the pulldown list come from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all va lues from the Religion Code Validation Form (STVRELG) are displayed. Marital Status Applicant™s marital status, such as Married, Divorced , Single .The values in the pulldown list come from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from the Marital Status Code Validation Form (STVMRTL) are displayed. ResidencyRadio group used to indicate the applicant™s residency. Values are Yes, No, Not Reported .Medical InformationApplicant™s medical needs, such as Hearing Impaired , Visually Impaired , Paraplegic .The values in the pulldown list come from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all va lues from the Medical Code Validation Form (STVMEDI) are displayed. Veteran IDVeteran ID number of the applicant. Veteran ClassificationVeteran catego ry for the applicant. Values are: ŁNot a Veteran ŁProtected veteran (choosing not to self-identify the classification) ŁNot a Protected Veteran ŁActive Wartime or Campaign Badge Veteran Legacy Status Applicant™s legacy status, such as Father, Sister , Grandparent , etc. The values in the pulldown list come from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from the Legacy Code Validation Form (STVLGCY) are displayed. Cellular Phone NumberApplican t™s mobile phone number. Cellular Phone ExtensionExtension for applicant™s mobile phone number. Cellular Phone Intl Access CodeInternational access code for applicant™s mobile phone number. Cellular Phone Country CodeCountry code for applicant™s mobile phone number. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 129 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. ItemDescription Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) Define any questions you want to be included on this Web page. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) In the main window, include a rule for the PERSONAL Web section.Warning! Do not check the Required checkbox if requiring users to provide ethnicity and race information is prohibited. In the Data Element Rules window for the PERSONAL Web section, specify the elements you want to be displayed on this Web page. If you defined a question to be included on this Web page, specify it on the Data El ement Rules window for the PERSONAL Web section. For each Web application type, specify which races you want to be displayed in the Race pulldown list. (Race codes are defined on the Race Rules Form [GORRACE].) If no race codes are added to SAAWADP, all race codes will be visible and available on the Web. Web Application Customized List Form (SAAWADP) For each Web application type, specify which races you want to be displayed in the Race pulldown list. (Race codes are defined on the Race Rules Form [GORRACE].) If no race codes are added to SAAWADP, all race codes will be visible and available on the Web. EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF) Cross-reference and Web-enable the following: ŁCitizenship codes ŁMarital status codes ŁReligion preference codes ŁEthnicity group codes ŁLegacy codes ŁMedical codes /n 130 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. ItemDescription Confidentiality, Legacy, and Resident data Stored in the Electronic Admissions Electronic Admissions Request for Information table (SAARQST) and can be viewed on the Electronic Admissio n Submitted Form (SAAETBL). SSN/Tax IDStored in the Electronic Admissions Person™s Reference Numbers table (SARPRFN) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. E-mail addressStored in the Electronic Admissions Phone table (SARPHON) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Ethnicity and ethnic categoryStored in the Temporary Personal table (SARPERS), loaded to the permanent Basic Person table (SPBPERS), and can be viewed on the General Person Form (SPAPERS) or in the Biographical Information window of the Quick Recruit Form (SRAQUIK), the Quick Entry Form (SAAQUIK), or the General Person Identification Form (SPAIDEN). RaceStored in the Electronic Admissions Electronic Temporary Race table (SARPRAC), loaded to the permanent Race table (GORPRAC), and can be view ed on SPAPERS or in the Biographical Information wind ow of SRAQUIK, SAAQUIK or SPAIDEN. Question answers Stored in the Electron ic Admissions Request for Information table (SARRQST) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Link ActionReturn to Checklist without saving changes Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) without saving changes made to this page. /n 131 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Planned Course of Study (bwskapln.P_DispAppPlan) The Planned Course of Study page allows an a pplicant to enter multiple planned course of study (programs) along with majors, minors, and concentrations. You must set up your planned courses of study (programs), majors , minors, and concentrations for each Web application type on the Electronic Applicant Web Default Rules Form (SAAWADF). The following must be defined for each web application type: ŁMaximum Number of Majors ŁMaximum Number of Minors ŁMaximum Number of Concentrations ŁMaximum Number of Additional Majors. Depending on the number assigned for each category, the Planned Course of Study page will reflect this setup. The applicant will be a llowed to enter multiple planned courses of study (programs), majors, minors, and conc entration up to the maximum number defined for each category. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Button/Icon ActionChecklist Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ).ContinueGoes to the page for the next application section as specified by the display order number on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) for th e application type.Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskanam.P_ProcAppName )./n 132 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Planned Course of StudyThe values in the pulldown list come from the following tables: ŁSOBCURR ŁSORCMJR ŁSORCMNR ŁSORCCON Once an applicant has saved a course of study, the field displays the selected major. PriorityRelative preference of the planned course of study. Secondary MajorThe values in th e pulldown list come from SORCMJR. The number of times this field is repeated for each course of study is specified on the Electronic Applicant Web Default Rules Form (SAAWADF). MinorThe values in the pulldown list are those for which the Display on Self-Service checkbox has been checked on the Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR) and ar e associated with the major selected in the Planned Course of Study field.The number of times this field is repeated for each course of study is specified on SAAWADF. ConcentrationThe values in the pulldown list are those for which the Display on Self-Service checkbox has been checked on SOACURR and have been specified as base concentrations or attached concentrations for the major selected in the Planned Course of Study field.The number of times this field is repeated for each course of study is specified on SAAWADF. ItemDescription Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) Define any questions you want to be included on this Web page. /n 133 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) In the main window, include a rule for the PLAN Web section. In the Data Element Rules window for the PLAN Web section, specify the elements you want to be displayed on this Web page. If you defined a question to be included on this Web page, specify it on the Data Element Rules window for the PLAN Web section.Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR) Define cross-reference and Web-enable curriculum rules. (These were previously defined on the EDI Cross-Reference Curriculum Rules Form [SOAXCUR].) Web Application Customized Curriculum Form (SAAWCUR) If desired, restrict curriculum rules by application type by selecting the Restrict to Type checkbox. Electronic Applicant Web Default Rules Form (SAAWADF) On the Matching and Processing Rules tab, take the following actions. Enter the number of times you want the following displayed on this Web page: ŁMajors (using the Maximum Number of Majors field)ŁMinors (using the Maximum Number of Minors field)ŁConcentrations (using the Maximum Number of Concentrations field)ŁSecondary majors (using the Maximum Number of Additional Majors field)Use the Create One Application checkbox to specify whether you want the system to create a single application or separate ones. checked - one application will be created for all planned courses of study entered by applicant unchecked - a separate application will be created for each Planned Course of Study entered by applicant ItemDescription /n 134 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. ItemDescription Choices of study Stored in the Electronic Admissions Entry-Exit Dates Table (SARETRY) and the Electronic Admissions Date - Field of Study Table (SAREFOS) and can be viewed on the Electronic Admission Submitted Form (SAAETBL). When the application is pushed to Banner, the SORLCUR and SORLFOS tables are also updated. Question answers Stored in the Electron ic Admissions Request for Information table (SARRQST) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Link ActionReturn to Checklist without saving changes Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) without saving changes made to this page. Button/Icon ActionChecklist Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ).ContinueGoes to the page for the next application section as specified by the display order number on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) for th e application type.Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskanam.P_ProcAppName )./n 135 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Parental Information (bwskapar.P_DispAppParents) The Parental Information page captures in formation about the applicant™s relatives. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information RelationshipThe values in the pulldown list come from the EDI Cross- Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF). If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from the Relation Code Validation Form (STVRELT) are displayed. Last Name Prefix Prefix that precedes a last name (for example, fiVonfl in the last name fiVon Hintzfl). House Number Unique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation). Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Address Line 3 Address Line 4 Street address (no validation). State/Province The values in the pu lldown list come from the EDI Cross- Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF). If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from all values from the State/Province Code Validation Form (STVSTAT) are displayed. County The values in the pulldown list come from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from the County Code Validation Form (STVCNTY) are displayed. NationThe values in the pulldown list come from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all valu es from all values from the Nation Code Validation Form (STVNATN) are displayed. Phone Country CodeCode that designates the region and country of the telephone number (no validation). /n 136 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. ItemDescription Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) Define any questions you want to be included on this Web page. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) In the main window, include a rule for the PARENTS Web section. Enter the address type in the Address Type field.In the Data Element Rules window for the PARENTS Web section, specify the elements you want to be displayed on this Web page. If you defined a question to be included on this Web page, specify it on the Data Element Rules window for the PARENTS Web section. EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF) Cross-reference and Web-enable the following: ŁRelationship type codes ŁState/province codes ŁCounty codes ŁNation codes ItemDescription Relationship types and names Stored in the Electronic Admi ssions Person table (SARPERS) and can be viewed on the Electronic Admission Submitted Form (SAAETBL). Address dataStored in the Electronic Admissions Address Table (SARADDR) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Phone dataStored in the Electronic Admissions Phone table (SARPHON) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. EmployerStored in the Electronic Admissions Employment table (SAREMPL) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Question answersStored in the Electron ic Admissions Request for Information table (SARRQST) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. /n 137 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Previous College (bwskapcl.P_DispAppPrvCollege)The Previous College page captures previous college attendance information from an applicant. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionReturn to Checklist without saving changes Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) without saving changes made to this page. Button/Icon ActionEnter or View another RelativeDisplays a blank Parental Inform ation page so the applicant can enter information about another relative. Selecting this button allows the us er to enter an unlimited number of relationships, along with their associated data. ChecklistGoes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ).ContinueGoes to the page for the next application section as specified by the display order number on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) for th e application type.Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskanam.P_ProcAppName )./n 138 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information House Number Unique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation). Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Address Line 3 Address Line 4 Street address (no validation). College CountyThe values in the pulldown list come from the EDI Cross- Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF). If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from the County Code Validation Form (STVCNTY) are displayed. College State/ProvinceThe values in the pu lldown list come from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all valu es from all values from the State/Province Code Validation Form (STVSTAT) are displayed. College NationThe values in the pulldow n list come from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all valu es from all values from the Nation Code Validation Form (STVNATN) are displayed. College DegreeThe values in the pulldown list come from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all valu es from all values from the Degree Code Validation Form (STVDEGC) are displayed. College MajorThe values in the pulldown list come from SOAXREF. (The same cross-reference values are used for both majors and minors.) College MinorThe values in the pulldown list come from SOAXREF. (The same cross-reference values are used for both majors and minors.) Phone Country CodeCode that designates the region and country of the telephone number (no validation). ItemDescription Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) Define any questions you want to be included on this Web page. /n 139 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) In the main window, include a rule for the PRVCOLLEGE Web section.In the Data Element Rules window for the PRVCOLLEGE Web section, specify the elements you want to be displayed on this Web page. If you defined a question to be included on this Web page, specify it on the Data El ement Rules window for the PRVCOLLEGE Web section. EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF) Cross-reference and Web-enable the following: ŁCounty codes ŁState/province codes ŁNation codes ŁDegree codes ŁMajor codes ItemDescription College name and addressStored in the Electronic Admissions Previous College Information table (SARPCOL) and can be viewed on the Electronic Admission Su bmitted Form (SAAETBL).Attendance datesStored in the Electron ic Admissions Prior College Sessions table (SARPSES) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Degree dataStored in the Electronic Admissions Prior College Degree table (SARPDEG) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Majors and minorsStored in the Electronic Admissions Date - Field of Study table (SARDFOS) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Question answersStored in the Electron ic Admissions Request for Information table (SARRQST) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. ItemDescription /n 140 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages Link ActionLookup College CodeGoes to the College Lookup page (bwskalog.p_proc_sbgi_code ).Return to Checklist without saving changes Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) without saving changes made to this page. Button/Icon ActionEnter or View another CollegeDisplays a blank Previous College page so the applicant can enter information about another institution. Selecting this button allows the us er to enter an unlimited number of previously attended colleges, along with their associated data. ChecklistGoes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ).ContinueGoes to the page for the next application section as specified by the display order number on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) for th e application type.Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskanam.P_ProcAppName ).Message: Errors occurred. Please try again. Attended from date must be before attended to date.Source: bwskapcl.P_ProcAppPrvCollege Action:The date entered in the College Attend From Date field must be earlier than the date in the College Attend From Date field. /n 141 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service High School (bwskahsc.P_DispAppHighSch)The High School page captures high school attendance information from an applicant. When any other data is entered on this page in admissions, the High School Name field, High School Code field, or Home School checkbox are also required. One of those fields must be entered, regar dless of the setting of the Required checkbox for the items on SAAWAPP. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information House Number Unique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation). Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Address Line 3 Address Line 4 Street address (no validation). High School CountyThe values in the pulldown list come from the EDI Cross- Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF). If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from the County Code Validation Form (STVCNTY) are displayed. High School State/ ProvinceThe values in the pulldown list come from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all valu es from all values from the State/Province Code Validation Form (STVSTAT) are displayed. High School NationThe values in the pu lldown list come from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all valu es from all values from the Nation Code Validation Form (STVNATN) are displayed. Phone Country CodeCode that designates the region and country of the telephone number (no validation). /n 142 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) Define any questions you want to be included on this Web page. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) In the main window, include a rule for the HIGHSCH Web section.In the Data Element Rules window for the HIGHSCH Web section, specify the elements you want to be displayed on this Web page. If you defined a question to be included on this Web page, specify it on the Data Element Rules window for the HIGHSCH Web section. EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF) Cross-reference and Web-enable the following: ŁCounty codes ŁState/province codes ŁNation codes ItemDescription High school name and address Stored in the Electronic Admissions High School Information table (SARHSCH) and can be viewed on the Electronic Admission Submitted Form (SAAETBL). High school GPA and rank data Stored in the Electronic Admissions Degree Summary Information Table (SARHSUM) and can be viewed on SAAETBL.Question answersStored in the Electron ic Admissions Request for Information table (SARRQST) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. /n 143 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages Link ActionLookup High School CodeGoes to the High School Lookup page (bwskalog.p_proc_sbgi_code ).Return to Checklist without saving changes Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) without saving changes made to this page. Button/Icon ActionEnter or View another High School Displays a blank High School page so the applicant can enter information about another school. Selecting this button allows the us er to enter an unlimited number of high schools, along with their associated data. ChecklistGoes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ).ContinueGoes to the page for the next application section as specified by the display order number on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) for th e application type.Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskanam.P_ProcAppName ).Message: Errors occurred. Please try again. Hi gh school name, city, state, zip and country may be entered only if no high school code type and code have been entered. Source: bwskahsc.P_ProcAppHighSch /n 144 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service College Lookup or High School Lookup (bwskalog.p_proc_sbgi_code)The College Lookup page or High School Lookup page is displayed as fisubsetfl of the page from which it is called. That is, when a user selects a lookup link on a page, the original page title continues to be displayed on the lookup pages. The College Lookup page can be accessed from the following pages: ŁPrevious College page ( bwskapcl.P_DispAppPrvCollege )ŁTranscript Request Address page ( bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_address )The High School Lookup page can be accessed from the High School page (bwskahsc.P_DispAppHighSch ).The lookup package/procedure ( bwskalog.p_proc_sbgi_code ) is the same for both college and high school lookup. It works as a series of pages, each with a single choice for the user to make. ŁThe first page allows the user to select the state, province, or country. ŁThe second page allows the user to select the city. ŁThe third page allows the user to select the school. When the user selects the copy button on the third page, the system copies data from the Source/Background Validation Fo rm (SOASBGI) into the appro priate fields on the next page that is displayed. Only schools defined on SOASBGI can be found using the lookup pages. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Action:Enter either the school type code and school code, or free-form high school name and address. Message: Errors occurred. Please try again. Class size must be greater than class rank. Source: bwskahsc.P_ProcAppHighSchh Action:Change the entered data so that the class size is larger than the class rank. /n 145 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription/Source Information The following fields are displayed on the first lookup page. Select a State or ProvinceState or province of the school being looked up. The values in the pulld own list come from the State/Province field of the Source/Backgroun d Validation Form (SOASBGI). Select a CountryCountry of the school being looked up. The values in the pulld own list come from the Nation field of SOASBGI.The following field is displayed on the second lookup page. Select College/High School City City of the school being looked up. The values in the pulld own list come from the City field of SOASBGI.The following field is displayed on the third lookup page. Select College nameor Select High School name Name of the school being looked up. The values in the pulld own list come from the Source/ Background Institution field of SOASBGI. ItemDescription Source/Background Validation Form (SOASBGI) Make sure that each school has values in both the City field and either the State/Province or the Nation field. Otherwise, the school will not be available for lookup. /n 146 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Link ActionReturn Goes to the page the user was viewing before he or she selected the lookup link. This link is displayed on all pages in the bwskalog.p_proc_sbgi_code package/procedure. Button/Icon ActionThe following button is displayed on the first lookup page. List Cities in Selected State, Province or Country Goes to the second lookup page. The following button is displayed on the second lookup page. List Colleges/High Schools in selected City Goes to the third lookup page. The following button is displayed on the third lookup page. Copy selected College/ High School information to Data Entry form If the user accessed lookup from the Previous Colleges page (bwskapcl.P_DispAppPrvCollege ), goes to the Previous Colleges page with data from the Source/Background Validation Form (SOASBGI) displayed in the appropriate fields. If the user accessed lookup from the High School page (bwskahsc.P_DispAppHighSch ), goes to the High School page with data from SOASBGI disp layed in the appropriate fields. If the user accessed lookup from the Transcript Request Address page ( bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_address ), goes to the Select Transcript Type page (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_request_type ) with data from SOASBGI displayed in the appropriate fields. /n 147 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Test Scores (bwskatst.P_DispAppTests) The Test Scores page captures inform ation about the applicant™s test scores. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. ItemDescription/Source Information Test The values in the pulldown lists come from the EDI Cross- Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF). If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from the Test Code Validation Form (STVTESC) are displayed. ItemDescription Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) Define any questions you want to be included on this Web page. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) In the main window, include a rule for the TESTS Web section. In the Data Element Rules window for the TESTS Web section, specify the elements you want to be displayed on this Web page. If you defined a question to be included on this Web page, specify it on the Data El ement Rules window for the TESTS Web section. EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF) Cross-reference and Web-enable test codes. Electronic Admissions Application Rules Form (SAAERUL) For the group DISP, set the Value field for the label TESTSDISP to the number of test rows you want to be displayed. /n 148 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. ItemDescription Test data Stored in the Electronic Admissions Test Scores table (SARTEST) and can be viewed on the Electronic Admission Submitted Form (SAAETBL).Question answers Stored in the Electron ic Admissions Request for Information table (SARRQST) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Link ActionReturn to Checklist without saving changes Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) without saving changes made to this page. Button/Icon ActionChecklist Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ).ContinueGoes to the page for the next application section as specified by the display order number on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) for th e application type.Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskanam.P_ProcAppName )./n 149 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages International Information (bwskaint.P_DispAppInternational)The International Information page captur es basic citizenship, visa, and language information for the applicant. The Internatio nal Information Form (G OAINTL) allows visa information to be entered sepa rately from international information and vice versa. However, if any visa field data is entered then all the other visa information must be entered as well. Because of this, rules processing on this Web page provides error messages if the applicant does not enter all the necessary visa information. Applicants can enter country of citizenship, country of birth and native language without having to enter any visa information.Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Message: Request failed. We are unable to process your request at this time. Source: bwskatst.P_DispAppTests Action:For the group DISP, set the Value for the label TESTSDISP to a valid numeric value on the Electronic Admissions Application Rules Form (SAAERUL). ItemDescription/Source Information Visa The values in the pulldown list come from the EDI Cross- Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF). If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from the Visa Type Code Validation Form (STVVTYP) are displayed. Citizenship CountryThe values in the pu lldown list comes from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from the Nation Code Validation Form (STVNATN) are displayed. Birth Country The values in the pulldown list comes from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from the Nation Code Validation Form (STVNATN) are displayed. Native Language The values in the pulldown list comes from SOAXREF. If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from the Language Code Validation Form (STVLANG) are displayed. /n 150 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) Define any questions you want to be included on this Web page. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) In the main window, include a rule for the INTERNATL Web section.In the Data Element Rules window for the INTERNATL Web section, specify the elements you want to be displayed on this Web page. If you defined a question to be included on this Web page, specify it on the Data El ement Rules window for the INTERNATL Web section. EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF) Cross-reference and Web-enable the following: ŁVisa type codes ŁNation codes ŁLanguage codes ItemDescription Visa Type, number, and dates Stored in the Electronic Admissions Reference Numbers table (SARRFNO) and can be viewed on the Electronic Admission Submitted Form (SAAETBL).Nation of Birth, Nation of Citizenship, and Native Language Stored in the Electronic Admi ssions Person Table (SARPERS) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Question answersStored in the Electron ic Admissions Request for Information table (SARRQST) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. /n 151 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Activities (bwskaact.P_DispAppActivities)The Activities page allows the applicant to provide to the instit ution information about extracurricular activities. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionReturn to Checklist without saving changes Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) without saving changes made to this page. Button/Icon ActionChecklist Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ).ContinueGoes to the page for the next application section as specified by the display order number on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) for th e application type.Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskanam.P_ProcAppName ).ItemDescription/Source Information Activity The values in the pulldow n list come from the EDI Cross- Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF). If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from the Outside Interest Code Validation Form (STVINTS) are displayed. /n 152 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) Define any questions you want to be included on this Web page. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) In the main window, include a rule for the ACTIVITIES Web section.In the Data Element Rules window for the ACTIVITIES Web section, specify the elements you want to be displayed on this Web page. If you defined a question to be included on this Web page, specify it on the Data El ement Rules window for the ACTIVITIES Web section. EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF) Cross-reference and Web-enable outside activity codes. Electronic Admissions Application Rules Form (SAAERUL) For the group DISP , set the Value for the label ACTVSDISP to the number of activity rows you want to be displayed. ItemDescription Activity and Other Activity fieldsStored in the Electronic Admissions Activities table (SARACTV) and can be viewed on the Electronic Admission Submitted Form (SAAETBL). Question answersStored in the Electron ic Admissions Request for Information table (SARRQST) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. /n 153 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Additional Information (bwskaudf.P_DispAppUserDef)The Additional Information page allows you to present up to 20 institution-defined questions to the applicant. Web Page Fields No fields appear on this page by default; yo u must define your questions on the Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) and use the Data Element Rules window of the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) to have them displayed on this page. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Link ActionReturn to Checklist without saving changes Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) without saving changes made to this page. Button/Icon ActionChecklist Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ).ContinueGoes to the page for the next application section as specified by the display order number on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) for th e application type.Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskanam.P_ProcAppName )./n 154 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. ItemDescription Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) Define any questions you want to be included on this Web page. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) In the main window, include a rule for the ADDITIONAL Web section.In the Data Element Rules window for the ADDITIONAL Web section, specify the elements you want to be displayed on this Web page. ItemDescription Question answers Stored in the Electron ic Admissions Request for Information table (SARRQST) and can be viewed on Electronic Admission Submitted Form (SAAETBL).Link ActionReturn to Checklist without saving changes Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) without saving changes made to this page. /n 155 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Requested Materials (bwskamat.P_DispAppMaterials)The Requested Materials page allows the applicant to request materials from your institution. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Button/Icon ActionChecklist Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ).ContinueGoes to the page for the next application section as specified by the display order number on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) for th e application type.Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskanam.P_ProcAppName ).ItemDescription/Source Information Requested MaterialsThe va lues in the pulldown list come from the EDI Cross- Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF). If none are set up on SOAXREF, then all values from the Material Code Validation Form (STVMATL) are displayed. ItemDescription Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) Define any questions you want to be included on this Web page. /n 156 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) In the main window, include a rule for the MATERIALS Web section.In the Data Element Rules window for the MATERIALS Web section, specify the elements yo u want to be displayed in the pulldown list. If you defined a question to be included on this Web page, specify it on the Data El ement Rules window for the MATERIALS Web section. EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF) Cross-reference and Web-enable material codes. ItemDescription Requested MaterialsStored in the Electronic Admission Requested Materials table (SARMATL) and can be viewed on the Electronic Admission Submitted Form (SAAETBL).Question answersStored in the Electron ic Admissions Request for Information table (SARRQST) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Link ActionReturn to Checklist without saving changes Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) without saving changes made to this page. ItemDescription /n 157 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Essays (bwskaess.P_DispAppEssay)The Essays page captures answers to up to ten essay questions. Each answer can be up to 32,700 characters. Web Page Fields No fields appear on this page by default; yo u must define your questions on the Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) and use the Data Element Rules window of the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) to have them displayed on this page. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Button/Icon ActionChecklist Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ).ContinueGoes to the page for the next application section as specified by the display order number on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) for th e application type.Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskanam.P_ProcAppName ).ItemDescription Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) Define any questions you want to be included on this Web page. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) In the main window, include a rule for the ESSAY Web section. In the Data Element Rules window for the ESSAY Web section, specify the elements you want to be displayed on this Web page. /n 158 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. ItemDescription Question answers Stored in the Electron ic Admissions Request for Information table (SARRQST) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Link ActionReturn to Checklist without saving changes Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) without saving changes made to this page. Button/Icon ActionChecklist Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ).ContinueGoes to the page for the next application section as specified by the display order number on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) for th e application type.Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskanam.P_ProcAppName )./n 159 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Application Preference (bwskaprf.p_disp_pref)The Application Preference page allows the applicant to assign a preference to an application. If the applicant has multiple app lications, they can be considered in the specified order. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. ItemDescription/Source Information Application PreferenceRelative pr eference of the application. The value entered must be a whole number between 1 and 99.ItemDescription Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) Define any questions you want to be included on this Web page. Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) In the main window, include a rule for the PREFERENCE Web section.In the Data Element Rules window for the PREFERENCE Web section, specify the elements you want to be displayed on this Web page. /n 160 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. ItemDescription Application PreferenceStored in the Ad missions Application Repeating Table (SARADAP) and can be viewed on the following forms: ŁAdmissions Application Form (SAAADMS) ŁAdmissions Decision Form (SAADCRV) ŁAdmissions Decision and Rating Batch Entry Form (SAADCBT) ŁAdmission Application/Chec klist Summary Form (SAAACKL) ŁAdmissions Rating Form (SAARRAT) ŁApplication Questions an d Answers Form (SAAQUAN) ŁAdmissions Application Summary Form (SAASUMI) ŁElectronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS) ŁElectronic Admission Su bmitted Form (SAAETBL)Question answersStored in the Electron ic Admissions Request for Information table (SARRQST) and can be viewed on SAAETBL. Link ActionReturn to Checklist without saving changes Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) without saving changes made to this page. Button/Icon ActionChecklist Goes to the Application Checklist page (bwskalog.P_DispIndex ).ContinueGoes to the page for the next application section as specified by the display order number on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) for th e application type.Finish Later Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskanam.P_ProcAppName )./n 161 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Application Fee Payment (bwskalog.P_ProcIndex)The Application Fee Payment page captures credit card information needed to process the applicant™s application fee online. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Credit Card The values in the pulldown list come from the Credit Card Merchant ID Form (GOAMERC). Payment Amount The value displayed in this field comes from the Credit Card Rules window of the Electronic Applic ant Web Default Rules Form (SAAWADF). It cannot be changed. Credit Card Billing Address The values default from the First Address and Phone page (bwskaadr.P_DispAppAddr1 ). The values can be changed. ItemDescription Credit Card Merchant ID Form (GOAMERC) Make sure that valid records have been created for the appropriate process code. All other credit card processi ng setup, includ ing Multiple Merchant ID Processing, must be completed as well. See the Payment Processor Connection Handbook for more information. Electronic Applicant Web Default Rules Form (SAAWADF) Set up the appropriate payment amount on the Credit Card Rules window. /n 162 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Admissions Agreement (bwskalog.P_ProcIndex)When an applicant applies for admission, he/she must accept or decline the terms and conditions of admission before the application can be completed. This agreement to terms is enabled through the WebTailor Admissions Agreement menu. When the applicant selects the Application is Complete button on the Applic ation Checklist page (bwskalog.P_ProcNewApp ), the Admissions Agreement page (bwskalog.P_ProcIndex ) is displayed. When the applicant accepts the term s and conditions by selecting the I agree to the terms link, processing continues and the Signature page (bwskalog.P_ProcIndex2 ) is displayed. The Application Fee Payment page (bwskalog.P_ProcIndex ) may be displayed in place of the Signature page ItemDescription Credit card informatio nMinimal credit card data is stored in the Electronic Admissions Header table (SARHEAD) and can be viewed on the Electronic Admission Submitted Form (SAAETBL). Button/Icon ActionSubmit Payment Goes to the external vendor payment page for payment by credit card.Pay Later Goes to the Signature page ( bwskalog.P_ProcIndex2 )./n 163 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service (bwskalog.P_ProcIndex2 ), when credit card payment processing is used for the application type. When the applicant declines to accept the terms by selecting the I do not agree link, processing returns the applicant to the Application Menu page (bwskalog.P_DispChoices ).Web Page Fields No fields appear on this page. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription WebTailor Menus and Procedures Use bmenu.P_AppAgreement and select Enabled Indicator to active the web page .WebTailor Information Text Use bmenu.P_AppAgreement to change the default text. WebTailor Menu Items Use bmenu.P_AppAgreement to change the default links or to add new links. Link ActionI agree to the terms Goes to the Signature page ( bwskalog.P_ProcIndex2 ).When credit card payment processing is used, goes to the Application Fee Payment page ( bwskalog.P_ProcIndex2 ).I do not agreeGoes to the Application Menu page (bwskalog.P_DispChoices )./n 164 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Signature (bwskalog.P_ProcIndex2)The Signature page is a customized letter displayed on the Web after an application is completed or after a credit card payment has been made. The letter is created on the Format HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTR) and is associated with an application type and letter type on the Electronic Applicant Web Default Rules Fo rm (SAAWADF). If a customized signature letter has not been crea ted, then the defaul t Information Text defined by your institution using Web Tailor is displayed. Web Page Fields No fields appear on this page by default; y ou must define your letter on the Format HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTR) and use the Electronic Applicant Web Default Rules Form (SAAWADF) to associate the letter to the application type. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription Letter Code Validation Form (GTVLETR) Create a letter code for the letter you want to be displayed on this page. HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTL) Associate the letter code with the module code. This determines which variable s will be in the letter. Format HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTR) Define the text that you want to appear on this Web page. Electronic Applicant Web Default Rules Form (SAAWADF) Associate the application type with the letter type and letter code.Customize a Set of Information Text option in Web Tailor If desired, instead of defining a letter in SOAELTR and associating it with an application type in SAAWADF, define the text to appear on this Web page in Web Tailor. Electronic Admissions Application Rules Form (SAAERUL) For the group DISP, set the Value for the label SIGPAGEDISP to TRUE. This setting specifies that the Signature page should be displayed for the application type. /n 165 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Application Menu (bwskalog.P_DispChoices)The Application Menu appears when a user selects the Finish Later button or the Return to Application Menu link from any of the Web pages. This page displays data for applications in progress, submitted applications, processed applications, and payment processing. What is displayed on the Application Menu depends on the following: ŁRules defined on the Web Application Term Calendar Rules Form (SAAWATR) ŁRules defined on the Web Admissions Term Calendar Rules Form (SAAWAAD) Link ActionReturn to Application Menu Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskalog.P_DispChoices ).Button/Icon ActionAccess Web for StudentGoes to the Login Verification Security Question and Answer page ( bwskalog.P_RegisterNew ).This link is displayed if the W eb applicant has a Student record, and if the application type is set up to use Quick Start processing and to allow automatic transfer to Student Self-Service. /n 166 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service ŁWhether the Web applicant has a Web application that is being worked on, whether any Web applications have been completed, or whether any Web applications have been pushed to Banner or manually entered into Banner. ŁRules defined on the Web Payment Rules Form (TSAWPAY). Application payments are listed by admission term and transaction in the Payment Processing section. Each transaction is a link to the Payment Processing Transaction page ( bwskpayg.P_ProcList ). Transactions for the applicant that meet rule criteria on TSAWPAY are displayed. The Payment Pr ocessing section is not displayed if no payments exist for the applicant or if the a pplicant does not meet the rule criteria on TSAWPAY. Refer to the fiStudent Accountsfl chapter for more information on setting up and using payment and deposit processing. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Applications in ProgressData for electronic app lications is stored in a number of electronic application holding tables. The Elec tronic Admissions Application Header Table (SARHEAD) is the header record to all of the electronic admissions application holding tables. A summary of electronic admissions application data can be viewed using the Electronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS). Submitted ApplicationsData for applications that have been completed on the Web but have not been pushed to Banner is stored in a number of electronic application holding tables. The SARHEAD table is the header record to all of the electronic admissions application holding tables. A summary of el ectronic admissions application data can be viewed using SAAEAPS. Processed ApplicationsProcessed applic ation data comes from the Admissions Application Repeating table (SARADAP), which houses most application data. Payment ProcessingPayment da ta comes from Banner A ccounts Receivable when transactions meet the rule criteria on TSAWPAY. Transactions listed are ready for payment and are links to the payment processing pages. /n 167 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription Electronic Applicant Web Calendar Rules Form (SAAWATR) Create rules to specify when Web applications can be created and/or viewed for the following: ŁApplications in Progress ŁSubmitted Applications Admissions Web Calendar Rules Form (SAAWAAD) Specify when applications in the permanent Banner tables can be displayed. Specify whether the status and any decision associated with the application should be displayed. Electronic Admissions Application Rules Form (SAAERUL) If you want an e-mail link to be displayed on this Web page, then for the group ADMS, enter appropriate values in the Value fields for the labels EMAILSENDADDR and EMAILSENDLINK .Link ActionTerm in the Admission Term area In the Applications in Progress section, the term link goes to the Application Checklist page ( bwskalog.P_DispIndex ) for the application selected. In the Submitted Applications section, the term link goes to the Web Application Summary ( bwskasta.P_DispStatus ) page for the application selected. In the Processed Applications section, the term link goes to the Application Summary ( bwskasta.P_DispStatusSaradap ) page for the application selected. Section name in Last Section Updated area Goes to the Web page for the last section the applicant updated. Send University EmailAn e-mail link is displayed if one has been defined on the Electronic Admissions App lication Rules Form (SAAERUL)./n 168 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Web Application Summary (bwskasta.P_DispStatus) The Web Application Summary page displays a summary of the data for the Web applications that have been completed but not yet pushed into the permanent tables. It displays data for the applications listed in the Submitted Applications section of the Application Menu ( bwskalog.P_DispChoices ).Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Transaction item in Payment Processing area, such as Deposit for Fall 2013-2014 Goes to the Payment Processing Transaction page (bwskpayg.P_ProcList ).Return to HomepageReturns the user to the institution™s homepage. ItemDescription/Source Information Name Name and nickname information stored in the Electronic Admissions Person table (SARPERS). This data can also be viewed on the Electronic App lication Process Form (SAAEAPS) or the Electronic Admission Submitted Form (SAAETBL). Address Address information stored in the Electronic Admissions Address table (SARADDR). This data c an also be viewed on SAAETBL. Phone Telephone number information stored in the Electronic Admissions Phone table (SARPHON). This data can also be viewed on SAAETBL. Application data Application data stored in the Electronic Admissions Application Header table (SARHEAD). A summary of electronic admissions application data can be viewed on the Electronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS). Choice of Studies data is stored in the Electronic Admissions Date - Field of Study table (SAREFOS) and can be viewed on the Electronic Admission Su bmitted Form (SAAETBL).Link Action/n 169 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Application Summary (bwskasta.P_DispStatusSaradap) The Application Summary page displays a summary of the data for applications which are in the permanent application table (saradap), regardless of the source of the application (Web, paper, or other). This page displays data for the applications listed in the Processed Applications section of the Application Menu ( bwskalog.P_DispChoices ).Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionReturn to Application Menu Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskalog.P_DispChoices )./n 170 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Name Name and nickname information stored in the Person Identification/Name Repeating table (SPRIDEN). This data can also be viewed on the Id entification Form (SPAIDEN). Address types Address types for the display of addresses are maintained on the Electronic Admissions Applicat ion Rules Form (SAAERUL) in the DISP group. AddressAddress information stored in the Address Repeating table (SPRADDR). This data can also be viewed on SPAIDEN. An address is displayed if its type matches one of the address display rules, if the address is ef fective on the system date, and if the address has not been made inactive. PhoneTelephone number information stored in the Telephone Repeating table (SPRTELE). This data can also be viewed on the Telephone Form (SPATELE). Application dataApplication data stored in the Admissions Application Repeating Table (SARADAP). This data can also be viewed on the Admissions Applicat ion Form (SAAADMS). If an application is displayed on the Application Summary page with a status that is not Web-enabled, then Not Available is displayed in the Status field.If an application is displayed on the Application Summary page with a decision that is not Web-enabled, then Please Contact Admissions Office is displayed in the Decision field.RequirementsChecklist requir ements data stored in the Admission Application Checklist table (SARCHKL). ItemDescription Electronic Admissions Application Rules Form (SAAERUL) For the group DISP, enter the address type in the Address Type field for labels APPADDR1 and APPADDR2 ./n 171 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Admissions Application Status Code Validation Form (STVAPST) Select the Web Ind checkbox for each application status that you want to be available on the Web. Admissions Application Decision Code Validation Form (STVAPDC) Select the Display on Web checkbox for each application decision that you want to be available on the Web. Admissions Request Checklist Code Validation Form (STVADMR) Select the Web Indicator checkbox for each application checklist item that you want to be available on the Web. Admissions Checklist Status Validation Form (STVCKST) Select the Web Indicator checkbox for each application checklist status that you want to be available on the Web. Electronic Admissions Applications Rules Form (SAAERUL) If you want to allo w applicants to indicate their admission decisions on the web, for group DCSN, enter Y in the Value field for the ALLOWDECISION rule. Define the other rules for group DCSN as needed to meet your institution™s requirements. For step-by-step instructions, see fiSet Up Web Acceptance of Admissions Offerfl on page235 .ItemDescription Confirm Attendance Updates the Decision Data block on the Admissions Decision Form (SAADCRV). The label on this button is cust omized by your institution. Withdraw ApplicationUpdates the Decision Data block on the Admissions Decision Form (SAADCRV). Updates the Decision Data bloc k on the Admissions Decision Form (SAADCRV) if the CAPTUREWDINFO rule is set to Y on SAAERUL. The label on this button is cust omized by your institution. ItemDescription /n 172 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Applicant Withdrawal Information (bwskadec.P_ApplicationWDInfo)This page displays the details of all sections in which a student is currently enrolled for the selected term. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionReturn to Application Menu Goes to the Application Menu ( bwskalog.P_DispChoices ).Button/Icon ActionConfirm AcceptanceRedisplays the Applicat ion Summary page with a confirmation that the application decision was successfully saved. The label on this button is cust omized by your institution. Withdraw ApplicationDoes one of the following: ŁGoes to Applicant Withdrawal Information page (bwskadec.P_ApplicationWDInfo ) if the CAPTUREWDINFO rule is set to Y on SAAERUL. ŁRedisplays the Application Summary page if the CAPTUREWDINFO rule is set to N on SAAERUL, with the application decision for the deci sion code description associated with the WITHDRAWCODE rule on SAAERUL. The label on this button is cust omized by your institution. /n 173 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Name Name and nickname information stored in the Person Identification/Name Repeating table (SPRIDEN). This data can also be viewed on the Id entification Form (SPAIDEN). Address types Address types for the display of addresses are maintained on the Electronic Admissions Applicat ion Rules Form (SAAERUL) in the DISP group. AddressAddress information stored in the Address Repeating table (SPRADDR). This data can also be viewed on SPAIDEN. An address is displayed if its type matches one of the address display rules, if the address is ef fective on the system date, and if the address has not been made inactive. PhoneTelephone number information stored in the Telephone Repeating table (SPRTELE). This data can also be viewed on the Telephone Form (SPATELE). Application dataApplication data stored in the Admissions Application Repeating Table (SARADAP). This data can also be viewed on the Admissions Applicat ion Form (SAAADMS). If an application is displayed on the Application Summary page with a status that is not Web-enabled, then Not Available is displayed in the Status field.If an application is displayed on the Application Summary page with a decision that is not Web-enabled, then Please Contact Admissions Office is displayed in the Decision field.Withdrawal ReasonReason the applic ant is withdrawing the application. The values in the pulldown list are those reason codes defined on the Withdrawal Reason Code Validation Form (STVWRSN) and for which the Display on Web checkbox on the Admission Application Decision Code Validation Form (STVAPDC) is selected. Institution CodeCode of th e institution that the applicant has decided to attend. The Look Up College link can be selected to go to the Previous College page ( bwskapcl.P_DispAppPrvCollege ), which can be used to find a college code. /n 174 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Updates to BannerThis page updates the following items. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. ItemDescription Admission Application Decision Code Validation Form (STVAPDC) For each admission application de cision code that you want to be available on the web, select the Display on Web checkbox. ItemDescription Submit button Update SAADCRV wit h the appropriate decision. Updates the Withdrawal Data block on the Admissions Application Form (SAAADMS). Link ActionLookup College CodeGoes to the Previous College page (bwskapcl.P_DispAppPrvCollege ).Return to Application Menu Goes to the Application Menu page (bwskalog.P_DispChoices ).Button/Icon ActionSubmit Redisplays the page with a message confirming that the withdrawal information wa s saved successfully. ResetDeletes the entries the user has made and redisplays the page. /n 175 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Set Up Admissions Self-ServiceThis section explains how to implement Ad missions Self-Service and includes the following procedures and information: ŁfiSetup Stepsfl on page175 ŁfiProcedures Used in Admissions Self -Service Processingfl on page191 ŁfiRoutines Used in Admissions Self-Service Processingfl on page193 ŁfiRule Groups Used in Admissions Self-Service Processingfl on page198 ŁfiDelivered Rule Groups Used in Admissions Self-Service Processingfl on page199 ŁfiCross-Reference Labels Used in Admissions Self-Service Processingfl on page208 ŁfiAddress Hierarchy Rules for Credit Card Paymentfl on page215 ŁfiIdentify Payment Profile for Credit Card Paymentfl on page215 Setup Steps This section provides the st ep-by-step setup procedures. Warning! Due to data relationships and dependencies, these steps must be performed in the order specified. 1.Review General Web controls. Set up the global Web rules using Customize Web Rules in Web Tailor. Set up the title, header, back URL and link, and help URL and link fields using Customize a Web Menu or Procedure in Web Tailor. If these rules, links, and fields have not been reviewed and customized for your institution, do this now. The Address Role Privilege s Form (GOAADRL) should contain entries with the Role field pulldown set to the value of STUDENT for all address types that are to be used by self-service admissions processing. Thes e address types are displayed in the List of Values for the Address Type field in the Section Rules block of the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP). 2.Define values on validation forms used in self-service admissions application processing. 2.1. Use the EDI Application Source Code Validation Form (STVAPLS) to define codes and descriptions for the possible sources of electronic applications. /n 176 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service 2.2. Use the Application Verification Steps Validation Form (STVASTA) to define the manual steps that you want to perform for each electronic application. One value is required: ID Verification ( IDVR).For every electronic applic ation received, you will n eed to determ ine whether the application was submitted by a person already known to Banner (for example, someone who is already being recruited) or whether the applicant does not yet exist in Banner. The ID Veri fication Step prevents the loading of an electronic application until you complete the verification and either match an electronic applicant to an existing Banner person or create the person in Banner. You may also wish to define additional manual verification steps. The ID Verification Step is automatically comp leted by the Elec. App. Verify/Load Process (SARETMT) process. Any additi onal verification steps identified will not be automatically processed by SARETMT. 2.3. Use the Web Application Section Validation Form (STVWSCT) to define the sections of Banner Student Self-Servi ce admissions applications. Data was delivered for this form, but you may wish to review the values, become familiar with the available sections, and/or update the descriptions of sections as these descriptions will display at the top of ea ch section when the section is displayed on the Web. 2.4. Use the Web Application Elements Validation Form (STVWSCF) to define the data elements that can be used within a given section on the Web application. The system-required values cannot be modified, with the exception of the description of the element code and the QUESTION element code. STVWSCF works in conjunction with the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP). Initial element code descr iptions from STVWSCF are defaulted into SAAWAPP. The element code descriptions can be modified on STVWSCT, or they can be modified on SAAWAPP, where they are called element rules labels. If an institution determines that a user-defined question can only be added to a specific section, then that section should be identified in the Web Section field for the QUESTION element code. Otherwise, the Web Section field can be left blank, allowing questions to be added to any Web section. Warning! Depending on your locale, it migh t be illegal to require users to provide ethnicity and race information. Do not check the Required checkbox on SAAWAPP fo r the PERSONAL (Persona l Information) Web application section code if requiring users to provide ethnicity and race information is prohibited. If such a regulation applie s to your institution, yo u must also review your existing Web application definitions and uncheck this checkbox for any applications for which it is currently checked. 2.5. Use the Application Type Code Validati on Form (STVWAPP) to define the types of applications which can be received electronically and to define the values for several required data elements for each application type. Your institution may require different kinds of information from different types of applicants. /n 177 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service For example, you probably do not want to request prior college information from first-time applicants but certainly want to ask for this information from transfer applicants. You do want to ask for visa information from international applicants, but not from domestic applicants. The STVWAPP form lets you define the types of applications which will be available to Web applicants. Think carefully about the kinds of information you request from applicants, and define appropriate application types for each. Make the descriptions of each type as clear as possible so that applicants are able to choose the correct applicatio n to complete. Applicants will see the descriptions from th is form on the Web. Several application types are delivered with the Banner Student Self-Service system: ŒDefault Example - All Sections (00) ŒUndergraduate Freshman (W1) ŒUndergraduate Transfer (W2) ŒInternational Undergraduate Freshman (W3) ŒInternational Undergraduate Transfer (W4) ŒGraduate Studies (W5) ŒInternational Graduate Studies (W6) ŒContinuing Education, Non Degree (W7) 2.6. Use the EDI Rule Group Validation Fo rm (STVEGRP) to display codes and descriptions for groups of EDI application processing rules. Group codes are provided so that rules which apply to similar types of data can be easily queried on the Electronic Admissions App lication Rules Form (SAAERUL). The ADMS and DISP group codes are the two most used by self-service admissions processing. Note: Values in this table (STVEGRP) are not intended to be maintained locally. All required values are deliver ed and inserted during the install process and/or via update scripts. This form and its data are provided to support other forms, and no changes of any kind should be made to the data on this form. 2.7. Use the EDI Verification Label Validation Form (STVXLBL) to display codes and descriptions for EDI data verification labels which are used when processing a variety of incoming EDI data. Note: Values in STVXLBL are not intended to be maintained locally. All required values are delivered and inserted during the install process and/ or via update scripts. This form and its data are provided to support other forms, and no changes of any kind should be made to the data on this form./n 178 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service 3.Set Web Display Indicators on validation forms. Several admissions-related validation forms include Web Display Indicators. These indicators control whether a sp ecific value in the validation form will display and/or be available for selection via the Web. Scripts which added the Web Indicator checkboxes set the values to unchecked (set to N) for all values on these forms. These checkboxes must be checked (set to Y) for a value to be available on the Web. When you Web-enable a value in one of t hese validation forms, you should also review the description. The description of a va lue, not the code itself, displays on the Web. The following validation forms include We b Display Indicators which control admissions application processing via the Web: ŁSTVADMR - Admission Request Checklist Code Validation Form . An applicant's outstanding checklist items display in the Review Application Status section of the Web when the checklist item is Web-enabled using the Web Indicator checkbox. ŁSTVAPST - Admission Application Status Code Validation Form. Values display (when the Web Indicator checkbox is checked) when an applicant reviews their applications via the Web. If the status of an existing application has not been Web- enabled, the description Not Available is displayed. ŁSTVAPDC - Admission Application Decision Code Validation Form. If an application is entered into Banner (either manually or via the Web), the calendar on SAAWAAD is set up, and the Display on Web checkbox is checked on STVAPDC, then the most recent decision for that applic ation will display on the Web Application Summary Page. If the decision code has not been Web-enabled, then the message Please Contact Admissions Office is displayed. 4.Define user-defined questions. The Web User Defined Questions Form (SAAWUDQ) is used to define institution- specific questions which r equest information not found elsewhere in any application section. You can use the form to develop que stions to collect any additional kind of information your processing requires. Up to ten user-defined questions can be displayed on any application section, while up to twenty user-defined questions can be displayed in the Additional Information se ction. Each question can be up to 2,000 characters in length. The applicant will have 2,000 characters to answer the question.This form also allows the user to associate an admission request checklist code with each question. In addition, the user can spec ify that a question should have a Yes/No radio button for its answer, instead of a text box. In addition, essay questions can be defined on this form. Each essay question can be up to 2,000 characters in length. The Web applicant has 32,700 characters to answer the question. 5.Build Banner Student Self-Service applications by combining sections. In earlier steps, you reviewed and/or created Electronic Application Types (using STVWAPP) and reviewed delivered Web App lication Sections (STVWSCT) and Web Application Elements (STVWSCF). Now it is time to combine the sections and elements to make an application. Sections include the actual ques tions that applicants will be asked to answer, and each application is composed of a set of sections in a specific order. 5.1. The Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) is used to define the sections and elements that make up each application type. It is also used to /n 179 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service specify the address type for each se ction of an application which collects address information. This fo rm allows the user to determine in what order the sections will appear and in what orde r the data elements will appear within a section. Users can designate an element as required on this form, as well as indicate if the element should display on the Web. Users can also assign specific questions which were prev iously defined on SAAWUDQ to a Web section.Warning! Depending on your locale, it migh t be illegal to require users to provide ethnicity and race information. Do not check the Required checkbox on SAAWAPP for the PERSONAL (Personal Information) Web application section code if requiring users to provide ethnicity and race information is prohibited. If such a regulation applie s to your institution, yo u must also review your existing Web application definitions and uncheck this checkbox for any applications for which it is currently checked. 5.2. Use the Web Application Section - Data Element Rules window to enter the data elements that will displa y on a given section. The first time you enter this window when defining a new section, all the data elements defined on STVWSCF for that Web section will populate the window. The user can then reorder the elements, as well as delete any not automatically marked as required. This window enforces the entry requirement of First and Last Name, Street Line 1, City, and Choice of Study before an application can be marked complete. This window allows updates to the Order, Element Rules Label , Question Sequence Number , Required (Indicator) , and Display (Indicator) fields. The Element Rules block is sorted by the Order field. When data elements initially populate the Element Rules blo ck, their order is automatically set in increments of five (5). The user can update the Order field or delete an entire data element record. 5.3. The user can copy the sections and elements set up for another application type to a new application type by using the Copy Configuration button. If the application type being copied from has questions defined for it on SAAWUDQ, a copy of those questions will be made on SAAWUDQ for the new application type. If questions have already be en defined on SAAWUDQ for the new application type, the copy process won' t touch those questions but will add all questions with non-matching sequence numbers from the existing application type to the new application type. For example: ŒA new application type of X1 has qu estions defined with sequence numbers 1, 2, and 5 on SAAWUDQ. ŒQuestions with sequence numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 have already been defined for existing application type of Y1. ŒUse SAAWAPP to copy application type Y1 into X1. Questions 1, 2, and 5 for application type X1 will remain unchanged. /n 180 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service ŒQuestions 3, 4, 6, and 7 will be copied fr om application type Y1 to application type X1. ŒDuring the copy, an y questions already assigned to application type X1 will also be assigned to application type Y1. 6.Establish dates for the creation and rece ipt of Banner Student Self-Service applications. 6.1. Define calendars for the application types that have different schedules on the Web Application Term Calendar Rules Fo rm (SAAWATR). Once this form is used for an application type, it must always be used. This form allows the institution to define the dates when ap plications of each type can be created and subsequently viewed on the Web. This form works in conjunction with the Web Application Term Display Control Form (SOAATRM), where the calendar for all applications can be defined. If no rules exist on SAAWATR for an application type, then the rules defined on SOAATRM take effect. 6.2. Define the date ranges during which you will receive ap plications for a term. The Web Application Term Display Control Form (SOAATRM) is used to specify these time periods. 6.3. Control the calendar of applications in the Banner production tables using the Web Admissions Term Calendar Rules Form (SAAWAAD). This calendar determines by term, level, campus, college, and admit type when an application can be viewed (regardless of its source), when the status can be viewed, and when the most recent decision can be viewed on the Web. The Priority (Code) field is used to create a unique key for each calendar rule. It may be necessary to have multiple records for one level and term that start and end on the same date, in order to exclude specific admit types from ever displaying on the Web. The Priority (Code) field can be used to make each record unique. 7.Customize Web pulldowns. 7.1. Define codes, by application type, on the Web Application Customized Lists Form (SAAWADP) which should display in the Web pulldowns for test codes, requested materials, interests, and credit card waiver reasons. If no codes are defined here, the pulldown values will be taken from the appropriate Web- enabled rows on SOAXREF. If no codes are defined on SOAXREF, the values will be taken from the appropriate validation table. 7.2. Identify curricula, by application ty pe, on the Web Application Customized Curriculum Form (SAAWCUR) that you want to appear in the Plan pulldown. 7.3. When you are first setting up self-servi ce admissions, enter SAAWCUR with the Restricted checkbox in the Key Block unchecked. All appropriate curriculum rules will display. Check the Restrict to Type checkbox for those curriculum items which you want to be available for this application type. Upon re-entering the form, if you want to see only those curricula for this application type, check the Restricted checkbox in the Key Block. Note: With the exception of the Restrict to Type checkbox on SAAWCUR, SAAWCUR and SOAXCUR are query only forms. SOACURR is used to customize Web application data. /n 181 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service 8.Determine use of medical information question. Determine whether you want to collect medi cal information on app lications received via the Web. The data element, Medical, can be defined under the Personal Information section rule on SAAWAPP. Th is data element will display the Web- enabled values defined on SOAXREF (where the label is equal to STVMEDI). If no values are defined on SOAXREF , then the pulldown list will di splay all values in the Medical Code Validation Form (STVMEDI). 9.Customize Signature Page option. 9.1. A default Signature page is delivered with the Banner Student Self-Service Admissions application, and its display is controlled using the SIGPAGEDISP label rule on the Electronic Admissions Applicatio n Rules Form (SAAERUL) for the group of DISP. The Signature page allows you to provide processing instructions to applicants who submit applications via the Web. 9.2. The default Signature page is nothing more than Info Text for the page. Sample Info Text for this page is delivered, bu t you can customize it to reflect your institution's processing and desired in structions using Web Tailor. Use the Format HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTR ) to update the In fo Text for the Display Signature package to reflect your institution's desired instructions, if you decide to have the Signature page displayed. 9.3. You can customize the Signature page by application type using the Electronic Applicant Web Default Rules Form (SAAWADF). The Web Signature Letters window is used to assign customized lett ers to specific letter types. The letter type of STANDARD is used to assign a Signature page for Web applicants not using Quick Start processing. The other letter types are used with Quick Start processing to identify which letter should be displayed, depending on the circumstances (i.e., a record is suspended during the automatic match). The letters assigned to letter types must first be created on GTVLETR and then associated with the appropriate module code on the HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTL). Then the letter contents must be constructed on the Format HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTR). SOAELTR allows you to create a letter using electronic applicant variables, some formatting, and free form text. This form also allows you to see how the letter will look by using the Display Letter button.10. Customize Web application data. Users can customize Web application data by application type using the Electronic Applicant Web Default Rules Form (SAAWADF). This form is used for entering default data and rules for curriculum, email address, link text, and credit cards. The keys to the record are the Web application type and an effective term. The effective term code in the Default Curriculum block may be different than the effective term in the key. In or der for a curriculum to be used on this form, it must first be set up on the Curriculum Ru les Form (SOACURR). If the term and curriculum are entered on this form, the curriculum data will automatically populate the student™s applic ation when the electronic application is created. The Web data section for curriculum does not have to be displayed on the Web application. If the section is display ed, the curriculum entered on SAAWADF will automatically be filled in. /n 182 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service The form can be used to define the email address and the email link text that will appear on the Application Checklist Menu on the Web. If no link text or email address exists on this form, but the EMAILSENDADDR and EMAILSENDLINK rules exist on SAAERUL where the value in the Group field is equal to ADMS, then that link text will display on the Application C hecklist Menu and that email address will become the To: address. The Application Credit Card Fee Rule block on SAAWADF is used to define the credit card processing rules. The inst itution indicates if they will ac cept credit cards, and if they do, the following decisions must be made. Are they required, will waivers be allowed, what detail code should be associated with the payment, and what, if any, checklist rule will be satisfied by the credit card payment. The Charge Detail and Amount are required fields, and the Charge Detail must have a category code of APF.11. Build Quick Start processing. Quick Start processing is turned on and off using the Automated Processing Rules block (in the Matching and Processing Rule window) on the Electronic Applicant Web Default Rules Form (SAAWADF). Check the Enable QuickStart Processing checkbox if you want Quick Start to run for this application type. 11.1. Once Quick Start processing is enabled , you can then customize how you want it to operate using the remaining fields in the Automated Processing Rules window. You can indicate that you want to: Œcreate a recruit record by checking the Automatically Create Recruit Record checkbox, Œcreate an application record by checking the Automatically Create Application Record checkbox, (if an application is created, you also have the option of creating a decision record by checking the Process Decision checkbox and entering the decision code in the Admission Decision field), Œaccess Banner Student Self-Service by checking the Provide Access to Student Self-Service checkbox, which in turn causes an Access Web for Students button to be displayed on the Signature page when the applicant has a student record, and Œcreate one application (if the Create One Application checkbox is checked, one application will be created with all curricula; if the field is not checked, a separate application will be cr eated for each curriculum). You can select any individual item or a combination of items. There are two restrictions to remember: Œthe Enable QuickStart Processing checkbox must be checked in order to check any of the other choices, and Œthe Process Decision checkbox must be checked in order for a decision code to be entered in the Admission Decision field. (In addition, the Auto Student checkbox (in the EDI and Self-Service block of the Majors and Departments window on SOAC URR) must be checked.) For example, an institutio n could use Quick Start processing to automatically create a recruit record and an application record for a standard Web application, eliminating the need to run the Elec App Verify/Load Process (SARETMT). /n 183 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service 11.2. Quick Start processing attempts to automatically match a Web applicant to an existing Banner person. Use the Web Matching Rules block on SAAWADF to set up the rules to be used by the automated matching process. 12. Review and update or define the Procedures and Routines for each application type. Before loading data from the holding tables into the permanent Banner tables, you want to make sure that the information submitted by the applicant is as complete and correct as it can possibly be. Applicati on Procedures and Routines perform much of this work. A Procedure is a collection of Routines. Routines check data at the data element level, and a number of Routines may be included within a Procedure. Procedures are closely related to each table into which data will be loaded. All required Routines must be satisfied before a Procedure can be sati sfied. A set of Procedures and Routines has been delivered and is attached to each of the delivered Application Types. Procedures and Routines are attached to ea ch Electronic Application Type using the Electronic Admissions Proc edure/Routine Control Form (SAAECRL). This form also includes several flags which specify how ea ch procedure and routine will be used in electronic application processing. Both the Procedures section of the main window and the Routines section of the Admissions Verification and Load Routines window include a Required flag and an Override flag. 12.1. The Required flag is used to specify the Proc edures and Routines which will be attached to each electronic application when it is received. When a Procedure or Routine is attached to an application, it needs to be fulfilled before the application is considered verified and before the data is fipushedfl to the permanent Banner tables. More specifica lly, each Routine needs to be fulfilled before the overall procedure can be satisfied. The Procedures and Routines in effect control the types of data which will be verified and eventually fipushedfl into Banner. You can set Procedures and Routines to fiNot Requiredfl if you do not wish certain data to be verified and/or loaded into Banner. For example, you might choose not to load Medical Conditions from electronic applications. You would set the Required flag for Procedure P060 (Health Conditions Verification) to unchecked ( N), and also set the Required flag for Routine R0080 (Create Medical Cond itions) in Procedure P900 (fiPUSHfl Verification) to unchecked ( N). This would tell the system not to verify Medical Conditions and not to push them into Banner. 12.2. The Override flags associated with Procedures and Routines allow you to specify whether a Routine or Procedure can be overridden manually at the individual application level on SAAEAPS or automatically using the Elec. App. Verify/Load Process (SARETMT). If a Routine or Procedure is overrideable, it will still be attached to an electron ic application (based upon the Required flag), but can be overridden if desired. For example, you may normally collect re quired visa types from international applicants, but not all applicants may un derstand the visa type they require. You could require visa types from international applicants, but allow the fipushfl of visa information to be overridden if an applicant does not provide the correct information. In this case, you would set the Required flags for Procedure P032 (International Information Verification) and all of its Routines to checked ( Y), but /n 184 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service set the Override flag for Routine R0030 (Create International Record) in Procedure P900 (fiPUSHfl Verification) to checked ( Y) so that you could override the push of this information. If a procedure has the Override flag checked, that procedure will be automatically overridden, regardless of whether any of its routines fail. If a routine has the Override flag checked, it will automat ically be overridden if the corresponding data field is blank. The only time it will not be over-ridden is if the incoming data is in error. The Elec. App. Verify/Load Process (SARETMT) will au tomatically override a procedure or routine that fails the verifi cation process due to blank data, if that procedure or routine is marked as able to be overridden on SAAECRL, and the AUTOOVERRIDE label for the group VCRL on SAAERUL is set to Y.12.3. Duplicate processing is governed by rules set up in two places. First, overall duplicate processing rules exist on the Electronic Admissions Application Rules Form (SAAERUL) under group ADMS. These rules are: DUPLAPPLCURR , DUPLAPPLLEVL , DUPLAPPLMAJR , DUPLAPPLPERS , DUPLAPPLTERM . These rules tell the self-service admissi ons push packages whether to check for duplicates in the given category. For example, if DUPLAPPLPERS is set to N, then the corresponding We b package will not check fo r duplicate persons for the Web application being pushed. Note: The DUPLAPPLCURR rule is not currently used in self-service admissions processing. Duplicate processing rules also exist on the Electronic Admissions Procedure/ Routine Control Form (SAAECRL). These rules allow fo r duplicate processing to be specified by applicat ion type instead of globally for all Web applications. The rules exist within procedure P050 Application Verification (R0060 - Duplicate Application for Person, R0070 - Duplicate Application for Term, and R0080 - Duplicate Application for Level) and procedure P120 Entry Curriculum Verification (R0010 - Duplicate Applic ation for Major). These routines are examined if the corresponding rule on SAAERUL is equal to Y. Whether a specific routi ne allows duplicates depends on the setting of the Override flag. If the Override flag is unchecked, then duplicates are not allowed. If the Override flag is checked, then duplicates are allowed. For example, if DUPLAPPLTERM is set to Y, routine R0070 is marked as required, and the Override flag is checked, then multiple applications for the same term are allowed. However, if DUPLAPPLLEVL is set to Y, routine R0080 is marked as required, and the Override flag is not checked, then the Web application will not be pushed if one already exists in Banner for the same term and level. For delivered Web Application Types, all appropriate procedures and routines have already been attached to each application type. If you define additional application types, you need to attach the appropriate procedures and routines to each new application type. You can do so automatically by using the Copy Procedure button in the Key Block of SAAECRL. The Copy Procedure button allows you to copy all the procedures and routines defined for any existing application type to your new application type. /n 185 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Note: See fiProcedures Used in Admissions Self-Service Processingfl on page191 for a list of the procedures on SAAECRL and their associated routines. 13. Review and update rule values on the Elec tronic Admissions Ap plication Rules Form (SAAERUL). The Electronic Admissions Application Ru les Form (SAAERUL) incl udes a number of rules which control how data is handled in self-service admissions application processing. All rules which are used by system processing have been delivered and should have been installed during the upgrade process. For convenience purposes, Rules are categor ized into Groups. Rule groups are used to display rules with a similar purpose together, and Group Codes can be used to specify that you want to display only a single group of rules at one time. Each Rule is also identified by a Label an d a Description. The script which installed the Rule Groups and Rules also installed ei ther the specific value expected for a rule or the literal UPDATE ME in the Value field. When an actual value was delivered, its EDI Indicator was also checked (set to Y) indicating that the rule expects an EDI value, and the value for these rules should not be changed. When the literal UPDATE ME was delivered, the value must be updated to reflect the local option for EDI application processing to be used. When reviewing and updating rules, you may want to query on the Value field for the value UPDATE ME . After updating the appropriate rows, you may want to review all rules so that you better unders tand how data will be processed. Note: See fiRule Groups Used in Admissions Self-Service Processingfl on page198 for a list of the rules delivered, the group with which they are associated, a description of each rule, and instructions for updating each rule. 14. Populate the EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF). If you will be processing both Web and EDI admissions applications, then you will need to refer to the sections on fiProcessing Self-Service Admissions Applicationsfl, fiEDI Set-up Proceduresfl, and fiProce ssing EDI Applicationsfl which follow. While much of the setup on SOAXREF may not be required for your self-service admissions applications, your EDI admissi ons application processing st ill relies heavily on the use of the EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF). SOAXREF is used mainly by Web applicatio n processing to customize which values the applicant will see in the various pulldowns available on the Web application. If an institution wants all values within a validation table to display in the Web pulldown, then no data from that validation table should be inserted into SOAXREF. For example, since most instituti ons would want all state and province codes to display in the state pulldown, no state or province codes need be inserted into SOAXREF. If, however, an institution would like to custom ize which values from a validation table will display in the Web pulldown, then they can ei ther use the appropriate script to insert all values from the validation table and then check the Web (Indicator) for those values which should display, or they can manually insert only those values which should display on the Web (remembering to check the Web (Indicator) ). /n 186 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Data pertaining to which majors a Web applicant can select must be entered on SOAXREF as well as on SOACURR. The inst itution can also decide to default in a curriculum for a given application type. In that case, the major information will come from the Electronic Applicant Web Default Rules Form (SAAWADF). This form also uses the curricula defined on SOAXREF and SOACURR. Following are the instructions for running the various scripts to populate SOAXREF for majors as well as for the other values whic h an institution may decide to load in order to customize which values will appear in the Web pulldowns. Not all rows in SOAXREF are used in self-s ervice admissions application processing. Many rows are used only to process inco ming TS 189 transaction sets received through EDI. Other rows may be used only to process incoming AMCAS records for medical school applications . Regardless, only rows which are completely Web- enabled will be available for display in th e self-service admis sions application pulldown lists. A Web-enabled row is one which: Łexists in SOAXREF. Łhas an EDI Value , and perhaps, an EDI Qualifier (depending upon the type of data reflected in the rule). Łhas the Web (Indicator) checked (set to Y).Łhas a description .Łhas a Banner Value .In many cases, the only thing you need to do is ensure that all the values you want displayed on the Web exist on SOAXREF and that the description clearly represents the value you want the studen t to select. However, in so me cases, you may need to build additional rules. For example, the values delivered for th e label STVDEGC (Degree Level - Degree Codes) are generic EDI Degree Levels (Associate, Baccalaureate, Master's). Web- enabled values for this label are displayed when a transfer applicant is asked about the degree pursued or earned at a prior college, and you may want to collect information about specific degrees (Associate of Technology, Bachelor of Arts, Master of Sciences), and have values in the corresponding Banner validation table which reflect these specific degrees. In these cases, you need to make up a value for the Value field, and you should make sure that the value does no t already exist for the label. For these rules, you will also set the EDI Indicator to unchecked (set to N).14.1. Define Web-enabled address and telephone types on SOAXREF. Address and telephone types are assigned to each address section for a given application type on the Web Applicat ion Section Rules Fo rm (SAAWAPP). In order for the Web to understand those values, they must be defined as Web- enabled rows on SOAXREF. Define the appropriate address types on SOAXREF using the label STVATYP and telephone types using the label STVTELE . Remember the Web-enabled rows must contain a Banner value. 14.2. Define EDI cross-reference values for majors on SOAXREF. Review the values in the CIPC field on the Major, Minor, Concentration Code Validation Form (STVMAJR). /n 187 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service For US institutions, values used shoul d be actual CIP (Classification of Instructional Program) codes. For instituti ons in other countries, a different code set (like Stats Canada codes) might be used. Determine the EDI code set used for this field; the valid choices are listed on SOAXREF for the label FSTYIDQL . Verify that the value for the rule label DFLTMAJRQLFR on the Electronic Admissions Application Rules Form (S AAERUL) for the group equal to CURR contains the EDI qualifier for this code set. (If CIP codes are used in the CIPC field on STVMAJR, the EDI valu e for this label should be 81.)For a complete, current set of EDI values, consult the Postsecondary Electronic Standards Council (PESC) website www.pesc.org , where a link is provided to EDI Implementation Guides. Have your Information Services representative run the script xrefmajr.sql . This script creates a row in the table SORXREF for each row in STVMAJR which has a value in the CIPC field.Note: This script can be run whenever values are added to or changed on STVMAJR. It will always delete all values fr om SOAXREF (table SORXREF) and re-populate it with the current values from STVMAJR. 14.3. Define multiple major codes on SOAXREF In some cases, an institution wants to assign the same CIP code to multiple majors and then make multiple programs available for selection in the Planned Course of Study pulldown list in the Banner Student Self-Service Admissions Application. To create SORXREF values for multiple major code s that use the same CIP code, perform the following manual steps: ŒOn SOAXREF, enter the label STVMAJR in the Key Block. ŒQuery for the first CIP code wh ich may have mu ltiple values. Enter the CIP code in the EDI Value field and query on it. ŒReview the values that exist, and/or add new values for the majors. * Enter 81 in the EDI Qualifier field. 81 is the major code qualifier for CIP codes. Enter a value which is different than any existing CIP code. For example, for the first major code you define in a set, you might use the actual CIP code. * Enter the corresponding Banner major code for one of the majors represented by the CIP code. * For every other major code which uses the same CIP code, create one line on SOAXREF. On each line, you will need to enter a different EDI value in the EDI Value field. For example, you might mere ly put a letter at the end of the next CIP code. Specifically, Accounting (major code ACCT) might use an EDI value of 060201, and Fund Accounting (major code ACTF) might use an EDI value of 060201A. /n 188 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service For example: ŒReview entries in the Curriculum Rule s Form (SOACURR) to ensure that you have an entry for each major. If you do not, create the entry, because cross- reference rules are dependent on curriculum rules. ŒDefine the EDI curriculum cross-refere nce values for the newly created major codes on SOACURR. * Query for the first major code. * Review the EDI cross-reference information for the record. You may need to define cross-reference values. * If you need to define cross-reference values, enter the appropriate EDI degree level code in the EDI Degree field. The appropriate EDI Qualifier and Identifier Code will display, or a List of Values will be available if more than one matching record exists on SOAXREF. * Check (set to Y) the Display on Self-Service (Indicator) . Enter a Web display description in the Self-Service Description field. This is what will display in the Planned C ourse of Study pulldown menu on the Web application. * Save. Repeat this step until you have appropriate cross-reference values defined for all major codes that you want to display on the Web application. ŒReview your updates by accessing the Planned Course of Study page for a self-service admissions application. The programs you have just defined should display. 14.4. Define EDI cross-reference values for states/provinces Update the EDI Equivalent on the State/Province Code Validation Form (STVSTAT) with the appropriate EDI values. For a complete, current set of EDI values, consult the Postsecondary Electronic Standards Council (PESC) website www.pesc.org , where a link is provided to EDI Implementation Guides. EDI Label EDI QualifierEDI ValueStudentWeb Banner ValueDescription STVMAJR81 270101XXMATHMathematics STVMAJR81 270101AXXAMTHApplied Mathematics /n 189 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Have your Information Services representative run the script xrefstat.sql . This script creates a row in the table SORXREF for each row in STVSTAT which has an EDI Equivalent value. Note: This script can be run whenever states/provinces are added to or are changed on STVSTAT. It will always delete all values from SOAXREF (table SORXREF) and re-populate it with the current values from STVSTAT. 14.5. Define EDI cross-reference values for nations Update the EDI Equivalent on the Nation Code Validation Form (STVNATN) with the appropriate EDI values. For a complete, current set of EDI values, consult the Postsecondary Electronic Standards Council (PESC) website www.pesc.org , where a link is provided to EDI Implementation Guides. Have your Information Services representative run the script xrefnatn.sql . This script creates a row in the table SORXREF for each row in STVNATN which has an EDI Equivalent value.Note: This script can be run whenever nation codes are added to or are changed on STVNATN. It will always delete all values from SOAXREF (table SORXREF) and re-populate it with the current values from STVNATN. 14.6. Define EDI cross-reference values for ethnicities Update the EDI Equivalent on the Ethnic Code Validation Form (STVETHN) with the appropriate EDI values. For a complete, current set of EDI values, consult the Postsecondary Electronic Standards Council (PESC) website www.pesc.org , where a link is provided to EDI Implementation Guides. Have your Information Services representative run the script xrefethn.sql . This script creates a row in the table SORXREF for each row in STVETHN which has an EDI Equivalent value. Note: This script can be run whenever ethnic values are added to or changed on STVETHN. It will always de lete all values from SOAXREF (table SORXREF) and re-populate it with the current values from STVETHN.See fiCross-Reference Labels Used in Admissions Self-Service Processingfl on page208 for a list of the labels used on SOAXREF. 15. Review curriculum rules and define EDI cross-reference curriculum rules. In Banner, a student's academic program is defined by a combination of the data elements program, campus, college, level, degree, and major, and these data elements must be valid alone and in combination. When an applicant completes an /n 190 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service application for admission, it is not likely that they would know all of the valid combinations of these elements. To make Web program choice selection clearer and easier, use the Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR). Before beginning Web app lication processing, you need to update the curriculum cross-reference ru les with appropriate EDI values. The Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR) displays information for each major curriculum rule and the base rule to which it is attached. You need to update the EDI Degree field value. The EDI Level (qualifier) and EDI Identification values are retrieved by matching the major code from the curriculum rule to a row in SOAXREF. In addition, you need to update the Web Display (Indicator) and Description values for all curricula which are to be available for Web selection. ŁThe EDI Degree field must be updated to a valid value in the label DEGRLEVL (Degree Level Codes) from the EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF). This field defines the generic level of the degree program for which the applicant is applying. ŁThe EDI Level (qualifier) field must be updat ed to a valid value in the label FSTYIDQL (Field of Study Qualif ier Codes) from the ED I Cross-Refe rence Rules Form (SOAXREF). This field defines the EDI qualifier for the code set used for Field of Study Codes, which will be entered in the next field.ŁThe EDI Identification field must be updated to a valid value in the label STVMAJR (Field of Study Identifier Codes) from the EDI Cross-Reference Curriculum Rules Form (SOAXCUR) for a rule using the EDI Field of Study Qualifier entered in the previous field. This field defines the subj ect matter of the int ended field of study. ŁThe Display on Self-Service (Indicator) must be checked for all rules for which applications can be received via Banner self-service admissions application processing. ŁThe Auto Student (Indicator) must be checked if this cu rriculum is to be available for Quick Start processing. ŁThe Self-Service Description data must be provided for all rules representing curricula which will be displayed in self -service admissions applications. The description maintained is exactly what will be displayed on the Web and also represents the total inform ation from which the studen t will be able to select. For example, if the curriculum rule represents a Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in English which is only valid on the Main Campus, you would want the description to be something like fiBA - English (Main Campus only)fl. Some cautions are in order as you defi ne your EDI Curriculum Cross-Reference Rules: ŁIf possible, you should not use the same combination of EDI degree level, EDI field of study qualifier, and EDI field of study id entifier for more than one curriculum rule. If you do, Web processing will not be able to map the combination back to a single major curriculum rule. In this situation, the default values for the group code CURR (curriculum rules) maintained on the El ectronic Admissions App lication Rules Form (SAAERUL) are used when the application is loaded into the permanent Banner application tables. ŁWeb application types include a level in their definition on the Application Type Code Validation Form (STVWAPP), and curr iculum rules requir e a level in each base rule on the Curricul um Rules Form (SOACURR). Only cross-referenced /n 191 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service curriculum rules for the level which matc hes the Web applicatio n type level will be displayed on the Web. For example, if the level in a Web Application Type is UG (undergraduate), only cross-referenc ed curriculum rules for the level UG will display for that application type. 16. Customize curriculum rules by application type on the Web Application Customized Curriculum Form (SAAWCUR). The Web Application Customized Curriculum Form (SAAWCUR) allows institutions to select only certain qualifying curricula to a ppear in the Plan pulldown for a particular application type. This form is query only, except for the use of the Restrict to Type checkbox. When you enter the form with a valid applic ation type in the Key Block, the form will return all SORCMJR re cords whose level matches the level for the application type and which have non-null values in SORCMJR_DEGR_CODE , SORCMJR_EDI_QLFR , and SORCMJR_EDI_VALUE . Once all valid records are displayed, you can choose which ones should be available for this application type by checking the Restrict to Type checkbox. A record must have the Display on Self-Service (Indicator) checked and the Self-Service Description field complete on SOACURR, in order for the record to di splay on the Web. Once all appropriate rules for this application type have had the Restrict to Type checkbox checked, the user can re-enter the form with the application type and can check the Restricted checkbox in the Key Block. Afte r performing a Next Block, the form will display only those curricula which have been restricted to this application type.Note: With the exception of the Restrict to Type checkbox on SAAWCUR, SAAWCUR and SOAXCUR are query only forms. SOACURR is used to customize Web application data. Banner can be used to accept admissions ap plications via the Web using Banner Student Self-Service Admissions Application processing. Procedures Used in Admissions Self-Service Processing The following table is a list of the procedures on SAAECRL that are delivered for the Web application type of 00.ProcedureProcedure NameRequiredOverrideDescription P010 ID Verification Y NThe ro utines associated with this procedure verify whether a valid ID exists. P020Name VerificationY NThe ro utines associated with this procedure verify whether a valid name exists. A valid name in Banner must include a first name and a last name. /n 192 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service P030Biographic InformationYYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether valid biographic information exists. P032International InformationYYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether valid international information exists. P035Residency Verification YYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether valid residency information exists. P040Address InformationYNThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether a valid address exists. P045Email VerificationYYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether a valid email address exists. P050Application Verification YNThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether a valid application exists. P060Health Conditions Verification YYNot used unless Health Question section is implemented. P070Phone Record Verification YYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether a valid phone record exists. P080Religion VerificationYYThe ro utines associated with this procedure verify whether a valid religion exists. P090Language Record Verification YYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether a valid language record exists. P100Immunization RecordYYNot used at this time. P110Applicant ActivitiesYYThe ro utines associated with this procedure verify whether valid applicant activities exists. P120Entry Curriculum Verification YNThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether a valid entry curriculum exists. P130High School Verification YYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether a valid high school exists. P135High School Subj. Verification YYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether valid high school subjects exist. ProcedureProcedure NameRequiredOverrideDescription /n 193 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Routines Used in Admissions Self-Service ProcessingThe following table is a list of the routines on SAAECRL, organized by procedure. P140Previous College Verification YYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether a valid previous college exists. This procedure is not required if the app lication type will not collect this information i.e., the person is a freshman and has no prior college information.P142Prv. Col. Degree Verification YYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether a valid previous college degree exists. P145Prv. Col. Major Verification YYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether a valid previous college major exists. P150Test Score Verification YYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether valid test scores exist.P160Relative Information Verification YYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether valid parental information exists. P170Question Answer Verification YYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether valid questions and answers exist. P175Requested Materials Verification YYThe routines associated with this procedure verify whether valid requested materials exist. P900"PUSH" VerificationYNThe ro utines associated with this procedure verify whether a valid PUSH exists. ProcedureRoutineRoutine Name RequiredOverride P010 R0010Valid ID Found YNP010R0020ID Length Check YNP010R0200ID New to Banner; Create PrevIDY NP010R9001Edit Results YNProcedureProcedure NameRequiredOverrideDescription /n 194 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service P020R0010First Name Check YNP020R0020Last Name Check YNP020R0030Previous Last Name Check Y YP020R9001Edit Results YNP030R0010Date of Birth EstablishedY YP030R0020Ethnicity Established YYP030R0025Race Established YYP030R0030Ethnic Category EstablishedY YP030R0031Veteran Established YYP030R0040Legacy Established YYP030R0050SSN Established YYP030R0060Marital Status EstablishedY YP030R0080Gender Established YYP030R0090Citizenship Established YYP030R0091Nation of Citizenship EstY YP030R0110Native Language EstablishedY YP030R0130Home Language EstablishedY YP030R0150Corresponding Lang. EstY YP030R0200Overwrite Existing GenderY YP030R0210Overwrite Existing BirthdateY YP030R0220Overwrite Existing CitizenshipY YP030R0230Overwrite Existing ConfidentialY YP030R0240Overwrite Existing ReligionY YP030R0250Overwrite Existing Marital StY YP030R0255Overwrite Existing Race YYP030R0260Overwrite Existing EthnicityY YP030R0265Overwrite Ethnic CategoryY YP030R0270Overwrite Existing SSN NNP030R0280Overwrite Existing LegacyY YP030R0290Overwrite Existing VeteranY YP030R9001Edit Results YNProcedureRoutineRoutine Name RequiredOverride /n 195 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service P032R0010VISA Type Established YYP032R0020VISA Number EstablishedY YP032R0030VISA Issue Date EstablishedY YP032R0040VISA Expiration Date Established YYP035R0010Residency Established YYP035R9001Edit Results YNP040R0010Address Type Code EstablishedY NP040R0030Street Line 1 EstablishedY NP040R0040City Established YNP040R0050State Co de Established YNP040R0060County Code EstablishedY YP040R0070ZIP Code Established YNP040R0080Nation Established YYP040R0090Address Da ta RelationshipsY NP040R9001Edit Results YNP045R0010Email Type Established YYP045R0020Email Address EstablishedY YP045R9001Email Record Existence CheckY NP050R0010Application Type EstablishedY NP050R0020Type Code Established YNP050R0030Source Established YYP050R0050Application Term EstablishedY NP050R0060Dupl Application for PersonY NP050R0070Dupl Application for TermY NP050R0080Dupl Application for LevelY NP050R9001Edit Results YNP060R0010Medical Condition EstablishedY YP060R9001Edit Results YNP070R0010Phone Number Type EstablishedY YP070R0020Phone Number EstablishedY YProcedureRoutineRoutine Name RequiredOverride /n 196 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service P070R9001Record Existence CheckY NP080R0010Religion Established YYP080R9001Edit Results YNP090R0010Language Established YYP090R0020Language Use EstablishedY YP090R0030Language Proficiency Estb.Y YP090R9001Edit Results YNP100R0010Immunization EstablishedY YP100R9001Edit Results YNP110R0010Activity Established YYP110R9001Edit Results YNP120R0005Degree Level EstablishedY NP120R0006Fld of Stdy Level EstablishedY YP120R0007Fld of Stdy Qualifier Estb.Y NP120R0008Fld of Stdy Ident. Code Estb.Y NP120R0009Banner Equiv. Curriculum Est.Y NP120R0010Duplicate Ap plication; MajorY YP120R9001Record Edit Results YNP130R0010High School Established YYP130R0100Graduation Date EstablishedY YP130R0110Class Rank Established YYP130R0120Class Size Established YYP130R0130Class Rank-Size EstablishedY YP130R0140Grade Point Average Est.Y YP130R0200Update Existing HS DataY NP130R9001Record Edit Results YNP135R0010Subject Established YYP135R9001Record Verification ResultsY NP140R0010Previous Co llege EstablishedY YP140R9001Edit Results YNP142R0010Degree Established YYProcedureRoutineRoutine Name RequiredOverride /n 197 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service P142R0030Degree Date EstablishedY YP142R0040Earned Hours EstablishedY YP142R0050Bgn Attendance Date Est.Y YP142R0060End Attendance Date Est.Y YP142R0070Grade Point Average Est.Y YP142R0200Update Prior College DataN NP142R9001Edit Results YNP145R0010Previous College Majors YYP145R0020Previous College Minors YYP145R0030Previous College Conc. YYP145R9001Edit Results YNP150R0010Test Established YYP150R0020Test Date Established YYP150R0030Test Score Valid YYP150R9001Edit Results YNP160R0010First Name Established YYP160R0020Last Name Established YYP160R0030Relationship Code EstablishedY YP160R9001Relative Record Check YNP170R0010Question Established YYP170R0020Answer Established YYP170R9001Question Answer CheckedY NP175R0010Material Established YYP175R9001Material Checked YNP900L010Create App lication RequiredY YP900L020Create Person Record YYP900L025Create Race Record YYP900L030Create Inte rnational RecordY YP900L040Create Address Record YYP900L045Create Email RecordYYP900L050Create Telephone RecordY YProcedureRoutineRoutine Name RequiredOverride /n 198 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Rule Groups Used in Admissions Self-Service ProcessingThe following table is a list of the rule groups and codes on SAAERUL that are used by self-service admissions processing. P900L060Create High School RecordYY P900L070Create High School SubjectsYY P900L080Create Medical ConditionsYY P900L090Create Prio r College RecordYY P900L100Create Prior College DegreeYY P900L110Create Prior College MajorYY P900L120Create Prio r College MinorYY P900L130Create Prior College Conc.YY P900L140Create Test Score RecordYY P900L150Create Outsid e Interest RecordYY P900L160Create Parent InformationYY P900L170Create Question/AnswerYY P900L175Create MaterialsYY Group CodeGroup Name Description ADDRAddress Source RulesRul es in which you specify ad dress source codes to be used in electronic admissions application processing. ADMSAdmission Rules Rules which control the loading of dup licate applications and residency information for applications. ATYP Address Type Rules Rules used to specify the address types to be assigned to addresses received in electronic applications. CQLFCode QualifiersRules us ed to specify the EDI code qualifier for types of data which require special processing. CURR Curriculum Rules Rules us ed to translate received information into valid Banner curricula. DCSNApplicant Decision Rules used to allow admissions applicants to accept offers of admission in self-service. ProcedureRoutineRoutine Name RequiredOverride /n 199 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Delivered Rule Groups Used in Admissions Self-Service ProcessingThe following table is a list of the rules delivered, the group with which they are associated, a description of each rule, and instructions for updating each rule. DISPWeb Display Rules Rules which control the display of data sections in the Banner self-service admissions application. PATHSystem Path RulesRules which descri be the database path in which various system components have been installed. PCOLPrior College Rules Rules which are used to process prior college information. PQLFPhone Qualifier Code RulesRules which c ontain certain EDI telephone type qualifiers. TESTTest Score Source RulesRules which are used to identify the source of a test. VCRLVerification Control RulesRules which cont rol several of the verification procedures and routines. GroupLabel Description EDIInstructions ADDR DFLTADDRSRCE Default Address Source NUpdate the Default Address Source to the value from the Address Source Validation Form (STVASRC) that you want assigned to addresses loaded from Web applications. (You may need to build the desired value on STVASRC first.) (See Note 2 below.) ADMS DFLTASRCWEB Web Default Application SourceNUpdate the Web Default Application Source to the value from the EDI Application Source Code Validation Form (STVAPLS) that you want assigned to electronic applications received via the Web. ADMSDFLTSBGIWEB Web Default Application SBGI SourceNInsert the source STVSBGI value into the Application Source Table (SARRSRC). Group CodeGroup Name Description /n 200 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service ADMS DUPLAPPLCURR(Not currently used in Self- Service admissions processing.) Allow Dup App for CurriculumNUpdate the value to Y (checked) to specify that self-service admissions should perform duplicate checking using the duplicate rules set up on SAAECRL for the given application type for the same term and curriculum. Update the value to N (unchecked) if no duplicate checking should be done. ADMS DUPLAPPLLEVLAllow Dup App for LevelN Update the value to Y (checked) to specify that self-service admissions should perform duplicate checking using the duplicate rules set up on SAAECRL for the given application type for the same term and level. Update the value to N (unchecked) if no duplicate checking should be done. ADMS DUPLAPPLMAJRAllow Dup App for MajorN Update the value to Y (checked) to specify that self-service admissions should perform duplicate checking using the duplicate rules set up on SAAECRL for the given application type for the same term and major. Update the value to N (unchecked) if no duplicate checking should be done. ADMS DUPLAPPLPERSAllow Dup App for PersonN Update the value to Y (checked) to specify that self-service admissions should perform duplicate checking using the duplicate rules set up on SAAECRL for the given application type for the same person, regardless of the term, level, curriculum, or major specified. Update the value to N (unchecked) if no duplicate checking should be done. ADMS DUPLAPPLTERMAllow Dup App for TermN Update the value to Y (checked) to specify that self-service admissions should perform duplicate checking using the duplicate rules set up on SAAECRL for the given application type for the same term, regardless of the level, curriculum, or major specified. Update the value to N (unchecked) if no duplicate checking should be done. GroupLabel Description EDIInstructions /n 201 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service ADMSEMAILTYPE Store default e-mails typeNEnter a valid value from the E-mail Address Type Validation Form (GTVEMAL). This value will be used when storing email addresses from Web applications on GOAEMAL. ADMSEMAILSENDADDRAdmissions Email Address NUpdate the value to be the email address to which you want the Web applicant™s email to be sent. For example: John.Doe@aol.com. ADMSEMAILSENDLINKAdmissions Email Link Text NUpdate the value to contain the hyperlink text the Web applicant will select in order to bring up their browser™s mail system. For example: Have questions? Email us. ADMS FORRESIDCODEOut of Country Residency CodeNUpdate the Out of Country Residency Code to the value from the Residence Code Validation Form (STVRESD) that you want assigned to an application if the verification procedures determine that the person is an out-of-country resident. (See Note 1 below.) ADMS INRESIDCODE In State/Prov Residency CodeNUpdate the In State/Province Residency Code to the value from the Residence Code Validation Form (STVRESD) that you want assigned to an application if the verification procedures determine that the person is an in-state/province resident. (See Note 1 below.) ADMSONEAPPORTWO Create One Application or Two NEnter ONE to create one application with a primary and secondary curriculum, or enter TWO to create one application for each area of study. This value is checked when an application is loaded into Banner from the Web. If only one area of study is indicated on the Web, then only one applicat ion will be created, regardless of the value of this rule. GroupLabel Description EDIInstructions /n 202 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service ADMS OUTRESIDCODEOut of State/Prov Residency CodeNUpdate the Out of State/Province Residency Code to the value from the Residence Code Validation Form (STVRESD) that you want assigned to an application if the verification procedures determine that the person is an out-of-state/province resident. (See Note 1 below.) Note 1: Residency determination is made based on answer s to a variety of questions. If the system cannot determine residency, or if no residency codes are specif ied in these three rules, the fiDefaultfl Residency Code, identified by the value for the label DFLTRESDCODE in the group RESD will be used. ADMSPRIMSRCEWEBWeb Default Application SBGI as Primary Source NMark the value on the Application Source Table (SARRSRC) from DFLTSBGIWEB as the Primary Source.ATYP DFLTPARENTATYPDe fault Parent Address Type NUpdate the Default Parent Address Type to the value from the Address Type Code Validation Form (STVATYP) that you want assigned to addresses created from parent address information. (See Note 2 below.) ATYP DFLTSTUDENTATYPDefault Student Address Type NUpdate the Default Student Address Type to the value from the Address Type Code Validation Form (STVATYP) that you want assigned to addresses created from applicant address information. (See Note 2 below.) Note 2:. For Web applications, each application section in which address data can be reported has its own address type assigned to the application section usi ng the Web Application Sectio n Rules Form (SAAWAPP). Default address types defined under Rule Group ATYP are defaults which are used only when the address type to be assigned cannot be determine d based upon other information. CQLFACTVCQLFCODEDefault Activity Qlfr Code YThe Default Activity Qualifier Code is an EDI value, and it is delivered as SA. Specifically, it is used to distinguish between activities and awards which may be reported in the same EDI data segm ent. This value also has to be assigned to those values which are fistudent activitiesfl in the EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF) for rules with a label of STVINTS.GroupLabel Description EDIInstructions /n 203 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service CQLFAWRDCQLFCODEDefault Award Qualifier CodeYThe Default Award Qualifier Code is an EDI value, and it is delivered as SB. Specifically, it is used to distinguish between activities and awards which may be reported in the same EDI data segment. This value also has to be assigned to those values which are fistudent awardsfl in the EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF) for rules with a label of STVINTS.CURRDFLTCAMPCODEDefault Campus Code Value NUpdate the Default Campus Code Value to the value from the Campus Code Validation Form (STVCAMP) that you want assigned to an application if the application's campus cannot be correctly derived by data viewed in the EDI Cross- Reference Curriculum Rules Form (SOAXCUR) or maintained in the Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR). CURRDFLTCOLLCODEDefault College Code Value NUpdate the Default College Code Value to the value from the College Code Validation Form (STVCOLL) that you want assigned to an application if the ap plication's college cannot be correctly derived by data viewed in the ED I Cross-Reference Curriculum Rules Form (SOAXCUR) or maintained in the Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR). CURRDFLTDEGCCODEDefault Degree Code Value NUpdate the Default Degree Code Value to the value from the Degree Code Validation Form (STVDEGC) that you want assigned to an application if the application's degree cannot be correctly derived by data viewed in the ED I Cross-Reference Curriculum Rules Form (SOAXCUR) or maintained in the Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR). GroupLabel Description EDIInstructions /n 204 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service CURRDFLTDEPTCODE Default Department Code Value NUpdate the Default Department Code Value to the value from the Department Code Validation Form (STVDEPT) that you want assigned to an application if the application's department cannot be correctly derived by data viewed in the EDI Cross-Reference Curriculum Rules Form (SOAXCUR) or maintained in the Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR). CURRDFLTMAJRCODEDefault Major Code Valu eNUpdate the Default Major Code Value to the value from the Major, Minor, Concentration Code Validation Form (STVMAJR) that you want assigned to an application if the application's major cannot be correctly derived by data viewed in the EDI Cross- Reference Curriculum Rules Form (SOAXCUR) or maintained in the Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR). CURR DFLTMAJRQLFR Default Major Code QualifierYThe Default Major Code Qualifier is an EDI value, and it is delivered as 81, for CIP code. Specifically, the Default Major Code Qualifier is used by the script xrefmajr.sql delivered to assist in building major code cross-reference values in the EDI Cross-Reference Rules Form (SOAXREF). This script copies each value in the Major, Minor, Concentration Code Validation Table (STVMAJR) which has a value in the CIPC Code field and creates a rule in the EDI Cross-Reference Rules Table using the major code, CIPC code, and EDI qualifier specified here. If the values entered in the CIPC field on STVMAJR are not Classification of Instructional Program (CIP) codes, the correct EDI value for the code set used for this field should be entered for this rule. (See Note 3 below.) GroupLabel Description EDIInstructions /n 205 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Note 3: The value for this rule is used only by the script used to populate major code values in SOAXREF. If you are not using the script and are instea d building appropriate majo r code translation values by hand, this rule will not be used. CURRUSEDEFAULTSUse De fault Curriculum Values NUpdate the value to checked(set to Y) or unchecked(set to N) to specify whether the campus, college, department, degree, and major defaults should be used when an application is created. (See Note 4 below.) Note 4: Default values are used when the appropriate value cannot be determined using data viewed in the EDI Cross-Reference Curriculum Rules Fo rm (SOAXCUR) or maintained in the Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR). For example: A single set of EDI cross-reference values can be associat ed with more than one curriculum rule. If the same EDI cross-reference values are assigned to more than one curric ulum rule, the defaults are used as fitie-breakersfl and assigned to all associated fields. Regardless of the data elements used when the Banner application is created, curriculum rule checking takes place according to normal rules when the application data is viewed on any Banner form. If the values loaded for the application represent an invalid curriculum choice, as defined by existing curriculum rules, an error message is displayed and corrective action may be required at that time. DCSNALLOWDECISIONAllow Applicant DecisionNUpdate the Value column from UPDATE ME to Y or N for the applicant decision. DCSNCONFIRMCODEAttendance Confirmation Decision CodeNUpdate the Value column from UPDATE ME to the value from the Admission Application Decision Code Validation Form (STVAPDC) which should be used for the confirm decision code. DCSNCONFIRMLABELApplic ant Confirm Button Label NUpdate the Value column from UPDATE ME to any value which should be used for the Applicant Confirm label.DCSNWITHDRAWLABELApplicant Withdraw Button LabelNUpdate the Value column from UPDATE ME to any value which should be used for the Applicant Withdraw label. DCSNWITHDRAWCODEWithdraw Decision CodeNUpdate the Value column from UPDATE ME to the value from the Admission Application Decision Code Validation Form (STVAPDC) which should be used for the withdraw decision code. GroupLabel Description EDIInstructions /n 206 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service DCSNCAPTUREWDINFOCapture Withdrawn InformationNUpdate the Value column from UPDATE ME to Y or N for the additional withdrawn information. DISP ACTVSDISP# of Activity Rows to DisplayNThe Number of Activity Rows to Display rule is used only in Banner self-service admissions application processing. It specifies the number of free-form activity spaces to display in the Activities Section of a Web application. If you do not want to display free-form activities, set this value to zero ( 0).DISP SIGPAGEDISPDisplay Sig Page (TRUE/ FALSE) NThe Display Signature page rule is used only in Banner self-service admissions application processing. The Banner Web Application includes the ability to display a signature, certification, and an instruction page at the time the applicant marks the application as complete. This rule specifies whether the Signature page is displayed. (See Note 5 below.) This is true whether the page is created using Info Text or the Fo rmat HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTR). Note 5: The fiSignature pagefl is a separate page which can be displayed after marking a Web application as ficompletefl. The page contains either Info Text if created using Web Tailor or an HTML letter if created using the Format HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTR ). A sample set of InfoText is deliv ered for this page, but the text can be customized to suit local options using one of th e Banner General Web Forms. For further information on updating Info Text, see the Banner Web Tailor User Guide .DISP TESTSDISP# of Test Rows to Displa y NThe Number of Test Rows to Display rule is used only in Banner self- service admissions application processing. It specifies the number of test report slots to display in the Tests Section of a Web application. If you do not wish to collect test scores via Web applications, do not associate the Test Information section with any Web application type on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP). GroupLabel Description EDIInstructions /n 207 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service PATH CHECKMARKPATHPathname for checkmark gif NThe Checkmark gif pathname rule is the database pathname for the Checkmark gif. It is used only in self-service admissions application processing. This location should be verified. Case is important. PCOL PCOLDFLTDEGCPr ior College Default Degree NUpdate the Prior College Default Degree rule to the Banner degree code from the Degree Code Validation Form (STVDEGC) which should be assigned as the prior college degree attempted if an applicant does not supply a value. PQLF EMAILPQLFCODEPhone Qualifier for E- mailYThe Phone Qualifier for E-mail rule specifies the EDI standard telephone qualifier which iden tifies an e-mail address. Note: The delivered value for this rule is EM; however, if the same value has been defined for another email address and/or telephone type (such as Emergency ), then it is recommended that this value be changed. RESD DFLTRESDCODEDefault Residency Co deNUpdate the Default Residency Code rule to the code from the Residence Code Validation Form (STVRESD) which should be assigned to an applicant if a specific residence status cannot be determined based upon other information. RESD HOMECOUNTYInstitution' s Home CountyNUpdate the Institution's Home County rule to the code from the County Code Validation Form (STVCNTY) which represents the institution's home county. This value is used, in conjunction with other information, to attempt to determine the residency status to assign to an applicant. RESD HOMENATIONIn stitution's Home Country NUpdate the Institution's Home Nation rule to the code from the Nation Code Validation Form (STVNATN) which represents the institution's home nation. This value is used, in conjunction with other information, to attempt to determine the residency status to assign to an applicant. GroupLabel Description EDIInstructions /n 208 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Cross-Reference Labels Used in Admissions Self-Service ProcessingEDI cross-reference rules are identified by a Label. The label describes the purpose of the cross-reference rule. The following is a list of all the labels on SOAXREF that are used in self-service admissions processing. Note: You need to ensure that each label is set up on SOAXREF as identified in the accompanying text. If one or more labels are not set up as specified, self-service admissions processing will not work correctly. RESD HOMESTATPROVInst itution's Home State/ ProvNUpdate the Institution's Home State/ Province rule to the code from the State/Province Code Validation Form (STVSTAT) which represents the institution's home state. This value is used, in conjunction with other information, to attempt to determine the residency status to assign to an applicant. TESTDFLTTSRCWEBWeb Default Test Score SourceNUpdate the Institution's Web Default Test Score Source rule to the code from the Admission Test Score Source Code Validation Form (STVTSRC) which represents the institution's test score source. VCRL AUTOOVERRIDEAutomatic Override Indicator NThe Automatic Override Indicator rule is used to specify whether verification procedures and routines which allow overrides (as defined on the Electronic Admissions Procedure/Routine Control Form (SAAECRL) will be automatically overridden. Update this rule to checked(set to Y) or unchecked(set to N) depending upon your choice. Overriding a procedure or routine will not cause invalid data to be loaded; it merely reduces the number of manual overrides you may need to perform during electronic application verification. GroupLabel Description EDIInstructions /n 209 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Label Description Processing Notes DEGRLEVL Degree Level Codes Degree Level Codes are used to describe the generic level of a degree, and the EDI values delivered roughly correspond to the values in the Degree Award Category Code Validation Form (STVACAT). These values are used only when defining the EDI Curriculum Cross- Reference Rules. Update the Banner value to the corresponding value from STVACAT. (The Banner value will normally be the EDI value without the period.) Do not check (set to Y) the Web (Indicator) on SOAXREF, as these values are not used to control Web pulldown lists, but only to define valid cross-reference values for building curriculum cross-reference rules. FSTYIDQL Field of Stdy Qualifier CodesField of Study Qualifier Codes are used only to specify the code set which is used to describe field of study choices. No action is required on any of these rules for Web processing. However, one of these values will be associated with the rules for label STVMAJR where it will identify the code set used to define valid major code choices. GENDERGender CodesGender Codes are us ed to define the Banner equivalent for EDI gender values. Three values are delivered. No action is required on any of these rules for Web processing. STVCITZCitizenship Type CodesValues in the Citizenship Type Code label are used to customize the citizenship types which will be available for Web selection. For each value which should be Web- enabled, set its Web (Indicator) to checked (set to Y) and enter the appropriate Banner value from STVCITZ. If all values from STVCITZ should be displayed, then none need be entered here. STVDEGCDegree Level-Degree Code For Web ap plication processing, you can identify specific degree codes to be available for Web selection. In this case, you default valu es in the EDI value column which do not represent EDI Degree Level Codes, set the (EDI) Standard (Indicator) to unchecked (set to N), and enter the appropriate Banner value for the specific degree codes to be made available. If all degree codes from STVDEGC should be available for Web selection, none need be entered here. /n 210 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service STVETHNEthnic Codes Values in the Ethnic Code label are used to specify the ethnicities which will be availabl e for Web selection. For each value which should be Web-enabled, set its Web (Indicator ) to checked (set to Y) and enter the appropriate Banner value. If you have Banner ethnic codes which do not correspond to EDI ethnic codes and you want to make these additional codes available for Web usage, create new rules, using an EDI value which is not already in the EDI set and set the (EDI) Standard (Indicator) to unchecked (set to N) for these rules. (See Note below.) If all ethnic codes from STVETHN should be available for Web selection, none need be entered here. Note: The script xrefethn.sql is used to populate the STVETHN label rows with values from the Ethnic Code Validation Form (STVETHN). STVINTSAward and Activity Codes Values in the Award and Activity Codes label are used to specify the interests which will be available for Web selection. For each value which should be Web- enabled, specify the approp riate EDI qualifier which represents fiactivitie sfl (this value is SA and is also entered on SAAERUL to identify student activities), set its Web (Indicator) to checked (set to Y) and enter the appropriate Banner value from STVINTS. If you have Banner interest codes which do not correspond to EDI codes, and you want to make these additional types available for Web usage, create new rules, using an EDI value which is not already in the EDI set and set the (EDI) Standard (Indicator) to unchecked (set to N) for these rules. (See Note below.) If all award and activity codes from STVINTS should be available for Web selection, none need be entered here. If the awards and activities should be specific to an application type, use the Web Application Customized Lists Form (SAAWADP). Note: For rules which represent student awards, set the EDI Qualifier to SB. Awards can also be reported through the Web, but whether reported through a Web ap plication or a TS 189 transaction set, these values will not be loaded into the permane nt Banner app lication tables. Label Description Processing Notes /n 211 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service STVLANGN Language Name Codes Values in the Language Name Codes label are used specify the languages which will be available for Web selection. For each value which should be Web- enabled, set its Web (Indicator) to checked (set to Y) and enter the appropriate Banner value from STVLANG. If you have Banner language codes which do not correspond to EDI codes and you want to make these additional types available for Web usage, create new rules, using an EDI value which is not already in the EDI set and set the (EDI) Standard (Indicator) to unchecked (set to N) for these rules. If all language codes from STVLANG should be available for Web selection, none need be entered here. STVMAJRMajor CodesValues in the Major Codes label are used to translate EDI field of study data into B anner major codes. Field of Study data reported in TS 189 transaction sets includes a qualifier code and value. Qualifier codes represent different standard code sets, like Classification of Instructional Program (CIP) codes or Stats Canada codes. You use a combination of a Degree Level code (label DEGRLEVL ), Code Set Qualifier, and Banner code to define the cross-re ference from EDI values to Banner values on the Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR). To create rules for the STVMAJR label, enter the Qualifier which represents a valid EDI field of study code set, a value from the indicated set, and the Banner equivalent for the EDI value. (See Note below.) STVMATLRequested Materials CodesValues in t he requested materials label are used to specify the reques ted materials which will be available for Web selection. For each value which should be Web- enabled, set its Web (Indicator) to checked (set to Y) and enter the appropriate Banner value from STVMATL. If all requested materials codes from STVMATL should be available for Web selection, none need be entered here. If the requested materials should be specific to an application type, use the We b Application Customized Lists Form (SAAWADP). Note: The script xrefmajr.sql is used to populate the STVMAJR label rows with values from the Major, Minor, Concentration Code Validation Form. Label Description Processing Notes /n 212 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service STVMEDIMedical Condition CodesValues in t he Medical Conditions Codes label are used to specify the conditions which will be available for Web selection. For each value which should be Web- enabled, set its Web (Indicator) to checked (set to Y) and enter the appropriate Banner value from STVMEDI. If you have Banner medi cal codes which do not correspond to EDI codes and you want to make these additional types available for Web usage, create new rules, using an EDI value which is not already in the EDI set and set the (EDI) Standard (Indicator) to unchecked (set to N) for these rules. (See Note below.) If all medical condition code s from STVMEDI should be available for Web selection, none need be entered here. Note: Use the medical conditio n data element on the Web Application Section Rules Form (SAAWAPP) to include this data in the Web application. STVMRTLMarital Status CodesValues in the Marital Status Codes label are used to specify the marital statuses which will be available for Web selection. For each va lue which should be Web- enabled, set its Web (Indicator) to checked (set to Y) and enter the appropriate Banner value from STVMRTL. If you have Banner martial status codes which do not correspond to EDI codes and you want to make these additional types available for Web usage, create new rules, using an EDI value which is not already in the EDI set and set the (EDI) Standard (Indicator) to unchecked (set to N) for these rules. If all marital status codes from STVMRTL should be available for Web selection, none need be entered here. STVNATNEDI Nation CodesValues in the Nation Codes labe l are used to specify the nation codes which will be ava ilable for Web selection. For each value which should be Web-enabled, set its Web (Indicator) to checked (set to Y) and enter the appropriate Banner value fr om STVNATN. If you have Banner nation codes which do not correspond to EDI codes and you want to make these additional types available for Web usage, create new rules, using an EDI value which is not already in the EDI set and set the (EDI) Standard (Indicator) to unchecked (set to N) for these rules. (See Note below.) If all nation codes from STVNATN should be available for Web selection, none need be entered here. Note: The script xrefnatn.sql is used to populate the STVNATN label rows with values from the Nation Code Validation Form. Label Description Processing Notes /n 213 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service STVRELGReligion Codes Values in the Relig ion Codes label are used to specify the religion codes which will be available for Web selection. For each value which should be Web- enabled, set its Web (Indicator) to checked (set to Y) and enter the appropriate Banner value from STVRELG. If you have Banner religion codes which do not correspond to EDI codes and you want to make these additional types available for Web usage, create new rules, using an EDI value which is not already in the EDI set and set the (EDI) Standard (Indicator) to unchecked (set to N) for these rules. If all religion codes from STVRELG should be available for Web selection, none need be entered here. STVRELTRelationship CodesValues in the Relationship Codes label are used to specify the relationship code s which will be available for Web selection. For each va lue which should be Web- enabled, set its Web (Indicator) to checked (set to Y) and enter the appropriate Banner value from STVRELT. If you have Banner relationship codes which do not correspond to EDI codes and you want to make these additional types available for Web usage, create new rules, using an EDI value which is not already in the EDI set and set the (EDI) Standard (Indicator) to unchecked (set to N) for these rules. If all relationship codes from STVRELT should be available for Web selection, none need be entered here. STVSTATEDI State CodesValues in the State Codes label are used to specify the state/province codes whic h will be available for Web selection. For each value which should be Web- enabled, set its Web (Indicator) to checked (set to Y) and enter the appropriate Banner value from STVSTAT. (See Note below.) If all state codes from STVSTAT should be available for Web selection, none need be entered here. Note: The script xrefstat.sql is used to populate the STVSTAT label rows with values from the State/ Province Code Validation Form (STVSTAT). Label Description Processing Notes /n 214 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service STVTESCSub-Test Codes Values in the Sub- Test Codes label are used to specify the sub-test codes which will be available for Web selection. For each value which should be Web- enabled, set its Web (Indicator) to checked (set to Y) and enter the appropriate Banner value from STVTESC. If you have Banner test types codes which do not correspond to EDI codes and you want to make these additional types available for Web usage, create new rules. Use an EDI value which is not already in the EDI set, and set the (EDI) Standard (Indicator) to unchecked (set to N) for these rules. An EDI Qualifier, EDI Value, Description, and Banner Value are all required for STVTESC rules. If all test codes from STVTESC should be available for Web selection, none need be entered here. If the test types should be specific to an application type, use the Web Application Customized Lists Form (SAAWADP). STVVTYPVISA Type CodesValues in the Visa Type Codes label are used to specify the visa codes which will be av ailable for Web selection. For each value which should be Web-enabled, set its Web (Indicator) to checked (set to Y) and enter the appropriate Banner value from STVVTYP. If you have Banner visa type codes which do not correspond to EDI codes and you want to make these additional types available for Web usage, create new rules. Use an EDI value which is not already in the EDI set, and set the (EDI) Standard (Indicator) to unchecked (set to N) for these rules. If all visa type codes from STVVTYP should be available for Web selection, none need be entered here. STVWAIVApplication Waiver CodesValues in t he Application Waiver Codes label are used to specify the application waiver codes which will be available for Web selection. For each value which should be Web-enabled, set its Web (Indicator) to checked (set to Y) and enter the appropriate Banner value from STVWAIV. If you have Banner application waiver codes which do not correspond to EDI codes and you want to make these additional types available for Web usage, create new rules. Use an EDI value which is not already in the EDI set, and set the (EDI) Standard (Indicator) to unchecked (set to N) for these rules. An EDI Qualifier, EDI Value, De scription, and Banner Value are all required for STVWAIV rules. If all application waiver codes from STVWAIV should be available for Web selection, none need be entered here. If the application waiver codes sh ould be specific to an application type, use the We b Application Customized Lists Form (SAAWADP). Label Description Processing Notes /n 215 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Address Hierarchy Rules for Credit Card PaymentRules with an internal code of WEBCCADDR and an internal code group of ADDRESS are used with miscellaneous transactions to set up the address hierarchy for Web payment card payments and to populate the address in the GORCCAU table. Miscellaneous transactions are used for ad missions application fees. When an applicant pays an application fee that creates a miscellaneous account transaction and uses a payment card for paym ent, an address is needed to process the transaction. If no SARADDR record exists, and no current SPRADD R record exists, the applicant is taken to a page in Self-Service to enter the address information. Miscellaneous transactions are also used for transcript request fees and enrollment verification fees.When a student pays a fee that creates a miscellaneous account transaction and uses a payment card for payment, an address is needed to process the transaction. If no current SPRADDR record exis ts, the student is taken to a page in Self- Service to enter the address information. Miscellaneous transactions are not used for r egistration fees or graduation application fees. A student does not need an address record to process payment for those fees. Identify Payment Profile for Credit Card PaymentPayment profiles are configured on GOAMERC. You can query on GTVSDAX for the WEBSTUCCID internal code group with an internal code of LEVEL, COLLEGE, or CAMPUS to match the student™s level, college, or campus. The external code value for the rule is the payment profile. Process Self-Service Admission ApplicationsBefore you receive your first Web application, you need to establish appropriate policies and procedures for processing Web applicatio ns. For example, you need to determine whether to weed out frivolou s applications, when and how yo u will collect application fees (if required), whether you require and how yo u will collect application certifications and signatures, and what impact Web applications will have on application and yield statistics. The Elec. App. Verify/Load Proc ess (SARETMT) is a batch process that is used to match, verify, and load admissions applications receiv ed via the Web. This process allows users to match, verify, and load large numbers of Web applications at one time. The process uses the same matching algorithm as the El ectronic Prospect Match Process (SRRSRIN) and the Common Matching Entry Form (GOAMTCH ). The Electronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS) is used to process Web applications that are placed in suspense or error status by the SARETMT batch load process. In addition , SAAEAPS can be used to review Web applications and delete those that are most likely frivolous (i.e., applications from Mickey Mouse or Claude Monet). This section covers the following: ŁfiReceive Web Applications - Overviewfl on page216 /n 216 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service ŁfiReceive Web Applications - Detail Stepsfl on page216 ŁfiManually Match, Verify, and Push We b Admission Applicationsfl on page220 Receive Web Applications - Overview The overall process for receiving self-servi ce admissions applications is as follows. 1.The applicant creates and completes the Web application. 2.The institution reviews all Web applications (via SAAEAPS) added on a specific date that are complete to check for frivolous applications. (Optional) 3.The institution runs the SARETMT process to match, verify, and load Web applications. 4.The institution reviews Web ap plications on SAAEAPS that we re put into Suspense or Error status by the SARETMT process. 5.Suspended error records are resolved on SAAEAPS using GO AMTCH to determine if the applicant is New or is a Match to an existing Banner record. 6.The institution reruns SARETMT to verify and load those applications whose status has just been resolved. Depending on the number of suspended and error records, the institution can choose to manually veri fy and load these Web applications on SAAEAPS. Receive Web Applications - Detail Steps The detailed steps for receiving self-service ad missions applications are discussed in this section.1.Use the Electronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS) to display received Web applications. To display the application(s) for a specific person, enter the electronic ID for that person in the Key Block or use a List func tion to display the Electronic Applicant Search Form (SOAEIDN), where you can sear ch for an electronic applicant using name and ID. You can also select only those applications added on a certain date by entering the Add Date in the Key Block field. Only applications matching the Web ID and/or Add Date in the Key Block will be displayed. You can also enter the main block and quer y on certain fields. Those fields are: Application Number , Application Type , Completion Indicator , Term , Source (with a value of WEB), Add Date , Accepted Indicator , Process, Process Date, Person Status , and Application Status. If you find applications that you believe are frivolous, they can be deleted using the Delete Record function. Once an application is delete d on SAAEAPS, its associated data is also deleted from the electronic application holding tables; therefore, the application will no longer be viewable on SAAETBL. /n 217 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service 2.Use the Elec. Appl. Verify/Load Process ( SARETMT) to match, verify, and load the Web applications that meet your processing guidelines. Parameters for SARETMT allow processing based upon Application Type, Application Source, Application Term, and the Date Range of when applications were added. 2.1. Run SARETMT in audit mode. SARETMT can be run in audit mode providing the user with the opportunity to review the match, verify, and load status of each application bef ore it is actually processed. The Status field will indicate whether the Web application is New, Matched, Suspended, or in Error based on the matching rules specified by the matching source code assigned to the interface code on STVINFC. If a Web application type has previously been pushed for a given Web ID, the Status field will indicate N/A, as a matching PIDM already existed for the Web ID. The process will indicate if ve rification errors occurred or if the application was pushed. 2.2. Run SARETMT in update mode. The user can run the match, verify, and load process in update mode. All electronic applications matching the input paramete rs will be processed by SARETMT. Three possible outcomes can exist fo r each record processed by SARETMT. ŒThe record was matched, verified, an d pushed successfully resulting in the creation of a SAAADMS application record. ŒThe record was placed into suspense or error status during the match process. Suspended an d error records will not be processed further by SARETMT until the match status has been resolved to either New or Matched. The user can resolve the su spended status using the Electronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS) (See the fiResolve Suspended Electronic Applicationsfl section below for details.) ŒThe record failed the verification proce ss. Numerous verification routines exist to ensure the integrity of the data being loaded into Banner. If certain errors occur during the verification proce ss, the record will be marked with a verification error. 3.Resolve suspended and error electronic app lications using the Electronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS). 3.1. Access the Electronic Applic ation Process Form (SAAEAPS). 3.2. Navigate to the main block and query for the appropriate records (i.e., term, source equals Web etc.) having a Person Status of S or E. These are the records that will ne ed to be resolved before they can be verified and pushed into Banner. 4.Select the Verification Steps tab or the Manual Verification Steps option from the Options Menu to access the Verification Steps window. 5.Mark any of the person or application step s complete, except for the ID Verification (IDVR) step, and then save the changes. 6.Select the ID Verification ( IDVR) step, and then choose the Associate Person with ID item from the Options Menu. /n 218 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service 7.This opens the Associate Person with ID win dow, where you can choose which type of Banner ID to assign to th e selected record from the Select an ID field. ŁElectronic ID Œ This is the ID used to create the electronic application. ŁLocal ID Œ This is used for applications filed via EDI where the applicant provided a Local ID. ŁSSN Œ This is the SSN or other Federal ID number specified on the electronic application. ŁBanner ID Œ This is used if you wish to enter an explicit ID to be used by Banner. ŁGenerate ID Œ This indicates that Banner should generate an ID for this person. 8.After choosing the appropriate ID type, either save the changes or select the Associate Person with an ID button. This will display GOAMTCH. 9.The ID displayed on GOAMTCH should matc h the option chosen in the Associate Person with ID window. The Matching Source field should contain the source code that has been assigned to the interface code on SAAWADF for the application type of the selected Web application. This source code can be changed if desired. If no interface code has been specified for the application type on SAAWADF, then the Matching Source field will contain the default source code assigned to the user ID on GORCMUS. If no default source code has b een assigned on GO RCMUS, you will be able to select a so urce code from the List of Values. Perform a Next Block to populate the Data Entry block with all of the data for the incoming electronic applicant record that is present in the temporary tables. 10. You can update or adjust the data in the Data Entry block if it does not meet your institution™s data standards. These updates will be copied back to the temporary tables and used when the applicant's record is created. 11. Once the data has been ficleaned upfl, use a Next Block function to call the matching algorithm, or select the Duplicate Check button.12. The incoming electronic application can be a match, a potential match, or a new record: 12.1. If the incoming electronic application is found to be a match to someone in Banner, the Banner record will be displayed in the Match block. 12.2. If the incoming electronic application is found to be a potential match against more than one existing B anner record, then all of t he possible matches will be displayed in the Pote ntial Matches window. 12.3. If the electronic application is found to be a new record, an Alert Box will be displayed with a message asking if yo u want to create the new person. 13. If the person is found to be an exact match, you can do one of three things: 13.1. Match the incoming record to the Banner record but not update any null fields that exist for the person in Banner by selecting the Select ID button. 13.2. Match the incoming record to the Banner record and choose to update any null fields that exist for the person in Banner with data on the incoming record by selecting the Update ID button.13.3. Choose to ignore the matched status, and create the person as new by selecting the Create New button. /n 219 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service 14. After selecting one of the opti ons above, the user will be returned to the Verification Steps window, and the ID Verification ( IDVR) step will be marked as complete. Continue processing the electronic applicant as needed. 15. Resolve verification errors using the Electronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS). If the AUTOOVERRIDE label on the Electronic Admissions Application Rules Form (SAAERUL) for the group VCRL is set to Y, and the procedures and routines are marked as overrideable on SAAECRL, then SARETMT will not stop the process if verification errors occur (unless they are data errors). If the AUTOOVERRIDE label is set to N, then any verification errors found while SARETMT is processing will be identified on the report file . These errors can be viewed on SAAEAPS and must be resolved before the affected applications can be re-processed by SARETMT. Verification errors can only be resolved on SAAEAPS if th e routine and/or procedure causing the error have the Override (Indicator) checked on SAAECRL for the appropriate application type. 15.1. Access the Electronic Applic ation Process Form (SAAEAPS). 15.2. Navigate to the main block and query for the appropriate records (i.e., term, source, etc.) having a Process field value of E. These are the records that will need their verification errors resolved before they can be pushed into Banner. 15.3. Select Review Results from the Options Menu or use Next Block to access the Verification/Load Results window. In the System Verification Procedure block, each procedure is displayed, one procedure at a time. At the same time, each routine associ ated with a procedure is displayed in the System Verification Routines block. 15.4. Scroll through each procedure to find the pr ocedures that have not been verified (i.e., the Completion Indicator checkbox is not checked). To resolve a procedure or routine, check the appropriate override ( Override Indicator ) box. If you override an individual routine, only the verification associated with that routine will be bypassed. If an entire procedure is overri dden, none of the individual routines will have verification performed. 15.5. Once all routines and/or procedures are overridden, return to the main block of SAAEAPS. You can manually re -verify the application here by selecting Verify Application from the Options Menu, or you can re-run SARETMT. 16. Re-run SARETMT in update mode. SARETMT will try to verify all records that were previously sus pended and will attempt to re-verify all applications th at originally failed verification. All applications that pass the match and verification processing will be pushed to Banner. Once an application has been pushed, the Process field will be set to P(ushed). Update Null SSN during Admissions Push Process You can update a Null SSN when perfor ming the Admissions push process. Use the R0050 routine (SSN Established) for the P030 procedure on SAAECRL for the Web Application Type of 00. Routine R0050 is used to update the social security /n 220 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service number of an existing record with a Null SSN when the Required indicator is checked (Y).Routine R0270, Overwrite Existing SSN, will update a Null value and overwrite an existing value when the Required indicator is checked ( Y).Using a combination of settings for the Required indicators determines how existing Banner records are updated when a Self-Service application is processed. If there is no SPBPERS record for an existi ng person, the SSN will always be updated, even if the Required indicator for routine R0050 is unchecked ( N). It is possible to push the SSN from Self-Service when using SAAEAPS and the Update ID button on GOAMTCH during the matching process, if the SSN field is Null on the existing person record. Manually Match, Verify, and Push Web Admission ApplicationsThe following steps how to manually match, veri fy, and push electronic applications into Banner using SAAEAPS. 1.Use the Electronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS) to display received Web applications. SAAECRL P030/R0050 Required Ind (Establish) SAAECRL P030/R0270 Required Ind (Overwrite)Existing SPBPERS recordSSN entered in Self-Service Self-Service SSN pushed YNN oY esY esYNYes, no SSNYes Yes YNYes, with SSNYes No YYNoY esY esYYYes, no SSNYes Yes YYYes, with SSNYes Yes NYN oY esY esNYYes, no SSNYes Yes NYYes, with SSNYes Yes NNNoY esY esNNYes, no SSNYes No * NNYes, with SSNYes No /n 221 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service To display the application(s) for a specific person, enter the electronic ID for that person in the Key Block or use a List func tion to display the Electronic Applicant Search Form (SOAEIDN), where you can sear ch for an electronic applicant using name and ID. You can also select only those applications added on a certain date by entering the Add Date in the Key Block field. Only applications matching the Web ID and/or Add Date in the Key Block will be displayed. You can also enter the main block and quer y on certain fields. Those fields are: Application Number , Application Type , Completion Indicator , Term , Source (with a value of WEB), Add Date , Accepted Indicator , Process, Process Date, Person Status , and Application Status. If you find applications that you believe are frivolous, they can be deleted using the Delete Record function. Once an application is delete d on SAAEAPS, its associated data is also deleted from the electronic application holding tables; therefore, the application will no longer be viewable on SAAETBL. 2.Flag applications for further processing. If you will not process an application until a fe e or certification is received, you might also want to set the Accepted Indicator to N until you receive the appropriate additional information required by your policies and procedures. For those applications which you will furt her process, set this indicator to Y.3.Perform any required manual verification steps. Select the Verification Steps tab, use a Du plicate Item function, or select Manual Verification Steps from the Options Menu to transfer to the Verification Steps window. There may be two kinds of manual verificati on steps, those related to person data and those related to an application. You defined the manual verification steps which would be required on the Application Verification Steps Validation Form (STVASTA). One person-related step - ID Verification ( IDVR) - is required by system processing and will be present whether or not you defi ned additional verification steps. If the application was rece ived via the student (sec ured) side of the Web ( Record Type is S), you do not need to complete the ID Verification ( IDVR ) step. It will be completed for you when you verify the application's data. Go to Step 11. If the application was received via the non-secured side of the Web, you must either match the applicant to an existing Banner person or create the person in Banner. Either of these functions also completes the ID Verification ( IDVR ) step. Continue with Step 3 through Step 10. When you are positioned on the ID Verification ( IDVR) step record, use a function key to perform special processing. The function can be performed if the ID Verification (IDVR) step has already been completed. Use a Count Query Hits function or select Associate Person with ID from the Options Menu to transfer to the Associate Person with ID window, where you can choose which type of Banner ID to assign to the selected record in the Select an ID field.ŁElectronic ID Œ This is the ID used to create the electronic application. ŁLocal ID Œ Used for applications filed via EDI where the applicant provided a Local ID./n 222 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service ŁSSN Œ This is the SSN or other Federal ID number specified on the electronic application. ŁBanner ID Œ Used if you wish to enter an explicit ID to be used by Banner. ŁGenerate ID Œ Indicates that Banner should generate an ID for this person. 4.After choosing the appropriate ID type, either save the changes or select the Associate Person with an ID button. This will display GOAMTCH. 5.The ID displayed on GOAMTCH should matc h the option chosen in the Associate Person with ID window. The Matching Source field should contain the source code that has been assigned to the interface code on SAAWADF for the application type of the selected Web application. This source code can be changed if desired. If no interface code has been specified for the application type on SAAWADF, then the Matching Source field will contain the default source code assigned to the user ID on GORCMUS. If no default source code has b een assigned on GO RCMUS, you will be able to select a so urce code from the List of Values. Perform a Next Block to populate the Data Entry block with all of the data for the incoming electronic applicant record that is present in the temporary tables. 6.You can update or adjust the data in the Data Entry block if it does not meet your institution™s data standards . These updates will be copi ed back to the temporary tables and used when the app licant's record is created. 7.Once the data has been ficleaned upfl, use a Next Block function to call the matching algorithm, or select the Duplicate Check button.8.The incoming electronic application can be a match, a potential match, or a new record: 8.1. If the incoming electronic application is found to be a match to someone in Banner, the Banner record will be displayed in the Match block. 8.2. If the incoming electronic application is found to be a potential match against more than one existing B anner record, then all of t he possible matches will be displayed in the Pote ntial Matches window. 8.3. If the electronic application is found to be a new record, an Alert Box will be displayed with a message asking if yo u want to create the new person. 9.If the person is found to be an exact match, you can do one of three things: 9.1. Match the incoming record to the Banner record but not update any null fields that exist for the person in Banner by selecting the Select ID button. 9.2. Match the incoming record to the Banner record and choose to update any null fields that exist for the person in Banner with data on the incoming record by selecting the Update ID button.9.3. Choose to ignore the matched status, and create the person as new by selecting the Create New button. 10. After selecting one of the opti ons above, the user will be returned to the Verification Steps window, and the ID Verification ( IDVR) step will be marked as complete. Continue processing the electronic applicant as needed. /n 223 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service 11. Verify the application data. Select Verify Application from the Option s Menu to verify the application data. Verification performs all verification pr ocedures and routines attached to the application which have not been overridden. After an application has been verified, its Accepted Indicator on the main window of SAAEAPS is set either to E, which indicates that errors were found during verification, or V for verification complete. 12. Review errors, override verification, or correct data. If errors are encountered during verification, select Review Results from the Options Menu or use a Next Block function to review the results. The Verification/Load Results window is displayed. In the System Verification Procedures se ction of this window, each procedure and its associated routines are displayed, one procedure at a time. You scroll through the procedures using the scroll bar or Next and Previous Record functions, and the associated routines are displayed for each procedure. As you scroll through the procedures, you can ignore any which have already been overridden or which have passed verification. (The Completion (Indicator) checkbox is checked.) Verification errors must be resolved before the data can be loaded into the Banner permanent tables from the holding tables. You resolve verification errors by overriding the routine which failed or by overriding t he entire procedure. If you override an individual routine, only the verification as sociated with the individual routine will be by- passed. If you override t he procedure, none of the individual routines will be performed. Only those procedur es or routines for which ov erride is allowed (defined on SAAECRL) can be overridden. If you attempt to override a procedure or routine when an override is not allowed, an error message displays, and the override is not processed. After overriding all routines or procedure s that you wish to have ignored, use the Return button to return to the main window of SAAEAPS, and select Verify Application from the Options Menu to verify the info rmation again. Only data which had not previously been verified is processed. Proc edures in which you overrode routines can now be verified. You should continue verifying data and ov erriding routines and procedures until verification is complete (the Accepted Indicator displays V for Verified). When you push data into the permanent tables, data for procedures which have been verified is loaded, regardless of the status of other data. 13. Load the verified information into the permanent tables. Select Load Application from the Options Menu or use an Insert Record function to push the data to the permanent tables. After you have pushed the data, you can view the results by selecting Review Results from the Options Menu or by using a Next Block function to access the System Verifica tion Procedure section of the Verification/ Load Results window. Scroll until you reac h procedure P900, the PUSH Verification Procedure. The routines associated with this procedure push actual pieces of data. Data has been pushed for routines which are complete, and the message associated with each completed routine will tell you the number of re cords created or updated./n 224 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Change PINsThere is one more option available on t he Electronic Application Process Form (SAAEAPS), the Change PIN option , and it is not part of ac tual application processing. You use the Change PIN option when an app licant has forgotten the PIN used to submit application information or when an applicant has been locked out of the non-student (non- secured) application processing component of self-service admissions. To use the Change PIN option, select Change PIN from the Options Menu or use a Help function. The Non-Student PIN Change window is displayed. In this window, you can: Łview the existing PIN and report it to the applicant, Łchange the applicant's PIN, or Łunlock a locked application. Review Applicant Information If at any point you want to review the application information, either to determine why there are verification or load errors or to review application information which will not be loaded to the permanent Banner tables, use th e Electronic Admissions Submitted Form (SAAETBL). You can now work on another electronic application or move into other Banner forms to further process the applications you have pushed. Push Test Score Information SATI and SATII test scores entered via EDI and pushed into the SORTEST table should have a value of R placed in the SORTEST_RCRV_IND field if the SORTEST_TEST_DATE is greater than or equal to April 1, 1995 . This will ensure that the SOPSATS program and/or client-written progra ms don™t try to further re-center these scores, as they should already be re-centered. (These programs use the value or lack of a value in the SORTEST_RCRV_IND field in their determination of whether to re-center th e test scores.) The following rules need to be added to the Electronic Admissions Application Rules Form (SAAERUL) where the Group field is set to TEST . The Value field will be populated by the company, as these are required values based on the Banner Test Code Validation Form (STVTESC). Only those tests received via EDI that have a test code matching one of the test codes be low should have the R added to the Revised or Recentered field on SOATEST. This is because only SAT I and SAT II tests were affected by the re-centering change. If additional SATII tests are added by ETS, th e additional records will be added to SAAERUL by the company. GroupLabelDescription Value TESTSATVSAT Verbal Test S01/n 225 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service TESTSATMSAT Math Test S02TESTSATRSAT Reading Subscore Test S03TESTSATVSAT Vocabulary Subscore Test S04TESTSATAHSAT American History/Social StudiesAH TESTSATBESAT Bio-Ecological Emphasis BETESTSATBMSAT Bio-Molecular Emphasis BMTESTSATBYSAT Biology Emphasis BYTESTSATCHSAT Chemistry CH TESTSATCLSAT Chinese with Listening CL TESTSATEHSAT European History/World CulturesEH TESTSATENSAT English Composition ENTESTSATESSAT English Composition w/Essay ESTESTSATFLSAT French with Listening FLTESTSATFRSAT French FRTESTSATGLSAT German with Listening GL TESTSATGMSAT German GMTESTSATHBSAT Hebrew HBTESTSATITSAT Italian IT TESTSATJLSAT Japanese with Listening JLTESTSATKRSAT Korean with Listening KRTESTSATLRSAT Literature LRTESTSATLTSAT Latin LT TESTSATM1SAT Mathematics Level I M1 TESTSATM2SAT Mathematics Level II M2TESTSAT1CSAT Mathematics Level IC 1CTESTSAT2CSAT Mathematics Level IIC Œ Calculator2C TESTSATMHSAT Modern Hebrew MHTESTSATPHSAT Physics PHTESTSATSLSAT Spanish with Listening SLTESTSATSPSAT Spanish SPTESTSATWHSAT World History WHGroupLabelDescription Value /n 226 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Addresses in Banner and Entered on the Web Addresses entered via the Web that have the same address type as existing Banner addresses should be loaded as the next sequential address instead of not loading them at all. The rules for determining From and To dates for existing addresses and new addresses are detailed below. When an address comes in via the Web and has the same address type as an existing Banner address the push process will: ŁSelect the most current Banner address of that address type. This is either the address with the correct address type that has a To Date equal to Null or the address with the correct address type that has a maximum To Date for that person. If two records are returned, then the one with the Null address is considered to be the most current (as Null equals valid until th e end of time). This will be the address used in all comparisons below. ŁIf the incoming Web address matches the most current Banner address of the same address type, do nothing .ŁOtherwise, determine how to update existing or Null To Dates and to insert new From Dates:ŁIf the To Date (of the cu rrent Banner address) is Null ,ŒUpdate the To Date of the current address with the greater of the From Date (of the current address) or SYSDATE minus one. ŒInsert the new address with the From Date with the greater of the From Date plus one (of current address) or SYSDATE. This code handles the issue of having someone submit mult iple records on the same day with multiple different addresses. ŁIf the To Date (of current Banner address) equal s the SYSDATE, insert the new address with a From Date of SYSDATE plus one. ŁIf the To Date (of current Banner address) is greater than SYSDATE, insert the new address with the From Date of the current addressee™s To Date plus one. ŁIf the To Date is less than the SYSDATE, insert the new addre ss with a From Date of SYSDATE. Set Up Quick Start for Student Self-Service Quick Start processing allows an institution to automatically process Web applications in a number of ways. It can be set up to automatically create a student record, taking the Web applicant directly to Banner Student Self-S ervice so they can register. It can also TESTSATWRSAT WritingWR GroupLabelDescription Value /n 227 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service automatically create a recruit and/or applicat ion record, thereby eliminating the need to use SAAEAPS or run SARETMT. A de cision record can be crea ted too, as long as an application record is being created. You must follow the instructions in the fiSet Up Admissions Self-Servicefl on page175 before you can use Quick Start processing. This section covers the following: ŁfiProcessing Stepsfl on page227 ŁfiBehind the Scenesfl on page228 ŁfiApplication Status Errors and Resolutionsfl on page229 Processing Steps The following describes the steps required to use Quick Start processing. It is followed by a description of how Quick Start works behind the scenes. 1.Check the Enable QuickStart Processing checkbox in the Automated Processing Rules block on the Electronic Applic ant Web Default Rules Form (SAAWADF). 2.Choose the Quick Start features you would like to use by checking the appropriate boxes.ŁAutomatically Create Recruit Record - When checked, a recruit record will be created for the Web applicant. ŁAutomatically Create Application Record - When checked, an application record will be created for the Web applicant. ŁProcess Decision - When checked, an application decision code can be entered in the Admission Decision field. ŁAdmission Decision - When a decision code is en tered, an admissions decision record will be created on SARAPPD. ŁProvide Access to Student Self-Service - When checked and the Web applicant has a student record, an Access Web for Students button will display on whichever Signature page is displayed. ŁCreate One Application - When checked, one recruit or application record will be created for all associated cu rricula. When unchecked, a new record will be created for each curriculum (major). ŁAuto Student - When checked (in the EDI and Self-Service block of the Majors and Departments window on SOACURR), a st udent record will be created on SGBSTDN, as long as no matching record is found on SOAEQUI. 3.Select the interface code associated with the correct matching source code for the matching rules to be used by Quick Start on the Web Matching Rules window of SAAWADF. 4.Create letters to be used with Quick Start processing on SOAELTR. 5.Associate the letters with the appropriate letter types on the Web Signature Letters window of SAAWADF. /n 228 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Behind the ScenesQuick Start processing beg ins automatically when: ŁThe Application Complete button is pressed on the Web Application Checklist page, and credit card processing has been turned off for the application type on SAAWADF. - OR -ŁCredit card processing is enabled on SAAWADF and: ŁThe applicant selects the Pay Later button on the Application Fee Payment page. - OR - ŁThe applicant is prompted for the Signat ure page after successfully processing their credit card payment. Then the following steps take place: 1.The match package is run to determine if the Web applicant matches an existing Banner person. 2.If the match package, returns a status of S (Suspended) or E (Error), then the application status code is updated on SAAEAPS, and the Display Signature package displays the letter code associated with the SUSPENSE or MATCHERR letter types respectively. 3.Quick Start processing checks to see if the Automatically Create Application Record box is checked. If it is checked, run the verifi cation routines (the same routines as run on SAAEAPS or with the SARETMT process). If any errors are encountered during the verification process, the Application Status field on SAAEAPS is updated appropriatel y, and the Signature Display package displays the letter assigned to the VERERR letter type on SAAWADF. 4.Now the create_appl package is run. It first che cks for the existence of an application hold for the Web applicant (assuming they had matched someone in Banner). If an application hold exists, then the Application Status field on SAAEAPS is updated appropriately, and the Display Signature package displays the letter assigned to the APPLHOLD letter type on SAAWADF. If no application hold exists, the application is created. 5.If the Automatically Create Application Record checkbox is checked, then you can optionally request that a decision reco rd be created as well, by checking the Process Decision checkbox and entering a decision code in the Admission Decision field. Just as with SAAQUIK, no decision code with the Inactive Applicat ion (Indicator) checked on STVAPDC can be created. 6.If the Automatically Create Recruit Record checkbox is checked, run the create_recruit package to create a recruit record on SRBRECR. 7.If the Create One Application checkbox is checked, then one application will be created for all associated curr icula. If unchecked, then a separate application will be created for each curriculum (major). /n 229 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service 8.If the Auto Student checkbox is checked (in the EDI and Self-Service block of the Majors and Departments window on SOACURR ) for the applicant™s curriculum, Quick Start processing is allowed for that curriculum. 8.1. If Quick Start processing is not allow ed for the curriculum, then no student record will be created, and the letter associated with the STANDARD letter type will be displayed. If you select ed the option to create a recruit and/or application record, these will still be created. 8.2. If Quick Start processing is allowed for the curriculum and the match status returned earlier is N (New), a student record is created for the Web applicant, and the Signature page is displaye d with the letter assigned to the QUIKADMIT letter type. 9.If the match status re turned earlier is M (Match), SOAEQUI is queried to see if the Web applicant™s most recent Banner studen t record and Web application match any of the exception processing rules on the form. 9.1. If one or more rules match, then the rule with the highest priority number is used (1 = highest), and no student record is created. If that rule has a letter code associated with it, then that letter is displayed as the Signature page. 9.2. If no letter code exists on the matching SOAEQUI record, then the letter associated with the NOSTUREC letter type is displayed. If no letter code has been assigned to the NOSTUREC letter type, then the letter associated with the DEFAULT letter type is displayed. If no le tter has been assigned to the DEFAULT letter type, the default Web Tailor letter is displayed. Application Status Errors and Resolutions The following are the possible application status codes that can be generated by the Quick Start process and how they may be resolved. They can be viewed on SAAEAPS. Application Status CodeDescription Resolution HAdmissions HoldIf an admissions hold ex ists for an applicant, their application status will be updated to H, and their record cannot be pushed on SAAEAPS until the hold is removed on SOAHOLD. Even if the hold is removed, only an applic ation record will be created, not a student or decision record. Perform the following steps: /n 230 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service 1.Remove the hold on SOAHOLD, if appropriate. 2.Run the Verification Process by selecting Verify A pplication from the Options Menu in the main window of SAAEAPS. This process will run even though the Application Status field is set to H.3.Run the Load Application process by selecting Load Application from the Options Menu in the main window of SAAEAPS. Assuming no other errors occur, the ap plication should be pushed. It will not, however, automatically create a student record if t hat was indicated for the application type on SAAWADF. The institution will have to do that manually. It will create the recruit record though, if that was indicated on the Automated Processing rules window of SAAWADF. 4.You can also run SARETMT to verify and push t he application having an application status of H, as long as the hold has been removed. ICan™t Insert Decision CodeThis error is received when you are trying to create a student record, and the system knows that one or more of the rules governing the creation of a student record would be broken in doing so. For example, if a student record already exists for the same term as the newly created Quick Start a pplication, the insert of a new student record would fail, as you cannot insert a new student record if one already exists for the same term. However, all other items defined by the indicators in the Automated Processing Rules window of SAAWA DF, as well as items defined by the SAAECRL rules, will still be processed. So, the Quick Start applicant won't have a new student record created, but they could have an application record created, additional personal data updated on SPAPERS, test score data added, an application and recruit record created, etc. PPush ErrorThis error rarely occurs. It is usually caused by invalid data or data that is not acceptable to the database because of indices. If a push error occurs, the part of the proc ess receiving the error will not be pushed. All other pieces will be pushed though. For example, if a question/ans wer receives a push error, the recruit, application, and student record will still be created along with person data. RMatch ErrorPerform the following steps: 1.Use the Person Search and/or Create Person items in the Options Menu from the Applicant and Application Manual Verifi cation window on SAAEAPS to mark the record with the match error as New or Matched. 2.Mark any of the other manual verifi cation steps as complete in the Manual Person Verification Steps block, and save the changes. 3.Return to the main block, where the Person Status and Application Status fields should both be set to Y.4.Now you can either manually verify and push the application on SAAEAPS or run the SARETMT process to automatically re-verify and push the application. * See the section called fiManually Matching, Verifyin g, and Pushing Electronic Applicationsfl for more information. Application Status CodeDescription Resolution /n 231 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service USuspended RecordPerform the following steps: 1.Select the Verification Steps tab or the Manual Verification Steps option from the Options Menu to access the Verification Steps window. 2.Select the ID Verification ( IDVR) step, and then choose the Associat e Person with ID item from the Options Menu.3.This opens the Associate Person with ID window, wh ere you can choose which type of Banner ID to assign to the selected record from the Select an ID field.Electronic ID Œ This is the ID used by the applicant w hen the electronic application was submitted. Local ID Œ This is the locally assigned ID reported by the applicant when the electronic application was submitted. It is used for applications filed via EDI. For example, this may be a generated ID from another institution or the pe rson's high school. SSN Œ This field displays the value reported by the applicant as a social security or other Federal ID number when the electronic application was submitted. Banner ID Œ This field is used to specify the ID wh ich should be used when the SPRIDEN record is created for the applicant in Banner. Generate ID Œ This field indicates that Banner s hould generate an ID for this person. 4.After choosing the appropriate ID type, either save the changes or select the Associate Person with an ID button. This will display the Commo n Matching Entry Form (GOAMTCH). 5.The ID displayed on GOAMTCH should match the opti on chosen in the Associate Person with ID window. The Matching Source field should contain the source code that has been assigned to the interface code on SAAWADF for the application type of the selected Web application. This source code can be changed if desired. If no interface code has been specified for the application type on SAAWADF, then the Matching Source field will contain the default source code assigned to th e user ID on GORCMUS. If no default source code has been assigned on GORCMUS, you will be able to select a source code from the List of Values. Perform a Next Block to populate the Data Entry block with all of the data for the incoming electronic applicant record that is present in the temporary tables. 6.You can update or adjust the data in the Data Entr y block if it does not meet your institution™s data standards. These updates will be copied back to the temporary tabl es and used when the applicant's record is created. 7.Once the data has been ficleaned upfl, use a Next Block function to call the matching algorithm, or select the Duplicate Check button. 8.The incoming electronic application can be a match, a potential match, or a new record: 8.1.If the incoming electronic application is found to be a match to someone in Banner, the Banner record will be displayed in the Match block. 8.2.If the incoming electronic application is found to be a potential match again st more than one existing Banner record, then all of the possible matches will be displayed in the Potential Matches window. 8.3.If the electronic application is found to be a new record , an Alert Box will be di splayed with a message asking if you want to create the new person. Application Status CodeDescription Resolution /n 232 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Set Up Curriculum Processing for Admissions Self-ServiceUse the following steps to set up curriculum pr ocessing when applications are completed online. 1.Establish major codes on the Major, Minor, Concentration Code Validation Form (STVMAJR). 2.Create programs on the Program Definition Rules Form (SMAPRLE). 3.Create curriculum rules on the Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR). 4.Set up the EDI values on SOACURR, and make sure that the Display on Self- Service checkbox is checked (set to Y) so the item is displayed on the Web. 5.Assign majors to be display ed in Self-Service on SOACURR. 5.1. Use the Display on Self-Service checkbox to indicate that the major can be displayed in the self-service pulldown lists. 9.If the person is found to be an exact match, you can do one of three things: 9.1.Match the incoming record to the Banner record but not update any null fields that exist for the person in Banner by selecting the Select ID button. 9.2.Match the incoming record to the Banner record and choose to update any null fields that exist for the person in Banner with data on the incoming record by selecting the Update ID button. 9.3.Choose to ignore the matched status, and create the person as new by selecting the Create New button. 10.After selecting one of the options above, the user will be retu rned to the Verification Steps window, and the ID Verification ( IDVR) step will be marked as comp lete. Continue processing the electronic applicant as needed. VVerification ErrorYou can go to SAAEAPS to try and override the verification error if the correct override indica tors were se t on SAAECRL. Perform the following steps: 1.Select the Review Results item in the Option s Menu in the main window of SAAEAPS to access the Verification/Load Results window. 2.Scroll through the procedures in the System Verificati on Procedures block until you find the procedure(s) where the Completion Indicator checkbox is blank. 3.Select the Override Indicator checkbox for this procedure. If an override is allowed for this procedure, you can check the box and then save the change. 4.Return to the main block of SAAEAPS. You can either manually verify and push the applic ation *, or you can run SARETMT to automatically re-verify and push the application. * See the section calledfl Manually Matching, Verifyin g, and Pushing Electronic Applicationsfl for more information. Application Status CodeDescription Resolution /n 233 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service 5.2. The Auto Student checkbox is usually optional but is required if you are setting up a Quick Start application with an app licant acceptance decision. When this field is checked, the curriculum will be created on the learner curriculum record. 5.3. Use the EDI Degree, EDI Level (qualifier), and EDI Identification fields for setting up EDI data. Prior to this release, the self-service application required that EDI codes be set up for each major that was available on the Web. All three EDI components were required: the EDI Degree value, the EDI Level (qualifier) value, and the EDI Identification value. All three fields had to contain valid values that had been defined on SOAXREF using the following labels: ŒEDI degree values and SOAXREF label DEGRLEVL ŒEDI level values (qualif ier) and SOAXREF label FSTYIDQL ŒEDI identification and SOAXREF label STVMAJR The three codes make up the combination received from EDI that define the degree, level, and field of study. The EDI degree and EDI level (qualifier) remain constant. The EDI identification defines the field of study and the program of which it is a part. There may be many EDI identification values. As of Release 7.3, the only requirement for ensuring a curriculum is valid for the self-service processing is to check Display on Self-Service checkbox on SOACURR. Here is more information about each of the three EDI components, starting with the EDI level qualifiers. The following is from the TS189 EDI application documentation and lists the code values for valid EDI level codes, also referred to as the Identification Code Qualifiers.Identification Code Qualifier Description: Field of Study Code Set Indicator CodeDescription 81Classification of Instructional Programs (CIP) coding structure maintained by the U.S. Department of Education™s National Center for Education Statistics 82Higher Education General Information Survey (HEGIS) maintained by the U.S. Department of Education™s National Center for Education Statistics CAStatistics Canada Canadian Colle ge Student Information System Course Codes CCStatistics Canada University Student Information System Curriculum Codes ZZMutually Defined /n 234 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service This relates back to SOAXREF and the FSTYIFQL label.The following is from the EDI TS189 documentation for degree level codes. These codes have to be used if EDI proces sing is being used. It seems that EDI does not have a list of valid major codes. You could use the web application type value in this field. Data Element 1126 - Academic Degree Code Indicates the level of academic award being described. The decimal is part of the code and is to be sent. This relates back to SOAXREF and the DEGRLEVL label.The EDI identification defines the actual field of study. The new Generate Identification button on SOACURR creates thes e values for you. The entries will be found under the STVMAJR label on SOAXREF. The button performs the following tasks: Œgenerates a unique value for the curriculum and the field of study, and Œinserts degree and level qualifiers into SOAXREF under the STVMAJR label. 6.Assign minors and concentrations to be displayed in Self-Service. CodeDescription 2.1Postsecondary Certificate or Diploma (less than one year) 2.2Postsecondary Certificate or Diploma (one year or more but less than four years) 2.3Associate Degree 2.4Baccalaureate Degree 2.5Baccalaureate (Honors) Degree 2.6Postsecondary Certificate or Diploma (one year or more but less than two years) 2.7Postsecondary Certificate or Diploma (two years or more but less than four years) 3.1First Professional Degree 3.2Post Professional Degree 4.1Graduate Certificate 4.2Master™s Degree 4.3Intermediate or Specialist Graduate Degree 4.4Doctoral Degree 4.5Post-Doctoral Award /n 235 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service 7.Set up the EDI values on SOACURR, and make sure that the Display on Self- Service checkbox is checked (set to Y) so the items are displayed on the Web. (The EDI degree will be derived from the primary major.) 8.View the majors, minors, and concentrations by curriculum on the EDI Cross- Reference Curriculum Rules Form (SOAXCUR). With the exception of the Restrict to Type checkbox on SAAWCUR, SAAWCUR and SOAXCUR are query only forms. SOACURR is used to customize Web application data. 9.Set up restrictions on Web Application Customized Curriculum Form (SAAWCUR). This step is not required, but it can be used to restrict the curriculum to a particular Web application type. With the exception of the Restrict to Type checkbox on SAAWCUR, SAAWCUR and SOAXCUR are query only forms. SOACURR is used to customize Web application data. Keep in mind that all curricula that have a checked Web Display (Indicator) and have the same level as the Web application type will appear in the list of valid programs, unless some have a checked Restrict to Type (Indicator) . A restriction on at least one curriculum restricts the list of available curriculum to just the ones with a checked Web Display (Indicator). Note: Restrictions are available only on the major and apply only to the primary major, otherwise known as the Planned Course of Study page in self-service.10. Restrict curricula from being pushed to a general student (learner) record. Use the Auto Student checkbox (in the EDI and Self-Service block of the Majors and Departments window on SOACURR) to prohibi t a particular planned course of study from creating a learner curriculum. This means that if the Auto Student checkbox (in the EDI and Self-Service block of the Majors and Departments window on SOAC URR) is not checked for a particular major, and it appears on a Quick Start application that has an applicant acceptance decision, the learner curriculum will not be created if an app licant selects that program. You can also restrict which curriculum will result in the creation of a learner curriculum, based on what the applicant has already been accepted into, by setting up equivalents on the Existing or Incoming Student Data Mapping Form (SOAEQUI). Set Up Web Acceptance of Admissions Offer The following step-by-step procedure explains how to set up the accept admissions offer functionality in Student Self-Service. 1.Access the Electronic Admissions Applications Rules Form (SAAERUL). 2.Enter DCSN in the Group field in the Key block, then go to the next block. /n 236 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service 3.Enter Y in the Value field for the ALLOWDECISION rule. This must be done to allow applicants to use the web for their decisions. You can make more refinements, as explaine d in the following steps, but if the ALLOWDECISION rule is not set to Y, the Confirm Attendance and Withdraw Application buttons will not be displayed on the Application Summary page (bwskasta.P_DispStatusSaradap ) regardless of the other details you put in place. 4.Review the delivered codes, as shown in the following table, and take the action specified in the fiInstructionsfl column as needed to achieve the setup you desire. 5.If you do not want the Withdraw Application button to be displayed on the Application Summary page under any circumstances , enter N in the Value field for the ALLOWWITHDRAW rule, and save your changes. 6.If you want to allow the Withdraw Application button to be displayed on the Application Summary page based on the applicant™s student level , take the following actions. 6.1. Create a new rule. 6.2. Enter the rule™s name in the Rule Label field, appending a valid student level code (from the Level Code Validation Form [STVLEVL]) to the rule label. GroupLabel Description EDIInstructions DCSNCONFIRMCODE Attendance Confirmation Decision CodeNUpdate the Value column from UPDATE ME to the value from the Admission Application Decision Code Validation Form (STVAPDC) which should be used for the confirm decision code. DCSNCONFIRMLABELApplic ant Confirm Button Label NUpdate the Value column from UPDATE ME to any value which should be used for the Applicant Confirm label.DCSNWITHDRAWLABELApplicant Withdraw Button LabelNUpdate the Value column from UPDATE ME to any value which should be used for the Applicant Withdraw label. DCSNWITHDRAWCODEWithdraw Decision CodeNUpdate the Value column from UPDATE ME to the value from the Admission Application Decision Code Validation Form (STVAPDC) which should be used for the withdraw decision code. DCSNCAPTUREWDINFOCapture Withdrawn InformationNUpdate the Value column from UPDATE ME to Y or N for the additional withdrawn information. /n 237 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service For example, if UG is your valid level code for Undergraduate , and you want to allow applicants at the UG level to withdraw, you could create a rule called ALLOWWITHDRAWUG .6.3. Enter the rule description in the Rule Description field.6.4. Enter Y in the Value field.6.5. Save your changes. 6.6. Repeat steps Step 6.1 through Step 6.5 for each level for which you want to allow Withdraw Application button to be displayed on the Application Summary page. 7.If you want to allow withdra wing applicants to provide more information about their decisions using the Web, take the following actions. 7.1. Enter Y in the Value field for the CAPTUREWDINFO rule, and save your changes. If you set the CAPTUREWDINFO rule to Y, when a user selects the Withdraw Application on the Application Summary pa ge, the system will display the Applicant Withdrawal Information page (bwskadec.P_ApplicationWDInfo ).7.2. Access the Admission Application Deci sion Code Validation Form (STVAPDC). 7.3. Select the Display on Web checkbox for each decision code you want to be available on the Web, and save your changes. 7.4. Select the Inactive Application checkbox for each wit hdrawal decision code used on STVAPDC and configured on SAAERUL, and save your changes. 7.5. Access the Withdrawal Reason Code Validation Form (STVWRSN). 7.6. Review the existing codes and, if nece ssary, define any new codes you want to be available, then save your changes. Use Payment and Deposit Processing with ApplicationsWhen in Self-Service Admissions, information for payment processing is displayed on the Application Menu page ( bwskalog.P_DispChoicesStu ). Under the Applications in Progress and Submitted Applications sectio ns, you can review a Payment Processing section with available transact ions for the admission term. You can access this information with a non-secure login as an applicant or a secure login as a student. When an applicant has submitted an application and the application has been processed, he/she can view that application on the Application Menu page (bwskalog.P_DispChoices ), if payment and deposit processing has been set up in Banner Accounts Receivable. Refer to the fiStudent Accountsfl chapter, for more information on setting up and using payment and deposit processing. /n 238 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Non-secure LoginWhen you are on the Self-Service Homepage and select Apply for Admissions, the path using the non-secure login is as follows. 1.Select Apply for Admissions. 2.On the Admissions Login page ( bwskalog.P_DispLoginNon ), enter the assigned Login ID and PIN, then click Login .3.View the Payment Processing section on the Application Menu page (bwskalog.P_DispChoices ).4.Select an item under Available Transactions. 5.Access the Payment Processing Transaction page ( bwskpayg.P_ProcList ) for the transaction. 6.Select an item, such as Deposit for Fall 2013 - 2014 , to access the Payment Processing Transaction page ( bwskpayg.P_ProcList ).The Payment Processing Transaction page ( bwskpayg.P_ProcList ) displays the payment inform ation, such as Housing Deposit is $500.00 . 7.Select the Continue button to go to the second view of Payment Processing Transaction page ( bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction ).8.Select the checkbox for the transaction you wish to pay, and then select the Continue button to go to the third view of Payment Processing Transaction page (bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction ). 9.Enter the number of transactions or fees, and then select the Continue button to access the Payment Processing Summary page (bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction ). 10. View the transaction descriptions, amounts, and the total. 11. Choose the Proceed to Payment Page button or the Start Over button. ŁThe Proceed to Payment Page button goes to the Payment Gateway. ŁThe Start Over button goes back to the Payment Processing Transaction page (bwskpayg.P_ProcFailure ).ŁIf you select Cancel from the Payment Gateway, you are prompted to select the Try Again button or the Start Over button. ŁThe Try Again button goes back to the Payment Processing Transaction page (bwskpayg.P_DispFailure ).ŁThe Start Over button goes back to the Payment Processing Transaction page (bwskpayg.P_ProcFailure ).12. Once you have completed the payment using the Payment Gateway, the Payment Processing Successful Payment page ( bwskpayg.P_DispSuccess ) page is displayed. 13. View the Student Account Detail Page (TSADETL) to see processed payments. /n 239 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Admissions Self-Service Secure LoginWhen you are on the Homepage and select Enter Secure Area, the path using the secure student login is as follows. 1.Select Enter Secure Area. 2.On the Login page, enter the your Login ID and PIN, and click Login.3.On the Main Menu ( bmenu.P_MainMnu ) select the Student option. 4.On the Student Menu ( bmenu.P_StuMainMnu ) select the Admissions option. 5.View the Payment Processing section on the Application Menu page (bwskalog.P_DispChoices ).6.Continue with step 4 above, under fiNon-secure loginfl. /n 240 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration RegistrationBanner Student Self-Service registration processing allows users to do the following: ŁAdd and drop classes ŁFind classes in the class schedule and subsequently register in them ŁChange their class options ŁView their schedules by day and time or in detail ŁView tuition and fee assessment charges associated with class registrations for a selected term ŁView registration status ŁAdd or change study paths To access registration functions, the student must enter the secure area of your site. In support of open learning courses, Banner Student Self-Service: ŁPermits students to select, as part of the re gistration process, either the date they wish to start their course or the date they wish to finish the course ŁCalculates either the start and/or expected completion dates of the class based on the duration of the section in conjunction with th e date the student sele cted at the time of registration ŁDisplays all registration activity for a student, re gardless of term ŁProcesses withdrawals or drops based on the in dividual student's progress in the course versus static date ranges for the term or part-of-term Note: The primary way that the system recognizes an open learning course is that no part of term is associated with it. This chapter contains the following sections: ŁfiDrop/Withdrawal Functionalityfl on page241 , which explains how the system processes automatic drops for connected classes and administrative drops ŁfiRegistration Web Pagesfl on page252 , which provides details about each Web page in the Registration module ŁfiSet Up Basic Registration on the Webfl on page329 , which provides detailed steps for setting up registration on the Web ŁfiDisplay Term Date Rangesfl on page335 , which provides informat ion on how to display term ranges in term pulldown fields. ŁfiSet Up and Use Study Pathsfl on page336 , which provides details about how to set up study paths in baseline and self-service for registration. /n 241 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ŁfiSet Up Immediate Registration Fee Assessmentfl on page338 , which provides detailed steps for setting up immediate regi stration fee assessment on the Web ŁfiSet Up Registration Time-Ticketingfl on page339 , which provides detailed steps for setting up registration time-ticketing ŁfiSet Up Third-Party Controlsfl on page346 , which provides detailed steps for setting up third-party controls, which you ca n use instead of time-ticketing ŁfiSet Up Alternate PIN Processingfl on page347 , which provides detailed steps for setting up alternate PIN processing ŁfiSet Up Registration Permit-Overridesfl on page349 , which provides detailed steps for setting up registration permit overrides ŁfiAllow Major, Educational Goal, and Employment Expectation Updatesfl on page355 , which provides information about allowing stu dents to update majors, educational goals and employment expectations via the Web ŁfiUse Registration on the Webfl on page356 , which provides step-by-step procedures Drop/Withdrawal Functionality This section uses the following term inology related to drops/withdrawals. ŁConnected refers to courses that are associated with each other via co-requisites, prerequisites, or links. ŁConnection refers to a set of connected courses. For example, the c onnected courses of Biology 101 lecture and lab (co-requisites) would be considered a connection. Courses cannot be dropped via the Web and refunded at 100% unless the drop meets criteria specified on the Crosswalk Valid ation Form (GTVSDAX) and has been assigned the appropriate setup code (allowing a course to be dropped and refunded at 100%) on the Course Registration Status Form (SFARSTS ) (for traditional courses) or Schedule Processing Rules Form (SSARULE) (for open learning courses). C onnected classes are included in this processing. Note: A connected class will not be drop ped and given a 100% refund unless the code is designated for use on SFARSTS or SSARULE. Errors are tracked as the following: ŁfiRegistration addfl (displayed on the Add or Drop Classes page [bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ] when a class is added), which reports errors that are encountered when a student is trying unsuccessfu lly to register for a class, (for example, a time conflict) ŁfiRegistration updatefl (displayed on the Add or Drop Classes page), which appears when a connected class is dropped or withdrawn from and either has no drop code assigned or has multiple drop codes assigned, and can also appear when a student tries to change the status of a class that has a connection /n 242 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ŁfiAdministrativefl (not displayed to the student), which can be reviewed on the Registration Admin Messages Report (SFRRGAM) The rest of this section discusses the following topics: ŁfiStatus Typesfl on page242 ŁfiAutomatic Dropsfl on page242 ŁfiAdministrative Dropsfl on page247 ŁfiRules on GTVSDAXfl on page250 Status Types Web registration uses the Status Type field on the Course Registration Status Code Validation Form (STVRSTS) to determine the type of code that can be placed on the course and the processing that is affected based on this code. This type code determines what is displayed in the Action pulldown list on the Add or Drop Classes page. Note: The Status Type field must be filled in for every status code that is in use. If the Status Type field is left blank, unexpected results can occur. The following conditions apply when using status type codes: ŁIf the course status is marked as an R (Registered) type code, then all other type codes can be displayed (dependi ng on their availability). ŁIf the course status is marked as a D (Drop) or W (Withdrawal) type code, then only R type actions will be displayed. ŁThe RE (Registered) type code or other R type codes (with the exception of the WEBRSTSREG code) will be included in the pulldown list if the Web Indicator checkbox is selected on STVRSTS. ŁThe registration code designated on GTVSDAX for internal code WEBRSTSREG is not displayed in the pulldown list, because it is used only for initial registration via the Web. The system does not allow a student to drop a class that has already been dropped or withdrawn. See the fiSetup Requirementsfl section for the Add or Drop Classes page on 241 for additional information. Automatic Drops An automatic drop is one that occurs if certai n conditions are met when a user attempts to drop a connected course. When a connected course is dropped, the appropriate drop code and refund (if any) are applied to the student. A single, active drop code must be available for a successful connected or automatic drop to occur. /n 243 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ŁIf no drop codes exist for any part of a connection, no courses in the connection are allowed to be dropped. ŁIf multiple drop codes exist for any part of a connection, no courses in the connection are allowed to be dropped automatically. This is because the system does not choose which drop code to use for the automatic drop. In this case, the user can initiate the drop by selecting one of the multiple drop codes where necessary. The drop is processed with the selected drop code, and the refund (i f any) associated with the code is applied. ExampleLet™s say a student is registered for Histor y 308, English 310, and Mathematics 125. History 308 and English 310 are corequisites. History 308 has a single drop code of DC, but English 310 has two drop codes available: DC and DW.Now let™s say that the user chooses to drop History 308 with the DC code. The system determines that it is connected to English 310, which has two drop codes. In this case, the drop is rejected because the system does not know which of the two drop codes to assign to English 310. On the other hand, if the user chooses to drop English 310 with either of the drop codes, the system drops Histor y 308 automatically with the DC drop code, because it is the only one available. Finally, if the user chooses to drop both courses simultaneously and specifies a drop code for each, the drops are allowed. When a student is dropped or withdraws from a connected course without dropping the entire connection, the system determines which of the following conditions applies and takes the associated action shown in the table that follows. Condition Action Taken GTVSDAX Setting Connected drops are processed only with approval of the user The Connected Course Drop Confirmation page (bwskfreg.p_disp_confirm_drop ) is displayed asking the user whether all connected classes should be dropped. ŁIf the user chooses to drop all connected classes, they are all dropped simultaneously. ŁIf the user chooses not to drop all connected classes, the init ial request is ignored and the student continues to be registered in all connected classes.The drops occur only if all classes that are connected have a single, active drop code. AUTODROP set to CConnected drops are processed automatically (all connected classes are dropped when one is) The drop is processed and the student is dropped from all connected classes with no notification. The drops occur only if all classes that are connected have a single, active drop code. AUTODROP set to Y/n 244 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Note: In Banner Voice Response, error checking is performed on each CRN as it is entered. Beca use of this, if you enter N for AUTODROP , it will not be possible for connected courses to be dropped via Voice Response. Therefore, if your institution uses both Voice Response and Banner Student Self-Service, it is re commended that you use either C or Y for AUTODROP .The connected course(s) that can be dropped are dropped with the appropriate drop code based on the settings on the following forms: ŁCrosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) ŁCourse Registration Status Form (SFARSTS) (for traditional courses) ŁSchedule Processing Rules Form (SSARULE) (for open learning courses) The code designated in WEBRSTSDRP does not work as a ficlean upfl code for registration errors related to automatic drops and administrative drops. The WEBRSTSDRP code works like a regular drop/withdrawal. For example, if a user tries to regist er a student for Psychology 200 and the registration results in a PREQ or TEST SCORE error, the DW code is used to remove the course from the schedule and reverse any charges that were associated with it. If your institution does not allow a student™s la st class to be dropped via the Web (that is, the external code for WEBDROPLST is N), then the system will not drop a connection if the student is not registered in any other classes. The rest of this section prov ides a variety of scenarios to help illustrate how the system processes requests based on your system setup. These scenarios are not meant to be all- inclusive but rather to show several examples. Connected Drops Allow ed with User Approval You want the system to notify the user if one course is dropped, but a course to which it is associated is not, thereby allowing the user to choose to drop both or to drop neither. To accomplish this, you have set the external code to C for the AUTODROP rule. Let™s say a student has registered in the following courses: ŁHistory 320 (corequisite with Sociology 320) ŁSociology 320 (corequisite with History 320) Connected drops are not allowedThe drop is cancelled and a message is displayed saying that all connected classes must be dropped simultaneously. The user can initiate the drop for all connected classes at the same time and the drops will be successful. AUTODROP set to NConditionAction TakenGTVSDAX Setting /n 245 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ŁReligious Studies 225 ŁMathematics 162 If a user attempts to drop the history course but not the sociology one, the system displays the Connected Course Drop Confirmation page (bwskfreg.p_disp_confirm_drop ) letting the user know that the two courses must be dropped simultaneously and asking whether the user wants to drop or not drop the entire connection. If the user chooses to drop, both courses are dropped. If the user chooses not to drop, neither course is dropped. If a user attempts to drop the history course and the ma thematics class, but not the sociology course, the system displays the Connected Course Drop Confirmation page letting the user know that the history and sociology courses must be dropped simultaneously and asking whethe r the user wants to drop or not drop them. Regardless of the user™s choice regarding dropping the connection, the mathematics course is dropped per the student™s original request. Now let™s say a student has regi stered in the following courses: ŁBiology 405 lecture (linked to Biology 405 lab) ŁBiology 405 lab (linked to Biology 405 lecture) ŁAnthropology 307 (corequisite with Archeology 305) ŁArcheology 305 (corequisite with Anthropology 307) ŁLatin 150 If a user tries to drop the Biology lecture course and the Anthropology course, the system displays the Connected Course Drop Confirmation page showing both connections and asking whether the user wants to drop or not drop them. The decision the user makes on this page applies to both connections: if the user chooses to drop the courses, all four are dropped; if the user chooses not to drop the courses, none of the four are dropped. Connected Drops Proc essed AutomaticallyYou want the system to automatically drop a linke d course if the course to which it is linked is dropped. To accomplish this, yo u have set the external code to Y for the AUTODROP rule. Let™s say a student has registered in the following courses: ŁZoology 505 lecture (linked to Zoology 505 lab) ŁZoology 505 lab (linked to Zoology 505 lecture) ŁPsychology 410 ŁMathematics 380 ŁGerman 202 If a user attempts to drop the lecture course but not the lab, the system automatically drops both. The system does not notify t he user that the lab was also dropped. /n 246 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Note: The system drops both courses in the connection as long as the connected course has a single, active drop code; otherwise both classes are returned to their original registration status. Connected Drops Not Allowed You do not want students to be able to drop a connected course unless all the courses in the connection are dropped simultaneously by the user. To accomplish this, you have set the external code to N for the AUTODROP rule. Let™s say a student has registered in the following courses: ŁBiology 101 lecture (linked to Biology 101 lab) ŁBiology 101 lab (linked to Biology 101 lecture) ŁEnglish 105 ŁHistory 102If a user attempts to drop the lecture cour se but not the lab, the system displays a message that the course cannot be dropped unle ss the course to which it is linked (in this case, the lab) is dropped at the same time. The student remains registered in both courses.To drop both classes, the user must select both in the same transaction. Note: In Banner Voice Response, error checking is performed on each CRN as it is entered. Because of this, if you enter N for the AUTODROP rule, it will not be possible for connected courses to be dropped. Therefore, it is recommended that you use either C or Y for the AUTODROP rule. Drop Last Class Not AllowedYou do not want a student to be able to dr op his or her last class via the Web. To accomplish this, you have set the external code to N for the WEBDROPLST rule. Let™s say a student has registered in the following courses: ŁEnglish 260 (corequisite with English 260W) ŁEnglish 260W (corequisite with English 260) If a user attempts to drop one course but not the other (or if the student attempts to drop both simultaneously), the system does not drop either course because of the setting on the WEBDROPLST rule, regardless of the setting for the AUTODROP rule. /n 247 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Administrative Drops An administrative drop is one that occurs au tomatically when a user accesses a student™s registration record after certain changes that affect registration records occur within the system, after registration has opened and en rollment for a course exists. These changes can include: Ła CRN™s prerequisites are changed Ła CRN™s corequisites are changed Ła CRN is linked to another CRN Łan approval requirement is added to a CRN Łthe meeting day or time of a CRN is changed (which can cause a time conflict in a student™s schedule) Łan equivalent course is added (which can cause a duplicate course error on the student's schedule) When a student has registered and later their registration record is accessed via Banner self-service or Banner Voice Response, the system determines whether any of the above kinds of changes occurred. If so, the system determines which of th e following conditions applies and takes the associated action shown in the table below. Note: The system does not perform an administrative drop if a student fails an in-progress prerequisite after registering for a CRN, although the Registration Admin Messages Report (SFRRGAM) captures the error. Also, if registration is accessed via the Student Course Registration Form (SFAREGS), the ADMINDROP rule is not invoked, because the types of errors that the ADMINDROP rule addresses would be encountered and dealt with by the administrator. If the student™s record is accessed and chang ed in the Student Course Registration Form (SFAREGS), any administrative errors enco untered must be resolved. You can run the Condition Action Taken GTVSDAX SettingAdministrative drops are allowed.The drop is automatically processed, and a message is written to the SFTRGAM table, bu t the user is not notified of the action. The drop occurs only if all courses with administrative errors or classes that are connected to them have a single, active drop code. ADMINDROP set to YAdministrative drops are not allowed.A message is written to the Student Course Registration Audit Form (SFASTCA), but the drop is not processed, and the student continues to be registered in the course. ADMINDROP set to N/n 248 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Registration Admin Messages Report (SFRRGAM) to review administrative drop errors that need to be resolved. The rest of this section prov ides a variety of scenarios to help illustrate how the system processes requests based on your system setup. These scenarios are not meant to be all- inclusive, but rather to show several examples. Administrative Drop if an Approval is Added to a CRNYou want the system to perform administrativ e drops. To accomplish this, you have to set the external code to Y for the ADMINDROP rule. You have also in cluded a single, active drop code ( DC for Drop Course) for Linguistics 318 on these forms: ŁSchedule Processing Rules Form (SSARULE) (for open learning courses) ŁCourse Registration Status Form (SFARSTS) (for traditional courses) Let™s say a student has registered in the following courses: ŁLinguistics 318 ŁEnglish 350 ŁComparative Lit 302 ŁGeology 220 After the student has registered in the course , an instructor approval code is added to Linguistics 318. If a user accesses the student™s registration record via Banner self-service or Banner Voice Response, the system checks for admin istrative errors and finds one for this student: in this case, that the student no long er meets the requirements of Linguistics 318. That is, that the student does not have the re quired instructor approval. The system then checks SSARULE or SFARSTS (as applicable) and finds the DC drop code, so it changes the student™s registration status to DC. This occurs before the Add or Drop Classes page (bwlkfrad.P_FacAddDropCrse ) is displayed on the Web, and the change is reflected when the page is displayed. No additional information is provided to the student. Only those students whose records are accessed will have this drop performed. For example, if 30 students were registered in this class and only three of these students™ records were accessed, they would be the only ones dropped from the course. The Registration Admin Messages Report (S FRRGAM) identifies the students who might have had classes dropped after a change has been made. You can use this report to identify and resolve the errors in Banner (for example, enter an override) before the students™ records are accessed. See the Banner Student User Guide for more information about this report. Administrative Drop if a Corequisite is Added to a CRNYou want the system to perform administrativ e drops. To accomplish this, you have set the external code to Y for the ADMINDROP rule. You have included a single, active drop code /n 249 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration (DC for Drop Course) on the Schedule Proce ssing Rules Form (SSARULE) for Astronomy 105 and for Astronomy 106. Let™s say a student has registered in the following courses: ŁAstronomy 105 (corequisite with Astronomy 106) ŁAstronomy 106 (corequisite with Astronomy 105) ŁMathematics 130 ŁPhysical Education 154 ŁComputer Science 205 After the student has registered in the cour se, an Astronomy 107 seminar is added as a corequisite of Astronomy 105. If a user accesses the student™s registration record via Banner self-service or Banner Voice Response, the system checks for admin istrative errors and finds one for this student: in this case, that the student has not registered in a corequisite. The system then checks SSARULE and finds the DC drop code for both courses, so it drops the courses and changes the registration status for both courses to DC. This occurs before the Add or Drop Classes page is displayed on the Web, and the change is reflected when the page is displayed. Administrative Drops if Active Drop Codes are Not DefinedYou want the system to perform administrativ e drops. To accomplish this, you have set the external code to Y for the ADMINDROP rule. You have included a single, active drop code (DC for Drop Course) for Anthropology 215 on the Schedule Processing Rules Form (SSARULE), but you have not defined an active drop code for Sociology 215 on SSARULE (for open learning courses) or the Course Registration Status Form (SFARSTS) (for traditional courses). Let™s say a student has registered in the following courses: ŁAnthropology 215 (corequisite with Sociology 215) ŁSociology 215 (corequisite with Anthropology 215) ŁEconomics 105 ŁFrench 201 After the student has registered in the course, a seminar is added as a corequisite of Anthropology 215. If a user accesses the student™s registration record via Banner self-service or Banner Voice Response, the system checks for admin istrative errors and finds one for this student: in this case, that the student has not registered in a corequisite. Processing continues, and the system finds that Sociology 215 is a corequisite of Anthropology 215, and therefore must also be dropped. There is no active drop code, however, for Sociology 215. Because both courses cannot be droppe d appropriately, neither are dropped, and /n 250 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration both are returned to their previous registration statuses. This occurs before the Add or Drop Classes page is displayed on the Web. Administrative Drops if Other Errors are Found during Processing You want the system to perform administrativ e drops. To accomplish this, you have to set the external code to Y for the ADMINDROP rule. You have also in cluded a single, active drop code ( DC for Drop Course) on the Schedule Processing Rules Form (SSARULE) and the Course Registration Status Form (SFARS TS) for Music 118 and Music 250, but you have not defined an active drop code for Physics 105. Let™s say a student has registered in the following courses: ŁMusic 118 (corequisite with Music 250) ŁMusic 250 (corequisite with Music 118) ŁPolitical Science 101 ŁPhysics 105 After the student has registered in the course, a seminar is added as a corequisite of Music 118. If a user accesses the student™s registration record via Banner self-service or Banner Voice Response, the system checks for admin istrative errors and finds one for this student: in this case, that the student has not registered in a corequisite. Processing continues, and the system finds that Music 250 is a corequisite of Music 118, and therefore must also be dropped. There is an active drop code for both music courses. Processing continues further, and the system finds that the meeting day of Physics 105 has been changed and now conflicts with Polit ical Science 101. There is no active drop code, however, for Physics 105. Because Physics 105 cannot be dropped appropriately, none of the courses are dropped, and all are re turned to their previous registration statuses. This occurs before the Add or Dr op Classes page is displayed on the Web. Rules on GTVSDAXTwo rules are used on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) with the improved drop/withdrawal processing: ŁfiAUTODROPfl on page250 ŁfiADMINDROPfl on page251 AUTODROP The AUTODROP internal code is used to determine whether connected classes that are in error can be dropped using self-service. /n 251 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration This rule can be set to process the dropping of connected classes in three ways: ŁC (Confirm) Š Automatic drops are allowed for connected classes, after input is received from the user. This is the default value. ŁY (Yes) Š Automatic drops are allowed for connected classes. A single, active drop code must exist for all connected classes th at would be dropped. No input is needed from the user. ŁN (No) Š No automatic drops are allowed for connected classes. The user must initiate dropping the connected classes. A ll connected classes must be dropped at the same time. Note: In Banner Voice Response, error checking is performed on each CRN as it is entered. Beca use of this, if you enter N for AUTODROP , it will not be possible for connected courses to be dropped via Voice Response. Therefore, if your institution uses both Voice Response and Banner Student Self-Service, it is re commended that you use either C or Y for AUTODROP .If multiple drop codes exist or no drop codes exist, no connected class drops are allowed to occur. ADMINDROPThe ADMINDROP internal code is used to drop classes where schedule or restriction changes have occurred after enrollment exists or where in-progress prerequisites have failed.This rule can be set to process the dropping of classes in one of the following ways: External CodeInternal Code Internal Code Sequence NumberInternal Code GroupDescription Activity DateCAUTODROPN/A REGISTRATIONDrop connected coursesSysdateExternal CodeInternal Code Internal Code Sequence NumberInternal Code GroupDescription Activity DateYADMINDROPN/A REGISTRATIONDrop courses in admin error Sysdate/n 252 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ŁY (Yes) Š Classes with administrative errors are allowed to be dropped if a single, active drop code is available for the section or the part-of-term. ŁN (No) Š Classes that have administrative errors are not dropped. Run the Registration Admin Messages Report (SFRRGAM) to see errors in the student™s schedule. Registration leaves the classes with administrative errors in their registered status on the schedule. You can run the SFRRGAM report to review any errors in the student™s schedule regardless of how ADMINDROP is set up. See the Banner Student User Guide for more information about this report. The Registration Administrative Message Te mporary Table (SFTRGAM) stores the error messages that result from the use of ADMINDROP to drop classes during the registration session.Registration Web Pages The following Web pages compose Banner Student Self-Service Registration: ŁfiRegistration Term (bwskflib.P_SelDefTerm)fl on page253 ŁfiAdd or Drop Classes (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse)fl on page255 ŁfiConnected Course Drop Confirmation (bwskfreg.p_disp_confirm_drops)fl on page267 ŁfiRegistration Start Date (bwckcoms.p_d isp_start_confirm_date)fl on page269 ŁfiAlternate PIN Verification (bwskfreg.P_AltPin)fl on page271 ŁfiSelect Term or Date Range (bwskfcl s.p_sel_crse_search)fl on page273 ŁfiSelect Study Paths (bwckcoms.P_StoreStudyPath) and (bwckcoms.P_StoreMultiStudyPath)fl on page275 ŁfiLook Up Classes (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse)fl on page277 ŁfiLook Up Classes - Courses Found (b wskfcls.P_GetCrse)fl on page278 ŁfiLook Up Classes Results (bws kfcls.P_GetCrse)fl on page280 ŁfiAdvanced Search (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse_Advanced)fl on page287 ŁfiChange Class Options (bwskfreg.P_ChangeCrseOpt)fl on page291 ŁfiWeek at a Glance (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchd)fl on page295 ŁfiStudent Detail Schedule (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl)fl on page297 ŁfiRegistration Fee Assessment (bwskffee.P_FeeAsses)fl on page301 ŁfiTuition and Fees Payment (bwckcpmt.P_CCPaymentTermSelected)fl on page303 ŁfiWithdrawal Information (bwrktivw. P_TitleIVWithdraw)fl on page306 /n 253 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ŁfiTitle IV Fund Detail (bwrktivw. P_TitleIVDetail)fl on page309 ŁfiRegistration Status (bwskrsta.P_RegsStatusDisp)fl on page311 ŁfiActive Registrations (bwsksre g.p_active_regs)fl on page315 ŁfiRegistration History (bwskhreg.p_reg_hist)fl on page318 ŁfiOffice Hours (bwskoffh.p_display_office_hours)fl on page321 ŁfiConcise Student Schedule (bwskcrse.P_CrseSchdDetl)fl on page323 ŁfiConcise Student Schedule by Centric Period (bwskcrse.P_CrseSchdScp)fl on page325 Registration Term (bwskflib.P_SelDefTerm) This page is used to select a term for use in registration-related activities. (There are similar pages used in other processing, fo r example, for the display of the student schedules.) If no registration term has been selected for the current Web session and the student requests a registration-related page that requires a term, this page is displayed. Similarly, if a student has been using one term and wants to change to another, he or she can access this page via the Registration Menu to do so. The message View Only is displayed after the term if the Web Registration dates for the term exclude the date on which the information is being accessed. For a term to be available on the Web, you must select the Master Web Term Control checkbox on the Term Control Form (SOATERM). Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Select a Term Term the student wants to access. /n 254 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) Select the Master Web Term Control checkbox. For registration to be allowed, select the Permit checkbox in the Registration section. For registration to be allowed, complete the Web Registration Dates block.Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)Set the WEBTRMDTE rule for group STUWEB to Y to display date ranges for terms on all Banner Student Self-Service pages where the term is selected. Button/Icon ActionSubmit Goes to one of the following. ŁIf this page was accessed from the Registration Menu, the system returns to the Registration Menu. ŁIf the page was displayed when a page requiring term selection was accessed, the system di splays the accessed page. ŁIf payment is by credit card, goes to the Tuition and Fees Payment page (bwckcpmt.P_CCPaymentTermSelected )./n 255 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Add or Drop Classes (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse)This page allows a student to register for cl asses. It also allows students to drop courses for which they are currently registered. Note: If your institution has set up alternate PIN processing and the valid alternate PIN for the selected term has not been entered, the system displays the Alternate PIN Verification page ( bwskfreg.P_AltPin ) before displaying this page. Students cannot access this page if any of the following conditions exist: ŁWeb registration dates prohibit Web registration ŁThe student™s enrollment status prohibits registration ŁThe student status in the student record in effect for the select ed term is inactive ŁThe student has an active registration hold ŁThe student™s academic standing prohibits registration ŁThe student™s time ticket or registration appo intment is not valid fo r the day and time or time controls are in pl ace for the institution ŁThe student has not been enrolled since the re-admit term, if specified on the Term Control Form (SOATERM) If the registration status date on the Cour se Registration Status Form (SFARSTS) prohibits registration for all or part of the te rm or if the registration status date on the Schedule Processing Rules Form (SSARULE) proh ibits registration for that section, students can access the page but not pe rform registration-s pecific activities. If the student has not selected a term during the current Web session and selects the Add or Drop Classes link from the Registration Menu, the Registration Term page (bwskflib.P_SelDefTerm ) is displayed first. If a term has been selected, that term is used, and the Add or Drop Classes is displayed. For any course section a student has registered for, the actions available in the pulldown list are controlled by the following requirements, in the order displayed: ŁThe course status must be Web-enabled on the Course Registration Status Code Validation Form (STVRSTS) (for traditional courses) or on the Schedule Processing Rules Form (SSARULE) (for open learning courses). ŁThe Allowed to Enter checkbox must be selected fo r the course status on STVRSTS. Web Name Web URL Registration Menu bmenu.P_RegMnu /n 256 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ŁThe course status must be defined for the part of term for the section on SFARSTS. ŁThe course status must be valid for the current date on SFARSTS. Error Message SectionThere are a number of error conditions that pr event a student from attempting to register. Although there can be multiple reasons that a student cannot register, only the first error that prevents registration is displayed for a st udent at any time. In other words, a student could be prevented from registering for one erro r that is resolved by administrative action, only to be denied registration for anothe r error later. The following errors prevent registration activity: ŁUser has no student record. If the user has no student reco rd for the selected term (for example, the student's first admission is for a future term), the message Invalid Student Status Code is displayed. ŁStudent status prevents registration. If the student status in the student record, as displayed on the General Student Form (SGASTDN), for the selected term is one that prevents registration, the message Student Status prohibits registration is displayed.ŁAcademic standing prevents registration. If the student's current or override academic standing, as displayed on SGASTDN, prevents registration, the message Academic Standing prohibits registration is displayed. ŁTime ticket error. If registration time ticket slots have been assigned to the student, and the student accesses the Add or Drop Classe s page outside of the assigned time slots on the Student Registration Group Form (SFARGRP), an error message is displayed informing the user of the assigned time slots. No add or drop activity is allowed until the assigned time slot. (If no time ticket assign ments have been made, the user can register at any time in which regi stration is available.) ŁTime control error. If the user accesses this function outside the time period specified on the Third Party Registration Time Controls form (SFARGTC), the system displays an error message. Unlike with time-ticket errors, in formation about the specific time periods when registration is open is not displayed. ŁHold error. If a hold that prevents registration is in place for the user this page is accessed, a hold error is displayed. No add or drop activity is allowed until the hold is resolved. A link to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ) is available so that the student can view the holds. ŁInvalid or undefined enrollment status. If the current date is not included in the available date range for the selected te rm, as maintained on the Enrollment Status Control Form (SFAESTS), the message Invalid or undefined Enrollment Status or date range invalid is displayed. ŁCourse status dates not within range for part of term. If the current date is not included in the available date range for the part of term or class section, or if the value entered on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) for the WEBREG internal code group for internal code WEBRSTSREG is not included in the available course registration status codes as maintained on the Course Regi stration Status Form (SFARSTS) or the Process Scheduling Rules Form (SSARULE), the message Course status dates not within range for part of term is displayed. /n 257 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ŁDrop failed. If a student tries to drop a connection but at least one of the courses has either multiple or no active drop codes, the following message is displayed: Due to a problem with a connected course, the drop you requested could not be performed. You may try to drop all connected courses in the same transaction. ŁDrop confirmed. If a student selected the Drop button on the Connected Course Drop Confirmation (bwskfreg.p_disp_confirm_drop ) to drop all connected courses, the system drops them and redisplays this page with the message: All connected courses that could be dropped were done so at your request. ŁDrop rejected. If a student selected the Do not drop button on the Connected Course Drop Confirmation ( bwskfreg.p_disp_confirm_drop ) to reinstate all connected courses, the system reinstates them and redisplays this page with the message: You choose not to drop all connected co urse in question. All courses that would have been affected have been returned to their original registration status. ŁDrop prohibited. If a student tries to drop part of a connection, and if you have entered N in the External Code field for the AUTODROP internal code on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX), the system reinstates the co urse(s) and redisplays this page with the message: You must drop all connected courses in the same transaction. Please try again. ŁDrop last class. If a student tries to drop his or her last class, and if you have entered N in the External Code field for the WEBDROPLST internal code on GTVSDAX, the system displays the following message: You may not drop your last class. Please contact the Registrar™s office. Current Schedule SectionThe Current Schedule section is displayed if the user is currently registered for any classes in the selected term. The Current Schedule section can be used to drop active registrations, if allowed. Other courses (suc h as waitlisted or dropped courses or those from which the student has withdrawn) may be displayed in this section if their corresponding course registration status codes have been set up on the Course Registration Status Code Validation Form (STVRSTS) to print on the schedule (that is, the Print on Schedule checkbox has been selected). The Study Path field displays the study pa th for the CRN. When the Study Path Required checkbox on SOATERM is checked, a study path must be entered in order to register for the class. When a study path ha s been selected, the detail of the selected study path is displayed in the Ad d Classes Worksheet section. When None is selected, the detail text informs the student that courses entered for regi stration will not have a study path applied to them. When study paths are not in use (the Enable Study Paths checkbox is unchecked on SOACTRL), the Study Path field is not displayed. The Select Study Path button is used to open the Select Study Paths page (bwckcoms.P_StoreStudyPath ) so you can select a value for the Study Path field or change the existing study path. You can then return to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ) and complete adding or dropping classes. When the Add or Drop Classes page ( bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ) is selected from the main menu and a study path is required for registration, the Select Study Paths page (bwckcoms.P_StoreStudyPath ) is displayed first. You can select a study path from /n 258 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration the pulldown list and press the Submit button. Processing then takes the user to the Add or Drop Classes page ( bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ).Registration Add Errors Section The Registration Add Errors section is displa yed if the student has attempted to register for a class that for which he or she cannot register. A summary of the class's information and the error condition (that is, the reason the registration could not be performed) are displayed. Unsuccessful registration attempts are logged and can be displayed on the Student Course Registration Audit Form (SFASTCA). Registration Update Errors Section The Registration Update Errors section is displayed if the student has attempted to make a registration change (for example, drop or withdraw from a class) that is not allowed. A summary of the class's information and the error condition (that is, the reason the change could not be made) are displayed. Unsuccessful registration attempts are logged and can be displayed on the Student Course Registration Audit Form (SFASTCA). Add Classes Worksheet Section The Add Classes Worksheet is displayed only when the user accesses the Add or Drop Classes page for a single term and can be used to add classes using the CRN (course reference number), if known. The user can enter CRNs and select the Submit Changes button to process the registration request. Afte r processing, the request is be added to the student's schedule or an appropri ate error message is displayed. If an open learning course is added, when the user selects the Submit Changes button, the Registration Start Date Confirmation page (bwckcoms.p_disp_start_date_confirm ) is displayed prompting the user for a start or end date. Registration Fee Assessment You can set up fee assessment so that fe es are assessed as soon as a student successfully registers in a class. For more information, see the fiSet Up Immediate Registration Fee Assessmentfl on page338 .Web Drop The Web drop functionality is the same as the use of the standard DD code in online processing, with the following important exception: the Web drop also deletes the registration entirely, whereas in the onlin e system, you must perf orm a Delete Record function to remove the registration entirely. Other course registration statuses (such as audit, drops during refund periods, and so forth) will be available in the pulldown list after the student initially regist ers for a section, if those statuses have been Web-enabled on the Course Registration Status Code /n 259 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Validation Form (STVRSTS) and if the current date falls within the date range defined for those statuses on the Course Registration Status Form (SFARSTS) (for traditional courses) or on the Schedule Processing Ru les Form (SSARULE) (for open learning courses). If no ot her actions are availabl e, the pulldown list will not be displayed next to the current schedule. These additional drop codes do not get entered on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX). Note: If the student has registered in a class and subsequently dropped it, the value in the Type field can also affect the values in the pulldown list. See the fiStatus Typesfl on page242 for more information. If the Voice Response and Self-Service Available checkbox is cleared on the Schedule Form (SSASECT) for a class, the class c annot be dropped nor can its options be changed. You can allow students to add (if a CRN is known), update, or drop a class even if it is unavailable for Web access (that is, the Voice Response and Self-Service Available checkbox on the Term Control Form [SOATERM] is cleared) by entering Y in the External Code field for the CRNDIRECT internal code on GTVSDAX. Drop Last ClassThe action of a student dropping his or her last class is significant, because it may constitute withdrawal from yo ur institution. Withdrawing from an institution can have implications on financial aid, accounts receivable, etc. The registration methods are the following. ŁIn the Banner Student System, an administrative user may drop a student™s last class. It is assumed that the administrative user has evaluated the student™s decision to drop the last class and has deemed the consequenc es of the action to be acceptable. ŁA rule in the Crosswalk Validation Form (GT VSDAX) is used by Student Self-Service and Faculty and Advisor Self-S ervice to determine whether or not the last class may be dropped. The internal code WEBDROPLST for the WEBREG internal code group with the description of Web Drop Last Class must be entered manually at your institution. ŁThe self-service applications check the WEBDROPLST rule on GTVSDAX. If the External Code field has a value of Y, the last class may be dropped. If the External Code field has a value of N, the last class may not be dropped, and the student must contact the Registrar™s office. The AUTODROP settings on GTVSDAX are also applicable to dropping the last class. See fiAUTODROPfl on page250 for more information. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. /n 260 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ItemDescription/Source Information Status Current status of the registration for the class. Action Action that the student wants to take for this class, such as fiDropfl or fiAudit.fl Associated Term Term code and description. Th is field is displayed only if the user searched for classes by a date ra nge that spans multiple terms. If multiple terms are no t selected, this colu mn is not displayed. CRNCourse reference number. Subj Subject of the course. CrseCourse number. SecSection number of the course. Level Level at which the student is registered for the class. If no course level exists that matches the current general student level, the system displays an er ror message and the student will not be permitted to register in the class. If multiple course levels are av ailable for the class, the system initially uses the level that matches that of the current General Student record and displays the level as a hyperlink to the Change Class Options page (bwskfreg.P_ChangeCrseOpt ), where the student can change the level if desired. CredCredit hours for which the student is registered for the class. If multiple credit-hour options are available for the class, the system initially uses the minimum credit hours and displays the credit-hours value as a hyperlink to the Change Class Options page. Grade ModeGrade mode for which the student is registered for the class. If multiple grade modes are ava ilable for the class, the system initially uses the default grade mode and displays the level as a hyperlink to the Change Class Options page. TitleTitle associated with the course. Study PathStudy path associated with the course. /n 261 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Waitlist ActionIf a student attempts to regi ster for a class that is closed (that is, available seats are less than 1), but wait list seats are still available for the section, a message is displayed. The message includes the number of students already waitlisted. In addition, a pulldown list containing all availabl e waitlist statuses is displayed. The student can choose to be placed on the waitlist by selecting one of the available statuses. Open learning courses are not available for waitlisting. The following fields are displayed in the Registra tion Add Errors section of page, if applicable. StatusReason that the add was not processed as requested. CRNCRN of the class that was not added due to an error. SubjSubject associated with the CRN. CrseCourse number of the class. SecSection number of the class. LevelLevel of the class. CredCredit hours for the class. Grade ModeGrade mode for the class. TitleTitle associated with the course. The following fields are displayed in the Regist ration Update Errors section of page, if applicable.CRNCRN of the connected class that the student did not select to drop but was part of connection, at least one of which classes the student tried to drop. SubjSubject associated with the CRN. CrseCourse number of the class. SecSection number of the class. StatusReason that the drop was not processed as requested. This field displays all CRNs in the connecti on, including the course(s) that the student did select.ItemDescription/Source Information /n 262 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ItemDescription Automated Waitlist Term Control Form (SOAWLTC) If your institution is using waitlist auto mation, define waitlist registration verification checki ng and error severity warnings. Course Registration Status Form (SFARSTS) Define the registration dates for your traditional courses for your fiWeb registered,fl fiWeb drop,fl and fiwaitlistfl course registration status codes, as well as any other codes you deem necessary. Schedule Processing Rules Form (SSARULE) Add your fiWeb registeredfl and fiWeb dropfl course registration status codes, as well as any other codes you deem necessary, to your open learning courses. Define usage/cutoff rules for each course registration status code you are using. See the fiClass Schedule" chapter in the Banner Student User Guide for more information. Enrollment Status Control Form (SFAESTS) Define the enrollment status codes. EL (Eligible to Register) is required for students to be able to register. Term Control Form (SOATERM) If your institution is setting up fee assessment so that student registration fees are assessed as soon as registration entries have been completed or change have been made on the Web, take the following steps. ŁSelect the Online checkbox in the Registration Fee Assessment section.ŁSelect the Online radio button in the Web Self-Service and Voice Response section. For registration to be allowed, select the Permit checkbox in the Registration section. If you want to enable credit hour changes on the Web, select the Change Credit Hours checkbox on the Web Processing Controls window. If you want to enable grade mode changes on the Web, select the Change Grade Mode checkbox on the Web Processing Controls window. If you want to enable course level changes on the Web, select the Change Level checkbox on the Web Processing Controls window. Term Control Form (SOATERM) To enable study paths, check the Enable Study Paths checkbox on SOACTRL. To require study paths, check the Study Path Required checkbox on SOATERM. To allow changes to st udy paths, check the Change Study Path checkbox on SOATERM. /n 263 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Course Registration Status Code Validation Form (STVRSTS) For Web registration: Create the course registration status code for fiWeb registeredfl. Select the following checkboxes: ŁAllowed to Enter ŁCount in Enrollment ŁCount in Assessment ŁGradable Indicator ŁPrint on Schedule ŁWeb Indicator Clear the following checkboxes: ŁWithdrawal Indicator ŁWaitlist Indicator For Web drop: Create the course registration status code for fiWeb dropfl. Select the following checkboxes: ŁAllowed to Enter ŁWeb Indicator Clear the following checkboxes: ŁCount in Enrollment ŁCount in Assessment ŁWithdrawal Indicator ŁWaitlist Indicator ŁGradable Indicator ŁPrint on Schedule For waitlisting: Create the course registration status code for fiwaitlistfl. Select the following checkboxes: ŁAllowed to Enter ŁWeb Indicator Course Registration Status Code Validation Form (STVRSTS) (continued) For every status code in use, in the Status Type field, enter the status code type. R - Registered (enrolled) D - Dropped L - Waitlisted W - Withdrawn Warning! If the Status Type field is left blank, unexpected results can occur. ItemDescription /n 264 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)For the internal code WEBRSTSREG , enter your fiWeb registeredfl course registration status code (defined on STVRSTS) in the External Code field. For the internal code WEBRSTSDRP , enter your fiWeb dropfl course registration status code in the External Code field. You can define only one code for fiWeb registeredfl and one for fiWeb dropfl on GTVSDAX. If you wish to change the code later, change the GTVSDAX external code. For the internal code MAXREGNO with internal code group WEBREG , in the External Code field, enter the maximum number of enrollment attempts your instit ution wants to allow on the Web. If you want to allow a student to r egister for or update a class that is not Voice Response/Web-available on the Add or Drop Classes page ( bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ) if the CRN is known, enter Y in the External Code field for internal code CRNDIRECT .Voice Response and self-service av ailability is specified in the Voice Response and Self-Service Availability field on the Schedule Form (SSASECT). Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) (cont.) For the internal code AUTODROP , enter the appropriate value in the External Code field.ŁIf you want students to be allowed to choose whether to drop all or no connected courses if not all were selected to be dropped, enter C.ŁIf you want an entire connection to be automatically dropped if not all were selected to be dropped, enter Y.ŁIf you want no connected courses to be dropped unless all were selected, enter N.In Voice Response, error checking is performed on each CRN as it is entered. Because of this, if you enter N for AUTODROP , it will not be possible for connected courses to be dropped via Voice Response. Therefore, if your institution uses both Voice Response and Student Self-Service, it is recommended that you use either C or Y for AUTODROP .For the internal code ADMINDROP , enter the appropriate value in the External Code field.ŁIf you want administrative errors that have been encountered when a registration record is accessed to be ignored, enter N.ŁIf you want the system to automatically drop a course if an administrative error is encountere d when a registration record is accessed, enter Y.ItemDescription /n 265 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Updates to BannerThis page updates Banner as follows. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Item Description Registration transactionsA user™s first attemp t at registration fo r a term creates an Enrollment Status (SFBETRM) record, and information from that record is displayed in the Registration Information block of the Student Course Registration Form (SFAREGS). All registration transactions, w hether adds, drops, or waitlist requests, are logged and displayed on the Student Course Registration Audit Form (SFASTCA). All successful registration transac tions, whether adds, drops, or waitlist requests, update the section enrollment counts and are displayed on the Schedule Form (SSASECT) and in other forms and reports that detail section enrollment data. All successful registration tran sactions are reflected in the student's enrollment information, as displayed on SFAREGS or on the Add or Drop Classes page in the Current Schedule section. The Web drop code specified on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) removes the enrollment entirely, and courses dropped using Web Drop no longer appear anywhere except on SFASTCA. Other drop codes will leave the class on the student™s schedule. The Registration Temporary table (SFTREGS) is used extensively throughout the Registration module. See the fiRegistration Temporary Table (SFTREGS)fl on page328 for more information. The Additional Registration Reco rd table (SFRAREG) is also use extensively throughout the Registration module, regardless of the type of section (open learning or traditional). See the fiAdditional Registration Information Table (SFRAREG)fl on page328 for more information. Link ActionLevel If hyperlinked, goes to the Change Class Options page (bwskfreg.P_ChangeCrseOpt )./n 266 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menus have a link to this page. CredIf hyperlinked, goes to the Change Class Options page. Grade ModeIf hyperlinked, goes to the Change Class Options page. View Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Change Course OptionsGoes to the Change Class Options page (bwskfreg.P_ChangeCrseOpt ).Registration Fee Assessment Goes to the Registration Fee Assessment page (bwskffee.P_FeeAsses ).Button/Icon Action Submit Changes If an open learning course is being added, goes to the Registration Start Date Confirmation page (bwckcoms.p_disp_start_date_confirm ).If a change other than adding an open learning course is being made, redisplays to the Add or Drop Courses page with the results of the change. (This ca n show a successful addition, change, or deletion of a class, or it could show a registration error.) Class SearchGoes to the Look Up Classes page (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse ) where you can perform a course search or an advanced search. ResetDeletes the choices the user has made and returns to the default settings. Select Study PathGoes to the Select Study Paths page (bwckcoms.P_StoreStudyPath ).Menu NameMenu URLRegistration Menu bmenu.P_RegMnu LinkAction /n 267 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages A number of error messages described earlier in this section (for example, Invalid Student Status Code ) report valid data conditions that do not require specific action. However, a number of error messages report conditions t hat fail to allow Web registration to function correctly. These messages are reported below. Connected Course Drop Confirmation (bwskfreg.p_disp_confirm_drops) This page is displayed when a student attempts to drop a connected course without dropping the entire connection (that is, the course [s] to which it is associated). It tells the student that either all connected courses or no connected courses must be dropped and provides buttons that allow the student to select his or her choice. This page is displayed only under the following circumstances: ŁThe external code is set to C for internal code AUTODROP on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX).ŁThe student has not selected all connected courses to drop. ŁAll connected courses have a single, active drop code available. (T he system checks for this before displaying the page.) Message: Invalid or undefined Enrollment Status or date range invalid. Source: bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse Action:End-user or administrative action required. The Web enrollment status has not been correctly entered in the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) or the entered code is not valid for the current date on the Enrollment Status Cont rol Form (SFAESTS). Message: Registration is not available at this time. Source: bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse Action:End-user or administrative action required. The fiWeb registeredfl and/ or fiWeb dropfl code(s) have not been correctly defined on the Course Registration Status Code Validation Form (STVRSTS) or have not been entered correctly in GTVSDAX, or the available dates for these codes do not include the current date on the Course Registration Status Form (SFARSTS) for traditional courses or the Schedule Processing Rules Form (SSARULE) for open lear ning courses./n 268 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration If the student performs other registration acti vity in the same transaction, the other registration activity is processed as usual. For example, if a student tries to drop an unconnected course and only one from a con nection, then regardless of which drop decision the student chooses on this page, the unconnec ted course will be dropped as usual (assuming there is no other reason it cann ot be). Similarly, if a student tries to drop all courses in one connection and only one course from another connection, then regardless of which drop decision the student chooses on this page, the first connection will be dropped as usual (assuming there is no other reason that the connected courses cannot be). The info text delivered with this page is: You have selected to drop a course that has a connected course. Listed below are courses t hat are connected and must be dropped in the same transaction. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information CRNCRN of the connected c ourse that the student did not select to drop but was part of a connection. Subj Subject associated with the CRN. CrseCourse number of the class. SecSection number of the class. Title Title associated with the course. Registration Issues Reason that the drop was not processed as requested. This field displays all CRNs in the connection, including the course(s) that the student did select. ItemDescriptionCrosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)For the internal code AUTODROP , enter C in the External Code field./n 269 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Updates to BannerThis page updates Banner as follows. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Registration Start Date (bwckcoms.p_disp_start_confirm_date) This page is displayed if a user registers in a open learning class and require the student to enter a desired start or end date for the registration. The start date determined on this page represents the official start of the clas s, with the end date identifying the expected completion date of the course. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Item Description Drop button Updates the SFRSTCR table. Button/Icon Action DropDrops all of the connected courses and redisplays the Add or Drop Classes page ( bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ) showing the successful drops. Do not dropDoes not drop any of the connected courses and redisplays the Add or Drop Classes page with the set of connected courses in their original registration status. /n 270 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. ItemDescription/Source Information CRNCRN of the class selected on the previous page. Associated Term Term associat ed with the class. This colu mn is displayed only if the user searched for classes by a date range that spans multiple terms.Course Course number of the class. Course Title Title associated with the course. Duration Duration number of units and du ration units (for example, days or weeks), concatenated. Start Date Start date, entered by the user. The system calculates the end date based on the start date entered in this field and the duration. The user must enter either a start date or an end date, but not both. End Date End date, entered by the user. The system calculates the star t date based on the end date entered in this field and the duration. The user must enter either a start date or an end date, but not both. Permitted Start DateStart from and to dates defined for the section. Permitted End DateDerived end dates: Start From Date + (No. of Days equivalent of duration unit * number of duration units) Start To Date + (No. of Days equivalent of duration unit * number of duration units) No date adjustments are made for exclusion dates (that is, statutory holidays). If the calculation of the duration period results in a fraction of a day, that fraction is rounded up. For example: 10 hours where 1 hour equals .25 of a day calculates to 2.5 days, so it is rounded up to 3 days. /n 271 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Alternate PIN Verification (bwskfreg.P_AltPin) If your institution has set up alternate PIN processing and an alternate PIN has been entered for the student on the Alternate Pers onal Identification Number Form (SPAAPIN), this page is displayed when a student tries to perform initial add/drop activity or look up classes for a term. (If no alternate PIN has been entered on SPAAPIN, the system displays the requested page without displaying this page first.) Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Button/Icon Action Submit Changes After the user enters a start or end date and selects the Submit Changes button, the following processing occurs: ŁBased on the start or end date entered by the user, the system calculates the other date. That is , if the user enters an end date, the system calculates the star t date. The system makes sure that the dates are within the allowable date range. ŁIf registration is successfully processed, an entry in the Additional Registration Record table (SFRAREG) is created, regardless of the type of section (open learning or traditional). ŁAn instructor is assigned to the student. /n 272 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/icons on this page This page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. ItemDescription/Source Information Alternate PIN Student™s alternate PIN. ItemDescription Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)If you want to use alternate PIN processing, enter Y in the External Code field for the WEBALTPINA internal code. Alternate Personal Identification Number Form (SPAAPIN) Define an alternate PIN for the term and the student. Button/Icon Action Submit Verifies the PIN and if valid, goes to the page initially requested by the user. /n 273 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Select Term or Date Range (bwskfcls.p_sel_crse_search) This page is displayed when a user accesses the Look Up Classes page (bwskfcls.P_CrseSearch ).Note: If your institution does not want to permit searching by date range, the fields can be omitted from th e page by setting the value in the External Code field on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) to N for the SCHBYDATE internal code. For term class schedule information to be displayed on the Web, the Master Web Term Control checkbox on the Term Control Form (SOATERM) must be selected. MessagesIf the dates entered are invalid, the following message is displayed: You have entered an invalid date. If the From Date is greater than the To Date, the following message is displayed: From Date must be less than or equal to the To Date If neither a term nor a date range are entered, the following message is displayed: You must enter either a term or date range. If your institution has not selected the Master Web Term Control checkbox on the Term Control Form (SOATERM), the fo llowing message is displayed: No terms available. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Search by Term Terms available for display on the Web. Search by Date Range From and To User enters the first and last dates of the range he or she wants to view on the Web. /n 274 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/icons on this page This page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menus have a link to this page. ItemDescriptionTerm Control Form (SOATERM) To include the term in the Search by Term pulldown list, select the Master Web Term Control checkbox. Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)To display the Search by Date Range fields, enter Y in the External Code field for the SCHBYDATE internal code. If the SCHBYDATE internal code has not been set up as described in the setup requirements, the Search by Date Range From and To fields will not be displayed on the page. Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)Set the WEBTRMDTE rule for group STUWEB to Y to display date ranges for terms on all Banner Student Self-Service pages where the term is selected. Button/Icon Action Submit Goes to the Look Up Classes page (bwskfcls.P_CrseSearch ).ResetDeletes the choices the user has made and returns to the default settings. /n 275 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Select Study Paths (bwckcoms.P_StoreStudyPath) and (bwckcoms.P_StoreMultiStudyPath) The Select Study Path pages are used to select a study path when registering for a single term (bwckcoms.P_StoreStudyPath ) and to select study pa ths for multiple terms (bwckcoms.P_StoreMultiStudyPath ) when registering from the Look Up Classes page ( bwckgens.p_sel_term_date ) using a date range. These pages are available when the Enable Study Paths checkbox is checked on SOACTRL. These pages are not available when study paths are optional (the Study Path Required checkbox is unchecked on SOATERM), when the student registering has no valid study paths. When a term is selected and then the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ) is accessed and a study path is required for registration, the Select Study Paths page ( bwckcoms.P_StoreStudyPath ) is displayed first. You can select a study path from the Select a Study Path field and press the Submit button. You are then returned to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ).When study paths are not enabled, the Select Study Paths pages (bwckcoms.P_StoreStudyPath ) or ( bwckcoms.P_StoreMultiStudyPath ) are not displayed. You are taken directly to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ).When study paths are enabled but not required (the Study Path Required checkbox is unchecked on SOATERM), and the student bein g registered has no valid study paths for the selected term, processing takes the user directly to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ). The Select Study Paths pages (bwckcoms.P_StoreStudyPath ) or ( bwckcoms.P_StoreMultiStudyPath ) are not displayed. When the Study Path Required checkbox is checked on SOATERM, study paths are required. You must select a study path to proceed, or an error is displayed. If no valid study path exists for registration , you cannot proceed. When the Study Path Required checkbox is unchecked on SOATERM, study pa ths are optional. You can choose a study path value or select None from the Select a Study Path field.Only study paths with a curriculum that is acti ve and current for the term and statuses that allow registration will be displayed in the study pa th list. An error is di splayed if the student has no study paths that are eligible for registration. Only one study path can be selected at a time. Menu NameMenu URLRegistration Menu bmenu.P_RegMnu /n 276 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. ItemDescription/Source Information Select a Study Path Study path for the student™s courses. Select a value from the list. When study paths are required, a value must be selected. When study paths are optional, None can be selected. ItemDescriptionTerm Control Form (SOATERM) To enable study paths, check the Enable Study Paths checkbox on SOACTRL. To require study paths, check the Study Path Required checkbox on SOATERM. To allow changes to study paths, check the Change Study Path checkbox on SOATERM. Button/Icon Action Submit Goes to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse )./n 277 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Look Up Classes (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse) This page is displayed when you perform a search by term or date range on the Select Term or Date Range page ( bwskfcls.p_sel_crse_search ) and click the Submit button. A summary list of subjects is displayed for the term or date range. You can then select a subject and perform a basic course search or an advanc ed course search. The basic course search follows this path: 1.Select a subject and then select the Course Searc h button. 2.You are taken to the Look Up Classes - Courses Found page (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse ).You can view a list courses which have sect ion information created for the term or date range you requested. 3.Select the View Sections button for a course. 4.You are taken to the Look Up Classes Results page ( bwskfcls.P_GetCrse ).You can view the sections found by the search. The advanced course search follows this path: 1.Select a subject and then select the Advanced Searc h button. 2.You are taken to the Advanced Search page (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse_Advanced ).3.Enter the detailed search criteria. 4.Select the Section Search button. 5.You are taken to the Look Up Classes Results page ( bwskfcls.P_GetCrse ).You can view the sections found by the search. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. RegisterGoes to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ) when looking up classes by date range. Button/Icon Action /n 278 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Look Up Classes - Courses Found (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse) This page is displayed when you click Course Search button on the Look Up Classes page ( bwskfcls.P_GetCrse ).ItemDescription/Source Information Subject Subjects available for the term or date range. Link ActionWeek at a Glance Goes to the Week at a Glance page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchd ).Student Detail ScheduleGoes to the Student Detail Schedule page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl ).View Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Button/Icon Action Course Search Goes to Look Up Classes - Courses Found page (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse ).Advanced SearchGoes to the Advanced Search Page (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse_Advanced )./n 279 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription/Source Information Subject Subjects availabl e from course search. ItemDescriptionSchedule Form (SSASECT)For each class that you want to be available on the Web, select the Voice Response and Self-S ervice Availability checkbox. Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)If you want the Cap, Act, and Rem fields to be displayed on this page, enter Y in the External Code field for the DISPENROLL internal code. If you want the WL Cap, WL Act, and WL Rem fields to be displayed on this page, enter Y in the External Code field for the DISPWL internal code. If you want the XL Cap, XL Act , and XL Rem fields to be displayed on this page, enter Y in the External Code field for the DISPXLL internal code.Term Control Form (SOATERM) To enable study paths, check the Enable Study Paths checkbox on SOACTRL. To require study paths, check the Study Path Required checkbox on SOATERM. To allow changes to study paths, check the Change Study Path checkbox on SOATERM. /n 280 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Look Up Classes Results (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse) This page displays the results of the search specified on the Look Up Classes - Courses Found page ( bwckgens.p_sel_term_date ) or the Advanced Search page (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse_Advanced ).Note: If your institution has set up alternate PIN processing and the valid alternate PIN for the selected term has not been entered, the system displays the Alternate PIN Verification page ( bwskfreg.P_AltPin ) when the student selects the Register button or the Add to WorkSheet button. If the user selected more than 333 subjects, the system displays the following message (where AAA represents the first subject selected, and MMM represents the 333rd subject): Link ActionIf multiple terms are in effect for the search and a student selects a link, th e system uses the last term that is part of the date search as the term for the page to be displayed. Week at a Glance Goes to the Week at a Glance page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchd ).Student Detail ScheduleGoes to the Student Detail Schedule page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl ).View Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Button/Icon Action View Sections Goes to Look Up Classes Results ( bwskfcls.P_GetCrse ).New SearchGoes to the Select Term or Date Range page (bwskfcls.p_sel_crse_search )./n 281 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration You have selected too many subjects. Results for this search incl ude only subjects AAA through MMM. Please note the following conditions: ŁFor each class for which the student can re gister, a checkbox is displayed in the Select field. The student can register in the class by selecting the checkbox and then selecting either the Register or the Add to Worksheet button.ŁIf the student has already registered in a class, the Select field is blank. ŁFor each class for which the student cannot register, one of the following codes is displayed. The system determines whether a section is available for regist ration as follows. ŁFor open learning courses, the system checks the dates entered in the Registration Dates fields on the Schedule Form (SSASECT). The system also che cks for a section- level registration status code on the Schedule Processing Rules Form (SSARULE) that has been defined as the WEBRSTSREG internal code on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX).ŁFor traditional courses, the system checks the dates associated with the WEBRSTSREG internal code on GTVSDAX in the Base Part of Term block of SOATERM. CodeDescription NR(not allowed for registration) Generally associated with registration restrictions on the course, which come from the following: ŁRegistration Dates fields on the Sc hedule Form (SSASECT)ŁStart and End fields on the Course Registration Status Form (SFARSTS) for traditional courses fo r that part of term or on the Schedule Processing Rules Form (SSARULE) for open learning courses associated with the WEBRSTSREG internal code on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) ŁEnrollment Status Dates block of the Enrollment Status Control Form (SFAESTS) ŁWeb Registration Dates block of the Term Control Form (SOATERM) SR(student restriction) Generally associated with registration restrictions on the student and term, which come from the following: ŁTime tickets or third-party controls ŁStudent status ŁAcademic standing ŁHolds ŁReadmit term C(closed class) The class is closed. Closed classes are displayed on this page only if your institution has selected the Display Closed Section checkbox on the Web Display Controls window of SOATERM. /n 282 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration If the student cannot register for any displayed classes, the Register and Add to Worksheet buttons are not displayed. A re-admitted student cannot use this page to re gister for classes if the registration term is earlier than the student™s re-admit term. If you have set up alternate PIN processing, a user using Look Up Classes is prompted to enter the alternate PIN once classes have been selected for registration. If alternate PINs have been set up for multiple terms, the user is prompted for all alternate PINs at the same time. Actual, waitlist, and crosslisted enrollments can be displayed on this page. Use the following internal codes for the WEBREG internal group on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) to specify which counts , if any, are to be displayed: ŁDISPENROLL (Display Enrollment Counts) ŁDISPWL (Display Wait List Counts) ŁDISPXL (Display Cross List Counts) Using Study Paths When study paths are enabled and a date range has been used for the course search, the Register button on this page is changed to read Submit. This indicates that the Select Study Paths page ( bwckcoms.P_StoreStudyPath ) will be displayed before registration occurs. When the Submit or Register button is pressed, the student™s eligibility is checked, and the study path enrollment records (SFR ENSP) and overall term enrollment records (SFBETRM) are created, if they do not already exist. When the Study Path Required checkbox is checked on SOATERM, study paths are required during registration. You must select a study path to proceed, or an error is displayed. If no valid study path exists for re gistration, you cannot re gister for courses in that term. The CRNs will no t be registered when the Submit button is pressed. When the Study Path Required checkbox is unchecked on SOAT ERM, study paths are optional. You can choose a study path value or select None from the Select a Study Path field. Look up classes and search by date rangeDo the following to look up classes and search by date range as a student: 1.Select Look Up Classe s from the main menu. The process takes you to the Select Term or Date Range page (bwskfcls.p_sel_crse_search ).2.Enter the term or from and to dates. 3.Click the Submit button. This takes you to the Look Up Classes page ( bwskfcls.P_GetCrse ) where you can select a subject and perform a course search or an advanced search. 4.Perform a course sear ch by selecting the Course Search button. /n 283 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration 4.1. This takes you to the Look Up Classes - Courses Found page (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse ).You can view a list courses which have section information created for the term or date range you requested. 4.2. Select the View Sections button for a course. 4.3. You are taken to the Look Up Classes Results page (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse ).or5.Perform an advanced search by selecting the Advanced Searc h button. 5.1. This takes you to the Advanced Search page (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse_Advanced ).5.2. Enter the detailed search criteria. The subject is required. You can select multiple subject using the Ctrl key. 5.3. Select the Section Search button. 5.4. You are taken to the Look Up Classes Results page (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse ).6.Determine which courses you wish to register for. Courses are sorted by term and subject. The Select checkbox is displayed next to courses that are not restricted by course da ta or student registration restrictions. You can choose one or more courses from multiple terms in which to register. 7.Check the Select checkbox for each CRN in which yo u wish to register, whether study paths are in use or are not in use. 7.1. When study paths are not in use, click the Register button. The Register button is displayed when Enable Study Paths is unchecked on SOACTRL. The process goes to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ), and the courses are recorded. 7.2. Use the Add or Drop Classes page to drop courses you selected from the search results or to perform additional class searches. or7.3. When study paths are in use, click the Submit Changes button. The Submit Changes button is displayed when Enable Study Paths is checked on SOACTRL, and it takes the place of the Register button. The process goes to the Select Study Paths page (bwckcoms.P_StoreMultiStudyPath ) for study path selections. 7.4. Use the Select a Study Path field to choose a study path for each term in which courses have been select ed for registration. /n 284 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration If study paths are required for the term associated with the selected CRN, you must choose a study path, or an error is displayed. If study paths are optional, you can choose a study path value or choose None . The page displays information below eac h term description that indicates whether study paths are optional or required for each term. 7.5. After study paths have been selected, press the Register button to register for the courses.7.6. The process goes to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ), and the courses are recorded. You can drop courses you selected from the search results or perform additional class searches. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information SelectIf a checkbox is displayed, the student can select it to register in the class.If no value is displayed, the st udent is registered in the class. If a code is displayed, the student cannot register in the class. See the descriptions of the codes above. Associated Term Term code and description. Th is field is displayed only if the user searched for classes by a date range that spans multiple terms. CRNCRN of the class, displayed as a hyperlink to the Class Schedule Listing page ( bwckschd.p_disp_listcrse ).SubjSubject code description of the class. CrseCourse number of the class. SecSection number of the class. CmpCampus associated with the class. CredCredit hours associated with the cl ass. If there are multiple credit hours, the range is displayed. TitleTitle associated with the course. DaysDay(s) on which the class is sc heduled to meet. If the class is an open learning class, TBA is displayed. TimeBeginning and end times of the class. CapCapacity (that is, maximum number of places) in the class. /n 285 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ActNumber of students currently registered in the class. RemNumber of open seats remaining in the class. WL CapWaitlist capacity (that is, maximum number of waitlist places) allotted for the class. WL ActNumber of students currently waitlisted for the class. WL RemNumber of available waitlisted seats remaining for the class. XL CapCrosslist capacity (that is, maximum number of crosslist places) allotted for the class. XL ActNumber of students currently crosslisted for the class. XL RemNumber of available crosslisted seats remaining for the class. InstructorName of the instructor. This includes the last name prefix if it exists. DateDates available for registration. Location Location of the class. If the clas s is an open learning class, TBA is displayed. AttributesCourse attributes. ItemDescription Schedule Form (SSASECT) For each class that you want to be available on the Web, select the Voice Response and Self-Service Availability checkbox. Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)If you want the Cap, Act, and Rem fields to be displayed on this page, enter Y in the External Code field for the DISPENROLL internal code. If you want the WL Cap, WL Act , and WL Rem fields to be displayed on this page, enter Y in the External Code field for the DISPWL internal code.If you want the XL Cap, XL Act , and XL Rem fields to be displayed on this page, enter Y in the External Code field for the DISPXLL internal code.ItemDescription/Source Information /n 286 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Term Control Form (SOATERM) To enable study paths, check the Enable Study Paths checkbox on SOACTRL. To require study paths, check the Study Path Required checkbox on SOATERM. To allow changes to st udy paths, check the Change Study Path checkbox on SOATERM. Link ActionIf multiple terms are in effect for the search and a student selects a link, th e system uses the last term that is part of the date search as the term for the page to be displayed. CRNIf hyperlinked, goes to the Class Schedule Listing page (bwckschd.p_disp_listcrse ).Week at a GlanceGoes to the Week at a Glance page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchd ).Student Detail ScheduleGoes to the Student Detail Schedule page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl ).View Fee AssessmentIf only one term is in effect for the search, goes to the Registration Fee Assessment page (bwskffee.P_FeeAsses ).ItemDescription /n 287 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Advanced Search (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse_Advanced)This page is used to search for available classes. This page is accessed using the Advanced Search button from the Look Up Classes page (bwckgens.p_sel_term_date ).Searches for looking up classes can be performed by term or date range. The Subject field will include only subjects for which classe s exist for the term or selected date range and that are Web-enabled on the Subject Code Validation Form (STVSUBJ). The Advanced Search functionality allows classes to be searched if the registration status codes are inactive, but searching by the part-of-term is not allowed. Look Up Classes can be viewed outside of the Web registration dates (although no registration activity can be performed). Button/Icon ActionRegister Adds the class (unless there are registration restrictions) and goes to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ).When the pressed, the student™s eligibility is checked, and the study path enrollment records (SFRENSP) and overall term enrollment records (SFBETRM) are created, if they do not already exist.SubmitButton appears in place of the Register button when study paths are enabled and a date range has been used for the course search.The Select Study Paths page (bwckcoms.P_StoreStudyPath ) will be displayed before registration occurs. When the pressed, the student™s eligibility is checked, and the study path enrollment records (SFRENSP) and overall term enrollment records (SFBETRM) are created, if they do not already exist.Add to WorkSheetGoes to the Add or Drop Classes page with the selected CRN(s) displayed in the Add Classes Worksheet section. New SearchGoes to the Select Term or Date Range page (bwskfcls.p_sel_crse_search )./n 288 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration The Select Study Paths pages ( bwckcoms.P_StoreStudyPath ) or (bwckcoms.P_StoreMultiStudyPath ) are displayed from this page with a list of study paths for all terms from which courses have been selected for registration. When the Advanced Search page is used to search for a course by term, the student can select a study path to apply to the courses that will be returned by the search. When this page is used to search for courses using a date range that spans multiple terms, the student can select CRNs for mu ltiple terms and select a va lid study path for each term. This allows the student to choose different study paths for each term when multiple terms are selected. The Web Display List Customization Form (S OAWDSP) is used to specify which values for validation codes (except for subject validat ion codes) are to be made available on the Web. Web availability for subject codes is defined on the Subject Code Validation Form (STVSUBJ).The Web Registration Dates block of SOATERM is used as an overall control in turning off registration for periods of ti me for all types of courses. After entering search criteria, the student can click on the Section Search button to perform the search. Info Text and Help Text The following Info Text must be reviewed and updated as needed for your institution. Info Text Update Information bwskfcls.P_GetCrse Label: DEFAULT You can update this text to: ŁReflect that checkboxes are not displayed if the person is not able to register ŁProvide more specific instructions to your students. bwskfcls.P_Crse Search_Advanced Label: DEFAULT You can update this text to provi de more specific instructions for your students. bwskfcls.P_Crse Search Label: HELP You can update this text to provi de more specific instructions for your students. bwskfcls.P_GetCrse Label: HELP You can update this text to: ŁReflect that checkboxes are not displayed if the person is not able to register ŁProvide more specific instructions to your students. bwskfcls.P_Crse Search_Advanced Label: HELP You can update this text to provi de more specific instructions for your students. /n 289 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Subject Course subjects from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) an d/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Course Number CRN for which the user wants to view classes. The user can enter up to five digits or use the wildca rd character (%) (t hat is, a search for 2% retrieves all CRNs beginning with 2). Title Course name. The user can enter up to 30 characters or use the wildcard character % (that is, a search for %introduction% retrieves all courses with the wo rd fiintroductionfl in the title). Schedule TypeSchedule types from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Instructional Method Instructional methods (for example, Traditional , Web- Based , etc.) from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Credit RangeRange of credit hours for which the user wants to view classes. (For example, this could be used if a student cannot take more than a particular amount of credits.) CampusCampuses from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Course LevelLevel of courses from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) an d/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Part of TermParts of term from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). DurationDuration periods for open learning courses from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non-consecutive values). /n 290 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Setup Requirements This page is controlled by the setup of your class schedule. See fiClass Schedulefl on page71 , for more information. To use study paths, use the setup requirements below. InstructorInstructors from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). The last name prefix is displayed, if applicable. SessionSessions from which the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select mu ltiple values using t he Shift key (to select consecutive values) and/or Ctrl key (to select non-consecutive values).Attribute TypeCourse attributes from wh ich the user can choose for display on the Web. The user can select multiple values using the Shift key (to select consecutive values) an d/or Ctrl key (to select non- consecutive values). Start TimeClass start time the user wants to display on the Web for hours, minutes, and AM/PM. To display all start times, the Hours and Minutes fields must be set to 00.End TimeClass end time the user wants to display on the Web for hours, minutes, and AM/PM. To display all end times, the Hours and Minutes fields must be set to 00.DaysClass days the user wants to disp lay on the Web. To display all days, the checkboxes must all be cleared. ItemDescription/Source Information Term Control Form (SOATERM) To enable study paths, check the Enable Study Paths checkbox on SOACTRL. To require study paths, check the Study Path Required checkbox on SOATERM. To allow changes to st udy paths, check the Change Study Path checkbox on SOATERM. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 291 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Change Class Options (bwskfreg.P_ChangeCrseOpt)This page is used to change the following opt ions for a course in which the student is already registered: ŁCredit hoursŁGrade mode ŁCourse levelLink ActionWeek at a Glance Goes to the Week at a Glance page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchd ).Student Detail ScheduleGoes to the Student Detail Schedule page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl ).View Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Button/Icon ActionSection Search Goes to the Loo k Up Classes Results page (bwskfcls.P_GetCrse ) with the results of the search. ResetDeletes the choices the user has made and returns to the default settings./n 292 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ŁStudy path These options can be changed only if the class has be set up with multiple values, and only those options that have been set up with multiple values can be changed. No values can be modified once the final grade has been rolled to Academic History. If the Voice Response and Self-Service Availability checkbox is cleared on the Schedule Form (SSASECT) for a class, the cl ass™s options cannot be changed unless you have entered Y in the External Code field for the CRNDIRECT internal code on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX). If no class in which the student is regist ered has changeable options, the message No class change available is displayed. If any one class in which the student is registered has changeable options, all classes for the term are displayed. If your institution has set up immediate regist ration fee assessment, then a registration change or request to view fee assessment for any courses that have cleared the registration restrictions chec k will cause fee assessment to ru n. Transactions for the new assessment are written to the TBRACCD table for the student at that time. The Study Path field allows the student to change the study path to which the course is assigned. This field is displayed in each se ction of information su ch as Instructional Methods and so on. You can select values from the pulldown list when multiple study paths exist that are eligible for the term. ŁWhen the Change Study Path checkbox on SOATERM is checked, users are allowed to change the study path on this page. ŁWhen the Change Study Path checkbox on SOATERM is not checked, the study path that was selected at the time of registration is displayed, but it cannot be changed. ŁWhen the Enable Study Paths checkbox is unchecked on SOACTRL, this field is not displayed. Registration RestrictionsThe same registration restrictions that exist in the Add or Drop Class and Look-Up Class pages exist on this page, except for the Registration Status date. Note: If a student changes the credit hours for a variable credit hour course, the billing hours will also be changed to that same value, if available. Otherwise the billi ng hours will remain the same. For example: CourseCredit Hour RangeBilling Hour Range ANTH 2503 to 5 3 to 5 ARTS 4202 to 4 3 to 6 /n 293 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration If a student registered for ANTH 250 for 4 credit hours and 4 billing hours, and then changed the credit hours to 3, the billi ng hours would also be adjusted to 3. If, however, a student regist ered for ARTS 420 for 4 cr edit hours and 6 billing hours, and changed the credit hours to 2, the billing hours would remain at 6 because 2 is not a valid value for billing hours. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Course title Title associated with the course. Course CRN, subject code, course number, and section, concatenated. Credit Hours If a class has multiple credit hours, a field for this option is displayed. The range of credit hours is displayed next to the field name. Grade Mode If a class has multiple grade modes, a pulldown list for this option is displayed.Course Level If a class has mu ltiple course levels, a pulldown list for this option is displayed.Study Path If a class has multiple study paths, a pulldown list for this option is displayed. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) If you want to enable credit hour changes on the Web, select the Change Credit Hours checkbox on the Web Processing Controls window. If you want to enable grade mode changes on the Web, select the Change Grade Mode checkbox on the Web Processing Controls window. If you want to enable course level changes on the Web, select the Change Level checkbox on the Web Processing Controls window. /n 294 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Updates to BannerThis page updates Banner as follows. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/icons on this page This page contains the following buttons/icons. Term Control Form (SOATERM) To enable study paths, check the Enable Study Paths checkbox on SOACTRL. To require study paths, check the Study Path Required checkbox on SOATERM. To allow changes to st udy paths, check the Change Study Path checkbox on SOATERM. ItemDescription AllChanges update the registration in the section, as reflected on the Student Course Registration Form (SFAREGS) and a number of other forms in the system. Link ActionReturn to PreviousReturns to the previous page the user was viewing. View HoldsGoes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Button/Icon Action Submit Changes Redisplays the Change Course Options page with changes or error messages (for example, Maximum Hours Exceeded ).ItemDescription /n 295 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Week at a Glance (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchd) This page displays a student's schedule for t he selected term in a matrix format. The page displays a week™s actual schedule based on the Additional Registration record (SFRAREG) that is created at the point of registration. (That is, the page dynamically displays the schedule for the selected week, in cluding open learning classes that are not scheduled fiin parallelfl with traditional classes.) The display of registered courses on this page is controlled by the Print On Schedule checkbox on the Course Registration Status Code Validation Form (STVRSTS). Only courses with statuses for which the Print On Schedule checkbox selected are included when the schedule is displayed. It is recommended that statuses for dropped courses should not have the Print On Schedule checkbox selected, as listing dropped courses on the schedule may cause confusion. All classes for which a student is regist ered are displayed for terms for which the Master Web Term Control checkbox on the Term Control Form (SOATERM) has been selected. Therefore, it is not necessary to select a term before accessing this page. Determining the Week for which a Registration Record should be SlottedThe date range defined in the most curren t record in the Additional Registration Information table ( SFRAREG_START_DATE and SFRAREG_COMPLETION_DATE ) determines the week for which a registration should be slotted. ŁFor open learning registration records, this date range reflects the start and expected completion date defined by the student at the time they registered. ŁFor non-opening learning registration reco rds, these dates reflect the from and to information specified for the part of term specified for the section at the time of registration. ResetDeletes the choices the user has made and returns to the default settings. Menu NameMenu URLRegistration Menu bmenu.P_RegMnu Button/IconAction /n 296 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration The Week at a Glance page also takes into co nsideration any extensions that are fiactivefl for the course. The dates are respective of the extension only when the extension is active. Courses without Assigned Meeting Times Under this heading, all registrations for sections with no SSRMEET records are displayed. The schedule type is displayed to the right of the course information as a partial explanation as to why the class is listed under this heading. Courses with Time Conflicts The schedule cannot display mu ltiple records, so courses that are displayed under this heading are those for which meeting times overlap. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. ItemDescription/Source Information Go to Allows the user to specify a date to which he or she wishes to navigate. When the new week is displayed, the fiWeek offl heading changes to represent the Monday of the corresponding week for the date requested. For example, if May 4, 2009 is selected, the heading says, fiWeek of May 04, 2009. The numbers displayed in parentheses after the fiWeek offl heading represent which week is being viewed within the date range of all classes displayed. If a user enters a date past the last date for which there is information, the system displays the last existing week. For example, if there are 30 weeks fr om January to August 2009, and a user enters September 30, 2009, the system displays the week including August 31. Likewise, if t he user enters a date that falls before the first week, the first week is displayed. Schedule informationSubject code, CRN, meeting type, meeting time, and class location, concatenated and displayed as a hyperlink to the Student Detail Schedule page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl )./n 297 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Student Detail Schedule (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl) This page displays the details of all sections in which a student is currently enrolled for the selected term. The display of registered courses on this page is controlled by the Print On Schedule checkbox on the Course Registration Status Code Validation Form (STVRSTS). Only Link ActionPrevious Week Goes to the previous week (from Monday to Sunday). Next Week Goes to the next week (from Monday to Sunday). Course details Goes to the Student Detail Schedule page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl ).This is the case for all courses that are displayed as hyperlinks. Active RegistrationGoes to th e Active Registrations page (bwsksreg.p_active_regs ).Registration HistoryGoes to th e Registration History page (bwskhreg.p_reg_hist ).Look Up ClassesGoes to the Select Term or Date Range (bwskfcls.p_sel_crse_search ).Add or Drop ClassesGoes to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ).Menu NameMenu URLRegistration Menu bmenu.P_RegMnu /n 298 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration courses with statuses for which the Print On Schedule checkbox selected are included when the schedule is displayed. It is recommended that statuses for dropped courses should not have the Print On Schedule checkbox selected, as listing dropped courses on the schedule may cause confusion. If the user has not selected a term during the current Web session and selects Student Detail Schedule from the Registration Menu , the Registration Term page (bwskflib.P_SelDefTerm ) is displayed first. If a term has been selected, that term is used, and the Student Detail Schedule page is displayed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Course title Title associated with the course. Associated Term Registration term attached to the selected CRN. CRNCourse reference number. Status Registration status and date of the activity. Waitlist Position Number indicating the st udent™s position in the waitlist. If the student was waitlisted and has been notified that he or she now has a place in the class, the value displayed is 0.Notification ExpiresDate and time by whic h the student must enroll in the CRN. A value is displayed after a place has opened in a previously full CRN and the waitlisted student has been notified that he or she can now enroll. If the student does not enroll before the expiration date and time, the registration is cancelled. Assigned InstructorName of the instructor(s) assigned to the class. This includes the last name prefix if it exists. Grade ModeGrade mode for which the student is registered for the class. If multiple grade modes are available for the class, the system displays the level as a hyperlink to the Change Class Options page ( bwskfreg.P_ChangeCrseOpt ), where the student can change the level if desired. CreditsCredit hours for which the student is registered for the class. If multiple credit-hour options are available for the class, the system displays the credit-hours value as a hyperlink to the Change Class Options page. LevelLevel at which the student is r egistered for the class. If multiple course levels are available for th e class, the system displays the level as a hyperlink to the Change Class Options page. /n 299 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. CampusCampus associated with the class. Course URLURL defined for this class in the URL field of the Section Syllabus Form (SSASYLB) is displayed as a hyperlink. If no URL has been defined for this class, the Course URL field is not displayed. The following fields are displayed in the Schedu led Meeting Times area, which is included only for open learning course registrations. Type Class™s meeting type, such as Class or Chat .TimeClass™s meeting times. DaysDay(s) the class meets. WhereLocation where the class meets. Date RangeBeginning and ending dates of the class. The dates are calculated based on the start or end date that the student specified when registering for the class. Schedule TypeSchedule type associated with the course. InstructorsInstructor name assigned to the student at the time the registration was processed. If the instructor has entered office hours via Faculty and Advisor Self-Service, the name is displayed as a hyperlink to the Office Hours page ( bwskoffh.p_display_office_hours ).An e-mail icon ( web_email.gif ) is displayed to the right of the instructor's name, providing students with a means to e-mail the instructor. The e-mail address of th e instructor is retrieved based on the e-mail type that is marked as preferred, active, and available for Web display on the E-mail Address Form (GOAEMAL) for that instructor. ItemDescription Automated Waitlist Term Control Form (SOAWLTC) If your institution is using waitlist automation, the Show waitlist position on Student Self-Service checkbox must be checked. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 300 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Link ActionLevel If hyperlinked, goes to the Change Class Options page (bwskfreg.P_ChangeCrseOpt ).CredIf hyperlinked, goes to the Change Class Options page. Grade ModeIf hyperlinked, goes to the Change Class Options page. Associated InstructorIf hyperlinked, goes to the Office Hours page (bwskoffh.p_display_office_hours ).E-mail iconIf the e-mail icon is displayed, launches the user™s e-mail program with the instructor™s e-mail address. Return to PreviousThe previous page being viewed by the user. Show Active RegistrationsGoes to the Active Registrations page (bwsksreg.p_active_regs )Show Registration HistoryGoes to the Registration History page (bwskhreg.p_reg_hist ).Add or Drop ClassesGoes to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ).Look Up ClassesGoes to the Select Term or Date Range page (bwskfcls.p_sel_crse_search ).Menu NameMenu URLRegistration Menu bmenu.P_RegMnu /n 301 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Registration Fee Assessment (bwskffee.P_FeeAsses)This page calculates and displays a student™s registration fee assessment for the selected term, if online fee assessment is allowed at th e time that the student accesses the page. The Registration Fee Assessment page calcul ates the student™s tuition and fee charges associated with the term selected and di splays the charges in summary fashion.If the Online checkbox in the Fee Assessment se ction of the Term Control Form (SOATERM) is cleared, then no fee assessment is available on the Web and the message Fee assessment calculations are not being performed at this time is displayed. If fee assessment is allowed at the current ti me for the selected term, and fee assessment rules have been defined on the Registration Fees Process Control Form (SFARGFE), fee assessment is performed only when the student selects the Registration Fee Assessment link.If fee assessment is allowed at the current time for the selected term, but no fee assessment rules, as defined on SFARGFE, apply to the student, the message You are currently enrolled. However no registration related fees are due is displayed. If the Online checkbox in the Fee Assessment section of SOATERM is selected, and Online radio button in the Web Self-Service and Voice Response section of SOATERM is selected, student registration fees are assess ed as soon as registration entries have been completed or changes have been made on the Web. You can choose to have detail codes, in addi tion to the detail code descriptions, included on this page. The Registration Fee Assessment page disp lays only those charges associated with tuition and fees for the selected term. All other account detail is displayed on the Account Summary page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewAcctTotal ) or Account Summary by Term page (bwskoacc.P_ViewAcct ).Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Total Credit Hours Number of credit hours for which the student is registered for the selected term. Detail Code Detail code of the assessed fee. DescriptionDescription of the assessed fee. Amount Monetary amount of the assessed fee. Total Charge Total monetary amount due. /n 302 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. See fiSet Up Immediate Registration Fee Assessmentfl on page338 for more information about immediate fee assessment. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) If you want fee assessments to be displayed on the Web, select the Online checkbox in the Fee Assessment section. Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)If you want detail codes to be displayed, enter Y in the External Code field for the WEBDETCODE internal code. Link ActionCredit Card PaymentGoes to the Tuition and Fees Payment page (bwckcpmt.P_CCPaymentTermSelected ).Use the Submit button on the Tuition and Fees Payment page (bwckcpmt.P_CCPaymentTermSelected ) to access the external vendor payment page for payment by credit card. Week at a GlanceGoes to the Week at a Glance page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchd ).Student Detail ScheduleGoes to the Student Detail Schedule page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl ).Account Summary by Term Goes to the Account Summary by Term page (bwskoacc.P_ViewAcct )./n 303 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Tuition and Fees Payment (bwckcpmt.P_CCPaymentTermSelected) This page allows a student to make a payment card payment via Student Self-Service. It cannot be accessed from a menu. It can only be accessed from pages where Self-Service has been set up to accept payment card payments for registration fees and student accounts. The transaction is then submitted to an external vendor for payment and payment card processing through the We b Services payment processor connection. If an approval is received for the transactio n, an account detail (TBRACCD) record is written for the student, and the transaction is recorded as part of an open cashiering session for the user ID of the Web session. Settlement with external payment vendors is accomplished using the Web Services paymen t processor connection. Your institution closes and balances cashiering session(s) that contain payment card payments using normal institutional procedures. Payment card transactions are auth orized, settled, and inserted into Banner. The payment card payment information is transmitted to the selected external payment vendor, and the user receives either an approv al or denial message for the transaction. If a denial is received, a denial message is re turned to the student. If an approval is received, an approval message is returned and a payment transaction is written to the student™s account. Denial and approval messages are maintained by the payment vendor. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Menu NameMenu URLRegistration Menu bmenu.P_RegMnu ItemDescription/Source Information Payment Amount Amount being paid by payment card. /n 304 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Updates to BannerThis page updates Banner as follows. The values in the following table will be used when the account deta il record is written. ItemDescription Credit Card Merchant ID Form (GOAMERC) Define the payment card types t hat you want to be displayed on the Web. The system code, the process code, and the merchant ID determine the payment card ty pes that will be displayed to the user. All other payment card processing set up must be completed as well. See the Payment Processor Connection Handbook for more information. Process Name Validation Form (GTVPROC) Check that appropriate process name codes and external merchant ID numbers have been set up on GTVPROC. ItemDescription Payment Detail If the paym ent card payment request is approved, a detail transaction is written to the Account Charge Payment Detail Table (TBRACCD). Column Description TBRACCD_PIDM PIDM from Web session TBRACCD_TRAN_NUMBER Generate oneup number from PIDM™s account TBRACCD_TERM_CODE Default Term Code for Detail Code (TBBDETC_TERM_CODE ) to be used when no term has been selected TBRACCD_DETAIL_CODE Detail Code for credit card type from TTVCCRD TBRACCD_USER Web UserID TBRACCD_ENTRY_DATE SysdateTBRACCD_AMOUNT Payment amount requested TBRACCD_BALANCE Because this is a payment, negative value of amount /n 305 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration TBRACCD_EFFECTIVE_DATE SysdateTBRACCD_BILL_DATE NullTBRACCD_DUE_DATE NullTBRACCD_DESC Detail code description from TBBDETC TBRACCD_RECEIPT_NUMBER Receipt numberTBRACCD_TRAN_NUMBER_PAID NullTBRACCD_CROSSREF_PIDM NullTBRACCD_CROSSREF_NUMBER NullTBRACCD_CROSSREF_DETAIL_ CODE NullTBRACCD_SRCE_CODE Source Code from GTVSDAXTBRACCD_ACCT_FEED_IND YTBRACCD_ACTIVITY_DATE SysdateTBRACCD_SESSION_NUMBER Zero (This emulates an open session.) TBRACCD_CSHR_END_DATE Null (This emulates an open session.) TBRACCD_CRN NullTBRACCD_CROSSREF_SRCE_ CODE NullTBRACCD_LOC_MDT NullTBRACCD_LOC_MDT_SEQ NullTBRACCD_RATE NullTBRACCD_UNITS NullTBRACCD_DOCUMENT_NUMBER NullTBRACCD_TRANS_DATE SysdateTBRACCD_INVOICE_NUMBER NullTBRACCD_STATEMENT_DATE NullTBRACCD_INV_NUMBER_PAID NullTBRACCD_CURR_CODE NullTBRACCD_EXCHANGE_DIFF NullTBRACCD_FOREIGN_AMOUNT NullColumn Description /n 306 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other Web pages. Buttons/icons on this page This page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Withdrawal Information (bwrktivw.P_TitleIVWithdraw) This page displays withdrawal information if the student has withdrawn from your institution for the selected term. Although this page is part of the Financial Aid module, it can be accessed only from the Registration menu, so it is covered in this chapter. If there is no withdrawal information for the student for the selected term, the message You are not being processed for withdrawal for the selected term is displayed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. TBRACCD_LATE_DCAT_CODE NullTBRACCD_FEED_DATE NullTBRACCD_FEED_DOC_CODE NullTBRACCD_ATYP_CODE NullTBRACCD_ATYP_SEQNO NullTBRACCD_CROSSREF_DCAT_ CODE NullTBRACCD_ORIG_CHG_IND NullButton/Icon Action Submit Goes to the external vendor payment page. Column Description /n 307 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Fields are displayed on this page only if the st udent has withdrawn from your institution in the selected term. Withdrawal ReasonReason the student withdrew from your institution. Enrollment Start DateStart date of the enrollment period. Enrollment End DateEnd date of the enrollment period. Effective Withdrawal DateDate the student™s withdrawal took effect. Percent AttendedPercentage of the enrollment period that the student was enrolled.The following fields are included in the Title IV Aid to be Returned section, which is not displayed if no refund calculation has been performed. Amount of Title IV Aid DisbursedAmount of Title IV aid that has already been disbursed to the student. The field label is displayed as a hyperlink to the Title IV Fund Detail page ( bwrktivw.P_TitleIVDetail ).Amount of Title IV Aid Eligible to be Disbursed Amount of Title IV aid that has not yet been disbursed to the student. The field label is displayed as a hyperlink to the Title IV Fund Detail page. Unearned Title IV Aid DisbursedAmount of Title IV aid that has been paid to the student™s account and for which the student is no longer eligible. Title IV Aid to be ReturnedAmount of Title IV aid that has been disbursed to the student and that must be returned due to withdrawal. Institution™s Required Return Amount Amount of Title IV aid that your institution is required to return. Student™s Required Return Amount Amount of Title IV aid that the student is required to return. /n 308 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription Web Tailor Review the text for the following items for clarity and any information and/or instructions you want to provide to your students: ŁDEFAULT, Sequence 1 The DEFAULT Information Text is displayed at the top of the Withdrawal Information page. ŁNOT_WITHDRAWN, Sequence 1 The NOT_WITHDRAWN Information Text is displayed after the DEFAULT Information Text when a person has no withdrawal records (SFRWDRL) for the select ed term. It tells the student that he or she is not being processed as a withdrawn student for the term.ŁNOTIFICATION, Sequence 1 The NOTIFICATION Information Text is displayed at the end of the Withdrawal Information sect ion and before the Title IV Aid to be Returned section. It tells the student that he or she is not being processed as a withdrawn student for the selected term. Use the Web Tailor Information Text option to update the text, if desired. Link ActionAmount of Title IV Aid DisbursedIf the Title IV Aid to be Returned section is displayed, goes to the Title IV Fund Detail page ( bwrktivw.P_TitleIVDetail ).Amount of Title IV Aid Eligible to be Disbursed If the Title IV Aid to be Returned section is displayed, goes to the Title IV Fund Detail page ( bwrktivw.P_TitleIVDetail ).Select Another TermGoes to the Registration Term page (bwskflib.P_SelDefTerm )./n 309 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Title IV Fund Detail (bwrktivw.P_TitleIVDetail) This page displays information about each Titl e IV fund the student wa s eligible to receive for the selected term. Although this page is part of the Financial Aid module, it can be accessed only from the Withdrawal Information page (bwrktivw.P_TitleIVWithdraw ), so it is covered in this chapter. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Menu NameMenu URLRegistration Menu bmenu.P_RegMnu ItemDescription/Source Information Fund Description Description of the fund. Disbursed AmountAmount of Title IV aid that has already been disbursed to the student. The field label is displayed as a hyperlink to the Title IV Fund Detail page ( bwrktivw.P_TitleIVDetail ).Eligible to be DisbursedAmount of Title IV aid that has not yet been disbursed to the student. The field label is displayed as a hyperlink to the Title IV Fund Detail page. Unearned Title IV Aid DisbursedAmount of Title IV aid that has been paid to the student™s account and for which the student is no longer eligible. /n 310 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. ItemDescription Web Tailor Review the text for the following item for clarity and any information and/or instructions you want to provide to your students: NOTE, Sequence 1 The NOTE Information Text is displayed after the Title IV Fund Detail section of the page. It can be used to provide information that clarifies the contents of the Title IV Fund detail information. As delivered, it states that the Federal Work Study totals displayed indicate eligibility rat her than the am ount actually earned. Use the Web Tailor Information Text option to update the text, if desired. Link ActionReturn to Withdrawal InformationGoes to the Withdrawal Information page (bwrktivw.P_TitleIVWithdraw )./n 311 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Registration Status (bws krsta.P_RegsStatusDisp) The Registration Status page displays informa tion about items that affect a student's ability to register. It reports time-ticket as signments or time cont rol messages, holds, academic standing, student status, calculated student classification, current level, current college, current major, current degree, and current campus. In addition, it displays a summary of any hours already earned. Unless otherwise indicated below, information is taken from the student record currently in ef fect for the selected term. Curriculum data elements are displayed for the current and active primary curriculum as well as for any current and active secondary curricula in effect for the term selected. An error is displayed if registration is pr evented due to study path status, academic standing status, or combined academic st anding and progress evaluation status. When registration is prevented due to the student's overall academic standing codes, general student status, or override standing, any study path statuses that prevent registration are not displayed. It is assumed that no study path can used during registration when the student's overall standing or status prevents registration. If the user has not selected a term during the current Web session and selects the Registration Status link from the Registration Me nu, the Registration Term page (bwskflib.P_SelDefTerm ) is displayed first. If a term has been selected, that term is used, and the Registration Status page is displayed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Registration Time TicketTime period(s) during wh ich the student can register. If no time ticket has been assigned, the message You have no Registration Time Ticket. You may register at any time is displayed. Time ControlsTime control message. HoldsAny registration holds for the student. Academic StandingNotice indicating whether the student™s academic standing affects his or her ability to regist er for the selected term. Student StatusNotice indicating whether the student™s status affects his or her ability to register fo r the selected term. ClassStudent™s classification (for example, Freshman , Year 3, and so on).The following fields are displaye d in the Earned Credit section. LevelStudent™s level. TypeType of earned credits, su ch as institutional or transfer. /n 312 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Hours Number of hours earned at each level for which the student has earned hours in Academic History. The following fields are displayed in the Curriculum Information section. (Primary) Current ProgramName of the student™s current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) Study PathStudy path associated with the current active primary learner curriculum.(Primary) Level Student level associated with the current active primary learner curriculum.(Primary) ProgramName of the program associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) Admit TermAdmit term associated with the current active primary learner curriculum.(Primary) Admit TypeAdmit type associated with the current active primary learner curriculum.(Primary) Catalog TermCatalog term associat ed with the current active primary learner curriculum.(Primary) College Name of the college associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) Campus Name of the campus associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) Major and Department Name of the major and department associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. If no department is associated with the current active primary learner curriculum, the field label says only Major . This field is displayed mu ltiple times if there are multiple majors.(Primary) Major Concentration Name of the concentration associated with the major for the current active primary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are mu ltiple major co ncentrations. (Primary) Minor Name of the minor asso ciated with the current active primary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors.(Primary) ConcentrationName of the base concentration for the current active primary learner curriculum. This concentration is not attached to any major. This field is displayed multiple times if th ere are multiple concentrations. (Primary) Other field of studyName of any other field of study associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. This fiel d is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 313 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Setup requirements This page has no overall setup requirements. SecondaryName of the student™s current active secondary curriculum. If the student has multiple current active secondary curricula, the set of fields will be displayed multiple times. (Secondary) Study PathStudy path associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum.(Secondary) LevelStudent level associat ed with the current active secondary curriculum.(Secondary) ProgramName of the progra m associated with the current active secondary curriculum. (Secondary) Admit TermAdmit term associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum.(Secondary) Admit TypeAdmit type associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum.(Secondary) Catalog TermCatalog term associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum.(Secondary) CollegeName of the college associated with the current active secondary curriculum.(Secondary) CampusName of the college associated with the current active secondary curriculum.(Secondary) Major and Department Name of the major and department associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. If no department is associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum, the field label will say only Major . This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple majors. (Secondary) Major Concentration Name of the concentration associated with the major for the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple major concentrations. (Secondary) MinorName of the minor asso ciated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors.(Secondary) Concentration Name of the base concentration for the secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple concentrations. (Secondary) Other field of studyName of any other field of study associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 314 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration To use study paths, do the following setup. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) To enable study paths, check the Enable Study Paths checkbox on SOACTRL. To require study paths, check the Study Path Required checkbox on SOATERM. To allow changes to st udy paths, check the Change Study Path checkbox on SOATERM. Link ActionDegree Goes to the General Student Record page (bwskgstu.P_StuInfo ).View Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Add or Drop ClassesGoes to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse )./n 315 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Active Registrations (bwsksreg.p_active_regs)This page displays all the user™s classes that are considered active (that is, that have not been graded and rolled to Academic History). Since there is no term requirement, registration information displayed may cross va rious terms. Therefore, the information is presented by course within term. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Menu NameMenu URLRegistration Menu bmenu.P_RegMnu ItemDescription/Source Information Course title Subject code, course number, and course title, concatenated and displayed as a hyperlink to the Class Schedule Listing page (bwckschd.p_disp_listcrse ).Associated TermTerm as sociated with the class. CRNCRN of the class, displayed as a hyperlink to the Student Detail Schedule page ( bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl ).StatusStatus of the registration and the date of the status, concatenated. Schedule TypeSchedule types associated with the class. Instructional Method Instructional method (for example, Traditional , Web- Based , etc.) associated with the class. CampusCampus associated with the class. Class Start DateDate the student has elected to start the class (for open learning classes only).Expected CompletionDate on which the student is expected to complete the class (for open learning classes only). CreditsCredit hours that the student el ected for this class. If a range of credit hours has been defined for the class, the value is displayed as a hyperlink to the Change Class Options page (bwskfreg.P_ChangeCrseOpt )./n 316 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Setup requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Grade ModeThe grade mode the student has elected for the class. If multiple grade modes have been defined for the class, the value is displayed as a hyperlink to the Change Class Options page. Course LevelLevel at which the student has registered for this class. If multiple levels have been defined for the class, the value is displayed as a hyperlink to the Change Class Options page. Midterm Grade Midterm grade assigned to the student for the class. Grade Detail If grade detail has been defined for the registration, the word Available is displayed as a hyperlink to the Component Grade Detail page ( bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail ).Associated InstructorInstructor assigned to teach the class. This includes the last name prefix if it exists. An e-mail icon ( web_email.gif ) is displayed to the right of the instructor's name, providing students with a means to e-mail the primary instructor. The e-mail address of the primary instructor is retrieved based on the e-mail type that is marked as preferred, active, and available for Web display on the E-mail Address Form (GOAEMAL) for that instructor. If office hours exist for this section the associated instructor™s name is displayed as a hyperlink to the Office Hours page (bwskoffh.p_display_office_hours ).Course URLURL for the class, displayed as a link to the course Web page. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) Web Processing Controls window: If you want grade detail displayed on the Web, select the Display Grade Detail checkbox. If you want midterm grades for the whole term displayed on the Web, select the Display Midterm Grades checkbox. Web Display Controls window: If you want to allow th e search and display of long section titles, select the Display Long Section Title checkbox. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 317 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Section Web Controls From (SSAWSEC) For a specific class, if des ired, select or clear the Display Midterm Grades checkbox as appropriate to override the setting in SOATERM. Grade Component Definition Form (SHAGCOM) Define grade detail for the class if your institution wants the word Available to be displayed. Link ActionCourse title Goes to the Class Schedule Listing page (bwckschd.p_disp_listcrse ).CRNGoes to the Student Detail Schedule page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl ).CreditsIf hyperlinked, goes to the Change Class Options page (bwskfreg.P_ChangeCrseOpt ).Grade ModeIf hyperlinked, goes to the Change Class Options page (bwskfreg.P_ChangeCrseOpt ).Course LevelIf hyperlinked, goes to the Change Class Options page (bwskfreg.P_ChangeCrseOpt ).Grade Detail If the word Available displayed, goes to the Component Grade Detail page ( bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail ).Instructor™s nameIf hyperlinked, goes to the Office Hours page (bwskoffh.p_display_office_hours ).E-mail iconIf the e-mail icon is displayed, launches the user™s e-mail program with the instructor™s e-mail address. Course URLGoes to the displayed URL. Registration HistoryGoes to th e Registration History page (bwskhreg.p_reg_hist ).Week at a GlanceGoes to the Week at a Glance page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchd ).ItemDescription /n 318 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Registration History (bwskhreg.p_reg_hist)This page displays all the student™s registration activity, regardless of status or term. Since there is no term requirement, registration information displa yed may cross various terms. Therefore, the information is presented by course within term. The term is displayed above the group of CRNs wit h which it is associated. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Look Up ClassesGoes to the Select Term or Date Range page (bwskfcls.p_sel_crse_search ).Add or Drop ClassesGoes to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ).Academic TranscriptGoes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).Account SummaryGoes to the Account Summary page (bwskoacc.P_ViewAcctTotal ).View Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Menu NameMenu URLRegistration Menu bmenu.P_RegMnu ItemDescription/Source Information CRNCRN of the class displayed as a hyperlink to the Student Detail Schedule page ( bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl ).Link Action/n 319 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. CourseSubject code and course num ber, concatenated and displayed as a hyperlink to the Class Schedule Listing page (bwckschd.p_disp_listcrse ).Course titleCourse title, displayed as a hyperlink to the Class Schedule Listing page ( bwckschd.p_disp_listcrse ).CreditsCredit hours that the student el ected for this class. If a range of credit hours has been defined for the class, the value is displayed as a hyperlink to the Change Class Options page (bwskfreg.P_ChangeCrseOpt ).LevelLevel at which the student has registered for this class. If multiple levels have been defined for the class, the value is displayed as a hyperlink to the Change Class Options page. StatusStatus of the registrati on and the date of the status, concatenated. Midterm GradeMidterm grade assigned to the student for the class. Final GradeFinal grade assigned to the student for the class. Study PathStudy Path for the CRN in registration history. When the Enable Study Paths checkbox is unchecked on SOACTRL, this field is not displayed. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) Web Processing Controls window: If you want midterm grades for the whole term displayed on the Web, select the Display Midterm Grades checkbox. If you want final grades for the whole term displayed on the Web, select the Display Final Grades checkbox. Term Control Form (SOATERM) To enable study paths, check the Enable Study Paths checkbox on SOACTRL. To require study paths, check the Study Path Required checkbox on SOATERM. To allow changes to st udy paths, check the Change Study Path checkbox on SOATERM. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 320 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Section Web Controls From (SSAWSEC) For a specific class, if des ired, select or clear the Display Midterm Grades checkbox as appropriate to override the setting in SOATERM. For a specific class, if des ired, select or clear the Display Final Grades checkbox as appropriate to override the setting in SOATERM. Link ActionCRNGoes to the Student Detail Schedule page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl ).CourseGoes to the Class Schedule Listing page (bwckschd.p_disp_listcrse ).Active RegistrationGoes to th e Active Registrations page (bwsksreg.p_active_regs ).Grade DetailGoes to the Grade Detail Term page (bwsksmrk.p_write_term_selection ).Look Up ClassesGoes to the Select Term or Date Range page (bwskfcls.p_sel_crse_search ).Add or Drop ClassesGoes to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ).Academic TranscriptGoes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).Account SummaryGoes to the Account Summary page (bwskoacc.P_ViewAcctTotal ).View Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).ItemDescription /n 321 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Office Hours (bwskoffh.p_display_office_hours)This page displays the contact information and availability of an indi vidual instructor for a CRN. If the faculty member has not selected the Display checkbox for the office hours for this term or section when ente ring information on the fa culty Office Hours page (bwlkoffh.P_Fac_Office_Hours ), no information is disp layed. This is the case even if the current date is not within the effective date range on the Office Hour record. The Office Hours link is displayed on the Active Registrations page (bwsksreg.p_active_regs ) page. This page is accessed when a user selects the instructor™s name, if it is displayed as a hyperlink, on appropriate pages. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Menu NameMenu URLRegistration Menu bmenu.P_RegMnu ItemDescription/Source Information Course title Subject code , course number, and cour se title, concatenated. CRNCourse reference number of the class. Type Meeting types asso ciated with the class. Time Beginning and ending times of the class. Days Days of the week on which the class meets. Where Place where the class meets. Date Range Beginning and ending dates of the class. Schedule Type Schedule types associated with the class. /n 322 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. InstructorInstructor assigned to teach the class. An e-mail icon ( web_email.gif ) is displayed to the right of the instructor's name, providing students with a means to e-mail the primary instructor. The e-mail address of the primary instructor is retrieved based on the e-mail type that is marked as preferred, active, and available for Web display on the E-mail Address Form (GOAEMAL) for that instructor. The last name prefix is displayed, if applicable. Office HoursInstructor™s office hours for the class. Contact NumberInstructor™s phone number, including country code, area code, phone number, and extension. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) Web Display Controls window: If you want to allow th e search and display of long section titles, select the Display Long Section Title checkbox. Faculty Office Hours pageThe faculty member must define his or her office hours on the Office Hours page ( bwlkoffh.P_Fac_Office_Hours ).Link ActionE-mail icon If the e-mail icon is displayed, launches the user™s e-mail program with the instructor™s e-mail address. Return to PreviousGoes to the previous page being viewed by the user. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 323 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Concise Student Schedule (bwskcrse.P_CrseSchdDetl) This page displays the details of all sections in which a student is currently enrolled for the selected term. The display of registered courses on this page is controlled by the Print On Schedule checkbox on the Course Registration Status Code Validation Form (STVRSTS). Only courses with statuses for which the Print On Schedule checkbox selected are included when the schedule is displayed. It is recommended that statuses for dropped courses should not have the Print On Schedule checkbox selected, as listing dropped courses on the schedule may cause confusion. If the user has not selected a term during the current Web session and selects Concise Student Schedule from the Registration Menu, the Registration Term page (bwskflib.P_SelDefTerm ) is displayed first. If a term has been selected, that term is used, and the Concise Stud ent Schedule page is displayed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Name Student™s name. Classification Student™s classification (for example, Freshman , Year 3, and so on).LevelStudent™s level. CollegeName of the college associated with the student. Major and DepartmentMajor and department associated with the primary curriculum. ConcentrationConcentration associated with the primary curriculum. MinorMinor associated with the primary curriculum. House NumberUnique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation). /n 324 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Address Line 3 Address Line 4 Student™s street address (no validation). CRNCourse reference number. CourseSubject code and course number, concatenated. TitleBase course title. CampusCampus associated with the class. CreditsCredit hours for which the student is registered for the class. LevelLevel at which the student is registered for the class. Start DateFirst date on which the class meets for traditional classes or date selected as the start date for open learning classes. End DateLast date on which the class meets for traditional classes or date selected as the end date for open learning classes. DaysDay(s) the class meets. TimeClass™s meeting times. LocationLocation or room assignment where the class meets. InstructorName of the instructor. This includes the last name prefix if it exists. If the primary instructor is associated with the session, this is the primary instructor™s name; if not, this is the most recent instructor added to the session. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 325 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Concise Student Schedule by Centric Period (bwskcrse.P_CrseSchdScp)This page displays the details of all sections in which a student is currently enrolled for the selected term by student centric period. You must select a term from the Registration Term page ( bwskflib.P_SelDefTerm ) before you can view the Concise Student Schedule by Centric Period page ( bwskcrse.P_CrseSchdScp ) from the Registration Menu. The process checks the general student record for the term and retrieves the cycle designator if it exists. Then the process dete rmines student centric period and selects the coursework for all the a ssociated terms. Courses are sorted by most recent term, subject, course number, and section. If no cycle designator exists for the effective term on the general student record, a message is displayed when the page is accessed. The display of registered courses on this page is controlled by the Print On Schedule checkbox on the Course Registration Status Code Validation Form (STVRSTS). Only courses with statuses for which the Print On Schedule checkbox selected are included when the schedule is displayed. It is recommended that statuses for dropped courses should not have the Print On Schedule checkbox selected, as listing dropped courses on the schedule may cause confusion. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionStudent Detail ScheduleGoes to the Student Detail Schedule page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl ).Menu NameMenu URLRegistration Menu bmenu.P_RegMnu /n 326 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ItemDescription/Source Information Name Student™s name. Classification Student™s classification (for example, Freshman , Year 3, and so on).LevelStudent™s level. CollegeName of the college associated with the student. Major and Department Major and department associated with the primary curriculum. ConcentrationConcentration associated with the primary curriculum. MinorMinor associated with the primary curriculum. House NumberUnique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation). Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Address Line 3 Address Line 4 Student™s street address (no validation). CRNCourse reference number. CourseSubject code and course number, concatenated. TitleBase course title. CampusCampus associated with the class. CreditsCredit hours for which the student is registered for the class. LevelLevel at which the student is registered for the class. Start DateFirst date on which the class meets for traditional classes or date selected as the start date for open learning classes. End DateLast date on which the class meets for traditional classes or date selected as the end date for open learning classes. DaysDay(s) the class meets. TimeClass™s meeting times. LocationLocation or room assignment where the class meets. InstructorName of the instructor. This includes the last name prefix if it exists. If the primary instructor is associated with the session, this is the primary instructor™s name; if not, this is the most recent instructor added to the session. /n 327 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. ItemDescriptionCrosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) - for student centric periods Set the PROCESSSCP rule to Y to use student centric processing. Set the AUTOASSIGN rule to Y to automatically assign the cycle designator during admissions based on the data on SOASCPT, when a student is admitted and the initial general learner record is created. Set the AUTOUPDATE rule to Y to validate the cycle designator for the student™s first enrollment record at registration. When the first enrollment term has a different cycle designator than the one assigned during admissions, a new general student record is create d. When this rule is N, the cycle designator is not automatically updated when a student enrolls for the first term. The cycle designator assigned during admissions is not valid. Link ActionStudent Detail ScheduleGoes to the Student Detail Schedule page (bwskfshd.P_CrseSchdDetl )./n 328 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menus have a link to this page. Registration Processing Tables The following temporary tables are used with registration. Registration Temporary Table (SFTREGS) The Registration Temporary table (SFTREGS) is used extensively throughout the Registration module. Whenever a student registration is processed via Banner (using the Student Course Registration Form [SFAREGS]) , the Web, or Voice Recognition (VR), the system takes the following actions. ŁThe records from the SFRSTCR table are copied to the SFTREGS table. ŁAll add and drop requests are processed on SFTREGS. ŁAny errors are handled. ŁA record is created in the SFRRACL table. ŁWhen the user saves the changes, the SFTREGS records are copied to SFRSTCR. If desired, you can periodically purge SFTREGS of old records. For more a complete discussion, see the "Registration" chapter in the Banner Student User Guide .Additional Registration Information Table (SFRAREG) This table stores the selected/derived start and expected completion dates for open learning courses or the part of term start/e nd dates of the section in which the student registered. Menu NameMenu URLRegistration Menu bmenu.P_RegMnu /n 329 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Set Up Basic Registration on the Web This section covers how to set up basic regist ration on the Web. First, a summary of the steps is provided in fiSetup Summaryfl on page330 , and then the detailed steps are provided in fiSetup Stepsfl on page331 . These implementation steps do not include other baseline setup requirements for registration pr ocessing in Banner, such as establishing fee assessment rules and registration status ru les for students and courses, and so forth. Refer to the Banner Student User Guide for more information about baseline setup. Note: Before you begin, make sure you have activated any appropriate Web display indicators in Banner as explained in fiSupporting Validation Formsfl on page329 .You can also set up the following registration options. ŁIf you are setting up the display of te rm date ranges for term fields, see fiDisplay Term Date Rangesfl on page335 .ŁIf you are setting up study paths, see fiSet Up and Use Study Pathsfl on page336 .ŁIf you are setting up immediate registration fee assessment, see fiSet Up Immediate Registration Fee Assessmentfl on page338 .ŁIf you are setting up prio rity time-ticketing, see fiSet Up Registration Time-Ticketingfl on page339 .ŁIf you are setting up third-party controls, whic h you can use instead of time-ticketing, see fiSet Up Third-Party Controlsfl on page346 .ŁIf you are setting up alternate PIN processing, see fiSet Up Alternate PIN Processingfl on page347 .ŁIf you are setting up registration permit overrides, see fiSet Up Registration Permit- Overridesfl on page349 .Supporting Validation Forms A number of validation forms include Web display indicators. These indicators control whether a specific valu e in the validation form will display and be available fo r selection via the Web. In most cases, the Web Indicator must be checked (set to Y) for a value to be available on the Web. In addition to setting the Web indicators corr ectly, you should also review the description of each value flagged for Web display. The description of a value will display on the Web when an item is Web-enabled. The following validation forms include Web disp lay indicators which control Registration processing via the Web. ŁSubject Code Validat ion Form (STVSUBJ) ŁCourse Registration Status Code Validation Form (STVRSTS) /n 330 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Subject Code Validati on Form (STVSUBJ)Indicated values will display in the list of subjects available to search when the Look Up Classes to Add page is selected. The output of the Catalog and Schedule reports for display on the corresponding Web pages also is restricted to the Web-enabled subject codes. Please note that a student will not be prevented from regist ering for a specific section by entering the CRN directly, even if the subject code for that section is not Web- enabled. Course Registration Status C ode Validation Form (STVRSTS) Values which are Web-enabled will be used either in the Add/Dr op process or as additional options which a student can select, such as audit or waitlist. At least two values, one which will be used when courses are added via the Web and one which will be used when courses are dropped vi a the Web, must be Web-enabled. The specific values you use for these two actions will be controlled by entries in the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX). You can use the traditional RE (Registered) and DD (Drop/Delete) values for these entries, or you can define additional values for Web Registered and Web Dropped. If you define add itional values for the codes used for these purposes, you must set all the indicators for each value to correspond with the indicators set for RE and DD.Warning! Careful consideration should be given to which codes are Web- enabled. For example, if students should only be permitted to add courses on the Web, no drop status codes should be Web-enabled. Also, a waitlist course status should be We b-enabled only if students should be permitted to select a wait list status for a course if a section is closed and a waitlist is available. An institutio n may also want to consider whether course statuses with refunding rules should be Web-enabled. Setup SummaryThe following steps summarize the actions you need to take to set up registration on the Web. These steps are described in detail in the next section. 1.Set up the global Web rules using Customize Web Rules in Web Tailor. 2.Establish Web processing and Web display controls on the Term Control Form (SOATERM) for a specific term. This step is required for every registration term. 3.Establish and Web-enable Web-related enrollment and course status codes on the Course Registration Status Code Validatio n Form (STVRSTS). This step is required for the initial set-up of Web registration. 4.Establish term-specific date ranges for course statuses on the Course Registration Status Form (SFARSTS) or the Schedule Processing Rules Form (SSARULE). This step is required for every registration term. 5.Update rules for registering or dropping via the Web on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) as necessary. This step is required for the initial set-up of Web registration. /n 331 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration 6.Review the Subject Code Validation Form (STVSUBJ) for those codes that should be Web-enabled. This step is only required for the initial set-up of Web registration. 7.Establish the appropriate display settings for midterm and final grades. This step is required for every registration term. Setup Steps The following steps provide detailed information to set up registration on the Web. The steps include only the information you need for implementing registration on the Web. Refer to the Banner Student User Guide for complete information about each Banner form.1.Set up the global Web rules using Customize Web Rules in Web Tailor. Set up the title, header, back URL and link, and help URL and link fields using Customize a Web Menu or Procedure in Web Tailor. If these rules, links, and fields have not been reviewed and customized for your institution, do this now. 2.Establish term-specific Web controls on th e Term Control Form (SOATERM) for the following sets of information. ŁWeb Processing Controls ŁWeb Display Controls ŁWeb Registration Dates This is required for each registration term. 2.1. Review and/or establish term-specific Web Processing and Web Display Controls.On the Term Control Form (SOATERM), enter a term in the Key Block and use Next Block to access the fields in the main window. Select the Process Web Controls button to display the Web Processing Controls window. The fields in this window are used for two main functions: Œto restrict or enable selected registration related actions in self-service for Class Change Options, Gr ade Display, Faculty and Advisor, and WebCAPP, and Œto restrict or enable selected search ing capabilities for Catalog and Schedule (including open learning courses) when a student performs a search for available sections on the Look Up Classes page. For more information on the fields in this window, see SOATERM in the Banner Student online help. 2.2. Review and/or establish Web registration date range periods to restrict Web registration. On the Term Control Form (SOATERM), enter a term in the Key Block, use a Next Block function to navigate through the main window, and use a second Next Block function to access the Part of Term and Web Registration Controls window. /n 332 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration The Web Registration Dates section of th e Part of Term and Web Registration Controls window is used to specify the date ranges during which registration via the Web is available for the term in the Key Block. Web registration dates are established as follows: ŒEnter one or more start and end dates for Web Registration periods. Note that the ability to enter more than one Web Registration period allows the institution to turn Web Registration access on and off during the term. ŒThe start and end dates entered should not fall outside (either before or after) the date ranges that are established for both student enrollment statuses (SFAESTS) and course registration st atuses (SFARSTS) for the term, or errors will prevent a student fr om registering via the Web. 3.Establish and Web-enable Web-related course status codes on the Course Registration Status Code Validation Form (STVRSTS). This is an initial se t-up requirement only. Status codes that are Web-enabled are used either in the Add/Drop process or as additional options that a student ca n select, such as Audit or Waitlist. To use registration on the Web, you must have at least one course status code enabled. If you want to allow students to drop classes from their schedules using the Web, you also need to define a drop status code and Web-enable it. You can use the traditional RE (Registered ) and DD (Drop/Delete ) codes, or you can create new codes. If you cr eate new codes, you must set all indicators for each value to correspond with the settings for RE and DD. (The codes RW and DW are delivered, which you can use if you choose , or you can create new codes.) Note: You can give any names to these status codes; the documentation uses the generic terms fiWeb registeredfl and fiWeb dropfl. When naming your course status code s, remember that the de scriptions are what will be displayed on the Web and should therefore be clear enough to be understood by your users. The Web registered status is required to init ially add a class on the Web. An institution can disable the Web-dropped status if students should not be allowed to drop classes on the Web. Optionally, other course statuses may be Web-enabled, such as Audit, Waitlist, etc., if institutiona l policies determine that these actions should be available for selection on the Web. The Web Registered ( RW) and Web Drop ( DW) course status codes are controlled by entries in the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX), which is covered in the next step.Note: A student may be able to waitlist a course if a waitlist course status is Web-enabled on STVRSTS, a valid da te range is defined for the status on SFARSTS, and a waitlist is availabl e. Careful consideration should be given as to whether institutional polic y should allow waitlist registrations via the Web. /n 333 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Warning! Set the indicators on STVRSTS as specified in the following table. These indicators must not be changed, or Web registrations will not be processed properly: In order for the system to determine which status code(s) to be displayed, in the Status Type field, enter the status code type: ŁR Š Registered (enrolled) ŁD Š Dropped ŁL Š Waitlisted ŁW Š Withdrawn Note: If the Status Type field is left blank, unexpected results can occur. 4.Establish term-specific date ranges for enrollment and course statuses. This is required for each registration term. 4.1. Review and/or establish enrollment status codes, their associated start and end dates, and refunds as applicable for t he registration term on the Enrollment Status Control Form (SFAESTS). 4.2. Review and/or establish course registrati on status codes, their associated start and end dates, and refunds as applicable for the registration term and parts-of- term within the registration term on the Course Registration Status Form (SFARSTS). 4.3. For open learning courses, define usage/cutoff rules for course registration status codes on the Schedule Processing Rules Form (SSARULE). 5.Update the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) as necessary. 5.1. If you created new course status codes for Web processing, take the following actions. Processing IndicatorAdd Drop Allowed to Enter checked/Ychecked/Y Count in Enrollment checked/Yunchecked/N Count in Assessment checked/Yunchecked/N Withdrawal Indicator unchecked/Nunchecked/N Waitlist Indicator unchecked/Nunchecked/N Gradable Indicator checked/Yunchecked/N Print on Schedule (Indicator) checked/Yunchecked/N Web (Registration) Indicator checked/Ychecked/Y /n 334 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ŒIf you created a new course status code for fiWeb registeredfl, for the internal code WEBRSTSREG , enter your fiWeb registeredfl code in the External Code field.ŒIf you created a new course status code for fiWeb dropfl, for the internal code WEBRSTSDRP , enter your fiWeb dropfl course registration status code in the External Code field. ŒIf you are using the RE and DD course status codes fo r Web registrations and drops, you do not need to make any changes to the entries for the WEBRSTSREG or WEBRSTSDRP internal codes for the WEBREG internal code group on GTVSDAX, because as delivered, these codes are set up for use on the Web. Note: You may define only one code for fiWeb registeredfl and one for fiWeb dropfl on GTVSDAX. If you wish to change the code later, change the external code on GTVSDAX. The drop code that is crosswalked to the WEBRSTSDRP internal code drops the course and removes it from the student™s schedule. 5.2. For the internal code MAXREGNO with internal code group WEBREG , in the External Code field, enter the maximum number of enrollment attempts your institution wants to allow on the Web. 5.3. To display the Dynamic Schedule by Date Range field values on the select term or date range, enter Y in the External Code field for the SCHBYDATE internal code. 5.4. For the internal code AUTODROP , enter the appropriate value in the External Code field.ŒIf you want users to be allowed to choose whether to drop all or no connected courses if not all were selected to be dropped, enter C.ŒIf you want an entire connection to be automatically dropped if not all were selected to be dropped, enter Y.ŒIf you want no connected courses to be dropped unless all were selected, enter N.Note: In Banner Voice Response, error checking is performed on each CRN as it is entered. Beca use of this, if you enter N for AUTODROP , it will not be possible for connected courses to be dropped via Banner Voice Response. Therefore, if your institution uses both Banner Voice Response and Banner Student Self-Service, it is recommended that you use either C or Y for AUTODROP .5.5. For the internal code ADMINDROP , enter the appropriate value in the External Code field.ŒIf you want administrative errors that have been encountered when a registration record is accessed to be ignored, enter N./n 335 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ŒIf you want the system to automatically drop a course if an administrative error is encountered when a registrati on record is accessed, enter Y.6.Review subjects for Web display on the Subject Code Validation Form (STVSUBJ). This is an initial se t-up requirement only. Web-enable those subjects that should disp lay when a student searches for available sections on the Web. Remember that the Web-enabled s ubject codes will also control the Catalog and Schedule display as well. The Web (Display) Ind(icator) checkbox on the Subject Code Validation Form (STVSUBJ) specifies which subjects are allo wed to be displayed in the Web Course Catalog, Class Schedule, and Look Up Classes pages. The installation process automatically defaults checked or Y for the Web (Display) Ind(icator) for all of your subject codes. Without any ch anges, all subject code de scriptions will display on the Web. You should review subject code descriptions for clarity, as well as update the Web (Display) Ind(icator) to N only for the subject code descriptions that should not be displayed on the Web. 7.Establish the appropriate display settings for midterm and final grades. This step is required for every registration term. On the Term Control Form (SOATERM), enter a term in the Key Block and use Next Block to access the fields in the main window. Select the Process Web Controls button to display the Web Processing Controls window. Use the grade display checkboxes on SOAT ERM to control the display for the whole term. You can, however, then use the Section Web Controls From (SSAWSEC) to override the SOATERM setting for specific classes. For example, if you choose to display midterm grades for the whole term on SOATERM, but a particular professor does not want to display their midterm grades, you can uncheck the Display Midterm Grades checkbox on SSAWSEC. 7.1. Set the Grade Display checkboxes in the Web Processing Controls window of SOATERM to specify whether you want midterm and/or final grades and/or grade detail for the whole term to be available on the Web. For more information on the fields in this window, refer to the online help. 7.2. If you want to override the settings on SOATERM for a specific class, set the Grade Display checkboxes on SSAWSEC in the Banner Student Self-Service Display Controls block. 7.3. On the Grade Component Definition Form (SHAGCOM), define grade detail for the class if your institution wants grade detail to be available via the Active Registrations page ( bwsksreg.p_active_regs ).Display Term Date Ranges A system-required rule is delivered on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) for use with term selection in Banner Student Self-Ser vice. Use this rule to display term date ranges in the Term field pulldown lists on Web pages. This helps the user determine which term to select without being dependent on term descriptions. /n 336 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Set the WEBTRMDTE rule for group STUWEB to Y to display date rang es for terms on all Banner Student Self-Service pages where the term is selected. The date display format is controlled by the setting in Banner General. Set Up and Use Study Paths This section discusses using study paths in Banner Student Self-Service. Study paths can be optional or required for registration. You can allow students to view or change study paths while adding or dropping courses. When study paths are enabled in Banner Student (the Enable Study Paths checkbox is checked on SOACTRL), study path information will be displayed in Self-Service. When you allow study paths to be updated (the Change Study Path checkbox is checked on SOATERM), the student or faculty member can change the study path after registering for a course using the Change Class Options page ( bwskfreg.P_ChangeCrseOpt ) in Self-Service. When study paths cannot be updated (the Change Study Path checkbox is unchecked on SOATERM), the study path information on the Change Class Options page is display only. When study paths are required (the Study Path Required checkbox is checked on SOATERM), the student or faculty member must select one to continue processing. When study paths are not required (the Study Path Required checkbox is unchecked on SOATERM), the student or faculty member may select None and continue. When study paths are enabled and a term is selected, when the user chooses to add or drop courses, the Select Study Paths pages ( bwckcoms.P_StoreStudyPath ) or (bwckcoms.P_StoreMultiStudyPath ) are displayed. Once the study path is selected, processing continues to the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ) for registration. Set Up Study Paths in Baseline Use these steps to set up study paths. Please refer to Appendix E fiStudy Path Processingfl in the Banner Student User Guide for information on using study paths in baseline Banner Student. 1.Build study path status codes on STVSTSP. External CodeInternal Code Internal Code Sequence NumberInternal Code GroupDescription Activity DateNWEBTRMDTEN/A STUWEBWeb Term Displays DatesSysdate/n 337 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration 2.Check the Active and Allow Registration indicator on STVSTSP for study path codes that permit registration. 3.Check the Enable Study Paths indicator for the curriculum rules on SOACTRL. 4.Define the study path naming convention in the Study Path Name Components Window on SOACTRL. 4.1. Enter the sequence number for the column order in the study path name. 4.2. Enter the columns from SOVSPNM that are used in the study path name. 4.3. Enter separators for the column values in the study path name. 5.Check the Study Path indicator on SOACURR to enable study paths for the curriculum rule during admissions acceptance. 6.Check the Study Path Required indicator on SOATERM if you wish to require study paths on all registered courses. 7.Set up study path information for studen ts in the Study Pa th window on SGASTDN. 7.1. Enter status information in the Study Path Status block. When study paths are created, the default status is AS (active study paths). 7.2. Enter any pertinent student information in the Study Path Student Information block. 8.Use the Study Path field on SGASADD to include stu dent cohorts in the study path. 9.Use the Study Path field on SGASADD to include student attributes in the study path. 10. Use the Enrollment Study Path block on SFAREGS to enter the enrollment study path status and allow study paths to be associated with courses during registration. 11. Set up study path information in the Study Path window on SFAREGS. 11.1. Enter status information in the Study Path Status block. 11.2. Enter student information in the Study Path Student Information block. 12. Check the Roll and Apply Courses by Study Path indicator on SHACTRL to include the study path code in the match between the learner and outcome curriculum records for the outcome record creation. 13. Use SHRROLL to roll grades to hi story with or without study paths. Set Up Study Paths in Self-Service Use these steps to set up study paths in Banner Student Self-Service. 1.Enable study paths on SOACTRL using the Enable Study Paths checkbox. 2.Check the Study Path Required checkbox on SOATERM to require study paths for registration. When this indicator is unchecked, the use of study paths is optional. Students with study paths will still be prompted to se lected a study path for registration. /n 338 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration 3.Check the Change Study Path checkbox on SOATERM to allow students or faculty members to change the study path on the Add or Drop Classes page. Set Up Immediate Registration Fee AssessmentYou can set up fee assessment so that studen t registration fees are assessed as soon as registration entries have been completed or changes have been made on the Web. Each time a student submits a registration or asks to view fee assessment any courses that have cleared the registration restrictio ns checking, the system runs fee assessment. Transactions for the new assessment are writ ten to the TBRACCD table for the student at that time. Set the following controls on th e Term Control Form (SOATERM). 1.Select the Online checkbox in the Fee Assessment section. 2.Select the Online radio button in the Web Self-Service and Voice Response section. Note: If the Online checkbox in the Fee Assessment section is selected, but the Online radio button in the Web Self-Service and Voice Response section is not selected, fee assessment occurs as explained in fiRegistration Fee Assessment (bwskffee.P_FeeAsses)fl on page301 .The p_immediate_fee_assess procedure is called by p_regsresult after displaying the Add or Drop Classes page ( bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ) and by P_DispChgCrseOpt after displaying the Change Class Options page (bwskfreg.P_ChangeCrseOpt ).This procedure does the following: Łchecks that SOBTERM_FEE_ASSESS_VR is set to YŁchecks for the existence of a SFRBTCH record for the term/PIDM Łcalls existing Web fee assessment procedure bwckregs.P_RegsFees Łdeletes the SFRBTCH row Implementing Detail Code Displays You can control detail code display via the WEBDETCODE entry in the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX). This setting affect the registration fee assessment, account summaries and installment plan displays. ŁIf the code is set to Y the detail codes will display. ŁIf the code is set to N the detail codes will be suppressed. /n 339 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Set Up Registration Time-Ticketing Registration time-ticketing allo ws institutions to optionally establish priority driven registration period time slots for registration via Banner Student Self-Service registration. Time-Ticketing slots for Web and telephone r egistration processing are established using the following forms: ŁRegistration Priority Control Form (SFARCTT) ŁRegistration Group Control Form (SFARCTL) ŁStudent Registration Group Query Form (SFIRGRP) There are two primary methods of regi stration eligibility control checking: ŁRegistration Time-Ticketing If time tickets are used to control registration eligibility, there are two variations available, unrestricted time ticketing and restricted to time ticketing. ŁUnrestricted time tickets refers to stud ents with assigned time tickets who are only eligible for registration (for the term) as applicable fo r their time ticket. If a student does not have a time ticket, that student may register (for the term) at any time (subject to other restrictions, as applicable). ŁRestricted time tickets refers to students with assigned time tickets who are subject to the same eligibility restri ctions as with unrestricted time tickets. The difference with this method is that all students must have a time ticket to register. If they do not have an assigned time ticket, the student will not be eligible for registration (for the term) under any circumstances. ŁRegistration Time Controls The Third Party Registration Time Controls Form (SFARGTC) provides an alternative to individually assigned time-tic keting, by offering the ability to create term-specific registration eligibility profiles whereby only those students who match the criteria for a valid time control may regi ster at any given time. These methods are controlled by rules on GTVSDAX (and GORFLAG for Banner Voice Response) and provide a registration indicator of eligible or ineligible for the student based on the selected method of registration co ntrol and checking against the rules on SFARGTC (for registration time controls) or the records on SFARGRP (for restricted and External CodeInternal Code Internal Code Seq NumberInternal Code GroupDescription Activity DateY/NWEBDETCODE1 WEBACCTSUMDisplay Detail Code on WEB Sysdate/n 340 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration unrestricted time tickets). The student is pe rmitted to continue with registration once the checks have taken place. The rule on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) must be created as follows: ŁThe Internal Code is WEBRESTTKT . ŁThe Sequence (Number) is blank ( Null ).ŁThe (Internal) Group (Code) value is WEBREG . ŁThe External Code can be set to Y, to restrict registration to time tickets, or N, to not restrict registration to time tickets. N is the delivered default. ŁThe Description is WebVR Restrict Reg to Time Tkt .ŁThe Translation Code and Reporting Date can be left blank ( Null ).ŁThe System Requirements (Indicator ) must be checked.Students with time tickets (for a specified term) can only register within the timeframes established for that ticket (or tickets). All students must have a time ticket to register. If a student does not have a time ticket established, they are not eligible for registration under any circumstances. Registration Priority Time -Ticketing Setup Overview The following steps are required to implemen t Registration Priority Time-Ticketing: 1.Build registration group codes in the Registration Group Control Form (SFARCTL). 2.Build registration time slots in the Regi stration Priority Control Form (SFARCTT). 3.Link the time slots with their priorities to the Registration Groups. 4.Assign term specific registration groups to individual students on the Student Registration Group Form (SFARGRP). Steps 1 through 4 are required for each registration term. However, Steps 1 and 2 may be completed in reverse order. If the time slots are built first on the Registration Priority Control Form (SFARCTT) as indicated in Step 2, then steps 1 and 3 can be combined as the next step. In addition, a model script is available to partially automate the building of registration group codes and assign those codes to students who are eligible to register. See additional detailed notes about this script ( sfrgrup.sql ) following the implementation steps below. Registration Priority Time-Ticketing Setup Steps 1.Build registration group codes in the Registration Group Control Form (SFARCTL). Note: At this time, build the codes only; do not try to associate a priority with a group until the next step has been completed. /n 341 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration The Registration Group Control Form (SFARCTL) is used to define registration group codes and the assigned registration prio rities for those group codes for Banner Student Self-Service Web registration and Banner Voice Response telephone registration. There is no validation for the group code. A group code may be initially defined without a priority, and the priority may be associated with the code after time slots and priorities are established on the Registration Pr iority Control Form (SFARCTT). Students assigned to registration grou ps will be permitted access to Web and telephone registration only during the ti me slot(s) specified by their assigned registration group code and assigned priori ty on the Student Registration Group Form (SFARGRP). Codes must be established on the Registration Group Control Form (SFARCTL) before they can be assigned to students on the Student Registration Group Form (SFARGRP). Procedurally, registration group codes can be defined on SFARCTL without priorities at the same time that registration time slot s are defined on SFARCTT. Priorities can then be assigned to the group codes on SFAR CTL after the time slots exist with their assigned priorities on SFARCTT. 2.Build registration time slots in the Regi stration Priority Control Form (SFARCTT). The Registration Priority Co ntrol Form (SFARCTT) is used to define rules that assign the begin and end dates and times and priority assignment for each registration time slot for Banner Student Self-Service W eb registration and Banner Voice Response telephone registration. Time slots are required to have a begin date and time, end date and time, and a priority. More than one registration time slot can be assigned the same priority. If more than one time slot has the same priority, any group assigned that priority on the Registration Group Control Form (SFARCTL) will have all of those time slots assigned and available for Web and telephone registration. Students who are assigned to the group in the Student Registration Gr oup Form (SFARGRP) will be permitted to register via the Web or telephone during any of the time slots assigned to the priority of the group. 3.Link the time slots with their priorities to the registration groups. Link the time slots with their priorities to the registration groups by updating the Group Priority field on the Registration Group Control Form (SFARCTL). 4.Assign term-specific registration groups to individual students on the Student Registration Group Form (SFARGRP). The Student Registration Group Form (SFARGRP) is used to assign a registration group to individual students on a term-by term-basis. A registration group that has been defined, but not associated with a prio rity, cannot be assigned to a student on this form. Only one registration group can be assigned to a student for a specific term. Use a List function from the (Registration) Group (Code) field to display the Registration Group Control Form (SFARCTL), which in turn displa ys the valid codes and allows for an Exit with Value. The user ID that assigned the registration group code is stored and displayed on the form, as well as the activity date a ssociated with the mo st recent change. Registration group assignments cannot be made when the student status for the selected term does not allow registration (i.e., the Allow Registration flag on the Student Status Code Validation Form (STVSTST) is unchecked or N). You cannot /n 342 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration create group assignments for a term for which the student record has an inactive status. You may query the registration time slots and the students who have been assigned to those time slots for specific registration group codes using the Student Registration Group Query Form (SFIRGRP). When more than one time slot is assigned t he same priority, and that priority has been assigned to a registration group, all of th e time slots are displayed in the Student Registration Group Control section of the fo rm. The cursor cannot be positioned to any fields in the form, but in query mode, (Registration) Group Code , Group Priority, Begin Date , End Date , Begin Time , and End Time can be accessed and used to specify query criteria. Students assigned to the registration group code display in the Student Information section of the form. When the cursor is scro lled through multiple ti me slot records, it they exist, the list of student names that displays will be the same for each record. Group is an optional Key Block field. If no group code is entered in the Key Block, all existing registration groups and their assigned students, if any exist, are retrieved for display. See the "Model Script for Populating Registration Groups" topic below for more information. 5.Set up the following ru le for restricted time tickets on GTVSDAX. Model Script for Popula ting Registration Groups The SQL script sfrgrup.sql may be used as a model for creating registration groups from your existing student population. This script should be analyzed and modified as appropriate by technical support staff prior to execution. The model script does the following: ŁPrompts for a term code. ŁCreates student registration group records (SFBRGRP) for every general student in the database whose student status ( SGBSTDN_STST_CODE ) allows registration (STVSTST_REG_IND is set to Y). (These students repres ent the IDs that will be entered in the Key Block of SFARGRP). ŁCreates registration group code records (S FBWCTL) and assigns the appropriate code to each of the students (SFBRGRP) above by examining academic history as follows: External CodeInternal Code Internal Code Sequence NumberInternal Code GroupDescription Activity DateY/NWEBRESTTKTWEBREGWe bVR Restrict Reg to Time Tkt Sysdate/n 343 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ŁSums the earned hours in academic history for all of the Term GPA records (SHRTGPA_HOURS_EARNED ) that have the same level as the level of the general student record that is effective fo r the term specified in the prompt. ŁSubtracts the sum of hours from the previo us step from 1000. This result is the group code that is assigned to the student. The following are some examples: Once the script is executed, the group codes are associated with the students. The group codes are displayed on SFARCTL. The order of the display of the codes is by earned hours seniority, if no modifications are made to the script. In other words, the group codes are character values and are ordered in ascending order. The students who have co mpleted the most hours will have codes that are at the top of the list of codes displayed on SFARCTL, and the students who have completed the fewest hours will have codes that are at the bottom of the list of codes displayed on SFARCTL. The codes in the example above would be displayed in the following order on SFARCTL: Ł0896 Ł0954 Ł0982 Ł1000 When the group codes have been associated wit h students, you must build the time slots and their priorities on SFARCTT (if not built previously), then associate the time slots (priorities) with the groups on SFARCTL by populating the Group Priority field. Once those tasks have been completed, the SFARGR P form can be used to display the time slots for individual students for the term, and the Student Registration Group Query Form (SFIRGRP) can be used to query registration gr oups, their associated time slots, and the students assigned to those groups. Student Sum of Hours EarnedCalculation Group Code Assigned One46 1000-460954 Two 104 1000-1040896 Three 18 1000-180982 Four * 01000-01000 * Freshmen with no earn ed hours in academic history will be assigned to grou p 1000 based on the logic in the model script. /n 344 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Scenarios for Using the GTVSDAX Rules for Restricted Time Tickets and Time Controls 1.Time Controls ŁWEBMANCONT = Y ŁWEBRESTTKT = N (This record setting is not applic able if you are using third-party controls.) ŁNo valid SFARGTC record profile match ex ists for the student/term at this time. Because no SFARGTC record exists, when the user tries to access the Add or Drop Class and Change Class Options pages, the fo llowing MCERR message is displayed: The student is not permitted to register at this time. The Look Up Classes page will display, the s earch can be performe d, and the results are displayed without a Registration checkbox. 2.Time Controls ŁWEBMANCONT = Y ŁWEBRESTTKT = N (This record setting is not applic able if you are using third-party controls.) ŁSFARGTC = Last Name same as student ŁThe Add or Drop Class, Change Class Options, and Look Up Classes pages can be accessed. 3.Time Controls ŁWEBMANCONT = Y ŁWEBRESTTKT = Y (This record setting is not appl icable to Third Party Controls.) ŁNo valid SFARGTC record profile match ex ists for the student/term at this time. Because no SFARGTC record exists, when the user tries to access the Add or Drop Class and Change Class Options pages, th e following MCERR message is display ed: The student is not permitted to register at this time. The Look Up Classes page is displayed, the search can be performed, and the results are displayed without a Registration checkbox. 4.Time Tickets ŁWEBMANCONT = N ŁWEBRESTTKT = N ŁNo SFARGRP record The Add or Drop Class, Change Class Option s, and Look Up Classes pages can be accessed. The Registration Status page displays the time ticket appropriately. 5.Time Tickets ŁWEBMANCONT = N /n 345 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ŁWEBRESTTKT = Y ŁNo SFARGRP record exists for the student. If Web registration is attempted, then because WEBRESTTKT is set to Y, the user will receive the following TTERR message: You have no Registration Time Ticket. Please contact the registration administrator for your time ticket. The Look Up Classes page is displayed, the search can be performed, and the results are displayed without a Registration checkbox. The Registration Status page can be accessed. 6.Time Tickets ŁWEBMANCONT = N ŁWEBRESTTKT = N ŁA valid SFARGRP record exists for the student. The Add or Drop Class, Change Class Option s, and Look Up Classes pages can be accessed. The Registration Status page displays the time ticket appropriately. 7.Time Tickets ŁWEBMANCONT = N ŁWEBRESTTKT = N ŁAn invalid SFARGRP record exists for the student. Because the student does not have an active SFARGRP record, the following TTTIMES error message is displayed on the Add or Drop Class and Change Class Options pages: You may register during the following times. The Look Up Classes page is displayed, the search can be performed, and the results are displayed without a Registration checkbox. The Registration Status page displays the time ticket appropriately. 8.Time Tickets ŁWEBMANCONT = N ŁWEBRESTTKT = Y ŁA valid SFARGRP record exists for the student. The Add or Drop Class, Change Class Option s, and Look Up Classes to Add pages can be accessed. The Registration Status page displays the time ticket appropriately. 9.Time Tickets ŁWEBMANCONT = N ŁWEBRESTTKT = Y ŁAn invalid SFARGRP record exists for the student. /n 346 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Because the student does not have an active SFARGRP record, the following TTTIMES error message is displayed on the Add or Drop Class and Change Class Options pages: You may register during the following times. The Look Up Classes page is displayed, the search can be performed, and the results are displayed without a Registration checkbox. The Registration Status page displays the time ticket appropriately. Set Up Third-Party ControlsYour institution can choose to use third-party controls instead of time -ticketing. Third-party controls allow you to define rules that control timed access to add/drop functions. Time control records can use any combination of the following to define assigned time slots for registration activity: ŁPINŁLast name ŁStudent type ŁEarned hours ŁCollegeŁDegree ŁDepartment ŁCampus ŁClassŁMajor Management control time ticketing is dynamic. When a student attempts to register, his or her current data is compared to defined management control records to determine whether the action can be performed. Managem ent controls are maintained and displayed in the Third Party Registration Time Controls Form (SFARGTC). Use the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) to indicate that you are using third-party controls. The rule on GTVSDAX should be set up as follows: ŁThe Internal Code is WEBMANCONT . ŁThe Sequence (Number) is blank ( Null ).ŁThe (Internal) Group (Code) value is WEBREG . ŁThe External Code should be Y. (The delivered value is N, which should be changed if you want to use third-party controls instead of registration group time ticketing controls.) ŁThe Description is Web Use Management Controls ./n 347 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration ŁThe Translation Code and Reporting Date can be left blank ( Null ).ŁThe System Requirements checkbox must be checked. When third-party controls are being used to enforce Web registration availability, a student™s characteristics are matched against management control records maintained in the SFRCTRL table and displayed on SFARGTC. Multiple records can be defined for each term. Management control records are checked agains t the student™s data to determine at the time of login whether any permit the stude nt to perform add/drop activity. If no management control records that allow access at the current date and time are matched, the message Please contact the registration ad ministrator for your time ticket is displayed, and add/drop activity will not be allowed. One of the items that can be us ed in management control time-t icket rules is PIN. Different registration periods can be defined for differ ent PIN ranges. Because two PINs can exist for a student (the login PIN and the term-specific alternative PIN), you can select which PIN is to be used in management control checking. The PIN selection is done using another GTVSDAX rule, which sh ould be set up as follows: ŁThe Internal Code is WEBALTPINU . ŁThe Sequence (Number) is blank ( Null ).ŁThe (Internal) Group (Code) value is WEBREG . ŁThe External Code should be Y if you want the alternative PIN (from the SPRAPIN table) for the term to be used when matching management control time ticket records to student characteristics, or External Code should be N if you want the login PIN (from the GOBTPAC table) to be used. ŁThe Description is Web Alt PIN Use .ŁThe Translation Code and Reporting Date can be left blank ( Null ).ŁThe System Requirements checkbox must be checked. Set Up Alternate PIN ProcessingAlternative PIN processing allows you to r equire a student to enter an additional PIN before he or she can perform initial add/drop ac tivity for a term. Institutions typically use this functionality to fiforcefl a student to contac t an advisor, who will provide the PIN, before initially registering for the term. When a student tr ies to register for the first time (via either the Add or Drop Classes page or the Look Up Classes Results page), if alternative PIN processing is turned on and an alternative PIN has been entered for the student on the Alternate Personal Identificati on Number Form (SPAAPIN), then the system displays the Alternate PIN Verification page. (If no alte rnative PIN has been entered on SP AAPIN, the system displays the requested page with out displaying this page first.) Alternative PIN processing work s together with third-party controls. The following table shows the different combinations you can use to set up alternative PIN processing in the /n 348 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX). The internal codes in the table are described as follows. ŁWEBMANCONT - Uses third-party controls to determine when students are eligible to register. ŁWEBALTPINA - Indicates that the alternative PIN is required if it has been set on SPAAPIN. ŁWEBALTPINU - Indicates when Y that the alternative PIN from the SPRAPIN table is used for the term, or indicates when N that the login PIN from the GOBTPAC table is used. Here are the alternative PIN rule combinations, settings, and results. Internal CodeExternal CodeSystem Action Here is rule comb ination number one. WEBMANCONTNUse registration time-ticketing as set up on SFARCTT. WEBALTPINAYRequires entry of the alternative PIN designated for the student and term on SPAAPIN, if one exists. WEBALTPINUNThis value is no t relevant, as third party controls on SFARGTC are not used when the WEBMANCONT rule is set to N. Here is rule comb ination number two. WEBMANCONTYRequires that registration appointment requirements defined on SFARGTC be met. WEBALTPINAYRequires entry of the alternative PIN designated on SPAAPIN for the student and term, if one exists, for process name TREG .WEBALTPINUNRequires that the GOATPAD PIN for the student is in the range set up on SFARGTC. Here is rule combin ation number three. WEBMANCONTYRequires that registration appointment requirements defined on SFARGTC be met. WEBALTPINANStudent will not be required to enter an alternate PIN, even if one has been assigned on SPAAPIN. WEBALTPINUYAlternate PIN from SPAAPIN for process name TREG will be used by the SFARGTC PIN range settings. Here is rule combin ation number four. /n 349 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration 1.On the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX), enter the appropriate value, as described in the table above, in the External Code field for the following internal codes:ŁWEBMANCONT ŁWEBALTPINA ŁWEBALTPINU 2.For each term code for which you want to use alternative PIN processing, on the Alternate Personal Identification Number Form (SPAAPI N), define the alternative PIN(s) as follows. ŁIn the Term Code field, enter the term code. ŁIn the Process Name field, enter TREG.ŁIn the Alternate PIN field, enter the PIN. ŁSave your changes. Set Up Registration Permit-OverridesThis section applies to Banner Student Sy stem registration, Te lephone Registration processing, and Banner Faculty and Advisor Self-Service registration. WEBMANCONTNUse registration time-ticketing as set up on SFARCTT. WEBALTPINANStudent will not be required to enter an alternate PIN, even if one has been assigned on SPAAPIN. WEBALTPINUYThis value is no t relevant, as third party controls on SFARGTC are not used when the WEBMANCONT rule is set to N. Here is rule combin ation number five. WEBMANCONTYRequires that registration appointment requirements defined on SFARGTC be met. WEBALTPINAYRequires entry of the alternative PIN designated for the student and term on SPAAPIN, if one exists. WEBALTPINUYRequires entry of the alternative PIN designated on SPAAPIN for the student and term, if one exists, for process name TREG .Internal CodeExternal CodeSystem Action /n 350 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Note: Permit-override processing in registration is the same for Banner Faculty and Advisor Self-Service and Banner Voice Response telephone registration. You should, therefore, be careful about making changes, as any changes you make affect both products. Registration Permit-Override processing allo ws institutions to optionally establish combinations of allowable automatic override s for registration processing that can be assigned to individual students. These permit -overrides are available by term on a course or section basis. These overrides will by-pass the error checking that would normally be performed in the baseline Student Course Registration Form (SFAREGS), Telephone Registration processing, and Banner Stu dent Self-Service Registration, if the corresponding term controls on the Term Control Form (SOATERM) were flagged as either Warning, or Fatal, where applicable. The following registration errors can be designated for permit-overrides on the Registration Permit-Overrid es Control Form (SFAROVR): Łprerequisite and test score override Łcorequisite override Łcourse link overrideŁspecial approval override Łdepartment override Łduplicate course override Łrepeat hours override Łrepeat limit override Łtime conflict override Łstudent attribute override Łcollege override Łcampus override Łclass override Łcapacity permit override Łcohort override Łlevel override Łprogram override Łdegree override Łfield of study override Łmutual exclusion override /n 351 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Note: A duplicate course is one that has the same subject, course number, and schedule type. For more detailed information about the above re gistration error checking categories, refer to the fiCatalogfl, fiClass Schedulefl, fiRegistrationfl and chapters in the Banner Student User Guide:The rest of this section covers the following: ŁfiPermit-Overrides Set-Up Summaryfl on page351 ŁfiStudent Registration Permit-Override Stepsfl on page351 Permit-Overrides Set-Up Summary1.Initial Set-up1.1. Review and/or establish permit-overrides on the Registration Permit-Override Code Validation Form (STVROVR). 1.2. Enter permit-override codes and their descriptions on the form. 2.Term-Specific Processing 2.1. Review and/or establish term specific permit-override processing rules on the Registration Permit-Overrid es Control Form (SFAROVR). 2.2. Review and/or establish the automatically allowed registration error checking override flags for permit-override codes available for the registration term. 3.Permit-Override Processing 3.1. Assign specific permit-overrides to st udents for courses and/or sections on the Student Registration Permit-Override Form (SFASRPO). 3.2. Review and/or assign registration pe rmit-override codes to individual students for specific courses and/or sections. Student Registration Permit-Override Steps Permit-overrides are estab lished in the following order: 1.Define permit-override codes on the Regi stration Permit-Override Code Validation Form (STVROVR). The Registration Permit-Overr ide Code Validation Form (STV ROVR) is used to define and maintain the codes and descriptions for assigning registration permit-override groups to individual students in the Student Registration Permit-Override Form (SFASRPO) for registration processing. The ru les for each registra tion permit-override group are defined on the Registration Permit-Overrides Control Form (SFAROVR) on a term-by-term basis, and must exist befo re they can be assigned to students. /n 352 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration 2.Establish, on a term-by-term basis, the permit-override codes and the specific registration error checking overrides that are allowed using the Registration Permit- Overrides Control Form (SFAROVR). The Registration Permit-Overrides Control Form (SFAROVR) is used to establish the registration permit-override codes and thei r associated allowable registration error overrides on a term-by-term basis. When a new permit-override code is added, all overrides initially default to unchecked or N (no automatic override), but may be updated to checked or Y (registration error checking override automatically allowed). These override codes are then assigned to in dividual students on a specific term and course or section basis. You cannot make a permit-override entry until a Permit-Override code (defined on the Registration Permit-Override Code Validation Form (STVROVR)) has rules defined for the term in the Key Block of SFAROVR. En try of a code which is defined only on STVROVR which does not have rules defined on SFAROVR for the Key term is not allowed.3.Assign student-specific permit-override codes on a term and course or section basis using the Student Registration Permit-Override Form (SFASRPO). The Student Registration Permit-Override Fo rm (SFASRPO) is used to assign specific permit-override codes to individual students on a term and course or section basis. When a code is assigned to a st udent for a specific term, the CRN , Subject , Course Number, and Section fields are available to specify when assigning the specific permit-override code. At a minimum, a subject and course number must be designated when assigning a code. If a subj ect and course number are specified, the permit-override registration error checking will apply to any section of that subject and course number when the student registers. If a specific CRN is entered, the subject, course number, and section number will de fault. If a subject, course number, and section number are entered, the CRN will default. Mult iple permit-override codes can be assigned to the same subject and cour se number combination, or the same CRN. Warning! Caution should be exercised when assigning permit-override codes. If a permit-override code is assigned to a subject and course number combination that is not associated with a CRN, and a different permit-override code (with a different set of registration error overrides allowed) is assigned to a specific CRN that has the same subject and course number, the logic in the permit-override checking ficombinesfl the rules in the sense that all of the Y (Yes) overrides for registration error checking are combined from both rules. This is not a problem if the Y overrides permitted fo r the specific CRN are the same, or include more Y overrides than the rule associated with the same subject and course number combination. This is a problem if the Y overrides permitted for the specific CRN are fewer and/or different from the overrides permitted for the same subject and course number combination. The effects of combining overrides when the same subject and course number are specified in more than on e permit-override rule are illustrated in the following examples. /n 353 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Examples of Permit-Override Rules In the examples below, the fistudentfl is an undergraduate sophomore biology major, and Section 02 of PSYC 300 (C RN 10050) and Section 03 of PSYC 300 (CRN 10051) are restricted to junior and senior psychology majors at the undergraduate level. Example 1 of specific overrides assigned to the student:In Example 1, the student has been granted an automatic override fo r the specific section 02 of PSYC 300 (CRN 10050) only if the class's maximum enrollment has been reached or exceeded (capacity permit = Yes). However, because the ALLOWALL rule grants automatic overrides for all registration error checking categories, the student will automatically be enrolled in the either section 02 or 03 of PSYC 300, if selected at the time of registration, even though the student doe s not meet the requirements for the class and major for enrollment in the sections. Permit CodeCapacityDuplicatesLinks Co- ReqsPre- ReqsTime ALLOWALL YYYYYY Spc- ApprMajorCollegeLevelClassCamp Rpt HrsRpt LmtDegPrgm YYYYYYYYYY Permit CodeCapacityDuplicatesLinks Co- ReqsPre- ReqsTime CAPACITY YNNNNN Spc- ApprMajorCollegeLevelClassCamp Rpt HrsRpt LmtDegPrgm YNNNNNNNNN Permit CodeCRN SubjCourseSection ALLOWALL PSYC300CAPACITY10050 PSYC30002 /n 354 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Example 2 of specific overrides assigned to the student:In Example 2, the student has been granted an automatic override for all registration error checking categories for the specific section 02 of PSYC 300 (CRN 10050). If the student attempts to register fo r section 02 of PSYC 300 only , the ALLOWALL rule will grant automatic overrides for all registration erro r checking categories, in cluding the capacity error, and the student will be successfully regist ered in the section. If the student attempts to register for section 03 of PSYC 300 (CRN 10051), registra tion errors will occur on both Class restriction and Major restriction, but not capacity. Permit-override codes are assigned in the Student Registration Permit-Overrides section of SFASRPO. Permit-override types can be assigned only when they have been authorized for the term in the Key Block usin g the Registration Permit-Overrides Control Form (SFAROVR). Several functions are available in this section as follows: ŁA List function from the Permit (-Override Code) field displays the Registration Permit- Override Codes list of values, which is deriv ed from the Registration Permit-Overrides Control Form (SFAROVR). You may select a value from this window or select Define Permit/Override Rules from the Options Menu to access SFAROVR, which displays the valid codes and allo ws Exit with Value. ŁA Help function from the CRN field displays the Registration Course Query Form (SFQSECT) when a valid CRN is present. You may also use the Search feature and select View Section Information (SFQSECT) to access SFQSECT. ŁA List function from the Subject field displays a list of valid subject codes. ŁA Count Query Hits function from the CRN, Subject , Course Number, and Section fields displays the Registration Section Query Form (SFQSECM). You may also use the Search feature and select Search for Sectio ns (SFQSECM) to access SFQSECM from the CRN field.ŁA Duplicate Record function from the Subject and Course Number fields displays the Existing Courses list of values, which is derived from the Subject/Course Query Form (SCQSUBJ). The user ID that assigned the override-permit code is stored and displayed on the form, as well as the activity date associat ed with the most recent change. Student Schedule information is also displaye d on the form. The information displayed is the same as that displayed in the Student Schedule section of the Registration Section Query Form (SFQSECM). Permit CodeCRN SubjCourseSection CAPACITY PSYC300ALLOWALL10050 PSYC30002 /n 355 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Allow Major, Educational Goal, and Employment Expectation Updates When Banner Student Self-Service is delivered, the following procedures and menu are disabled: Łbwskxmis.p_studenttermdata (procedure) Łbwskxmis.p_updatestudenttermdata (procedure) Łbwskxmis.p_studenttermdata (menu) These items can be used to permit students to update their major, educational goal, and employment expectation for any term for which they haven™t already registered or changed the information. If a student tries to access this information for a term for which changes have been made or registration has occurred, one of the following messages is displayed: ŁYou have already entered student data for this term ŁYou have already registered for this term Your institution can turn off the update for both the educational goal and employment expectation. The rows in the following table are delivered on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) with Y in the External Code field.If a student accesses a term for which no student record (SGASTDN) exists, no major is available to be selected. If data is successfully changed, the student is directed back to the Registration menu and the message Student data successfully updated is displayed. This updated information can then be viewed on the Registration Status and View Student Information from the Student Records menu or the Degree link on the Registration Status page. Set up the following rows on GTVSDAX to either enable or disable this option. External CodeInternal Code Internal Code Seq NumberInternal Code GroupDescription Activity DateY/NWEBEDGOAL1 STUWEBDisplay/Update Education Goal SysdateY/NWEBEMPLEXP1 STUWEBDisplay/Update Employment Exp Sysdate/n 356 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Use Registration on the Web This section provides step-by-step instructi ons for using registration on the Web. It includes the following procedures: ŁfiSearch for Classes and Registering via the Webfl on page356 ŁfiRegister for a Known CRN via the Webfl on page357 ŁfiView Active Registrations via the Webfl on page358 Search for Classes and Registering via the Web This procedure explains how a student can find classes and register for them. 1.The student selects the Look Up Classes link from the Registration Menu. 2.The Select Term or Date Range page ( bwskfcls.p_sel_crse_search ) is displayed, on which the student either selects a term from the pulldown list or enters a date range, and then selects the Submit button to proceed. Note: The terms presented in the pulldown are not restricted to those that are available for registration, but are delineated by the Master Web Term Control checkbox on the Term Control Form (SOATERM). If the Web registration dates are not active, the message View only is displayed to the right of the term. 3.The Look Up Classes page ( bwckgens.p_sel_term_date ) is displayed. It contains 16 parameters that may be used to narrow the user™s search for the desired class. After selecting search parameters, the user selects the Class Search button to initiate the search. 4.The Look Up Classes Results page ( bwskfcls.P_GetCrse ) is displayed. Only classes that have been identified as availa ble on the Web (that is, those for whom the Voice Response and Self-Service Available checkbox on the Schedule Form [SSASECT] has been sele cted) are displayed.Note: This page is different from the pa ge seen by a prospective student on the unsecured side of the Web site. If desired, the student can select the CRN link for a specific cl ass to view more in- depth information about the class, includi ng the syllabus, to make a more informed decision as to the suitability of the course. Then the student can return to the Look Up Classes search result page. The student now can decide to add the desired class to the worksheet (see step 5), conduct another class search (see step 6), or re gister directly for the section (see step 7). 5.To add classes to the worksh eet, the student selects the Select checkbox for the applicable sections, then selects the Add to Worksheet button to go to the Add or /n 357 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration Drop Classes page ( bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ), at which point the system populates the Add Classes Worksh eet with the selected CRN. Note: The Add to Worksheet button is not available if the search is being performed for a date range that spans multiple terms. Note: The student is not registered in the class until he or she selects the Submit Changes button. 6.To continue searching for classes, the student selects the Class Search button to go to the Look Up Class Search Criteria page. 7.To register directly for the class, the student selects the Select checkbox for the applicable sections, then selects the Register button.If the class (or one of the classe s, if multiple are selected) is an open learning class, the Registration Start Date Confirmation page is displayed, requiring the student to enter a desired start or end date for the registration. The start date determined on this page represents the official start of the class, with the end date identifying the expected completion date of the course. The student selects the Submit Changes button to proceed with the registration an d display the Add or Drop Classes page. 8.To register in a class in a different term, the student must return to the Registration menu and repeat the steps beginning with step Step 1 .9.A successful registration creates an opening record in the new Additional Registration Information table (SFRAREG). This tabl e stores the selected/derived start and expected completion dates for open learning courses or the part of term start/end dates of the section in which the student registered. These dates, instead of the Census dates, are now used in the Financial Aid process. For open learning course registrations, the Additional Registration Information table (SFRAREG) also stores the instructor assi gned to the student, that is, the primary instructor assigned to the section. Register for a Known CRN via the Web This procedure explains how a student can regi ster for a class if he or she already knows the CRN. 1.The student selects the Add or Drop Classes link from the Registration Menu. 2.If the student has not yet selected a term in this Web session, the system displays the Registration Term page ( bwskflib.P_SelDefTerm ). The student selects the desired term from the Select a Term pulldown list and selects the Submit button. Note: The terms presented in the pulldown are not restricted to those that are available for registration, but are delineated by the Master Web Term Control checkbox in the Web Processi ng Controls window of the Term Control Form (SOATERM). If the Web registration dates are not active, the message View only is displayed to the right of the term. /n 358 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Registration 3.The system displays the Add or Drop Classes page (bwskfreg.P_AddDropCrse ).4.The student enters the CRN in the Add Classes Worksheet ar ea, then selects the Submit Changes button.If the class (or one of the classe s, if multiple are selected) is an open learning class, the Registration Start Date Confirmation page ( bwckcoms.P_Regs ) is displayed, requiring the student to enter a desired start or end date for the registration. The start date determined on this page represents the official start of the class, with the end date identifying the expected completion dat e of the course. The student selects the Submit Changes button to proceed with the registration and display the Add or Drop Classes page. Note: Waitlisting is not permitted fo r open learning classes. 5.A successful registration creates an opening record in the new Additional Registration Information table (SFRAREG). This tabl e stores the selected/derived start and expected completion dates for open learning courses or the part of term start/end dates of the section in which the student registered. These dates, instead of the Census dates, are now used in the Financial Aid process. For open learning course registrations, the Additional Registration Information table (SFRAREG) also stores the instructor assi gned to the student, that is, the primary instructor assigned to the section. View Active Registrations via the Web A student can view active regi strations (those that have not been graded and rolled to Academic History). 1.The student selects the Active Registration link from the Registration menu. 2.The Active Registrations page ( bwsksreg.p_active_regs ) displays all registration activity, in summary, that ha s not yet been graded and rolled to Academic History. These classes may span multiple terms and are therefore displayed with the most recent activity first, with the re gistrations sorted in course sequence. /n 359Banner Student Self-Service User Guide | Technical Flows This section provides diagrams of the following technical flows: ŁfiAdd or Drop Classesfl on page360 ŁfiChange Class Optionsfl on page364 ŁfiLook Up Classesfl on page365 /n 360Banner Student Self-Service User Guide | Add or Drop ClassesPage 1 of 4/n 361Banner Student Self-Service User Guide | Add or Drop Classes - Page 2 of 4/n 362Banner Student Self-Service User Guide | Add or Drop Classes - Page 3 of 4/n 363Banner Student Self-Service User Guide | Add or Drop Classes - Page 4 of 4/n 364Banner Student Self-Service User Guide | Change Class Options/n 365Banner Student Self-Service User Guide | Look Up Classes/n 366 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Student Records The Student Records portion of Banner Student Self-Service allows a student to do the following: ŁView his or her academic records ŁView his or her General Student record ŁView holds that may exis t on his or her records ŁDisplay his or her grades for the term ŁReview his or her unofficial transcripts ŁAudit his or her course work against a selected primary or secondary program offering at your institution, initiate an audit, and view results This chapter contains the following sections: ŁfiStudent Records Web Pagesfl on page366 , which provides details about each Web page accessed from the Student Records Web pages ŁfiSet Up Student Records on the Webfl on page483 , which provides detailed steps for setting up Student Records on the Web ŁfiUse Student Records on the Webfl on page508 , which provides step-by-step procedures Student Records Web Pages The following Web pages compose Banner Student Self-Service Student Records: ŁfiView Holds (bwskoacc.P_ ViewHold)fl on page368 ŁfiMidterm Grades Term (bwskmgrd.P_Write_Term_Selection)fl on page370 ŁfiMidterm Grades (bwskmgrd.P_Write_Midterm_Grades)fl on page372 ŁfiFinal Grades Selection (bwskogrd.P_ViewTermGrde)fl on page375 ŁfiFinal Grades (bwskogrd.P_ViewGrde)fl on page377 ŁfiGrade Detail Term (bwsksmrk.P_Write_Term_Selection)fl on page382 ŁfiSection Grade Detail (bwsksmrk.p write_crn_selection)fl on page383 ŁfiComponent Grade Detail (bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail)fl on page385 ŁfiSubcomponent Grade Detail (bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail)fl on page387 ŁfiAcademic Transcript Options (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran)fl on page388 /n 367 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records ŁfiAcademic Transcript (bwskotrn.P_ViewTran)fl on page391 ŁfiTranscript Request Address (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Transcript_Address)fl on page402 ŁfiSelect Transcript Type (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_request_type)fl on page403 ŁfiTranscript Request Options (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_request_data)fl on page406 ŁfiPayment Options (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Trans_Request_Charges)fl on page408 ŁfiTranscript Request Summary (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Payment_Type)fl on page411 ŁfiSignature Page (bwskwtrr.P_DispSigPage)fl on page413 ŁfiTranscript Order Date (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Order_Requests)fl on page414 ŁfiTranscript Order Status (bwskwtrr. P_Disp_Status_of_Order)fl on page416 ŁfiDegree Evaluation Record (bwckcapp.P_DispCurrent)fl on page417 ŁfiPrevious Evaluations (bwcksmmt.P_DispPrevEval)fl on page422 ŁfiDegree Evaluation Results Report (bwcksxml.report)fl on page423 ŁfiGenerate New Evaluation (bwc kcapp.P_DispEvalTerm)fl on page424 ŁfiWhat-If Analysis (Step One) (bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_one)fl on page426 ŁfiWhat-If Analysis (Step Two) (bwcksmd s.p_whatif_step_two)fl on page428 ŁfiWhat-If Analysis (Step Three) (bwcksmds.P_whatif_step_three)fl on page430 ŁfiWhat-If Analysis (Add More) (bwcksmds.p_whatif_next_step)fl on page432 ŁfiWhat-If Analysis (Evaluation Term) (bwcksmds.p_whatif_next_step)fl on page433 ŁfiGeneral Student Information (bwskgstu.P_StuInfo)fl on page435 ŁfiEnrollment Verification Request (bw skrqst.p_disp_term_type)fl on page439 ŁfiEnrollment Verification Delivery (bwskrqst.p_proc_term_type)fl on page441 ŁfiEnrollment Verification Address (bwskrqst.p_proc_delivery)fl on page442 ŁfiEnrollment Verification Payment (bwskrqst.p_proc_payment)fl on page444 ŁfiEnrollment Verification Request Summary (bwskrqst.p_proc_confirm)fl on page446 ŁfiEnrollment Verification Signature (b wskrqst.p_proc_confirm)fl on page449 ŁfiEnrollment Verification Request Date (b wskrqst.p_disp_request_dates)fl on page450 ŁfiEnrollment Verification Request Status (b wskrqst.p_disp_request_status)fl on page451 ŁfiTest Scores (bwsktesc.p_view_tests)fl on page453 ŁfiCurriculum Term Selection (bwskgrad.p_disp_grad_term)fl on page454 ŁfiCurriculum Selection (bwskgrad.p_disp_gradapp)fl on page457 ŁfiGraduation Date Selection (bwskgrad.p_proc_grad_date)fl on page460 /n 368 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records ŁfiGraduation Ceremony Selection (bwskgrad.p_proc_ceremony)fl on page463 ŁfiDiploma Name Selection (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_name)fl on page464 ŁfiDiploma Name Selection - Name Change (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_name)fl on page467 ŁfiName Change Information (bwgkoinf.P_DispUpdName)fl on page469 ŁfiDiploma Mailing Address Se lection (bwskgrad.p_proc_d iploma_addr)fl on page470 ŁfiDiploma Mailing Address Se lection - Address Change (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_addr)fl on page472 ŁfiGraduation Application Payment (bw skgrad.p_proc_payment)fl on page475 ŁfiGraduation Application Summary (b wskgrad.p_disp_confirm)fl on page476 ŁfiGraduation Application Signature (bwskgrad.p_disp_sigpage)fl on page479 ŁfiGraduation Application (bwskg rad.p_view_gradapp)fl on page481 Students can also access your institution™s course catalog and class schedule. Refer to the following chapters for more information: ŁfiCourse Catalogfl on page44 ŁfiClass Schedulefl on page71 View Holds (bwskoacc.P_ViewHold) This page displays a student™s holds. To be displayed on the Web, the hold type must be Web-enabled and the hold must be in effect (t hat is, the current date is within the date range specified on the Hold Informat ion Form [SOAHOLD] for the student). If the person has no holds, the message No holds exist on your record displayed. If the person has holds in effect, but none of the holds are Web-enabled, the message The holds on your record may not be viewed on the Web is displayed.Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Hold Type Description type of hold assigned to the student. From DateDate on which th e hold went into effect. To Date Date on which the hold ends. /n 369 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. AmountAmount associated with the hold . If no value exists, the field is blank. ReasonReason the hold was placed on the account. OriginatorPerson or office that authorized the hold. Processes AffectedWeb processes affected by the hold, as follows. ŁRegistration holds prevent Web registration. ŁGrades holds prevent the display of the grades on the Web. ŁTranscript holds prevent the display of the academic transcript on the Web. ŁCompliance holds prevent access to student compliance and any compliance processing. ŁAdmissions holds prevent an application from being processed. ŁAccounts Receivable holds prevent registration payments from being made on the Web. ItemDescription Hold Type Code Validation Form (STVHLDD) Select the Web Indicator checkbox for each hold type code that you want to be displayed on the Web. Link ActionFinancial Aid HoldsGoes to the Financial Aid Holds page (bwrkhold.P_DispHold ).ItemDescription/Source Information /n 370 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Midterm Grades Term (bwskmgrd.P_Write_Term_Selection) This page is displayed wh en the user selects the Midterm Grades link from the Student Records menu. The user must select a term from the pulldown list. Term codes available include all terms for which the student has an active registration and at least one midterm grade, and that have been specified as vi ewable on the Term Control Form (SOATERM) and/or the Section Web Controls (SSAWSEC). (SOATERM controls the display for all classes in a term, but the display of grades for a specific class can be overridden on SSAWSEC.) If the student is not actively enrolled in a clas s for which midterm grades are available, the message You have no midterm grades to display is displayed. If a grade hold is currently in effect for the student, the message Your grades are not available due to holds on your record is displayed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Menu NameMenu URLStudent Records Menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu Student Account menu bmenu.P_ARMnu ItemDescription/Source Information Select a Term Term for which the student wants to view midterm grades. /n 371 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) If you want midterm grades for the whole term displayed on the Web, select the Display Midterm Grades checkbox in the Web Processing Controls window. Section Web Controls From (SSAWSEC) For a specific class, if des ired, select or clear the Display Midterm Grades checkbox as appropriate to override the setting in SOATERM. Button/Icon ActionSubmit Goes to the Midterm Grades page (bwskmgrd.p_write_midterm_grades ) with the data for the selected term displayed. Menu NameMenu URLStudent Records Menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu /n 372 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Midterm Grades (bwskmgrd.P_Write_Midterm_Grades) This page displays any midterm grades that have been assigned for active registrations for the selected term. Wh en a user selects the Midterm Grades link from the Student Records menu, the system automatically displays the Midterm Grades Term page (bwskmgrd.P_Write_Term_Selection ) first.The Midterm Grades page includes the following sections. ŁThe Student Information section includes high-level information about the student. ŁThe Course Work section includes specific information about the course the student is taking. If a student has course work at multiple levels for a term in which midterm grades exist, a separate section is displayed for each level. Grade Display ControlsMidterm grades can be viewed only if they are specified as viewable on the Term Control Form (SOATERM) and/or the Section Web Co ntrols (SSAWSEC). (SOATERM controls the display for all classes in a term, but the di splay of grades for a specific class can be overridden on SSAWSEC.) Note: These controls also control the display of grades on the Active Registrations page ( bwsksreg.p_active_regs ).ExampleIf there are three courses for which midterm gr ades have been assigned to the student for a term and the Display Midterm Grades checkbox in the Web Processing Controls window of SOATERM is cleared , then the grades are not available for display. The grades are also not available for display if the Display Midterm Grades checkbox on SSAWSEC is cleared for all three courses. However, if the indi cator on SOATERM is selected , and for one of the three courses the indicator on SSAWSEC is selected while for the other two it is cleared, the midterm grade (if one exists) for only the one course is displayed. The other two courses' grades are not displayed, even if they exist. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information The following fields are displayed in the Student Information section. (Primary) Current ProgramName of the student™s current active primary learner curriculum. /n 373 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records (Primary) Level Student level associated with the current active primary learner curriculum.(Primary) ProgramName of the program associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) College Name of the college associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) Campus Name of the campus associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) Major and Department Name of the major and department associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. If no department is associated with the current active primary learner curriculum, the field label says only Major . This field is displayed mu ltiple times if there are multiple majors.(Primary) Major Concentration Name of the concentration associated with the major for the current active primary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are mu ltiple major co ncentrations. (Primary) Minor Name of the minor asso ciated with the current active primary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors.(Primary) ConcentrationName of the base concentration for the current active primary learner curriculum. This concentration is not attached to any major. This field is displayed multiple times if th ere are multiple concentrations. (Primary) Other field of studyName of any other field of study associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. This fiel d is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. Secondary Name of the student™s current active secondary curriculum. If the student has multiple current active secondary curricula, the set of fields will be displayed multiple times. (Secondary) Level Student level associat ed with the current active secondary curriculum.(Secondary) ProgramName of the progra m associated with the current active secondary curriculum. (Secondary) CollegeName of the college associated with the current active secondary curriculum.(Secondary) CampusName of the college associated with the current active secondary curriculum.(Secondary) Major and Department Name of the major and department associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. If no department is associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum, the field label will say only Major . This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple majors. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 374 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. (Secondary) Major Concentration Name of the concentration associated with the major for the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple major concentrations. (Secondary) MinorName of the minor asso ciated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors.(Secondary) Concentration Name of the base concentration for the secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple concentrations. (Secondary) Other field of studyName of any other field of study associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. The following fields are displayed in th e Coursework section of this page. CRNCourse reference number for the class. If gradable components have been defined for the class, the CRN is displayed as a hyperlink to the Component Grade Detail page (bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail ).SubjectSubject of the class. CourseCourse number of the class. SectionSection number of the class. Course TitleTitle associated with the course. CampusName of the campus associated with the course. Midterm GradeMidterm grade assigned to the student. Credits Credit hours for which the student is registered for the class. LevelLevel at which the student is registered for the class. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) If you want midterm grades for the whole term displayed on the Web, select the Display Midterm Grades checkbox in the Web Processing Controls window. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 375 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Final Grades Selection (bwskogrd.P_ViewTermGrde) This page is displayed wh en the user selects the Final Grades link from the Student Records menu. The user must select a term from the pulldown list. Term codes available include all terms for which the student has graded courses in Academic History and that have been specified as viewable on the Term Control Form (SOATERM) and/or the Section Web Controls (SSAWSEC). (SOATERM controls the display for all classes in a term, but the display of grades for a specif ic class can be overridden on SSAWSEC.) If a grade hold is currently in effect for the student, the message Your grades are not available due to holds on your record is displayed. Section Web Controls From (SSAWSEC) For a specific class, if des ired, select or clear the Display Midterm Grades checkbox as appropriate to override the setting in SOATERM. Link ActionCRNIf hyperlinked, goes to the Component Grade Detail page (bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail ).Select another TermGoes to the Midterm Grades Term page (bwskmgrd.P_Write_Term_Selection ).ItemDescription /n 376 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. ItemDescription/Source Information Select a Term Term for which the student wants to view final grades. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) If you want midterm grades for the whole term displayed on the Web, select the Display Final Grades checkbox in the Web Processing Controls window. Section Web Controls From (SSAWSEC) For a specific class, if des ired, select or clear the Display Final Grades checkbox as appropriate to override the setting in SOATERM. Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold )./n 377 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Final Grades (bwskogrd.P_ViewGrde) This page displays any final grades that have been rolled to Academic History for the selected term. It also displays the student™s academic standing (if available), GPA, and credit statistics for a selected term. Note: Because academic standing, hours, and grade statistics are values that are normally calculated by batch processes at the end of a term, making the Display Grades functi ons available before end-of-term processing has been completed for a term may cause incomplete or erroneous information to be displayed. If the student has taken courses at multiple course levels in the term, separate Course Work sections are displayed for the different levels. When a user selects the Final Grades link from the Student Records menu, the system automatically displays the Final Grades selection page (bwskogrd.P_ViewTermGrde ) first.The Final Grades page includes the following sections. ŁThe Student Information section includes high-level information about the student. ŁThe Coursework section includes specific in formation about the course the student is taking. If a student has course work at multiple levels for a term in which midterm grades exist, a separate section is displayed for each level. ŁThe Incomplete Coursework section includes information about courses for which the student has received a grade signifying fii ncomplete.fl This section includes the extension date by which cour sework must be submitted and the grade the student will receive if the coursework is not submitted. Button/Icon ActionSubmit Goes to the Final Grades page (bwskogrd.P_ViewTermGrde ) with the data for the selected term displayed. Menu NameMenu URLStudent Records Menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu /n 378 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records ŁThe Summary section includes cumulative information about the student™s coursework. Grade Display ControlsFinal grades can be viewed only if they ar e specified as viewable on the Term Control Form (SOATERM) and/or the Section Web Co ntrols (SSAWSEC). (SOATERM controls the display for all classes in a term, but the di splay of grades for a specific class can be overridden on SSAWSEC.) Note: These controls also control the display of grades on the Active Registrations page ( bwsksreg.p_active_regs ).ExampleIf there are three courses for which midterm gr ades have been assigned to the student for a term and the Display Final Grades checkbox in the Web Processing Controls window of SOATERM is cleared , then the grades are not available for display. The grades are also not available for display if the Display Final Grades checkbox on SSAWSEC is cleared for all three courses. However, if the indi cator on SOATERM is selected , and for one of the three courses the indicator on SSAWSEC is selected while for the other two it is cleared, the final grade (if one exists) for only the one course is displayed. The other two courses' grades are not displayed, even if they exist. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information The following fields are displayed in the Student Information section. (Primary) Current ProgramName of the student™s current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) LevelStudent level associated with the current active primary learner curriculum.(Primary) ProgramName of the program associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) CollegeName of the college associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) CampusName of the campus associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. /n 379 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records (Primary) Major and Department Name of the major and department associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. If no department is associated with the current active primary learner curriculum, the field label says only Major . This field is displayed mu ltiple times if there are multiple majors.(Primary) Major Concentration Name of the concentration associated with the major for the current active primary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are mu ltiple major co ncentrations. (Primary) MinorName of the minor asso ciated with the current active primary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors.(Primary) ConcentrationName of the base concentration for the current active primary learner curriculum. This concentration is not attached to any major. This field is displayed multiple times if th ere are multiple concentrations. (Primary) Other field of studyName of any other field of study associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. This fiel d is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. SecondaryName of the student™s current active secondary curriculum. If the student has multiple current active secondary curricula, the set of fields will be displayed multiple times. (Secondary) LevelStudent level associat ed with the current active secondary curriculum.(Secondary) ProgramName of the progra m associated with the current active secondary curriculum. (Secondary) CollegeName of the college associated with the current active secondary curriculum.(Secondary) CampusName of the college associated with the current active secondary curriculum.(Secondary) Major and Department Name of the major and department associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. If no department is associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum, the field label will say only Major . This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple majors. (Secondary) Major Concentration Name of the concentration associated with the major for the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple major concentrations. (Secondary) MinorName of the minor asso ciated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors.ItemDescription/Source Information /n 380 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records (Secondary) Concentration Name of the base concentration for the secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple concentrations. (Secondary) Other field of studyName of any other field of study associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. Academic StandingStudent™s academic standing for the term. The following fields are displayed in th e Coursework section of this page. CRNCourse reference number for the class. If gradable components have been defined for the class, the CRN is displayed as a hyperlink to the Component Grade Detail page (bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail ).SubjectSubject of the class. CourseCourse number of the class. SectionSection number of the class. Course TitleTitle associated with the course. CampusName of the campus associated with the course. Final GradeFinal grade assigned to the student. Attempted Attempted credit hours for the class. EarnedEarned credit hours for the class. GPA HoursNumber of hours used to calculate the student™s GPA for the class.Quality PointsNumber of points earned for the class (earned credit hours multiplied by GPA). The following fields are in the Inco mplete Coursework section. This section is displayed only if the student has inco mplete coursework. CRNCourse reference number for the class. SubjectSubject of the class. CourseCourse number of the class. SectionSection number of the class. Extension DateDate by which coursework must be submitted to earn a grade other than the default final grade specified. Default Final GradeGrade that will be assigned for the class if coursework is not submitted by the extension date. The following fields are displayed in the Summary section. Current statisticsCurrent hour and GPA statistics. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 381 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Cumulative statisticsCumulative hour and GPA statistics. Transfer statisticsCumulative transfer hour and GPA statistics. Overall statisticsOverall hour and GPA statistics. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) If you want midterm grades for the whole term displayed on the Web, select the Display Final Grades checkbox in the Web Processing Controls window. Section Web Controls From (SSAWSEC) For a specific class, if des ired, select or clear the Display Final Grades checkbox as appropriate to override the setting in SOATERM. Incomplete Grade Rules Form (SHAINCG) If you want the Incomplete Coursework section to be displayed on the Web, select the Web Display checkbox. Link ActionCRNIf hyperlinked, goes to the Component Grade Detail page (bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail ).Select another TermGoes to the Final Grades selection page (bwskogrd.P_ViewTermGrde ).ItemDescription/Source Information /n 382 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Grade Detail Term (bwsksmrk.P_Write_Term_Selection) This page is displayed wh en the user selects the Grade Detail link from the Student Records menu. The user must select a term from the pulldown list. Term codes available include all terms for which the student has an active registration and at least one gradable component, and that have been specified as viewable on the Term Control Form (SOATERM) and/or the Section Web Controls (SSAWSEC). (SOATERM controls the display for all classes in a term, but the display of grades for a specific class can be overridden on SSAWSEC.) If a grade hold is currently in effect for the student, the message None of your courses have grade detail to display is displayed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. ItemDescription/Source Information Select a Term Term for which the student wants to view grade detail. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) If you want midterm grades for the whole term displayed on the Web, select the Display Grade Detail checkbox in the Web Processing Controls window. Section Web Controls From (SSAWSEC) For a specific class, if des ired, select or clear the Display Grade Detail checkbox as appropriate to override the setting in SOATERM. /n 383 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/Icons on this page This page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Section Grade Detail (bwsksmrk.p_write_crn_selection) This page is used to view a list of the student™s active registrations for the selected term. If the class has gradable components, the CRN of the class is displayed as a hyperlink, allowing the user to access the Component Grade Detail page (bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail ) for that class. When a user selects the Grade Detail link from the Student Re cords menu, the system automatically displays the Grade Detail Term page (bwsksmrk.p_write_term_selection ) first.This page includes the following sections. ŁThe Student Information section includes high-level information about the student. ŁThe Course Work section includes specific information about the course the student is taking. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Button/Icon ActionSubmit Goes to the Section Grade Detail page (bwsksmrk.p_write_crn_selection ) with the data for the selected term displayed. Menu NameMenu URLStudent Records Menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu /n 384 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. ItemDescription/Source Information Degree Degree associated with the student™s primary curriculum for the selected term. Major Student™s declared major. Level Student™s level. CRNCourse reference number for the class. If gradable components have been defined for the class, the CRN is displayed as a hyperlink to the Component Grade Detail page (bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail ).SubjectSubject of the class. CourseCourse number of the class. SectionSection number of the class. TitleTitle associated with the course. CampusName of the campus associated with the course. Credits Credit hours for which the student is registered for the class. LevelLevel at which the student is registered for the class. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) If you want final grades for the whole term displayed on the Web, select the Display Grade Detail checkbox in the Web Processing Controls window. Section Web Controls From (SSAWSEC) For a specific class, if des ired, select or clear the Display Grade Detail checkbox as appropriate to override the setting in SOATERM. /n 385 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Component Grade Detail (bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail) This page displays the detail of gradable components for the section chosen on the Section Grade Detail page ( bwsksmrk.p_write_crn_selection ).The midterm and final grades displayed on this page do not reflect any changes to made after grades have been posted to Academic History, but these changes are reflected on the student™s academic transcript. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionCRNIf hyperlinked, goes to the Component Grade Detail page (bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail ).Select another TermGoes to the Grade Detail Term page (bwsksmrk.p_write_term_selection ).ItemDescription/Source Information CRNCourse reference number for the class. Subject Subject of the class. Course Course number of the class. SectionSection number of the class. /n 386 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. TitleTitle associated with the course. Credits Credit hours for which the student is registered for the class. LevelLevel at which the student is registered for the class. Midterm PercentMidterm calculated percent, if any, assigned to the student. Midterm GradeMidterm grade, if any, assigned to the student. Final PercentFinal calculated percent, if any, assigned to the student. Final GradeFinal grade, if any, assigned to the student. Component TitleTitle of a gradable component. Score/Out OfScore the student was assi gned for the component and the total available points, displayed in nn/nn n format. If no score has been assigned, an asterisk is displa yed in place of a student score. PercentagePercentage assigned, if any, for the component. Letter GradeLetter grade assigned if any, for the component. Must PassIndicates whether the student must earn a passing grade for the component to pass the class. WeightPercentage of the total class score assigned to this component. Include in Midterm or FinalIndicates whether the component is to be calculated in the midterm grade ( M) or the final grade ( F).All grades are included in the final grade. SubcomponentsIf subcomponents have been defined for this component, the word View is displayed as a hyperlink to the Subcomponent Grade Detail page ( bwsksmrk.P_DispSubc ). If no subcomponents have been defined for this component, the word None is displayed. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 387 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Subcomponent Grade Detail (bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail) This page displays the detail of the gradable subcomponents chosen on the Component Grade Detail page ( bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail ).Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionView If displayed in the Subcomponents field, goes to the Subcomponent Grade Detail page ( bwsksmrk.P_DispSubc ).Return to PreviousGoes to the previous page being viewed by the user. Select Another CRNGoes to th e Section Grade Detail page (bwsksmrk.p_write_crn_selection ).ItemDescription/Source Information Title Title associated with the course. Course Course number of the class. CRNCourse reference number for the class. Component Title Title of a gradable component. Subcomponent TitleTitle of a gradable subcomponent. Score/Out Of Score the student was assi gned for the component and the total available points, displayed in nn/nn n format. If no score has been assigned, an asterisk is displa yed in place of a student score. /n 388 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Academic Transcript Options (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran) This page is displayed wh en the user selects the Academic Transcript link from the Student Records menu or the E ligibility menu. The us er must select a transcript level and type from the pulldown list. Level codes availa ble include every level at which the student PercentagePercentage assigned, if any, for the component. Letter GradeLetter grade assigned if any, for the component. Must PassIndicates whether the student must earn a passing grade for the component to pass the class. WeightPercentage of the total class score assigned to this component. Link ActionBackReturns to the Comp onent Grade Detail page (bwsksmrk.p_write_grade_detail ).ItemDescription/Source Information /n 389 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records has work in Academic History, plus the default value All Levels . Type codes available include all transcript types that have been Web-enabled. If any holds preventing the running of transcript s are in effect for the student, the message Your transcript is not available due to holds on your record is displayed. To view the holds, the student can select the View Holds link.The list of valid values for the In Progress Cut-off Term field displays only terms with in- progress courses, based on the course level. The default value is the highest term from the available terms in the list. None can also be selected from the list. The Delivery Method field is required, and the value defaults to None. The student must make a select a different value to continue. When None is selected, the Payment Options page ( bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Trans_Request_Charges ) is not displayed. A value of No Charge is displayed as an option when the amount is 0 on SHATPRT. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Transcript Level Level for which the st udent wants to view a transcript. The pulldown list includes every level at which the student has work in academic history, plus the default value All Levels . If All Levels is selected, the transcri pt will include all work in Academic History for all levels, wit h courses displayed in the term in which they were taken. If a single level is selected, the transcript will include work on ly at the selected level. Transcript TypeType of transcript the student wants to view. ItemDescription Transcript Type Rules Form (SHATPRT) Define your Web transcripts types. Transcript Type Code Validation Form (STVTPRT) Select the Web Indicator checkbox for each transcript type you want to be available on the Web. /n 390 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on this page This page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Web Page Fatal/Warning Error Messages A number of error messages described earlier in this section (for example, Invalid Student Status Code ) report valid data conditions that do not require specific action. However, a Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Request Printed TranscriptGoes to the Transcript Request Address page (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_address ).Transcript Request StatusTranscript Order Date page (bwskwtrr.p_disp_order_requests ).Button/Icon ActionSubmit Goes to the Academic Transcript page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTran ).Menu NameMenu URLEligibility menu bmenu.P_FACostMnu Student Records menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu /n 391 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records number of error messages report conditions t hat fail to allow Web registration to function correctly. These messages are reported below. Academic Transcript (bwskotrn.P_ViewTran) This page displays an unofficial transcript, based on the rules for the selected transcript level and type. When a user selects the Academic Transcript link from the Student Records menu or the Eligibility menu, the system automatically displays the Ac ademic Transcript Options (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ) first.The transcript data displayed is similar in content and format to the printed Banner transcript, but has some important differences: ŁWeb transcripts are always unofficial. The statement This is NOT an official transcript is displayed after every major transcript section. ŁPrinted transcripts print for one level only. On e option for Web transcrip ts is fiAll Levelsfl. When an all-level transcript is displayed on the Web, all courses, regardless of their level, print in chronological order in the term in which they were taken. ŁWeb transcripts provide term-by-term running cumulative totals for GPA statistics. Printed transcripts do not incl ude running cumulative totals. ŁIf the displayed transcript is for all levels, the term-by-term running cumulatives will reflect the combined totals for all levels. The Tran script Totals at the bottom of the transcript will reflect separate to tals for each level included in the transcript. Degree GPA statistics will reflect only cour ses applied to the specific degree. ŁPrinted transcripts only print awarded degrees. Web transcripts display Degree information for all degrees that are Web-en abled, regardless of the degree status, and also print the status of the degree(s). ŁWeb transcripts include pre-Banner hours in the final Transcript Totals, but these hours are not included in the term-by-term running cumulative totals. ŁWeb transcripts include transfer work in Degr ee GPA statistics and in the final Transcript Totals, but these hours are not included in the term-by-term running cumulative totals. ŁNot all data available for printing on a tran script are available for display on the Web. Message: Transcript not Available Source: bwskotrn.P_ViewTran Action:End user or administrative action required. The transcript type has been defined on the Transcript Type Code Validation Form (STVTPRT), but no rules for the type have been defined on Transcript Type Rules Form (SHATPRT). /n 392 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Enrollments that have not yet been graded and rolled to Academic History are displayed in the Courses in Progress section of the page. Because academic standing is calculated by ba tch processing at the end of a term, only courses that have been rolled to Academic History are displayed on Web transcripts. Because transcript totals display the stored cumulative GPA statistics, Web transcripts may reflect incomplete or erroneous information during end-of-term processing. You may want to consider disabling display of the transcript pages during end-of-term processing. Web transcripts include a number of sections. Transcript sections may or may not be displayed, depending on the rules for the transc ript type or data available for the individual student/level combination. For example, transfer work may be displayed depending on the transcript rules, while degree information may be displayed depending on the student's data. Transcripts with Student Centric Periods The Academic Transcript page ( bwskotrn.P_ViewTran ) displays course history information and GPA totals by student centri c period without term details for students included in student centric periods. The student centric period is displayed as one continuous enrollment period that is not broken up by the terms contained in the stude nt centric period. The term header is not displayed on the Self-Service transcript fo r student centric periods. Terms are grouped within the student centric period for the student. Note: For more information on setting up and using student centric period processing, please see the fiStudent Centric Period Processingfl procedure topic in the fiRegistrationfl chapter in the Banner Student User Guide.A term that is not associated with a student centric period is displayed chronologically on the Web page after the end of the student cent ric period (which starts before that term begins) and the start of the next student centric period. For example, an intersession which is not part of a student centric period, which falls between the two terms that make up the student centric period, will be pr inted after that stud ent centric period. The student centric period data is substituted for the term data when the Student Centric Period Statistics checkbox is checked (set to Y) on SHATPRT. When the Student Centric Period Statistics checkbox is unchecked (set to N), data is processed using standard term functionality. The Self-Service transcript reports data in three scenarios when the Student Centric Period Statistics checkbox is checked. ŁWhen all of a student's coursework belongs to a student centric period, data is reported by student centric period for all of the student™s enrollment and/or academic history records. ŁWhen some of a student's coursework belongs to a student centric period and some coursework does not belong to a student ce ntric period, data is reported by student centric period and by standard terms (presented as if the term is a student centric period) for the student™s enrollment and/or academic history records. /n 393 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records ŁWhen none of a student's coursework belo ngs to a student centric period and no student centric period exists, data is reported by standard terms (presented as if the term is a student centric period) for the st udent™s enrollment and/or academic history records. Note: When the Student Centric Period Statistics checkbox is checked (set to Y) on SHATPRT, all information is presented as if it belongs to a student centric period header. Data is displayed as being in a fiperiodfl. However, the data may actually refl ect term data when student centric periods are not in use or when the term does not have an associated student centric period. The process checks the term header record (SHRTTRM) for each term in the student™s academic history. When the SHRTTRM_SCPS_CODE is Null for a term, the student does not have a student centric period associated with that term. In this case, the standard term information is displayed on the transc ript for the academic history information. When a student has a registration record for a term but no term header record exists, the student centric period to which that te rm is associated is determined by: Łfinding the general student record (SGBSTDN) that is active for the registration term Łusing the student centric period cycle code ( SGBSTDN_SCPC_CODE ) from that record Łfinding the record for that registration term in the SORSCPT table where: Łthat registration term matches the SORSCPT_TERM_CODE Łthe cycle code ( SGBSTDN_SCPC_CODE ) from the SGBSTDN table matches the cycle code ( SOBSCPS_SCPC_CODE ) in the SOBSCPS table Łthe student centric period code from the SOBSCPS table matches the student centric period code from the SORSCPT table When the SHRTTRM_SCPS_CODE has a student centric period value for the term, that code is used to group the terms that belong to each student centric period. It also populates the Academic Session data on the transcript. The GPA totals and GPA information for the student centric period are used to populate the Academic Summary data on the transcript. Data for standard term information for the Academic Session and Academic Summary comes from SHRTGPA. When the student centric period is in effect for the term and student: ŁTerm comments for all terms are grouped together. ŁThe major that is effective for the first term of the student centric period is used. ŁTerm statistics data comes from SHRSGPA. ŁAcademic standing by term data comes from the highest term header record in the student centric period. ŁIn-progress courses are listed at the end wi th the associated st udent centric period. ŁCoursework from academic history data is displayed for the associated student centric period. /n 394 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Transfer coursework is not associated with a student centric period. Transfer credit is displayed at the beginning of the transcrip t based on the transfer attendance period entered on SHATRNS. Study Path Charges This page displays charges by term with study paths, when study paths are used, and the Display Study Paths checkbox is checked on th e Student Billing Control Form (TSACTRL). Charges are grouped by study path under the subheading of the study path name. Charges are sorted in ascending order by study path sequence number for the term in the TBRACCD table. Charges are sorted in date order within the study path. When multiple study path sequence numbers exist, a subheading is created for each study path name, and the associated charges are listed. General charges are displayed first in ascending order by date. When no study path information exists, all charges for the term are displayed as general charges without a study path subheading. Credits and payments are then listed, and the summary totals are displayed. The naming rules created on SOACTRL determine whether the study path name is displayed. Note: For more information on setting up and using study paths, please see Appendix E, fiStudy Pa th Processingfl, in the Banner Student User Guide.Source InformationDue to the repetitive na ture of the Academic Transcript page, the sources of the data are provided in the following list. ŁData for the Student Info rmation section comes from the General Student Form (SGASTDN). ŁData for the Degree Information section comes from degree records displayed and maintained on the Degrees and Other Formal Awards Form (SHADEGR). Degree information is displayed only if the degree code is Web-enabled. ŁData for the Transfer Credit A ccepted by Institution section comes from transfer work in Academic History, as maintained on the Transfer Course Form (SHATRNS). Work in Transfer Articulation (that is, that has no t yet been rolled to Academic History) is not displayed. ŁData for the Pre-Institut ional Hours section comes from the SHRTPGA table. ŁData for the Institution Credit section comes from work at your institution that has been rolled to Academic History. Institutional courses are displayed on the Course Summary Form (SHACRSE). Academic standing for ea ch term is the end-of-term academic standing maintained on the Term Course Maintenance Form (SHAINST). The current and cumulative GPA statistics displayed are calculated. (They are not the stored SHRTGPA information). ŁData for the Transcript Totals section come s from the stored level GPA information contained on the Term Sequence Course History Form (SHATERM). Because this is /n 395 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records stored information, if a GPA calculation has not been performed after rolling new courses into history, this info rmation will not be up to date. ŁData for the Courses in Progress section comes from work at your institution that has been graded and rolled to Academic History. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information The following fields are displayed in the Student Information section. NameStudent™s full name, including last name prefix, if applicable. Birth DateStudent™s date of birth. Student TypeStudent type associated with the term. (Primary) Current ProgramName of the student™s current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) ProgramName of the program associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) CollegeName of the college associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) CampusName of the campus associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) Major and Department Name of the major and department associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. If no department is associated with the current active primary learner curriculum, the field label says only Major . This field is displayed mu ltiple times if there are multiple majors.(Primary) Major Concentration Name of the concentration associated with the major for the current active primary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are mu ltiple major co ncentrations. (Primary) MinorName of the minor asso ciated with the current active primary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors.(Primary) ConcentrationName of the base concentration for the current active primary learner curriculum. This concentration is not attached to any major. This field is displayed multiple times if th ere are multiple concentrations. (Primary) Other field of studyName of any other field of study associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. This fiel d is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. /n 396 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Secondary Name of the student™s current active secondary learner curriculum. If the student has multiple current active secondary learner curricula, the set of fields will be displayed multiple times. (Secondary) ProgramName of the progra m associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. (Secondary) CollegeName of the college associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. (Secondary) CampusName of the college associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. (Secondary) Major and Department Name of the major and department associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. If no department is associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum, the field label will say only Major . This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple majors. (Secondary) Major Concentration Name of the concentration associated with the major for the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple major concentrations. (Secondary) MinorName of the minor asso ciated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors.(Secondary) Concentration Name of the base concentration for the secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple concentrations. (Secondary) Other field of studyName of any other field of study associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. The following fields are displayed in the Degrees Awarded section. This section name can be changed by your institution. See the Set up Requirements below for more information. Degree Status and DegreeThe field label for this field is the status of the degree, such as Pending , Awarded , and so on. Degree DateDate on which the degree was awarded. Institutional HonorsHonors given to the student by the institution. Departmental HonorsHonors given to the student by a department. Primary DegreeLabel denoting that the fields displayed below are for the primary outcome curriculum. (Primary) ProgramName of the program associated with the current active primary outcome curriculum. (Primary) College Name of the college associated with the current active primary outcome curriculum. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 397 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records (Primary) Campus Name of the college associated with the current active primary outcome curriculum. (Primary) Major and Department Name of the major and department associated with the current active primary outcome curriculum . If no department is associated with the primary outcome curriculum, the field label says only Major . This field is displayed multip le times if there are multiple majors. (Primary) Major Concentration Name of the base concentration for the current active primary outcome curriculum. This concentration is not attached to any major. This field is displayed multiple times if th ere are multiple major concentrations. (Primary) Minor Name of the minor asso ciated with the current active primary outcome curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors.(Primary) ConcentrationName of the base concentration for the current active primary outcome curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple concentrations. (Primary) Other field of studyName of any other field of study associated with the current active primary outcome curriculum. This fi eld is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. Secondary Label denoting that the fi elds displayed below are for the secondary outcome curriculum. (Secondary) ProgramName of the progra m associated with the current active secondary outcome curriculum. (Secondary) CollegeName of the college associated with the current active secondary outcome curriculum. (Secondary) CampusName of the college associated with the current active secondary outcome curriculum. (Secondary) Major and Department Name of the major and department associated with the current active secondary outcome curriculum. If no department is associated with the secondary outcome curriculum, the field label will say only Major . This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple majors.(Secondary) Major Concentration Name of the concentration associated with the major for the current active secondary outcome curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple major concentrations. (Secondary) MinorName of the minor asso ciated with the current active secondary outcome curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors.ItemDescription/Source Information /n 398 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records (Secondary) Concentration Name of the base concentration of the current active secondary outcome curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple concentrations. (Secondary) Other field of studyName of any other field of study associated with the current active secondary outcome curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. CommitteeName(s) of any committee(s) on which the student served. StatusStudent™s status on the committee. PapersTitle(s) of any qualifying paper(s) submitted by the student. For example, if the paper is a doctoral dissertation, the field label is Doctoral Dissertation .Comments Any comment text asso ciated with a qualifying paper. Events Description(s) of any events(s) associated with the student. DecisionDecision associated with the event. Grade Grade associated with the event. The following fields are displayed at the end of each section (except the Courses in Progress section). Data is included, if available, fo r both current totals and cumulative totals. Attempt Hours Total number of credit hours attempted by the student. Passed Hours Total number of credit hours for which the student received a passing grade. Earned Hours Total number of credit hours earned by the student. CEU Hours Number of credit hours as sociated with a cont inuing education course.GPA Hours Total number of hours included in GPA calculations. Quality Points Total number of points earned by the student. GPA Student™s GPA. The following fields are displayed in the Pre-Institutional Hours section of the transcript. The data displayed in these fields is for transfer work. If the user selects All Levels in the Transcript Level field on the Academic Transcript Options page ( bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ), then all pre-institutional hours for all levels are displayed as a single total. Attempt HoursTotal number of credit hours attempted by the student. Passed HoursTotal number of credit hours for which the student received a passing grade. Earned HoursTotal number of credit hours earned by the student. GPA HoursTotal number of hours included in GPA calculations. Quality PointsTotal number of points earned by the student. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 399 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records GPA Student™s GPA. The following fields are displayed in the Transfer Credit section of the transcript. Term Term for which the transfer credit was earned. Subject Subject of the class. Course Course number of the class. Title In-progress course title. Grade Grade the student earned for the class. Quality Points Number of points earned for the class (earned credit hours multiplied by GPA). RIndicates that the class has been repeated. If the class has been repeated, one of the following values is displayed: A - The class is excluded from earned hours but included for GPA calculation.E - The class is excluded from both earned hour and GPA calculation.I - The class is included in both earned hour and GPA calculation.Credit HoursEarned credit hours for the class. The following fields are displayed in the Institut ion Credit and Courses in Progress sections of the transcript. TermDescription of the term. Term commentsAny comments about the term, displayed under the term header. CollegeCollege associated with the term. MajorMajor associated with the term. Student typeStudent type associated with the term. Academic StandingStudent™s academic standing for the term. SubjectSubject of the class. CourseCourse number of the class. Course commentsAny comments about instit utional courses, displayed under the course title. Campus Campus associated with the class. Level Level at which the student is registered for the class. Title Title associated with the course. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 400 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. GradeGrade the student earned for the class. Quality PointsNumber of points earned for the class (earned credit hours multiplied by GPA). Credit HoursEarned credit hours for the class. Start and End DatesStart and end dates of an Open Learning or a continuing education course. Dates for a cont inuing education course are not displayed until the course is graded. RIndicates that the class has been repeated. If the class has been repeated, one of the following values is displayed: A - The class is excluded from earned hours but included for GPA calculation.E - The class is excluded from both earned hour and GPA calculation.I - The class is included in both earned hour and GPA calculation.CEU Contact HoursNumber of contact hours associated with a continuing education course.ItemDescription Degree Code Validation Form (STVDEGC) Select the Web Indicator checkbox for each degree code that you want to be available on the Web. Transcript Type Rules Form (SHATPRT) Define your Web tran scripts types. See fiSet Up Academic Transcripts on the Webfl on page484 for more information. Transcript Type Code Validation Form (STVTPRT) Select the Web Indicator checkbox for each transcript type code that you want to be available on the Web. Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)If you want the Name and Birth Date fields to be displayed in the Student Information section, enter TRUE in the External Code field for the NAMEWTRAN internal code.Web Tailor If desired, modify the text associated with the SPACER label for the procedure bwskotrn.P_ViewTran .ItemDescription/Source Information /n 401 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Link ActionTransfer Credit Goes to the Transfer Cr edit section of the page. (This link is displayed only if the information is included on the transcript.) Institution CreditGoes to th e Institution Credit section of the page. (This link is displayed only if the information is included on the transcript.) Transcript Totals Goes to the Transcript Totals section of the page. (This link is displayed only if the information is included on the transcript.) Courses in ProgressGoes to the Courses in Progress section of the page. (This link is displayed only if the information is included on the transcript.) Overall Financial Aid Status If an aid year has not been selected in the current Web session, goes to the Aid Year page ( bwrkolib.P_SelDefAidy ).If an aid year has been selected in the current Web session, goes to the Financial Aid Status for Award Year page (bwrksumm.P_DispSumm ).Financial Aid Eligibility Menu Goes to the Eligibility menu ( bmenu.P_FACostMnu ).Request Printed TranscriptGoes to the Transcript Request Address page (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_address ).Transcript Request StatusGoes to the Transcript Order Date page (bwskwtrr.p_disp_order_requests )./n 402 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Transcript Request Address (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Transcript_Address) This page allows a student to sp ecify where a transcript is to be sent. It is the first page in the process for requesting transcripts. A value can be entered in only one of the fields on this page. (See fiRequest Transcriptsfl on page508 for step-by-step procedures.) Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. This page collects name and address inform ation that will be insert ed into the Transcript Request Collector table (SHTTRAN). Although it does not update Banner itself, it does pass information to the next page. ItemDescription/Source Information External College CodeExternal code assigned to the outside institution. This field should be used if the transcript is to be s ent to an institution. If the user doesn™t know the external code, he or she can use the Look Up College Code link to locate the institutio n. If an invalid code is entered in this field, the message External college code is invalid is displayed.One Of Your AddressesStudent™s address. This fi eld should be used if the transcript is to be sent to one of the student™s addresses. Internal CollegeName of th e internal college. This field should be used if the transcript is to be sent to a college within your institution. Issue toName of the person or office to whom the transcript is to be sent. This is a free-form text field (up to 185 characters), and the value entered in it is automa tically displayed in the Issued To field on the Select Transcript Type page (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_request_type )./n 403 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Select Transcript Type (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_request_type) This page is used to specify the transcript type the student wants sent and to provide address and contact information for the recipient. It is accessed in one of the following ways:Łwhen the user selects the Continue button on the Transcript Request Address page (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_address )Link ActionLookup College CodeGoes to the College Lookup page (bwskalog.p_proc_sbgi_code ).View Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Academic TranscriptGoes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to the Select Transcript Type page (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_request_type ).Menu NameMenu URLStudent Records menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu /n 404 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Łwhen the user selects the Copy selected College information to Data Entry form button on the third College Lookup page ( bwskalog.p_proc_sbgi_code )Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Transcript Type Type of transcript to be sent. Course Levels Level of courses to be included on the transcript. College NameName of the institution to which the transcript is to be sent. If the user used the lookup function or selected an internal college on the Transcript Request Address page (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_address ), the system automatically enters the institution name in this field. If the user specified one of his or her own addresses or did not specify anything on the Transcript Request Address page, this field is not displayed; instead, the Issued To field is displayed. Issued ToName of the person or institut ion to which the transcript is to be sent. This includes the last name prefix of the person, if applicable. If the user specified one of hi s or her own addresses on the Transcript Request Address page (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_address ), the system automatically enters the student™s name in this field. If the user did not specify anything on the Transcript Request Address page, this field is blank. If the user used the lookup function or selected an internal college on the Transcript Request Address page, this field is not displayed; instead, the College Name field is displayed. House NumberUnique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation).StreetStreet address to which the tran script is to be sent. Up to four lines of information can be entered. Any default values can be changed. CityCity of the transcript recipient™s address. Any default values can be changed. State or ProvinceState or province of the transcript recipient™s address. Any default values can be changed. /n 405 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. This page collects information that will be in serted into the Transcript Request Collector table (SHTTRAN). Although it does not update Banner itself, it does pass information to the next page in the process. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Zip or Postal CodeZIP or postal code of the transcript recipient™s address. Any default values can be changed. NationNation of the transcript reci pient™s address. Any default values can be changed. Country Code, Area Code, Phone Number, Extension, and International Access CodePhone number of the transcript recipient. ItemDescription Transcript Type Code Validation Form (STVTPRT) Select the Web Indicator checkbox for each transcript type you want to be available on the Web. Web Transcript Request Rules Form (SHAWTRR) If you want all course levels to be included on all transcripts, select the Default course level to ALL on transcript checkbox. If you select this ch eckbox, the Course Levels field will not be displayed on the Select Transcript Type page. Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).ItemDescription/Source Information /n 406 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on this page This page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Transcript Request Options (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_request_data) This page is used to provide more informati on about the transcript request. It is accessed when the user selects the Continue button on the Select Transcript Type page (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_request_type ).Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Academic TranscriptGoes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to the Transcript Request Options page (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_request_data ).ItemDescription/Source Information Number of Copies (Up to X)Number of transcript copies the student wants sent. Official TranscriptRadio button group the student uses to indicate whether an official or unofficial tran script is to be generated. In Progress Cut-off Term Last term for which the student wants fiin progressfl work to appear on the transcript. The pulldown list displays all terms for which the student has active r egistrations that have not been rolled to academic history for the course level(s) selected. The default value is the maximum term for the displayed terms. Link Action/n 407 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Print TranscriptDesignation for when the student wants the transcript to be printed. The pulldown list includes the value As soon as possible , and can include other values such as Hold for grades and Hold for degree .Send ElectronicallyRadio button group the student uses to indicate whether the transcript should be sent electronically. This field is displayed only if your system is set up for electronic data interface (EDI) and if the student entered the college code or used the lookup function on the Transcript Request Address page (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_address ).Delivery MethodMethod by which the student wants the transcript to be delivered. This field is required for Self-Service transcript requests. If a delivery method is not selected, the user is prompted to select one to continue with the request. ItemDescription Web Transcript Request Rules Form (SHAWTRR) In the Maximum transcripts per request field, enter the maximum number of transcripts you want a student to be able to order per request. Transcript Type Rules Form (SHATPRT) In the Self-Service Print Options window: If you want to allow students to be able to specify that transcript requests be held until grades have been posted, select the Allow Hold for End of Term Processing checkbox. If you want students to be able to request that transcripts be sent via electronic data interchange (EDI), select the Allow Electronic Transcripts on the Web checkbox. If you want to allow students to be able to specify that transcript requests be held until degrees have been posted, select the Allow Hold for Degree Processing checkbox. Source/Background Institution Code Validation Form (STVSBGI)If you want students to be able to request that transcripts be sent electronically, select EDI in the Electronic field.ItemDescription/Source Information /n 408 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. This page collects information that will be in serted into the Transcript Request Collector table (SHTTRAN). Although it does not update Banner itself, it does pass information to the next page in the process. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on this page This page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Payment Options (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Trans_Request_Charges) This page allows the user in specify paym ent options. It is displayed when the student selects the Continue link on the Transcript Request Options page Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Academic TranscriptGoes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).Button/Icon ActionContinue If the request requires payment, goes to the Payment Options page ( bwskwtrr.p_disp_trans_request_charges ).If the request does not require payment or if there is only one applicable payment type, goes to the Transcript Request Summary page ( bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Payment_Type )./n 409 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records (bwskwtrr.p_disp_transcript_request_data ) and if there is a charge associated with the delivery method. If there is no charge associated with the delivery method, the Transcript Request Summary (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Payment_Type ) page is displayed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements, unless you are using study paths. To use study paths, do the following setup. ItemDescription/Source Information Payment Total Amount due for the transcript request. Payment MethodMethod by which the student will ma ke the payment. ItemDescription Web Self Service Option Code Validation Form (STVWSSO) Define the delivery methods and their associated charges. Web Payment Option Code Validation Form (STVWPYO) Define the payment methods. If a method is to incur credit card charges, be sure to select the For Credit Card checkbox. Web Transcript Request Rules Form (SHAWTRR) In the Maximum free transcripts before charges field, enter the maximum number of transcripts a student can request before charges are applied to requests. /n 410 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. This page collects some info rmation that will be inserted into the Transcript Request Collector table (SHTTRAN). Although it does not update Banner itself, it does pass information to the next page in the process. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Transcript Type Rules Form (SHATPRT) In the Service Level block (accessed via the Web Transcript Control option):Define each delivery method that you want to be available on the Web. In the Per field, specify whether charges are to be assessed per copy ( C) or per request ( R).fiPer requestfl charges will always be charged. fiPer copyfl charges will be charged only if the student has exceeded the number of free transcript copies allowed before charges (as established on SHAWTRR). In the Payment Options block (a ccessed via the Web Transcript Control option):Define each payment option that you want to be available on the Web. Credit Card Merchant ID Form (GOAMERC) Define the credit card types that you want to be displayed on the Web. The system code, the process code, and the merchant ID determine the credit card types that will be displayed to the user in the drop-down list for the Credit Card Type field.If Credit Card Payment processing has already bee n set up for other procedures, creating a new Process Name record in GTVPR OC is the only step that is required to implement Credit Card Payment processing for Web Transcript Request functionality. Process NameCreate a new record in the Process Name Validation Form (GTVPROC) with the following values in each field: ŁGTVPROC_CODE = WEBCCTRANSREQ ŁGTVPROC_DESC = Web Credit Card Request Process ŁGTVPROV_SYS_REQ_IND = YŁGTVPROC_USER_ID = GENERAL ŁGTVPROC_ACTIVITY_DATE = SYSDATE ItemDescription /n 411 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Transcript Request Summary (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Payment_Type) This page displays a summary of the transc ript request. When the student selects the Submit Request button, the data that has been collected through the transcript request process is inserted as a new record into the Transcript Request Collector table (SHTTRAN). Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Academic TranscriptGoes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to the Transcript Request Summary page (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Payment_Type ).Use the Submit Request button on the Transcript Request Summary page to access the external vendor payment page for payment by credit card or display the Signature page (bwskwtrr.p_dispsigpage )./n 412 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page updates Banner as follows. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. ItemDescription/Source Information Issued to Name of the person or institution to whom the transcript is to be sent. This includes the last name prefix of the person, if applicable. Address and PhoneAddress and phone information for the transcript recipient. Course Levels Course level(s) specified by the student. Copies Ordered Number of transcript copies requested. Official Transcript Indicator of whether or no t the transcript requested is an official one. Delivery Method Delivery method specified by the student. Cost of Order Amount due for the transcript request. Payment MethodMethod by which t he student will pay any charges due. Print Transcript Designation for when the student wants the transcript to be printed. ItemDescription All fields Stored in the Transcript Request Collector Table (SHTTRAN). /n 413 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Signature Page (bwskwtrr.P_DispSigPage) This page displays a customized message verifying that the transcript request has been received. The message can vary depending on the transcript ty pe selected for the request, or it can be the same for every tran script type. If no customized message is set up, the message Your transcript request has been received is displayed. The Signature Page is a customized letter displayed on the Web after an application is completed or after a credit card payment has been made. The letter is created on the HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTR) and is associated with an transcript type and letter type on the Transcript Type Rules Form (SHATPRT). If a customized signature letter has not been created, then the default Informati on Text defined by your institution using Web Tailor is displayed. Web Page Fields No fields appear on this page by default; y ou must define your letter on the Format HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTR) and use the Transcript Type Rules Form (SHATPRT) to associate the letter to the transcript type. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Button/Icon ActionSubmit Request Accesses the external vendor payment page for payment by credit card or displays the Signature page (bwskwtrr.p_dispsigpage ).ItemDescription Letter Code Validation Form (GTVLETR) Create a letter code for the letter you want to be displayed on this page. Format HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTR) Create a line for the letter code you defined on GTVLETR, and enter T in the Module field.Define the text that you want to appear on this Web page. /n 414 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Transcript Order Date (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Order_Requests) This page is used to select the order date of transcript requests to be viewed. It is displayed when the View Status of Transcript Requests link is selected from the Student Records menu.If the user does not have any transcript requests, the system displays the message You have no transcript records on file. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Transcript Type Rules Form (SHATPRT) Enter the letter code in the Electronic Letter Code field in the Self-Service Print Options window. Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Academic TranscriptGoes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).Request Printed TranscriptGoes to the Transcript Request Address page (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Transcript_Address ).ItemDescription /n 415 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. ItemDescription/Source Information Date Ordered Date for which the user wants to view transcript requests. Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Academic TranscriptGoes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).Request Printed TranscriptGoes to the Transcript Request Address page (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Transcript_Address ).Button/Icon ActionSubmit Goes to the Transcript Order Status page (bwskwtrr.p_disp_status_of_order )./n 416 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Transcript Order Status (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_S tatus_of_Order) This page displays a summary of information about the transcript request(s) made on the date selected on the Transcript Order Date page (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Order_Requests ).If the transcript has not yet been sent, a message appears in the Date Sent field indicating that the order is st ill being processed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Menu NameMenu URLStudent Records Menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu ItemDescription/Source Information Date Sent Date that the transcript was sent. If the transcript has not yet been sent, the system displays the message Your order is still in processing. Please chec k again at another time .Issued to Name of the person or institution to whom the transcript is to be sent. This includes the last name prefix, if applicable. Address and PhoneAddress and phone information for the transcript recipient. Course Levels Course level(s) specified by the student. Number of Copies OrderedNumber of transcript copies requested. Official Transcript Indicator of whether or no t the transcript requested is an official one. Delivery Method Delivery method specified by the student. Cost Of Order Amount due for the transcript request. Payment MethodMethod by which t he student will pay any charges due. Print Transcript Designation for when the student wants the transcript to be printed. /n 417 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Degree Evaluation Record (bwckcapp.P_DispCurrent)This page displays the curric ulum for which a student can run a degree evaluation. It lists information for a student™s curriculum program (primary and secondary). It is using this page that the student accesses the full Degree Evaluation functionality on the Web. Degree Evaluation allows students to access WebC APP (Curriculum, Advising and Program Planning on the Web). The student us es WebCAPP to audit co urse work against a selected primary or secondary program offering at your institution. The student can also initiate an audit, view results, and print degree audit reports via the Web. The student can also generate a fiwhat-if analysis,fl which allows him or her to generate evaluations showing what courses need to be taken to meet a particular requirement and which courses that have already been completed would apply to the discipline in question. Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Academic TranscriptGoes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).Request Printed TranscriptGoes to the Transcript Request Address page (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Transcript_Address )./n 418 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records To access WebCAPP, the student must have a record on any of the following forms: ŁRecruit Prospect Information Form (SRARECR) ŁAdmissions Applicat ion Form (SAAADMS) ŁGeneral Student Form (SGASTDN) ŁDegree and Other Formal Awards Form (SHADEGR) If a compliance hold exists for the student on the Hold Information Form (SOAHOLD), the message You may not view your evaluations due to holds on your record. is displayed. If a program description on the record is hype rlinked, a degree evaluation has been run and can be viewed by selecting the hyperlink. If the program is not hyperlinked, then a degree evaluation has not been run agai nst that program. Other previously run compliances can be viewed by selecting the Previous Evaluations link, which goes to the View Degree Evaluations page ( bwcksmmt.P_DispPrevEval ).If the following conditions apply, an e-mail link to the student™s advisor is displayed on the page. ŁThe student has a primary advisor assigned to him or her on the Multiple Advisors Form (SGAADVR) for the catalog term associated with the degree evaluation. ŁThe advisor has an active, preferred, and Web-displayable e-mail address on the E-mail Address Form (GOAEMAL).ŁThe e-mail address type on GOAEMAL matches that which is designated in the Faculty Email field on the WebCAPP Rules Form (SMAWCRL). Determining the Information DisplayedThe information on the Degree Evaluation Record page is determined by the following: ŁSequence number associated with the WEBCURR internal code and the external code associated with the sequence number on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) ŁRecord that first matches the hierarchy set up for WEBCURR on GTVSDAX For example, let™s say that your institutio n has decided that the information displayed in WebCAPP will match the fo llowing setup in GTVSDAX: Internal CodeInternal Code Group Sequen ce NumberExternal CodeAssociated Banner FormWEBCURRWEBCAPP1 DEG SHADEGR WEBCURRWEBCAPP2 GST SGASTDNWEBCURRWEBCAPP3 ADM SAAADMS WEBCURRWEBCAPP4 REC SRARECR /n 419 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records In this instance, when a student logs into Student Self-Service and selects Degree Evaluation from the Student Records menu, the system goes through the following sequence to determine what should be displayed. ŁIf the student has a SHADEGR record, th e system displays it. If not, the system goes to the next step. ŁIf the student has a SGASTDN record, the system displays it. If not, the system goes to the next step. ŁIf the student has a SAAADMS record, the system displays it. If not, the system goes to the next step. ŁIf the student has a SRARECR record, the s ystem displays it. If not, the system goes to the next step. ŁIf the student does not have any of the above records, the system displays the message No current curriculum information was found , and the student cannot access Degree Evaluation. Determining the Number of Records DisplayedThe number of records displayed is determined by the setting of the Secondary Curriculum checkbox on the WebCAPP Ru les Form (SMAWCRL). (See fiCrosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) Records for WebCAPP Pr ocessingfl on page495 for more information.) ŁWhen the Secondary Curriculum checkbox is selected on SMAWCRL: ŁIf either the DEG or REC record is designated on GTVSDAX to be displayed, then all SHADEGR or SRARECR records are displayed. The records are displayed in catalog term and sequence number order. ŁIf either the GST or ADM record is designated on GTVSDAX to be displayed, then both the primary and secondary curriculum (if one exists) are displayed. ŁWhen the Secondary Curriculum checkbox is not se lected on SMAWCRL: ŁIf either the DEG or REC record is designated on GTVSDAX to be displayed, then the highest catalog term and lowest sequence number SHADEGR or SRARECR record is displayed ŁIf either the GST or ADM record is designated on GTVSDAX to be displayed, then only the primary curriculum is displayed, even if a se condary curriculum exists. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. /n 420 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Program Name of the curriculum program. If a degree evaluation has been run for the program, the program name is displayed as a hyperlink to the Degree Evaluation Results Report page ( bwcksxml.report ).Catalog TermCatalog term associated with the curriculum program. LevelLevel associated with the curriculum program. CampusCampus associated with the curriculum program. CollegeCollege associated with the curriculum program. DegreeDegree associated with the curriculum program. First MajorFirst major associated with the curriculum program. DepartmentDepartment associated with the curriculum program, if one exists. ItemDescription Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)For the WEBCURR internal code and WEBCAPP internal code group, specify values in the Sequence and External Code fields to designate the order in which you want the system to search for records to be displayed. WebCAPP Rules Form (SMAWCRL) If you want secondary curriculum program information to be displayed, select the Secondary Curriculum checkbox. Decide whether to specify the print type or the compliance type. ŁIf you want to display any text associated with a print type code, then in the Print Type field, enter the compliance print code. ŁIf you want text to be displayed based on rules for a compliance type, then in the Compliance Type field, enter the compliance type code. If you want an e-mail link for the primary advisor to be displayed, enter the appropriate e-mail type code in the Faculty Email field.The faculty member must also have an e-mail address assigned on the E-mail Address Form (GOAEMAL) and be assigned to the student for an e-mail link to be displayed. /n 421 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. CAPPFor complete information about setting up your CAPP programs, refer to the Banner Student CAPP Handbook .Link ActionProgram name Goes to the Degree Evaluation Results Report page (bwcksxml.report ).E-mail your advisorLaunches the user™s e-mail program with the advisor™s e-mail address. Previous EvaluationsGoes to th e Previous Evaluations page (bwcksmmt.P_DispPrevEval ).Generate New EvaluationGoes to th e Generate New Evaluation page (bwckcapp.P_DispEvalTerm ).What-if AnalysisGoes to the What-if Analysis page (bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_one ).View Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwckoacc.P_ViewHold ).Menu NameMenu URLStudent Records Menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu ItemDescription /n 422 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Previous Evaluations (bwcksmmt.P_DispPrevEval)This page displays a list of all evaluations t hat have been run for a student. The student can select the program name hyperlink to view the results of that evaluation. You can choose to allow students to delete Web-generated compliance requests and results using the WebCA PP Rules Form (SMAWCRL). Note: Only requests submitted via the Web can be deleted via the Web. All other requests must be purged using the Compliance Purge Process (SMPCPRG). Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page updates Banner as follows. ItemDescription/Source Information Program Name of the curriculum program. Submission Date Date that the evaluation was run. Request Number Sequence number associated with the evaluation. Delete Checkbox allowing the student to delete the evaluation from the system. Only Web-generated evaluations can be deleted. ItemDescription WebCAPP Rules Form (SMAWCRL) If you want students to be able to delete Web-generated evaluations, select the Student Delete checkbox. CAPPFor complete information about setting up your CAPP programs, refer to the Banner Student CAPP Handbook ./n 423 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Degree Evaluation Results Report (bwcksxml.report)This page is used to display the complete compliance evaluation results on one scrollable page. It contains requirements and detail information for the compliance request. The report output is available in XML format. The information that is displayed in the XML output is based on the rules set up on Compliance Print Type Rules Form (SMACPRT) and is formatted by a stylesheet. You can customize the output using the delivered template or your own customiz ed template. You can pare do wn the informat ion that is displayed to suit your needs or depending on what a student or faculty member should or should not see. Web Page Fields This page does not have any web page fields. ItemDescription Delete Deleted evaluations are purged from the Banner database. Link ActionCurrent EnrollmentGoes to the Degree Evaluation Record page (bwckcapp.P_DispCurrent ).Generate New EvaluationGoes to th e Generate New Evaluation page (bwckcapp.P_DispEvalTerm ).What-if AnalysisGoes to the What-If Analysis page (bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_one )./n 424 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Note: For more information about using XML compliance output, refer to the fiUse XML Compliance Outputfl t opic in the "Compliance Requestsfl chapter of the Banner Student CAPP Handbook .Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page has no links to other web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Generate New Evaluation (bwckcapp.P_DispEvalTerm) This page is used to select the curriculum and anticipated graduation term for which the student wants to run a new degree evaluation, and then to run the evaluation. Each curriculum for which a student can generate a degree evaluation is displayed as a radio button selection group composed of the Program, Degree, and Major fields. These fields are populated from the values from the record that was pulled based on the WEBCURR internal code on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX). Each radio button selection group represen ts a unique curriculum for that source. The term selected should be the anticipated graduation term. The terms that are included in the pulldown list are those for which the Web Evaluation Term checkbox in the Web Processing Controls window of the Term Control Form (SOATERM) is selected. Your institution may want to add or remove terms on a term-by-term basis. When the system generates the new evaluation, it uses the defa ults defined for the WEB default compliance code on the Compliance Default Parameters Form (SMADFLT). After the system generates the new evaluati on, it automatically displays the Degree Evaluation Results Report page ( bwcksxml.report )./n 425 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page updates Banner as follows. ItemDescription/Source Information Program, Degree, and Major Radio button group that the student uses to choose the curriculum for which the degree evaluation is to be run. TermGraduation term for which the student wants to run the degree evaluation. ItemDescription Originator Code Validation Form (STVORIG) Define an originator code called WEB .Program Definition Rules Form (SMAPRLE) For each program that you want available for degree evaluations on the Web, select the Web checkbox. Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)Define the settings for the WEBCURR internal code. Term Control Form (SOATERM) Select the Web Evaluation Term checkbox in the Web Processing Controls window for ea ch term that you want available for degree evaluations on the Web. CAPPFor complete information about setting up your CAPP programs, refer to the Banner Student CAPP Handbook .ItemDescription Generate RequestWhen the degree evaluation is successfully run, the data is stored on the Compliance Management Request Form (SMARQCM). /n 426 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. What-If Analysis (Step One) (bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_one)This page is used to begin a fiwhat-if analysis.fl What-if analysis is used to create sample degree evaluations, which are also called fiw hat-if scenariosfl, allowing a student to see what requirements need to be fulfilled for any possible de gree program offe red by your institution. The what-if analysis functi onality is a series of Web pages, beginning with bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_one , that the student uses to select various aspects of the potential program. On the last page, bwcksmds.p_whatif_next_step , the student generates an evaluation for the choices made on the previous pages. Link ActionCurrent EnrollmentGoes to the Degree Evaluation Record page (bwckcapp.P_DispCurrent ).Previous EvaluationsGoes to th e Previous Evaluations page (bwcksmmt.P_DispPrevEval ).What-if AnalysisGoes to the What-if Analysis page (bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_one ).Button/Icon ActionGenerate RequestRuns the degree evaluation, then goes to the Degree Evaluation Results Report page ( bwcksxml.report ) so the user can view the results. /n 427 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription/Source Information Entry Term Beginning term for the sample evaluation. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) Select the Web Catalog Term checkbox on the Web Processing Controls window for each term that you want available for degree evaluations on the Web. CAPPFor complete information about setting up your CAPP programs, refer to the Banner Student CAPP Handbook .Link ActionCurrent EnrollmentGoes to the Degree Evaluation Record page (bwckcapp.P_DispCurrent ).Previous EvaluationsGoes to th e Previous Evaluations page (bwcksmmt.P_DispPrevEval ).Generate New EvaluationGoes to th e Generate New Evaluation page (bwckcapp.P_DispEvalTerm )./n 428 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. What-If Analysis (Step Two) (bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_two)This is the second page in a what-if analysis. The value selected on the previous page is displayed on this page. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to the What-If Analysis (Step Two) page (bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_two ).ItemDescription/Source Information Program Program for the sample evaluation. ItemDescription Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR) For every program you want asso ciated with the term, take the following actions: ŁMake sure that a record exists for the curriculum rule and that the Locked checkbox is selected. ŁOn the Module Control window, select the On radio button for Curriculum, Advising, and Program Planning ./n 429 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Program Definition Rules Form (SMAPRLE) For every program that you want available on the Web: ŁSelect the Web checkbox. ŁSelect the Locked checkbox. Program Requirements Form (SMAPROG) For every program that you want to be active, select the Active radio button. CAPPFor complete information about setting up your CAPP programs, refer to the Banner Student CAPP Handbook .Link ActionCurrent EnrollmentGoes to the Degree Evaluation Record page (bwckcapp.P_DispCurrent ).Previous EvaluationsGoes to th e Previous Evaluations page (bwcksmmt.P_DispPrevEval ).Generate New EvaluationGoes to th e Generate New Evaluation page (bwckcapp.P_DispEvalTerm ).Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to the What-If Analysis (Step Three) page (bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_three ).ItemDescription /n 430 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records What-If Analysis (Step Three) (bwcksmds.P_whatif_step_three)This is the third page in a what-if analysis. The values selected on the previous pages are displayed on this page. The level, degree, and college associated with the program chosen on the What-If Analysis (Step Two) page ( bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_two ) are also displayed. If you have established department, concentrations, and/or minors for the major on the Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR) and sele cted the related checkboxes on the WebCAPP Rules Form (SMAWCRL ), the page includes an Add More button that can be selected to add more details regarding the program. A value must be selected for the First Major field before the Add More button is selected. The next page displayed is determined dyna mically by the system. The same package/ procedure name, bwcksmds.p_whatif_next_step , is used, but the field(s) displayed depends on which button the user selects. ŁIf the user selects the Add More button, the next page displays additional program- related fields. ŁIf the user selects the Submit button, the next page displays the Evaluation Term field. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Campus Campus associated with the program. First Major Major that the student wants to include in the evaluation. ItemDescription Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR) If you want only majors associated with a program to be available on this page, make sure that they are defined on the Majors/ Department Rules window. WebCAPP Rules Form (SMAWCRL) Select the appropriate checkboxes in the What-If Analysis Display section to make concentrations and departments available for what-if analysis on the Web. /n 431 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. CAPPFor complete information about setting up your CAPP programs, refer to the Banner Student CAPP Handbook .Link ActionCurrent EnrollmentGoes to the Degree Evaluation Record page (bwckcapp.P_DispCurrent ).Previous EvaluationsGoes to th e Previous Evaluations page (bwcksmmt.P_DispPrevEval ).Generate New EvaluationGoes to th e Generate New Evaluation page (bwckcapp.P_DispEvalTerm ).Button/Icon ActionAdd More Goes to the What -If Analysis (Add More) (bwcksmds.p_whatif_next_step ) with one or more additional program-related fields displayed. SubmitGoes to the What-If Analysis (Add More) page (bwcksmds.p_whatif_next_step ) with the Evaluation Term field displayed. ItemDescription /n 432 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records What-If Analysis (Add More) (bwcksmds.p_whatif_next_step)This page is displayed if the user selects the Add More button on the previous page. Every time the user selects the Add More button, this page is redistilled adding more fields until no more fields can be added. The fields that can be displayed for departm ent, concentrations, and/or minors are controlled by curriculum rules established for the program on the Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR) and by selecting the related checkboxes on the WebCAPP Rules Form (SMAWCRL). You can allow the user to specify: ŁUp to two majors ŁA department for each major ŁUp to three concentrations for each major ŁUp to two minors for the curriculum Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements There are no additional setup requirements for this page. For this page to be accessible, the setup de tails described for the What-If Analysis (Step Three) ( bwcksmds.P_whatif_step_three ) must be in place. ItemDescription/Source Information The fields described below are added to the page incrementally (each time the user selects the Add More button). First DepartmentDepartment associated with the major. Concentration 1, 2, and 3Concentration(s) that the student wants to include in the evaluation. First Minor and Second Minor Minor(s) that the student wants to include in the evaluation. Second MajorSecond major that the student wants to include in the evaluation. Second DepartmentDepartment associated with the second major. Second Major Concentration 1, 2, and 3 Concentration(s) for the second major that the student wants to include in the evaluation. /n 433 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records For complete information about setting up your C APP programs, refer to the Banner Student CAPP Handbook .Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. What-If Analysis (Evaluation Term) (bwcksmds.p_whatif_next_step)This is the last page in a what-if analysis. The values selected on the previous pages are displayed on this page. Link ActionCurrent EnrollmentGoes to the Degree Evaluation Record page (bwckcapp.P_DispCurrent ).Previous EvaluationsGoes to th e Previous Evaluations page (bwcksmmt.P_DispPrevEval ).Generate New EvaluationGoes to th e Generate New Evaluation page (bwckcapp.P_DispEvalTerm ).Button/Icon ActionSubmit Goes to the What-If Analysis (Add More) page (bwcksmds.p_whatif_next_step ) with the Evaluation Term field displayed. /n 434 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Once the user chooses the evaluation term (t hat is, the graduation term) and selects the Submit button, the system generates the new evaluation and displays the Degree Evaluation Results Report page ( bwcksxml.report ).Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page updates Banner as follows. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription/Source Information Evaluation Term Ending term for the sample evaluation. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) Select the Web Evaluation Term checkbox on the Web Processing Controls window for ea ch term that you want available for degree evaluations on the Web. CAPPFor complete information about setting up your CAPP programs, refer to the Banner Student CAPP Handbook .ItemDescription Submit Stores the data on the Compliance Request Management Form (SMARQCM). /n 435 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. General Student Information (bwskgstu.P_StuInfo) This page displays the majority of data in t he General Student record. It also displays any curriculum information that was entered on the record. This page is accessed via the View Student Information link on the Student Records menu. If the user has not selected a term during the current Web session and selects the View Student Information link from the Student Records me nu, the Registration Term page (bwskflib.P_SelDefTerm ) is displayed first. If a term has been selected, that term is used, and the General Student Information is displayed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionCurrent EnrollmentGoes to the Degree Evaluation Record page (bwckcapp.P_DispCurrent ).Previous EvaluationsGoes to th e Previous Evaluations page (bwcksmmt.P_DispPrevEval ).Generate New EvaluationGoes to th e Generate New Evaluation page (bwckcapp.P_DispEvalTerm ).Button/Icon ActionGenerate RequestGoes to the Degree Evaluation Results Report page (bwcksxml.report )./n 436 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records ItemDescription/Source Information Registered for TermIndicates whether the st udent is registered for the selected term. First Term AttendedFirst term the student attended your institution. Last Term AttendedFirst term the student attended your institution. StatusStudent™s current status. ResidenceStudent™s residency status. Student TypeStudent type associated with the student. ClassStudent™s class. Academic Standing StatusStudent™ academic standing. Academic Standing TermTerm for whic h academic standing was evaluated. Primary AdvisorStudent™s primary advisor. Primary Advisor TypeAdvisor type as sociated with the primary advisor. Expected Graduation DateDate on which the student is expected to graduate. Expected Graduation TermTerm in whic h the student is expected to graduate. Expected Graduation YearAcademic year in wh ich the student is expected to graduate. The following fields are displayed in the Curriculum Information section. (Primary) Current ProgramName of the student™s current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) Study Path Study path for the primary learner curriculum. When the Enable Study Paths checkbox is unchecked on SOACTRL, this field is not displayed. (Primary) LevelStudent level associated with the current active primary learner curriculum.(Primary) ProgramName of the program associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) Admit TermTerm in which the student was admitted to the primary learner curriculum.(Primary) Admit TypeAdmission type by which the student was admitted to the primary learner curriculum. (Primary) Catalog TermTerm in which the st udent was admitted to the primary learner curriculum.(Primary) CollegeName of the college associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. (Primary) CampusName of the campus associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. /n 437 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records (Primary) Major and Department Name of the major and department associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. If no department is associated with the current active primary learner curriculum, the field label says only Major . This field is displayed mu ltiple times if there are multiple majors.(Primary) Major Concentration Name of the concentration associated with the major for the current active primary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are mu ltiple major co ncentrations. (Primary) MinorName of the minor asso ciated with the current active primary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors.(Primary) ConcentrationName of the base concentration for the current active primary learner curriculum. This concentration is not attached to any major. This field is displayed multiple times if th ere are multiple concentrations. (Primary) Other field of studyName of any other field of study associated with the current active primary learner curriculum. This fiel d is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. SecondaryName of the student™s current active secondary curriculum. If the student has multiple current active secondary curricula, the set of fields will be displayed multiple times. (Secondary) Study Path Study path asso ciated with the current active secondary curriculum. When the Enable Study Paths checkbox is unchecked on SOACTRL, this field is not displayed. (Secondary) LevelStudent level associat ed with the current active secondary curriculum.(Secondary) ProgramName of the progra m associated with the current active secondary curriculum. (Secondary) Admit TermTerm in which the student was admitted to the current active secondary learner curriculum. (Secondary) Admit TypeAdmission type by whic h the student was admitted to the current active secondary learner curriculum. (Secondary) Catalog TermTerm in which the student was admitted to the current active secondary learner curriculum. (Secondary) CollegeName of the college associated with the current active secondary curriculum.(Secondary) CampusName of the college associated with the current active secondary curriculum.ItemDescription/Source Information /n 438 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements This page has no overall setup requirements. To use study paths, do the following setup. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other pages. (Secondary) Major and Department Name of the major and department associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. If no department is associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum, the field label will say only Major . This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple majors. (Secondary) Major Concentration Name of the concentration associated with the major for the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple major concentrations. (Secondary) MinorName of the minor asso ciated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors.(Secondary) Concentration Name of the base concentration for the secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple concentrations. (Secondary) Other field of studyName of any other field of study associated with the current active secondary learner curriculum. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. ItemDescription Term Control Form (SOATERM) To enable study paths, check the Enable Study Paths checkbox on SOACTRL. To require study paths, check the Study Path Required checkbox on SOATERM. To allow changes to st udy paths, check the Change Study Path checkbox on SOATERM. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 439 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Enrollment Verification Request (bwskrqst.p_disp_term_type)This page is used to specify the term and type of enrollment verification to be sent. If the student has no enrollment informat ion, the system displays this page (bwskrqst.p_disp_term_type ) with a message stating that there is no enrollment information. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Menu NameMenu URLStudent Records Menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu ItemDescription/Source Information Term Term for which the enrollment verification request is to be produced. Verification Type Type of enrollment verification to be produced. Number of Copies Number of copies of the enrollment verification request to be produced. Issued To Name of the person to whom the request is to be sent. /n 440 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. ItemDescription Enrollment Verification Request Rules Form (SFAEPRT) If you want the enrollment verifica tion type to be available on the Web, select the Self-Service Request checkbox. Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).View Status of Enrollment Verification Requests Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request Date page (bwskrqst.p_disp_request_dates ).Button/Icon ActionContinueGoes to the Enrollment Verification Delivery page (bwskrqst.p_proc_term_type ).Menu NameMenu URLStudent Records Menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu /n 441 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Enrollment Verification Delivery (bwskrqst.p_proc_term_type)This page is used to specify delivery info rmation for an enrollment verification request. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription/Source Information Academic Year Academic year for the enrollment verification request. Delivery Method Method by which the student wants the enrollment verification request to be delivered. ItemDescription Enrollment Verification Request Rules Form (SFAEPRT) If you want the academic year to be specified on this page, select the Self-Service Academic Year checkbox in the Self-Service Print Options window. Create a record in the Service Level block of the Self-Service Print Options window for each delivery type you want to be available on this page. /n 442 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Enrollment Verification Address (bwskrqst.p_proc_delivery)This page is used to specify where the enrollment verification request is to be sent. A user can enter only one kind of informatio n if multiple options are available. For example, if an address is selected in the One of Your Addresses field and an address is entered in the address fields, the system displays an error message. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Request Enrollment Verification Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request page (bwskrqst.p_disp_term_type ).View Status of Enrollment Verification Requests Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request Date page (bwskrqst.p_disp_request_dates ).Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to the Enrollment Verification Address page (bwskrqst.p_proc_delivery )./n 443 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription/Source Information One of Your AddressesStudent™s address. This fi eld should be used if the transcript is to be sent to one of the student™s addresses. Fax Country CodeCountry code for the fax number, if the request is to be sent via fax.Fax Area CodeArea code for the fax number, if the request is to be sent via fax. Fax NumberPhone number for the fax number, if the request is to be sent via fax.House NumberUnique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation). Street Line 1 Street Line 2 Street Line 3 Street Line 4 Street address to which the transcript is to be sent. Up to four lines of information can be entered. Any default values can be changed. CityCity of the transcript recipient™s address. Any default values can be changed. State or ProvinceState or province of the transcript recipient™s address. Any default values can be changed. Zip or Postal CodeZIP or postal code of the transcript recipient™s address. Any default values can be changed. NationNation of the transcript recipient™s address. Any default values can be changed. /n 444 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Enrollment Verification Payment (bwskrqst.p_proc_payment) This page is used to confirm the payment deta ils if the enrollment verification request has a payment associated with it. If the request does not have a payment associated with it, this page is not displayed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Request Enrollment Verification Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request page (bwskrqst.p_disp_term_type ).View Status of Enrollment Verification Requests Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request Date page (bwskrqst.p_disp_request_dates ).Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to one of the following: ŁIf a payment is associated with the request, the system displays the Enrollment Verification Payment page (bwskrqst.p_proc_payment ).ŁIf a payment is not associated with the request, the system displays the Enrollment Verification Request Summary page (bwskrqst.p_proc_confirm )./n 445 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription/Source Information Payment Total Total monetary amount due. Payment Method Method by which the payment is to be made. ItemDescription Credit Card Merchant ID Form (GOAMERC) Make sure that valid records have been created for the appropriate process code. All other credit card processing set up must be completed as well. See the Payment Processor Connection Handbook for more information. Enrollment Verification Request Rules Form (SFAEPRT) For enrollment verification requests, set up the following: ŁAppropriate payment amount(s) in the Service Level block of the Self-Service Prin t Options window. ŁAppropriate payment option(s) in the Payment Options block of the Self-Service Print Options window. Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Request Enrollment Verification Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request page (bwskrqst.p_disp_term_type ).View Status of Enrollment Verification Requests Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request Date page (bwskrqst.p_disp_request_dates )./n 446 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Enrollment Verification Request Summary (bwskrqst.p_proc_confirm)This page is used to confirm the details of the enrollment verification request before it is submitted. The system displays only the fields for which data was entered on the preceding Web pages. For example, if the Academic Year field is displayed on the Enrollment Verification Delivery page, but the user does not select a value for it, the Academic Year field is not displayed on this page. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request Summary page (bwskrqst.p_proc_confirm ).ItemDescription/Source Information Term Term specified on the Enrollment Verification Request page (bwskrqst.p_disp_term_type ).Academic YearAcademic year specified on the Enrollment Verification Delivery page, if one was selected. Verification TypeType of enrollment verification request specified on the Enrollment Verification Request page. Number of CopiesNumber of copies of the request to be produced, entered on the Enrollment Verification Request page. /n 447 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Issued ToName to whom the enrollment verification is to be sent, as entered on the Enrollment Verification Request page. This includes the last name prefix, if applicable.If the Issued To field is left blank on the Enrollment Verification Request page, the system auto matically enters the student™s name. House NumberUnique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation). Street -or- Street Line 1 Street Line 2 Street Line 3 Street Line 4 Street address entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page ( bwskrqst.p_proc_delivery ).If only one street line is in the address, the field label Street is displayed; if there is more than one address line, the field labels Street Line 1 , Street Line 2 , Street Line 3 , and Street Line 4 , as applicable, are displayed. CityCity entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page. State or Province State or province entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page. Zip or Postal CodeZIP or postal code entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page. NationNation entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page. Fax Country Code Country code of the fax number entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page. Fax Area Code Area code of the fax number entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page. Fax Number Fax phone number entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page. Delivery MethodDelivery method specified on the Enrollm ent Verification Delivery page. Cost of Order Monetary amount of the fee associated with the delivery method. Payment Method Method of payment specified on the Enrollment Verification Payment page. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 448 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Request Enrollment Verification Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request page (bwskrqst.p_disp_term_type ).View Status of Enrollment Verification Requests Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request Date page (bwskrqst.p_disp_request_dates ).Button/Icon ActionSubmit Request Goes to one of the following: ŁIf a credit card payment is a ssociated with the request, the system displays the external vendor payment page. ŁIf a payment other than a credit card payment is associated with the request, the system displa ys the Enrollment Verification Signature page ( bwskrqst.p_proc_confirm ).If no credit card payment is as sociated with the request, it is assumed that payment will be by some other system, such as billing to an account, so no fu rther information needs to be collected. In this case, the transa ction goes to verification and the charging/collection is turned over to the client internal procedures. ŁIf no payment is associated with the request, the system displays the Enrollment Verification Signature page. /n 449 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Enrollment Verification Signature (bwskrqst.p_proc_confirm)This page confirms that the system has processed the enrollment verification request. Web Page Fields This page has no fields. Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Request Enrollment Verification Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request page (bwskrqst.p_disp_term_type ).View Status of Enrollment Verification Requests Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request Date page (bwskrqst.p_disp_request_dates )./n 450 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Enrollment Verification Request Date (bwskrqst.p_disp_request_dates)This page is used to specify the date of an enrollment verification request so that the request information can be viewed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. ItemDescription/Source Information Date Ordered Date for which enrollment verification requests are to be viewed. Link ActionView Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).Request Enrollment Verification Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request page (bwskrqst.p_disp_term_type )./n 451 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Enrollment Verification Request Status (bwskrqst.p_disp_request_status) This page is used to view existing enrollmen t verification requests for the date specified on the Enrollment Verificati on Request Date page (bwskrqst.p_disp_request_dates ). The system displays only the fields for which data was entered when th e enrollment verification was requested. For example, if the Academic Year field is displayed on the Enrollment Verification Delivery page, but the user does not select a value for it, the Academic Year field is not displayed on this page. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Button/Icon ActionSubmit Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request Status page (bwskrqst.p_disp_request_status ).Menu NameMenu URLStudent Records Menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu ItemDescription/Source Information Status of Enrollment Verification Requests Date on which the enrollment verification was requested. Date SentDate on which the enrollment verification was sent. If it has not been sent yet, the following message is displayed in the field: Your order is still in processing. Please check again at another time.TermTerm specified on the Enrollment Verification Request page (bwskrqst.p_disp_term_type )./n 452 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Academic YearAcademic year specified on the Enrollment Verification Delivery page. Verification TypeType of enrollment verification request specified on the Enrollment Verification Request page. Number of CopiesNumber of copies of the request to be produced, entered on the Enrollment Verification Request page. Issued ToName to whom the enrollment verification is to be sent, as entered on the Enrollment Verification Request page. This includes the last name prefix, if applicable.House NumberUnique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation). Street -or- Street Line 1 Street Line 2 Street Line 3 Street Line 4 Street address entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page ( bwskrqst.p_proc_delivery ).If only one street line is in the address, the field label Street is displayed; if there is more than one address line, the field labels Street Line 1 , Street Line 2 , and Street Line 3 , and Street Line 4, as applicable, are displayed. CityCity entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page. State or Province State or province entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page. Zip or Postal CodeZIP or postal code entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page. NationNation entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page. Fax Country Code Country code of the fax number entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page. Fax Area Code Area code of the fax number entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page. Fax Number Fax phone number entered on the Enrollment Verification Address page. Delivery MethodDelivery method specified on the Enrollm ent Verification Delivery page. Cost of Order Monetary amount of the fee associated with the delivery method. Payment Method Method of payment specified on the Enrollment Verification Payment page. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 453 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Test Scores (bwsktesc.p_view_tests) This page is used to display test score information for a student. Test data is ordered by test description. Test score information comes from SOATEST and is enabled for Web display on SOAWDSP. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionRequest Enrollment Verification Goes to the Enrollment Verification Request page (bwskrqst.p_disp_term_type ).ItemDescription/Source Information Test Description Test type and descri ption, such as SATII - Biology. Test Score Numeric test score. Date Taken Date test was taken. /n 454 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Curriculum Term Selection (bwskgrad.p_disp_grad_term)When a student selects the Apply to Graduate option from the Student Records menu (bmenu.P_AdminMnu ), the Curriculum Term Selection page (bwskgrad.p_disp_grad_term ) is displayed. A term must be selected to continue with the application process. Once a term is submitted, the student can continue through ItemDescription Test Score Information Form (SOATEST) Enter test scores and test dates for each test code for the student. Web Display List Customization Form (SOAWSDP) Set up test codes for Web display. Menu NameMenu URLStudent Records Menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu /n 455 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records the various graduation and diploma page s and to the Graduation Application page (bwskgrad.p_view_gradapp ).The curriculum select hierarchy that determines whether the student is eligible to select a specific curriculum record works as follows. The terms di splayed for selection by the student are controlled by the rules on the Ac ademic History Contro l Form (SHACTRL). The process checks for the rule in place for which terms to display. The process also examines the SHRTTRM records and/or and the SFBETRM records for the student. When the student selects a term, the process pe rforms eligibility checking to see which curriculum record will be displayed ba sed on the rules on SHAGELR for the Module field (Leaner, Outcome , or Either ).The process uses the term selected from the Select a Term field to provide the valid curriculum records for the stud ent. Next, any current and active curriculum records found for the student for that term are used to determine eligibility based on the rules on SHAGELR and SHAGADS. Data is displa yed based on the rules on SHAGADR. If the rules on SHAGADS and SHAGELR do not allow the student™s graduation application to proceed for any curriculum th at is active and current for the selected term, the following message is displayed: You have no curriculum eligible for graduation application for this term. Select another term, or contact an administrator for help .Restrict Term Selection You can use the Self-Service Graduation Term Control field on the Academic History Control Form (SHACTRL) to defi ne/restrict which terms are displayed for selection in Banner Self-Service for the graduation applicat ion. The student can select from terms for the graduation application based on the rule selected in the Self-Service Graduation Term Control field. The rule can be set to: all terms, the latest academic history term, the latest registration term, or the latest academic history term and the latest registration term. This term restriction prevents any/all terms in which the student had registration records or academic history from being displayed for sele ction. Therefore, a st udent cannot select a term and curriculum record from an earlier registration period or term of academic history after a curriculum change had been made. In some institutions, this earlier curriculum record may no longer be valid for use with a graduation application. Note: Eligibility processing on SHAGELR works as usual with the term control. All termsA student can select any term in which registration or academic history records exist, even if the curriculum has changed and is no longer current in the latest term of attendance. The curriculum that is displayed is still dependent on the setting of the SHAGELR module control ( Learner , Outcome , or Either ).When the Apply to Graduate option is selected in Banner Student Self-Service, the Select a Term field on the Curriculum Term Selection page (bwskgrad.p_disp_grad_term ) displays a list of any term with any curriculum that is current and active for that term. /n 456 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Latest academic history termA student can select only the last term in which grades were rolled to academic history (the term on SHRTTRM). The curriculum that is displayed is still dependent on the setting of the SHAGELR module control ( Learner , Outcome , or Either).When the Apply to Graduate option is selected in Banner Student Self-Service, the Select a Term field on the Curriculum Term Selection page (bwskgrad.p_disp_grad_term ) displays only the latest term for which the student has an SHRTTRM record with the curriculum t hat is current and ac tive for that term. Latest registration termA student can only select a term using the latest term in which the student is registered for classes. This prevents a student from gradua ting based on a curriculum that is associated with earlier terms and consequently for a curr iculum that may have been changed since the prior term of registration . The curriculum that is disp layed is still dependent on the setting of the SHAGELR module control ( Learner , Outcome , or Either).When the Apply to Graduate option is selected in Banner Student Self-Service, the Select a Term field on the Curriculum Term Selection page (bwskgrad.p_disp_grad_term ) displays only the latest term for which the student has an SFBETRM record with the curriculum that is current and active for that term. Latest academic history and registration termA student can select from two terms, the latest registration term and the latest academic history term. The curriculum that is displa yed is still dependent on the setting of the SHAGELR module control ( Learner, Outcome , or Either ).When the Apply to Graduate option is selected in Banner Student Self-Service, the Select a Term field on the Curriculum Term Selection page (bwskgrad.p_disp_grad_term ) displays the latest term for which the student has an SFBETRM record and the latest term for which the student has an SHRTTRM record, with the curriculum that is cu rrent and active for that term. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. ItemDescription/Source Information Select a Term Terms where registration and/or academic history records exist. /n 457 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Curriculum Selection (bwskgrad.p_disp_gradapp)This page is used to select the curricul um for which the student wants to apply to graduate. A term must be selected on the Curriculum Term Selection page (bwskgrad.p_disp_grad_term ) before this page can be accessed. Multiple curricula can be selected. All curricula for wh ich the following are true are displayed: ŁAre current and active ŁHave a display selection rule in on the Graduation Applic ation Display Rule Selection Form (SHAGADS) that matches the curriculum for the student and the code for which a display rule also exists in on the Gr aduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) ŁHave qualifying eligibility rules ŁDo not have an existing active gradu ation application for the curriculum ŁDo not have an awarded degree ŁEither an academic history (SHRTTRM) record or registration (SFBETRM) record exists The system checks the following to determine whether a curriculum is to be displayed. Button/Icon ActionSubmit Goes to the Curr iculum Selection page (bwskgrad.p_disp_gradapp )./n 458 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records ŁApplication display rules are defined on SHAGADS. ŁCurriculum module controls are defined on t he Graduation Applicati on Display Eligibility Rules Form (SHAGELR). ŁEligibility is determined by the rules created on SHAGELR. ŁCurricula data elements are displayed with labels specified for the transcript type code on SHAGADR. The curriculum labels create d in SHATPRT for the transcript type code determine what is displayed with the curric ula data in the Graduation Application pages in self-service. This provides consistency between the academic transcript pages and the graduation application pages. ŁThe date on which the student is applying is within the range set on the Graduation Date Availability Tab of SHAGADR. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Curriculum nameName of the curriculum. Degree (untitled)Name of the degree (such as Bachelor of Arts ).LevelStudent level associated wit h the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. ProgramName of the program associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. CollegeName of the college associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. CampusName of the campus associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. Major and DepartmentName of the major and department associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation applic ation. If no department is associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application, the field label says only Major . This field is displayed multip le times if there are multiple majors. Major ConcentrationName of the concentra tion associated with the major for the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. This field is displayed multiple times if there ar e multiple major concentrations. MinorName of the minor associated wit h the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors. /n 459 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ConcentrationName of the base concentration for the current active curriculum selected for the graduation applicat ion. This concentration is not attached to any major. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple concentrations. Other field of studyName of any other fi eld of study associated with the current curriculum selected for the graduation application. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. ItemDescription Graduation Application Status Validation Form (STVGAST)Select the Web Indicator checkbox for each application status code that you want to be available on the Web. Graduation Application Display Rules Validation Form (STVGADR) Create graduation displa y rule validation codes. Graduation Application Display Rule Selection Form (SHAGADS) Define your selection rules for when a graduation application display rule will be used. Self-Service Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) Define your graduation application display rules. Graduation Application Eligibility Rules (SHAGELR) Define your graduation app lication eligibility rules. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 460 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Graduation Date Selection (bwskgrad.p_proc_grad_date)This page is used to select the graduation date. Link ActionTerm Selection Goes to the Curr iculum Term Selection page (bwskgrad.p_disp_grad_term ).View Holds Goes to the View Holds page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewHold ).View TranscriptGoes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).View Graduation Applications Goes to the Graduation Application page (bwskgrad.p_view_gradapp ).View Student InformationGoes to the Registration Term page (bwskflib.P_SelDefTerm ).Degree EvaluationGoes to the Select Current Term page (bwckcapp.P_DispCurrent ).Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to the Graduation Date Selection page (bwskgrad.p_proc_grad_date ).Menu NameMenu URLStudent Records Menu bmenu.P_AdminMnu /n 461 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Curriculum nameName of the curriculum. Degree (untitled)Name of the degree (such as Bachelor of Arts ).LevelStudent level associated wit h the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. ProgramName of the program associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. CollegeName of the college associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. CampusName of the campus associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. Major and DepartmentName of the major and department associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation applic ation. If no department is associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application, the field label says only Major . This field is displayed multip le times if there are multiple majors. Major ConcentrationName of the concentra tion associated with the major for the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. This field is displayed multiple times if there ar e multiple major concentrations. MinorName of the minor associated wit h the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors. ConcentrationName of the base concentration for the current active curriculum selected for the graduation applicat ion. This concentration is not attached to any major. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple concentrations. Other field of studyName of any other fi eld of study associated with the current curriculum selected for the graduation application. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. Graduation DateDate on which the student wants to graduate. /n 462 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. ItemDescription Self-Service Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) Define graduation da tes in the Graduation Date Availability window. Link ActionView Transcript Goes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).View Graduation Applications Goes to the Graduation Application page (bwskgrad.p_view_gradapp ).Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to the Graduation Ceremony Selection page (bwskgrad.p_proc_ceremony )./n 463 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Graduation Ceremony Selection (bwskgrad.p_proc_ceremony)This page is used to specify whether the st udent plans to attend the graduation ceremony. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page updates Banner as follows. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription/Source Information Attend Ceremony Radio button group used to indicate whether the student plans to attend the graduation ceremony. ItemDescription Self-Service Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) Select the Ceremony checkbox in the Graduation Date Availability window. If this check box is cleared, the ceremony will not be available for selection. ItemDescription Attend Ceremony radio buttons Stored in the Graduation Application Table (SHBGAPP) and viewable on the Graduation Application Form (SHAGAPP). /n 464 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Diploma Name Selection (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_name)This page is used to specify the name to be printed on the diploma. It is displayed only if the Display Page checkbox is selected in the Dip loma Name section of the Diploma Name/Address Options window of the Self-Ser vice Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) for the associated gr aduation application display rule. The name to be printed on a student™s diploma is displayed only if the Diploma Name Display checkbox is selected in the Diploma Na me section of the Dip loma Name/Address Options window of SHAGADR for the associated gr aduation application display rule. If the Link ActionView Transcript Goes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).View Graduation Applications Goes to the Graduation Application page (bwskgrad.p_view_gradapp ).Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to one of the following pages ŁIf the graduation application display rule is set to display the Diploma Name Selection page, this button goes to the Diploma Name Selection page (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_name ).ŁIf the graduation application display rule is not set to display the Diploma Name Selectio n page, but is set to display the Diploma Mailing Address Selection page, th is button goes to the Diploma Mailing Address Selection page (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_addr ).ŁIf the graduation application display rule is not set to display either of the able pages, this button goes to the Graduation Application Summary page (bwskgrad.p_disp_confirm )./n 465 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records curriculum selected for the application to gradu ate is a curriculum for an existing degree record and the diploma table for that degree sequence has been created, the diploma name value ( SHBDIPL_NAME ) for that record is displayed on this page. If the Diploma Name Display checkbox is cleared or the Degree Record (SHRDGMR) or Diploma Record (SHBDIPL) have not yet been created for the select ed curriculum, then no value will be displayed in the Diploma Name field on the Diploma Name Selection page. A student can change the diploma name if the Edit checkbox is selected in the Diploma Name section of the Diploma Name/Addr ess Options window of SHAGADR for the associated graduation application display ru le. If this has been set up, the value New will be available on the One Of Your Names pulldown list, and if the student selects New and then selects Continue , the system displays the Diploma Name Selection - Name Change page ( bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_name ) with fields for the parts of the name that can be changed. The SPRIDEN Legal Name field value is never used for self-service diploma name information. This field is a single-name fiel d that has been concatenated and, therefore, cannot be broken into first, middle, last, and suffix columns for display or editing via the Web. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Name Student™s current or alternative name from the SPRIDEN table, depending on the setting on SHAGADR. This name will be printed on the diploma unless the student changes it. The last name prefix is included, if applicable. Current Diploma NameName that is to be printed on the diploma. A value is displayed in this field only if the name has bee n changed. If this field is blank, the value in the Name field will be printed. One of Your NamesPulldown list used to specify the name to be printed on the diploma. If New is selected, the system displays the Diploma Name Selection - Name Change page (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_name ) with fields for the parts of the name that can be changed. /n 466 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. ItemDescription Self-Service Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) For each graduation application display rule for which you want this page to be displayed, select the Display Page checkbox in the Diploma Name section of the Diploma Name/Address Options window. If you want a student™s name to be displayed on this page, select the Diploma Name Display checkbox in th e Diploma Name section of the Diploma Name/Address Options window. Specify which name is to be displayed as follows. ŁIf you want the current name on SPRIDEN to be displayed, select the Current radio button. ŁIf you want the alternate name on SPRIDEN to be displayed, select the Alternate radio button and specify the alternate name type in the Alternate Name field.If you want to allow students to change the diploma name, select the Edit checkbox in the Diploma Name section of the Diploma Name/Address Options window, and select the checkboxes for the parts of the name that you want to allow students to change. Link ActionView Transcript Goes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).View Graduation Applications Goes to the Graduation Application page (bwskgrad.p_view_gradapp ).Name Change InformationGoes to the Name Change Information page (bwgkoinf.P_DispUpdName )./n 467 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Diploma Name Selection - Name Change (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_name)This page is used to change the name to be printed on the diploma. It is displayed when a student selects New on the One Of Your Names pulldown list on the Diploma Name Selection page ( bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_name ). This can occur only if the Edit checkbox is selected in the Diploma Name section of the Diploma Name/Address Options window of the Self-Service Graduation App lication Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) for the associated graduation application display rule. The First , Middle, Last , and Suffix checkboxes on SHAGADR are used to specify which part of the student™s name can be changed. The SPRIDEN Legal Name field value is never used for self-service diploma name information. This field is a single-name fiel d that has been concatenated and, therefore, cannot be broken into first, middle, last, and suffix columns for display or editing via the Web. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Button/Icon ActionContinueGoes to Diploma Name Selection - Name Change page (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_name ).ItemDescription/Source Information First Name Student™s first name to be printed on the diploma. Middle Name Student™s middle name to be printed on the diploma. Last Name Student™s last name (with pref ix if it exists) to be printed on the diploma. Suffix Student™s suffix to be printed on the diploma. /n 468 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page updates Banner as follows. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. ItemDescription Self-Service Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) Select the checkboxes for the parts of the name that you want to allow students to change. Choices are First , Middle, Last , and Suffix.ItemDescription First Name Stored in the Graduation Application Table (SHBGAPP) and viewable on the Graduation Application Form (SHAGAPP). Middle Name Stored in the Graduation Application Table (SHBGAPP) and viewable on the Graduation Application Form (SHAGAPP). Last Name Prefix Stored in the Gradua tion Application Table (SHBGAPP) and viewable on the Graduation Application Form (SHAGAPP). Last Name Stored in the Graduation Application Table (SHBGAPP) and viewable on the Graduation Application Form (SHAGAPP). Suffix Stored in the Graduation Application Table (SHBGAPP) and viewable on the Graduation Application Form (SHAGAPP). Link ActionView Transcript Goes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).View Graduation Applications Goes to the Graduation Application page (bwskgrad.p_view_gradapp )./n 469 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Name Change Information (bwgkoinf.P_DispUpdName) This page displays instructions for stude nts who change diploma names. Use Web Tailor to define the text you want to appear on this page. Web Page Fields This does not have any web page fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Name Change InformationGoes to the Name Change Information page (bwgkoinf.P_DispUpdName ).Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to one of the following: ŁIf the graduation application display rule is set to display the Diploma Mailing Address Selection page, this button goes to the Diploma Mailing Address Selection page (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_addr ).ŁIf the graduation application display rule is not set to display the Diploma Mailing Address Selection page, this button goes to the Graduation Application Summary page (bwskgrad.p_disp_confirm ).ItemDescription Text Define the text you want to appear on this page in Web Tailor. Link Action/n 470 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page has no links to other web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Diploma Mailing Address Selection (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_addr) This page is used to select the address to whic h the diploma is to be mailed. It is displayed only if the Display Page checkbox is selected in the Diploma Mailing Address section of the Diploma Name/Addre ss Options window of the Self-S ervice Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) for the associat ed graduation application display rule. If the Display checkbox is also selected, the addres s currently associated with the Diploma Record will also be displayed. If the Edit checkbox is also selected, the value New will be available on the One Of Your Addresses pulldown list, and if the student selects New and then selects Continue , the system displays the Diplo ma Mailing Address Selection - Address Change page (b wskgrad.p_proc_diploma_addr ) with fields for the new address. If the Display Page checkbox is cleared or the De gree Record (SHRDGMR) or Diploma Record (SHBDIPL) have not yet been created for the selected curriculum, then no address information will be displayed on the Diploma Mailing Address Selection page. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information House Number Unique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation). /n 471 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Street Line 1 Street Line 2 Street Line 3 Street Line 4 Up to four lines for the street address. CityCity for the street address. State or ProvinceState or province for the street address. Zip or Postal CodeZIP or postal code for the street address. NationNation for the street address. One of Your AddressesPulldown list used to specify the address to which the diploma is to be mailed. ItemDescription Self-Service Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) For each graduation application display rule for which you want this page to be displayed, select the Display Page checkbox in the Diploma Mailing Ad dress section of the Diploma Name/ Address Options window. If you want the address currently associated with the Diploma Record to be displayed, select the Display checkbox in the Diploma Mailing Address section of the Diploma Name/Address Options window. If you want to allow students to change the address to which the diploma is to be mailed, select the Edit checkbox in the Diploma Mailing Address section of the Diploma Name/Address Options window. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 472 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Diploma Mailing Address Selection - Address Change (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_addr) This page is used to enter the address to which the diploma is to be mailed. If the Edit checkbox is selected in th e Diploma Mailing Address section of the Diploma Name/ Address Options window of the Self-Service Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) for the associated graduation application display rule, the available addresses selected can also be edited. Th e system displays t he current address by default, but the student can change it. This page is displayed when the Display Page checkbox is checked in the Diploma Mailing Address section of the Diploma Name /Address Options window of SHAGADR for the graduation application display rule. If desi red, you can also have the system display any existing diploma mailing addres s for the selected curriculum. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionView Transcript Goes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).View Graduation Applications Goes to the Graduation Application page (bwskgrad.p_view_gradapp ).View Addresses and Phones Goes to the View Addresses and Phones page (bwgkogad.P_SelectAtypView ).Button/Icon ActionContinueGoes to the Diploma Ma iling Address Selection - Address Change page (b wskgrad.p_proc_diploma_addr )./n 473 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page updates Banner as follows. ItemDescription/Source Information House Number Unique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation). Street Line 1 Street Line 2 Street Line 3 Street Line 4 Up to four lines for the street address. CityCity for the street address. State or Province State or province for the street address. Zip or Postal CodeZIP or postal code for the street address. NationNation for the street address. ItemDescription Self-Service Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) If you want to allow students to change the address to which the diploma is to be mailed, select the Edit checkbox in the Diploma Mailing Address section of the Diploma Name/Address Options window. If you want to have the system display any existing diploma mailing address for the select ed curriculum, select the Display checkbox in the Diploma Mailing Address section of the Diploma Name/Address Options window. /n 474 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. ItemDescription New address Stored in the Graduation Application Table (SHBGAPP) and viewable in the Diploma Address window of the Graduation Application Form (SHAGAPP). If Create/Update Degree checkbox has been selected in the Overall window of SHAGADR, the value is also stored in the SHBDIPL table and viewable on the Diploma Form (SHADIPL). Link ActionView Transcript Goes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).View Graduation Applications Goes to the Graduation Application page (bwskgrad.p_view_gradapp ).View Addresses and Phones Goes to the View Addresses and Phones page (bwgkogad.P_SelectAtypView ).Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to one of the following: ŁIf the application requires payment, goes to the Graduation Application Payment page ( bwskgrad.p_proc_payment ).ŁIf the application does not require payment or if there is only one applicable payment type, goes to the Graduation Application Summary (bwskgrad.p_disp_confirm )./n 475 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Graduation Application Payment (bwskgrad.p_proc_payment) This page is used to confirm the payment details if the graduation application has a payment associated with it. If the request does not have a payment associated with it, this page is not displayed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. ItemDescription/Source Information Payment Total Total monetary amount due. Payment Method Method by which the payment is to be made. ItemDescription Credit Card Merchant ID Form (GOAMERC) Make sure that valid records have been created for the appropriate process code. All other credit card processing set up must be completed as well. See the Payment Processor Connection Handbook for more information. Self-Service Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) For graduation applications, set up the following. ŁSelect the Create/Update Degree checkbox in the Overall window. ŁSelect the Charge Graduation Fee checkbox in the Processing Control block of the Payment Options window ŁDefine the appropriate payment amount(s) in the Payment Options block of the Payment Options window. ŁDefine the appropriate payment option(s) in the Payment Options block of the Payment Options window. /n 476 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Graduation Application Summary (bwskgrad.p_disp_confirm)This page is used to review the details se lected for the graduation application and submit it. If payment is required via a credit card, the data will not be submitted until credit card processing is successful. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Link ActionView Transcript Goes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).View Graduation Applications Goes to the Graduation Application page (bwskgrad.p_view_gradapp ).Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to the Graduation Application Summary (bwskgrad.p_disp_confirm ).ItemDescription/Source Information DateDate of the selected ceremony. /n 477 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records First Name Student™s first name to be printed on the diploma. Middle Name Student™s middle name to be printed on the diploma. Last Name Prefix Prefix that precedes a last name (for example, fiVonfl in the last name fiVon Hintzfl). Last Name Student™s last name to be printed on the diploma. Suffix Student™s suffix to be printed on the diploma. House Number Unique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation). Street Line 1 Street Line 2 Street Line 3 Street Line 4 Up to four lines for the street address. CityCity for the street address. State or Province State or province for the street address. Zip or Postal CodeZIP or postal code for the street address. NationNation for the street address. Curriculum nameName of the curriculum. Degree (untitled)Name of the degree (such as Bachelor of Arts ).LevelStudent level associated wit h the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. ProgramName of the program associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. CollegeName of the college associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. CampusName of the campus associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. Major and DepartmentName of the major and department associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation applic ation. If no department is associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application, the field label says only Major . This field is displayed multip le times if there are multiple majors. Major ConcentrationName of the concentra tion associated with the major for the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. This field is displayed multiple times if there ar e multiple major concentrations. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 478 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page updates Banner as follows. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. MinorName of the minor associated wit h the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors. ConcentrationName of the base concentration for the current active curriculum selected for the graduation applicat ion. This concentration is not attached to any major. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple concentrations. Other field of studyName of any other fi eld of study associated with the current curriculum selected for the graduation application. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. FeeMonetary amount of the fee for the graduation application. Payment MethodMethod by which the payment is to be made. ItemDescription Submit Request Stored in the Graduation Application Table (SHBGAPP) and viewable in the Diploma Address window of the Graduation Application Form (SHAGAPP). If Create/Update Degree checkbox has been selected in the Overall window of SHAGADR, the value is also stored in the SHBDIPL table and viewable on the Diploma Form (SHADIPL), and stored in the SHRDGMR and viewable on the Degree and Other Formal Awards Form (SHADEGR). ItemDescription/Source Information /n 479 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Graduation Application Signature (bwskgrad.p_disp_sigpage) This page displays a customized message ve rifying that the graduation application has been received. The message can vary depending on the associated graduation application display rule, or it can be the same for every graduation application display rule. If no customized message is set up, the message Your graduation application has been received is displayed. The Graduation Application Signature Page is a customized letter displayed on the Web after an application is completed or after a credit card payment has been made. The letter is created on the HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTR) and is associated with a graduation application display rule on the Self-Service Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR). If a customized signature letter has not been created, then the default Information Text defined by your institution using Web Tailor is displayed. Link ActionView Transcript Goes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).View Graduation Applications Goes to the Graduation Application page (bwskgrad.p_view_gradapp ).Button/Icon ActionSubmit Request Goes to one of the following: ŁIf the application requires payment, goes to the external vendor payment page. ŁIf the application does not require payment, goes to the Graduation Application Signature page (bwskgrad.p_disp_sigpage )./n 480 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Web Page Fields No fields appear on this page by default; y ou must define your letter on the Format HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTR) and use the Self-Service Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) to associate the letter to the graduation application display rule. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. ItemDescription Letter Code Validation Form (GTVLETR) Create a letter code for the letter you want to be displayed on this page. Format HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTR) Create a line for the letter code you defined on GTVLETR, and enter T in the Module field.Define the text that you want to appear on this Web page. Self-Service Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR) Enter the letter code in the Confirmation Letter field in the Overall window. Link ActionView Graduation Applications Goes to the Graduation Application page (bwskgrad.p_view_gradapp )./n 481 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Graduation Application (bwskgrad.p_view_gradapp)This page is used to review the details of graduation applications that have been submitted. Inactive applications are not displayed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information Name Student™s name. Application NumberOne-up sequence number assigned to the application. Request Date Date on which the student submitted the application. Application Status Status of the application. Application Status DateDate on which the status of the application last changed. DateDate of the selected ceremony. Attend Ceremony Indicator for whether the student plans to attend the ceremony. First Name Student™s first name to be printed on the diploma. Middle Name Student™s middle name to be printed on the diploma. Last Name Prefix Prefix that precedes a last name (for example, fiVonfl in the last name fiVon Hintzfl). Last Name Student™s last name to be printed on the diploma. Suffix Student™s suffix to be printed on the diploma. House Number Unique number assigned to each building on a street or in an area and used as part of the postal address in some countries (no validation). Street Line 1 Street Line 2 Street Line 3 Street Line 4 Up to four lines for the street address. CityCity for the street address. State or Province State or province for the street address. /n 482 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Zip or Postal CodeZIP or postal code for the street address. NationNation for the street address. Curriculum nameName of the curriculum. Degree (untitled)Name of the degree (such as Bachelor of Arts ).LevelStudent level associated wit h the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. ProgramName of the program associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. CollegeName of the college associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. CampusName of the campus associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. Major and DepartmentName of the major and department associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation applic ation. If no department is associated with the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application, the field label says only Major . This field is displayed multip le times if there are multiple majors. Major ConcentrationName of the concentra tion associated with the major for the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. This field is displayed multiple times if there ar e multiple major concentrations. MinorName of the minor associated wit h the current active curriculum selected for the graduation application. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple minors. ConcentrationName of the base concentration for the current active curriculum selected for the graduation applicat ion. This concentration is not attached to any major. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple concentrations. Other field of studyName of any other fi eld of study associated with the current curriculum selected for the graduation application. This field is displayed multiple times if there are multiple other fields of study. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 483 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Set Up Student Records on the Web This section explains how to implement Student Records on the Web. Refer to the Banner Student User Guide for more information about Banner forms. For information about setting up credit card payment processing for the Web, see the Payment Processor Connection Handbook .This section includes the following procedures: ŁfiSet Up Holds on the Webfl on page484 ŁfiSet Up Grade Display on the Webfl on page484 ŁfiSet Up Academic Transcripts on the Webfl on page484 ŁfiSet Up the Web Transcript Requestsfl on page489 ŁfiSet Up Enrollment Verification Requests on the Webfl on page491 ŁfiSet Up Degree Evaluation on the Webfl on page492 ŁfiUse Pipes Processingfl on page496 ŁfiUse Advanced Queue Processingfl on page500 ŁfiSet Up Graduation Application on the Webfl on page504 Link ActionView Transcript Goes to the Academic Transcript Options page (bwskotrn.P_ViewTermTran ).Degree EvaluationGoes to the Select Current Term page (bwckcapp.P_DispCurrent )./n 484 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Set Up Holds on the Web In the Hold Type Code Validat ion Form (STVHLDD), select the Web Indicator checkbox for each hold type code that you want to be displayed on the Web. Set Up Grade Display on the Web 1.Set up midterm grade display as follows. ŁIf you want midterm grades for the whole term displayed on the Web, select the Display Midterm Grades checkbox in the Web Processing Controls window of the Term Control Form (SOATERM). ŁIf you want to override the setting in SOATER M for a specific class, select or clear, as appropriate, the Display Midterm Grades checkbox on the Section Web Controls From (SSAWSEC). 2.Set up final grade display as follows. ŁIf you want final grades for the whole term displayed on the Web, select the Display Final Grades checkbox in the Web Processi ng Controls window of SOATERM. ŁIf you want to override the setting in SOATER M for a specific class, select or clear, as appropriate, the Display Final Grades checkbox on SSAWSEC. 3.Set up grade detail display as follows. ŁIf you want final grades for the whole term displayed on the Web, select the Display Grade Detail checkbox in the Web Processing Controls window of SOATERM. ŁIf you want to override the setting in SOATER M for a specific class, select or clear, as appropriate, the Display Grade Detail checkbox on SSAWSEC. Set Up Academic Transcripts on the Web 1.On the Degree Code Validation Form (STVDEGC), select the Web Indicator checkbox for each degree code that you want to be available on the Web. 2.Create your transcript types on the Transcript Type Code Validation Form (STVTPRT). Be sure to select the Web Indicator checkbox for th e transcript types that you want to be available on the Web. 3.On the Print Options tabs of the Transcript Type Rules Form (SHATPRT), select the appropriate checkbox for each item you want displayed on Web transcripts. Note: Choices made on this tab affect both the standard transcript and the Web transcript. If defining a transcr ipt type that is to be available as both standard and Web, make sure yo ur choices take this into account. /n 485 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Select this checkboxTo display Transcript Type DescriptionDescription associated wit h the transcript type. Transcript Type Transcript type code. Student Address Student™s address, as defined on the General Person Identification Form (SPAIDEN). Issued Address Address to which the transcript is to be issued, as defined on the Transcript Request Form (SHARQTC). High School Name of the student™s high school. Current Student Type Description associated with the cu rrent student type, which is the most recent General Student Record (SGASTDN). Term Admitted Description associated with the term in which the student was admitted. Term Matriculated Description associated with the term in which the student was graduated. CommitteesNames of any committees on which the student served. Academic Events Names of academic events in which the student participated. Academic Event Decision Decisions associated with ac ademic events in which the student participated. Academic Event Grade Grades earned for academic ev ents in which the student participated. Degree GPA Student™s degree GPA. Qualifying PapersNames of the student™s qualifying papers. Qualifying Papers Text Descriptions of the student™s qualifying papers. Level Comments Comments associated with the level. Term Comments Comments associated with the term. Course Comments Comments associated with the course. College by Term Name of the college associated with the term. Major by Term Name of the major associated with the term. Student Type by Term Description of the student type associated with the term. Course Campus Code of the campus associated with each institutional course detail record. Long Course Title Long title of each course. Transfer Detail Details about the student™s transfer courses. /n 486 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records 4.Use the Curriculum Print Options tab of SHATPRT to modify several of the labels that appear on the Academic Transcript page ( bwskotrn.P_ViewTran ).ŁIf you want to change the Current Program field label on the Academic Transcript page, enter the desired value in the Primary Learner Curriculum field.ŁIf you want to change the Secondary field label on the Academic Transcript page, enter the desired value in the Secondary Learner Curriculum field.Registration Start and End DatesStart and end dates for open learning courses. CEU Units Number of continuing education credits earned by the student. CEU DatesStart and end dates associated with continuing education courses.These dates are displayed only if the CEU Units checkbox is also selected. CEU Contact Hours Number of contact hours associ ated with continuing education courses. These dates are displayed only if the CEU Units checkbox is also selected. GPA Statistics Student™s GPA statistics. Dean™s List Statement that the student made the dean™s list. Academic Standing by Term Student™s academic standing for each term. Last Academic Standing Student™s academic standing in his or her last term. Institution Totals Total credits the student earned at your institution. Transfer Totals Total credits the student earned at a transfer institution. Overall Totals Total credits the student earned at both your institution and transfer institutions.Student Centric Period Statistics Student centric period GPA totals for the last term in the student centric period. The following fields affect XML transcripts only.Test Scores Test scores included on the Te st Score Information Form (SOATEST). College Transcript Institution-defined information about the college transcript. Student Institution-defined information about the student. Academic Record Institution-defined information about the student™s academic record. Course Institution-defined information about the course. Select this checkboxTo display /n 487 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records ŁIf you want to change the Degrees Awarded section label on the Academic Transcript page, enter the desired value in the Award Label field.ŁIf you want to change the Primary Degree field label on the Academic Transcript page, enter the desired value in the Primary Outcome Curriculum field.ŁIf you want to change the Secondary field label on the Academic Transcript page, enter the desired value in the Secondary Outcome Curriculum field.5.On the Curriculum Print Options tab of SHAT PRT, select the appro priate checkbox for each curriculum-related item you want displayed on Web transcripts. Note: Choices made on this tab affect both the standard transcript and the Web transcript. If defining a transcr ipt type that is to be available as both standard and Web, make sure yo ur choices take this into account. Select this checkboxTo display ProgramDescription associated with the st udent™s curriculum (primary learner, secondary learner, primary outcome, and/or secondary outcome). DegreeDescription of the degree associated with the student™s curriculum (primary learner and/or secondary learner). CollegeDescription of the college associated with the student™s curriculum (primary learner, secondary learner, primary outcome, and/or secondary outcome). CampusDescription of the campus associated with the student™s curriculum (primary learner, secondary learner, primary outcome, and/or secondary outcome). Major Description of the major associated with the student™s curriculum (primary learner, secondary learner, primary outcome, and/or secondary outcome). Major Concentration Description of the major concentration associated with the student™s curriculum (primary learner, secondary learner, primary outcome, and/or secondary outcome). Minor Description of the minor associated with the student™s curriculum (primary learner, secondary learner, primary outcome, and/or secondary outcome). Concentration Description of the concentration associated with the student™s curriculum (primary learner, secondary learner, primary outcome, and/or secondary outcome). Other Fields of Study Description of the other fields of study associated with the student™s curriculum (primary learner, secondary learner, primary outcome, and/or secondary outcome). /n 488 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records 6.On the Personalization Print Options tabs of SHATPRT, define print options for personal information for Web transcripts. Note: Choices made on this tab affect both the standard transcript and the Web transcript. If defining a transcr ipt type that is to be available as both standard and Web, make sure yo ur choices take this into account. 6.1. If you want the student™s birth date to be displayed, take the following actions. ŒSelect the Birth Date checkbox. ŒIn the Birth Date Mask field, select the format in which you want the birth date to be displayed. 6.2. If you want the student™s Banner ID to be displayed, take the following actions. ŒSelect the Banner ID checkbox. ŒIn the Label for ID field, enter the label you want to be displayed for the Banner ID. 6.3. If you want the student™s tax identification number to be displayed, take the following actions. ŒSelect the SSN/SIN/TIN checkbox. ŒIn the Label for SSN/SIN/TIN field, enter the label you want to be displayed for the tax identification number. ŒIn the SSN/SIN/TIN Mask field, specify the masking you want to use. Use the character X to indicate that the data in that position is to be displayed, and use the character * to indicate that the data in that position is to be concealed. 6.4. Use the Name Hierarchy block to define the hierarchy the system is to use to determine which name to display. ŒIn the Sequence Number field, enter the sequence number for where this name type should fall in the hierarchy in ascending order. In other words, if a student has the type of name you assign as sequence number 1, that name will be displayed; if he or she does not have that name type, the system will check for a type designated as sequence number 2, and so on until it finds a name type. ŒIn the Source field, enter the code of the source for the name. ŒIn the Name Type field, enter the code of the name type. 7.On the Self-Service Print Options tab, defi ne the processing controls, service options, and payment options. These are used for pr ocessing Web transcript requests and are explained in detail in the procedure fiSet Up the Web Transcript Requestsfl on page489 .8.If you want the student™s name to appear on the Web transcript, set up the following row on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) and set the External Code to TRUE ./n 489 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Set Up the Web Transcript Requests 1.On the Self-Service Print Options tab of the Transcript Type Rules Form (SHATPRT), take the following actions. ŁIf you want students to be able to reques t that transcripts be sent via electronic data interchange (EDI), select the Allow Electronic Transcripts on the Web checkbox. ŁIf you want to allow students to be able to specify that transcript requests be held until grades have been posted, select the Allow Hold for End of Term Processing checkbox. ŁIf you want to allow students to be able to specify that transcript requests be held until degrees have been posted, select the Allow Hold for Degree Processing checkbox. 2.In the Service Level block of the Self-Servi ce Print Options tab of SHATPRT, take the following actions. ŁIn the Code field, enter or select the self-service option code to be associated with the transcript request type. A service level record must be defined for ea ch transcript type that is available for Self-Service transcript processing. ŁIn the Description field, enter the description for the code. ŁIn the Type field, enter the code for the type of Accounts Receivable account the charges associat ed with the transcript request will be posted. Valid values are S (Student) and M (Miscellaneous).ŁIn the Charge field, enter the monetary amount of the charge associated with the self-service option code entered in Code field. The system automatically defaults the charge value defined on the Web Self-Service Options Validation Form (STVWSSO), but yo u can change it. ŁIn the Per field, enter the code for the indi cator for whether the option will be charged per transcript request. Valid values are R for per-request and C for per- copy. 3.If you want to associate a fee with Web tran script requests, in the Payment Options block, in the Code field, select the payment option code to be associated with the transcript type. 4.On the Web Self Service Option Code Validation Form (STVWSSO), define the delivery methods and their associated charges. External CodeInternal Code Internal Code Seq NumberInternal Code GroupDescription Activity DateTRUE/FALSE NAMEWTRAN1WEBTRANSTUNAMEStu.Name on WebTrans Sysdate/n 490 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records 5.On the Web Payment Option Code Validatio n Form (STVWPYO), define the payment methods. If a method is to incur credit card charges, be su re to select the For Credit Card checkbox. 6.In the Service Level block of SHATPRT (accessed via the Web Transcript Control option), take the following actions. ŁDefine each delivery method that you w ant to be available on the Web. Delivery method is required in Self-Service. At least one service level record must be defined on SHATPRT for the delivery method. If your institution does not charge for transcript requests, you need to create a service level re cord on SHATPRT with a Charge of $0.00 . This is displayed as a value of No Charge in the Delivery Method drop down in Self- Service.ŁIn the Per field, specify whether charges are to be assessed per copy ( C) or per request ( R).ŁIn the Payment Options block (accessed via the Web Transcript Control option), define each payment option that you want to be available on the Web. 7.On the Transcript Type Code Validation Form (STVTPRT), select the Web Request Indicator checkbox for each transcript type y ou want to be available on the Web. 8.On the Degree Code Validation Form (STVDEGC), select the Web Indicator checkbox for each degree code that you want to be available on the Web. 9.If you want all course levels to be included on all tran scripts, select the Default course level to ALL on transcript checkbox on the Web Transcript Request Rules Form (SHAWTRR). 10. On SHAWTRR, in the Maximum transcripts per request field, enter the maximum number of transcripts you want a student to be able to order per request. 11. On SHAWTRR, in the Maximum free transcripts before charges field, enter the maximum number of transcripts a student c an request before charges are applied to requests. 12. If you want students to be able to request that transcripts be sent via EDI, select EDI in the Electronic field of the Source/Background Institution Code Validation Form (STVSBGI). 13. In the Source/Background Validation Form (S OASBGI), for each school that you want to be available via the lookup functionality, enter appropriate values in both the City field and either the State/Province or the Nation field. 14. Set up your Signature Page in one of the following ways. ŁDefine your letter in Web Tailor using the Customize a Set of Information Text option. - OR - ŁDefine your letter in Banner as follows. 14.1. On the Letter Code Validation Form (GTV LETR), create a letter code for the letter you want to be displayed on this page. /n 491 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records 14.2. On the Format HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTL), cr eate a line for the letter code you defined on GTVLETR, and enter T in the Module field.14.3. On the Email Letter Form (SOAELTR), de fine the text that you want to appear on this Web page. 14.4. On the Transcript Type Rules Form (SHATPRT), enter the letter code in the Electronic Letter Code field in the Self-Service Print Options window. Set Up Enrollment Verification Requests on the Web Do the following to set up Web display. 1.Use the Enrollment Verification Type Code Validation Form (STVEPRT) to define the codes you want to be available on the Web. 2.Access the Enrollment Verification Request Rules Form (SFAEPRT). 3.In the Key Block, scroll to the enrollment verification type code you want to define. 4.Go to the Print Options window. 5.Select each appropriate checkbox for each option you want to be printed on the enrollment verification for this type code. 6.If you select the SSN/SIN/TIN checkbox, use the SSN/SIN/TIN Mask field to specify the masking you want to use. Use the character X to indicate that the data in that position is to be displayed, and use the character * to indicate that the data in that position is to be concealed. 7.Use the Birth Date Mask pulldown list to sele ct the format in which you want the birth date to be displayed. 8.Save your changes. 9.Go to the Self-Service Print Options window. 10. In the Processing Controls blo ck, take the following actions. 10.1. Select the Self-Service Request checkbox to allow paper enrollment verification requests to be processed from self-service. 10.2. Select the Self-Service Academic Year checkbox to allow enrollment verification requests to be selected by academic year when processed from self-service.10.3. Use the Self-Service Confirmation Letter field to select the self-service confirmation letter to be used for the enrollment verification request. 10.4. Use the Self-Service Printers field to select the desti nation printer where the confirmation letter is to be printed. 11. In the Service Level block, take the following actions. 11.1. In the Code field, enter or select the self-ser vice option code to be associated with the enrollment verification request type. /n 492 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records 11.2. In the Type field, enter the code for the type of Accounts Receivable account the charges associat ed with the learner™s enrollm ent verification request will be posted. Valid values are S (Student) and M (Miscellaneous).11.3. In the Charge field, enter the monetary amount of the charge associated with the self-service option code entered in Code field. The system automatically defaults the charge value defined on the Web Self-Service Options Validation Form (STVWSSO), but you can change it. 11.4. In the Per field, enter the code for th e indicator for whether the option will be charged per enrollment verification request or per enrollment verification copy. Valid values are R for per-request and C for per-copy. 12. In the Payment Opti ons block, in the Code field, select the payment option code to be associated with the enrollment verification request type. 13. Save your changes. Do the following to limit the number of requests a student can make via the Web. 1.On the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX), specify the maximum number of requests allowed per term in the External Code field for internal code MAXEVREQNO .2.Save your changes. Set Up Degree Evaluation on the Web To set up degree evaluation on the Web, be gin by performing the tasks shown in the following table. External CodeInternal Code Internal Code Sequence NumberInternal Code GroupDescription System Requirednumber of requests allowed per termMAXEVREQNON/ASTUWEBMax Enrl Ver Requests per Term Y/n 493 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records FormTask Term Control Form (SOATERM) Under Web Processing Controls/ WebCAPP Controls, the Web Evaluation Term checkbox in the Web Processing Controls window must be selected to permit new degree evaluations to be gene rated for that term. This field may need to be updated each term, depending upon your institution™s policy on running a degree audit against a term in the past. Program Definition Rules Form (SMAPRLE) If the Web checkbox is selected, t he program will be available when a new degree evaluation is generated. This will not prevent a student from viewing a previously generated degree evaluation for this program. This indicator defaults to being selected. Curriculum Rules Form (SOACURR) For every program you want asso ciated with the term, take the following actions: ŁMake sure that a record exists for the curric ulum rule and that the Locked checkbox is selected. ŁOn the Module Control window, select the On radio button for Curriculum, Advising, & Program Planning .Program Requirements Form (SMAPROG)For every program that you want to be active, select the Active radio button. WebCAPP Rules Form (SMAWCRL) Select the appropriate checkboxes in the What-If Analysis Display section to make conc entrations and departments available for what-if analysis on the Web. CAPP Compliance Default Parameter Form (SMADFLT) Enter Web into the Default Code field. The appropriate compliance request default parameters must be set up. For more information about SMADFLT, see the Banner Student CAPP Handbook .Originator Code Validation Form (STVORIG) The Web code is used for recording where a compliance had been requested from. When a request is made, the Origin field on the Compliance Request Management Form (SMARQCM) is populated with Web.E-mail Address Type Validation Form (GTVEMAL) Create a code for student and faculty/advisor e-mail. This code is used to populate the student and faculty e-mail on the WebCAPP Rules Form (SMAWCRL). Compliance Print Code Validation Form (STVPRNT) Create a code for use with degree evaluations on the Web. This code should be entered in the Print Type field on the WebCAPP Rules Form (SMAWCRL), if you choose to use print types. This code is also used for the print code in CAPP for its display; including program, area, group, and rule text. Single text type only. /n 494 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records WebCAPP Rules Form (SMAWCRL) This form is used to set up the controls for the WebCAPP rules for evaluation requests. The following controls are displayed on the form: ŁWhat-If Analysis Display ŁEvaluation Display For detailed information about SMAWCRL, see the Banner Student CAPP Handbook .WebCAPP Rules Form (SMAWCRL) Records Descriptions Compliance Type Code Validation Form (STVCPRT) Create a code for use with degree evaluations on the Web. This code should be entered in the Compliance Type field on SMAWCRL, if you choose to use compliance types. This code is also used to determine print codes in CAPP for its display; including program, area, group, and rule text. Multiple text types: Met /Not Met ).Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)See fiCrosswalk Validation Fo rm (GTVSDAX) Records for WebCAPP Processingfl on page495 .RecordDescription Print Type/Compliance TypeThe external code should be a print type code entered on STVPRNT. The text associated with this print type is displayed in various areas on the General Requirements page (bwcksmlt.P_DispEvalGeneralReq )and Detail Requirements page (bwcksmlt.P_DispEvalDetailReq ). If no code is designated, no text will be printed.Your institution can select multip le text types. You can either choose a single text type (STVPRNT) or enter a compliance type (STVCPRT). If the compliance type is entered, two types of text can be displayed for the program, area, or group: Met and Unmet.Faculty Email TypeThis external code should be a valid e-mail type on GTVEMAL. The e-mail address associated with this code (that is, active) and marked as Preferred and Display on Web on GOAEMAL will be displayed. If the faculty member has no e-mail address on GOAEMAL associated with the e-mail type designated here, the Email your Advisor link will not be displayed on the applicable Web pages. FormTask /n 495 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Crosswalk Validation Form (G TVSDAX) Records for WebCAPP ProcessingThe following values must be entered manually by your institution. These records are described in the section following this table. Student Email TypeThis external code should be a valid e-mail type on GTVEMAL. The e-mail address associated with this code (that is, active) and marked as Preferred and Display on Web on GOAEMAL will be displayed. If the student has no e-mail address on GOAEMAL associated with the e-mail type designated here, the Email Student Name link will not be displayed on the applicable Web pages. What-if Analysis DisplaySelect the curricul um components that you want to allow students to run degree evaluations against. Major 1 is always required and therefore is not included as a selection. Purge Controls - Student DeleteThis indicator is used to spec ify whether a student can delete degree evaluations that he or she ran. Secondary Curriculum DisplayThis external code will be Y or N.If SECONDCURR is set to Y, the secondary curriculum will be displayed if populated on the General Student or Applicant record and all Recruiting and Degree records will be displayed. If SECONDCURR is set to N, the secondary curriculum will not be displayed even if populated on the Admissions Application or General Student record. If the Recruiting or Degree record is being displayed, the record with the highest catalog term and lowest sequence number is displayed. Internal CodeInternal Seq NumberInternal Code Group External CodeDescription System Required Indicator WEBCURR1 WEBCAPPDEGWebCAPP Curriculum SourceSelectedWEBCURR2 WEBCAPPGSTWebCAPP Curriculum SourceSelectedWEBCURR3 WEBCAPPADMWebCAPP Curriculum SourceSelectedWEBCURR4 WEBCAPPRECWebCAPP Curriculum SourceSelectedRecordDescription /n 496 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Crosswalk Validation Form (G TVSDAX) record descriptionsUse Pipes ProcessingWhen using WebCAPP, Oracle database pipes are used for session communications for compliance processing and CAPP area prerequisite checking in baseline and Self- Service. Pipes are used to submit compliance requests from the various registration processes. The following pipe programs are used. ŁThe Pipe Initialization Process (SFRPINI) initia lizes the pipe process for each pipe listed in the database pipe (SFBPIPE) table. ŁThe Pipe Process (SFRPIPE) is used as a listening agent for Oracle pipes to initiate the compliance process and to perform compliance evaluations from Self-Service. Note: All registration activity from Self-Service and SFAREGS that involves area prerequisite checking depends on the pipe process. However, only degree evaluations initiated from self-service require the RuleDescription WEBCURR (WebCAPP Curriculum Source)The sequence number is 1, 2, 3, or 4.The WEBCURR rule is a hierarchy of values from which the current curriculum record is pulle d. The valid values that can be entered in the external code are the following: DEG Š Degree Record (SHADEGR) GST Š General Student Record (SGASTDN) ADM Š Applicant Record (SAAADMS) REC Š Prospect Information Form (SRARECR) The sequence number associated with the external code determines what record appears on the Current Curriculum page ( bwckcapp.P_DispCurrent ). For example, if DEG is sequence 1, and the student does not have a Degree record, th e system looks for sequence 2. If the record does not exist for that sequence it will go on to the next sequence number. If no record is found, the message No Curriculum Record Found is displayed. These four records must have a value. If only one record is desired, for example, DEG , either enter DEG for all four records, or enter some other unknown value (other than DEG, GST, ADM , or REC), such as 123./n 497 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records pipe process. Compliance evaluations initiated from SMARQCM do not depend on the pipe process. The following objects are used when processing compliance evaluations from the Web. ŁSFBPIPE Š The database table that holds the names of the finamedfl database pipes. ŁSFRPIPE Š A listener process that accepts messa ges for a named database pipe (from the SFBPIPE table). ŁSFRPINI Š A looping process that starts the SFRPIPE listener for each finamedfl database pipe in the SFBPIPE table. ŁSFKPIPE Š The database package responsible for submitting a request to the listener (SFRPIPE). ŁSFKCOMM - The database package used to determine the communication protocol. Note: The SFKPREQ package calls SFKPI PE for pipes processing and SFKCOMM for advanced queue processing. SFKCOMM Package The SFKCOMM package is a wrapper pack age that surrounds the SFKPIPE/SFRPIPE and SOKADVQ/SFRADVQ communication pr ocesses. This package reads the GTVSDAX setting for the CAPP AQ4PIPES rule and determines which communication protocol is being used to submit the compliance process ( DBMS_PIPES processing or advanced queuing). It then sends th e appropriate message to either the sfkpipe.p_sfkcmpl_submit procedure (to communicate through the DBMS_PIPE communication protocol) or to the sokadvq.p_sfkcmpl_submit procedure (to communicate through the Oracle Advanced Queue's communication protocol). The p_sfkcmpl_submit procedure is used to accept a request for running compliance. The following parameters are used with this package: Łsf_one_up_no Job submission oneup number. Łsf_runmode Run mode used to submit compliance. Values are I and P.Łsf_pidm PIDM for which the request is generated. Łsf_new_request_no Compliance request number. Łsf_status /n 498 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Return parameter indicating the success or failure of the compliance request. Returns 0 for failure or 1 for success. Initialize PipesThe pipes used, which are the same as t he pipes used by CAPP area prerequisite processing, are similar to those used by Job Submission (GURJOBS), and their management is usually the re sponsibility of a database or system administrator. Appropriate pipes must be initialized for pr ocessing to occur, and they can be best initialized during normal system start-up routines. Determining the required number of pipes to use is your instituti on's responsibility. If processes are waiting for pipe responses, it may be best to initialize additional pipes. In essence, this process is the same technology as job submission functionality (GURJOBS). The primary differences are as follows. ŁGURJOBS attempts to run any valid process defined in Banner. The SFRPINI process runs only the SMRCMPL process. Any other command automatically shuts down the listener process. ŁGURJOBS consists of only one database pipe and one listener process. This process can have (n) amount of database pipes and listeners, as determined by the number of pipe names in the SFBPIPE table ( SFKPIPE01 -> SFKPIPE(n) ). For test instances it is recommended that you delete all but one database pipe name. Otherwise, it would be the same as having ten fijob submissionsfl running on the system. For production instances it is recommended th at you start with one pipe and listener, and increment that number based on demand. Demand can be tracked by the sfkpipe(n).lis output files listing processing totals. However, determining the required number of pipes to use is your institution™s responsibility. Before starting the pipes process, users r unning SFRPINI must update privileges to the SFBPIPE table. This enables the process to track the least busy pipe when multiple pipes are used. To start the process, you only need to run th e SFRPINI process. This process conforms to Banner coding methodology, which states that all processes must run through job submission. The total amount of time that the Web will wait for a request to complete is three minutes. You may need to monitor the SFKPIPE(n).lis output files to ensure that the compliance times do not exceed this three- minute wait period. If compliance times do exceed this three-minute wait period: ŁWeb requesters will receive the fiunable to connectfl message when, in fact, the process could still be running. ŁIt is recommended that you adjust the MAX_WAIT_REC variable in sfkpip1.sql to a value that matches the maxi mum compliance evaluation time. /n 499 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records GTVSDAX RulesUse the AQ4PIPES GTVSDAX rule for the in ternal code group of CAPP to toggle between pipes processing and advanced queue processing. This rule is used as follows: ŁWhen this rule is set to N, traditional communication for pipes processing is used with SFRPINI (pipe initialization process) and SFRPIPE (pipe listener process). When the listeners (SFRPIPE) are not running , you can run the SFRPINI process. Use the following SQL command to stop the pipes (SFRPIPE): exec sfkpipe.kill_all_servers; ŁWhen this rule is set to Y, communication for advanced queue processing is used with SFRQINI (queue initialization process) and SFRADVQ (queue listener process). When the listeners (SFRADVQ) are not running, you can run the SFRQINI process. Use the following SQL command to stop the queues (SFRADVQ): exec sokadvq.p_kill_all_servers; Use the PIPETIME rule to manage the timeout period for a response from compliance processing. The default timeout period is 300 seconds or five minutes. The SFKPREL and SFKPIP1 packages are used by this rule. Use the PIPESIZE rule to change the size of the dbms_pip e used for the pipe process. The default pipe size is the Oracle default of 4048.Warning! This value should not be changed unless specified by a technician. Use the PREREGDEBG rule to perform testing and debugging for pipe processing. Warning! It is strongly advised that this rule only be set to TRUE when pipe process testing is taking place. Numerous calls to the dbms_output item are performed, which could affect system performance in a production environment. Use the PIPESELECT rule as an alternative method of selecting a database pipe from the SFBPIPE table. You can still use the method that app lies load balancing communications across the pipes. The PIPESELECT rule uses values of TRUE or FALSE to toggle between the alternative pipe selection and the load balancing pipe selection. When the rule is TRUE , the logic randomly selects a pipe from the SFBPIPE table. When the rule is FALSE, load balancing is performed across the pipes as Internal CodeInternal Code GroupExternal CodeDescription AQ4PIPESCAPP YAll CAPP Processing/n 500 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records determined by SFBPIPE. The pipe naming convention in the SFBPIPE table must use the format XXYYYYZZ: where XX is the node, YYYY is the name, and ZZ is the pipe number. Pipe Initialization Process (SFRPINI) This process is used to initialize the SFRPIPE process to run in the background, listening for Oracle pipe calls to execute the comp liance process for registration prerequisite processing with CAPP. Run SFRPINI from the host. There are no job submission parameters for this process. Compliance Pipe Process (SFRPIPE) This process is used as a listening agent fo r Oracle pipes, to in itiate the compliance process to perform registration prerequisite processing with CAPP. Run SFRPIPE from the host. There are no job submission parameters for this process. Use Advanced Queue ProcessingOracle advanced queuing is an optional alternative to using DBMS_PIPE (pipes) processing for sess ion communications for complia nce processing and CAPP area prerequisite checking in baseline and Self-Ser vice. Advance queue processing is used for session communication with Oracle Real Application Clusters (RAC) technology where the database runs across multiple instances. Pipes and queues can co-exist, and you can switch between the two options. However, you mu st choose to run one or the other. They cannot be run together. The following advanced queuing programs are used: ŁThe Queue Initialization Process (SFRQINI) initializes the SFRADV Q listener process to be run in the background, wher e it listens for Oracle adva nced queue calls to execute the compliance process. ŁThe Compliance Advanced Queue Process (SFRADVQ) is a listening agent for Oracle advanced queue processing. It tells adv anced queuing to perform compliance processing. Internal CodeInternal Code GroupExternal CodeDescription PIPETIMEPIPETIMEOUT 300SFRPIPE timeout in secondsPIPESIZEPREREQUISITES4048 SFRPIPE pipe sizePREREGDEBGPREREQUISITESF ALSE Debug Msg in PreReg PIPESELECTPREREQUISITESFALS ERandomly select pipes /n 501 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records GTVSDAX RulesUse the AQ4PIPES GTVSDAX rule for the in ternal code group of CAPP to toggle between pipes processing and advanced queue processing. This rule is used as follows: ŁWhen this rule is set to N, traditional communication for pipes processing is used with SFRPINI (pipe initialization process) and SFRPIPE (pipe listener process). When the listeners (SFRPIPE) are not running , you can run the SFRPINI process. Use the following SQL command to stop the pipes (SFRPIPE): exec sfkpipe.kill_all_servers; ŁWhen this rule is set to Y, communication for advanced queue processing is used with SFRQINI (queue initialization process) and SFRADVQ (queue listener process). When the listeners (SFRADVQ) are not running, you can run the SFRQINI process. Use the following SQL command to stop the queues (SFRADVQ): exec sokadvq.p_kill_all_servers; The QUEUETIME rule can also be used with advanced queue processing. The QUEUETIME rule allows you to change the timeout period for the advanced queue process. The delivered default timeout period is 300 seconds (five minutes). You need to set the rule to the timeout value you choose for the queue to work with the advanced queuing. The SFKCOMM package uses the AQ4PIPES rule to determine the transmission protocol, while the SOKADVQ package uses the QUEUETIME rule. The QUEUETIME rule is equivalent to the PIPETIME GTVSDAX rule. The QUEUETIME rule states the amount of time the user is willing to wait for a response for compliance processing while using the advanced queuing option, while the PIPETIME rule denotes the amount of time the user is willing to wait for a response for th e compliance processing while using pipes processing. The advance queue processing is optional and can be used in place of pipes processing, but using advance queuing is not required for communication protocol. The GTVSDAX rules are delivered with a value of N, and you can continue to use pipes processing if you choose.Internal CodeInternal Code GroupExternal CodeDescription AQ4PIPESCAPP YAll CAPP ProcessingInternal CodeInternal Code GroupExternal CodeDescription QUEUETIMEQUEUETIMEOUT300 SFRADVQ timeout in seconds/n 502 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records SFKCOMM Package The SFKCOMM package is a wrapper pack age that surrounds the SFKPIPE/SFRPIPE and SOKADVQ/SFRADVQ commun ication processes. This package reads the GTVSDAX setting for the CAPP AQ4PIPES rule and determines which communication protocol is being used to submit the compliance process ( DBMS_PIPES processing or advanced queuing). It then sends the appropriate message to either the sfkpipe.p_sfkcmpl_submit procedure (to communicate through the DBMS_PIPE communication protocol) or to the sokadvq.p_sfkcmpl_submit procedure (to communicate through the Oracle Advanced Queue's communication protocol). The p_sfkcmpl_submit procedure is used to accept a request for running compliance. The following parameters are used with this package: Łsf_one_up_no Job submission oneup number. Łsf_runmode Run mode used to submit compliance. Values are I and P.Łsf_pidm PIDM for which the request is generated. Łsf_new_request_no Compliance request number. Łsf_status Return parameter indicating the success or failure of the compliance request. Returns 0 for failure or 1 for success. SOKADVQ Package The SOKADVQ package contains functions an d procedures that fac ilitate communication through advanced queuing and support the SFRADVQ listener process. SFKPREQ PackageThe SFKPREQ package calls SFKPIPE for pipes proces sing and SFKCOMM for advanced queue processing. soo_sfkcmpl_payload Object Type The soo_sfkcmpl_payload simple Oracle object type is used to carry the CAPP request information as a payload on the Banner Student queues. This object type is used /n 503 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records on the SFKCMPL_REQUEST_Q and SFKCMPL_RESPONSE_Q queues. SF_COMMAND_TYPE VARCHAR2(7 CHAR) SF_CORRELATION_IDVARCHAR2(128 CHAR) SF_ONE_UP_NO NUMBER(9) SF_RUNMODE VARCHAR2(1 CHAR) SF_PIDM NUMBER(8) SF_NEW_REQUEST_NONUMBER(4) SF_STATUS NUMBER(1) Note: The squeqtabc_08040100_01.sql script establishes the administrative queues and que ue tables for advanced queuing. Queue Initialization Process (SFRQINI) This process initializes the SFRADVQ listener process to be run in the background, where it listens for Oracle advanced queue calls to execute the compliance process. It can be run from job submission. SFRQINI can be compar ed to the SFRPINI pipe initialization process. The Number of Listeners to Start parameter is required. Enter the number of advanced queue listeners to be started from SFRADVQ. The default value is 10.Compliance Advanced Qu eue Process (SFRADVQ)This process is a listening agent for Oracle advanced queue processing. It tells advanced queuing to perform compliance processing . Run the SFRQINI process to start the SFRADVQ process. SFRADVQ can be compared to the SFRPIPE pipe listener process. Process Flow Here is a process flow that shows how pipes and queues are used with prerequisite checking. /n 504 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records Set Up Graduation Application on the Web This task is composed of the following procedures: ŁfiSet Up Overall Graduation Applic ation Display Rulesfl on page505 ŁfiSet Up Graduation Date Availabilityfl on page506 /n 505 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records ŁfiSet Up Graduation Applications on the Webfl on page506 ŁfiSet Up Diploma Name Selectio n and Modificationfl on page507 ŁfiSet Up Diploma Mailing Address Selection and Modificationfl on page508 Set Up Overall Graduation Application Display RulesYou can specify which curriculum elements and curriculum labels will be displayed to users for selecting a curriculum for graduation. This includes specifying whether the following are to be available for selection for the chosen curriculum: ŁGraduation date ŁTerm ŁYear You can also specify whether a confirmation letter is displayed at the end of the application process, and which application stat us code and graduation status code will be used to populate the graduation application table. Finally, you can specify whether, when the application is finally submitted, the academic history tables SHRDGRMR and SHBDIPL will be updated with the information the st udent entered.1.Access the Self-Service Graduation Ap plication Display Rules Form (SHAGADR). 2.Enter the graduation application display rule code in the Graduation Application Display Rules field, then go to the next block. 3.Enter the transcript type code in the Curriculum Labels field in the Overall window. The curriculum elements and labels that have been specified to be displayed for this transcript type will be used when the curriculum is displayed. 4.Select one or more of the following Display Graduation checkboxes (at least one must be selected): ŁDate ŁTerm ŁYear 5.Select the letter code of the confirmation le tter to be displayed when the application is successfully submitted. The letter type must exist in the GTVLETR va lidation table, and the letter code must have been defined using the HTML Letter Rules Form (SOAELTL) and the Format HTML Letter Form (SOAELTR). 6.Enter the graduation application status code to be saved with the application when it is submitted in the Graduation Application Status field.It is recommended that you use an STVGAST code for which the Active Indicator and the Web Indicator have been selected. These indicators are included on the list of values for this field. 7.Select the Create/Update Degree checkbox if you want the academic history tables SHRDGRMR and SHRDIPL to be updated in addition to data in the graduation /n 506 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records application table SHBGAPP being created; and, if applicable, roll the learner curriculum to outcome. Note: If you want to charge for graduation applications submitted via self- service, you must select this checkbox. 8.Enter the graduation status code to be used for the application when it is submitted in the Graduation Status field. 9.Save your changes. Set Up Graduation Date Availability You can specify the date ranges in which spec ific graduation dates, terms, or years will be available for selecting a curriculum and gradu ation. You may select a graduation date, term and/or year for the student to view. You can also specify whether the system will display a radio button group for the user to indicate his or her intention to attend a ceremony that associated with the graduation. 1.Access the Self-Service Graduation Ap plication Display Rules Form (SHAGADR). 2.Enter the graduation application display rule code in the Graduation Application Display Rules field, then go to the next block. 3.Go to the Graduation Da te Availability window. 4.Enter the first date this graduation rule code is available on the web in the Start Date field.5.Enter the last date this graduation rule code is available on the web in the End Date field.6.Enter the relevant value for the graduation that is associated with this rule code in one or more of the following fields:ŁGraduation date ŁTerm ŁYear 7.If you want to allow users to indicate whether the stude nt intends to attend the ceremony, select the Ceremony checkbox. 8.Save your changes. Set Up Graduation Applications on the Web 1.Define your graduation app lication eligibility rules on the Graduation Application Eligibility Rules (SHAGELR). 2.Define your application status codes on the Graduation Application Status Validation Form (STVGAST), being sure to select the Web Indicator checkbox for each application status code you want to be available on the Web. 3.Define the display rules codes for your graduation applications on the Graduation Application Display Rules Code Validation Form (STVGADR). /n 507 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records 4.Define the rules that assign display selection codes to students based on curricula data on the Graduation Application Selection Display Rules Form (SHAGADS). 5.Define your graduation application displa y rules on the Self-Service Graduation Application Display Rules Form (SHAGADR). 6.Add diploma name and address information for the rule. Refer to the following tasks for set-by-s tep procedures for setting up specific functions: ŁfiSet Up Diploma Name Selectio n and Modificationfl on page507 ŁfiSet Up Diploma Mailing Address Selection and Modificationfl on page508 Set Up Diploma Name Selection and Modification You can allow students to specify the name to be printed on their diplomas. The following procedure explains how to allow a student to se lect a name and, if desired, how to allow a student to change the name to be printed to so mething other than what appears in system records (for example, to spell out a middle name instead of using an initial). 1.Access the Self-Service Graduation Ap plication Display Rules Form (SHAGADR). 2.Enter the code of the graduation application display rule in the Key Block, then go to the next block. 3.Go to the Diploma Name /Address Options window. 4.In the Diploma Name section, select the Display Page checkbox. This causes the Diploma Name Selection page (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_name ) to be displayed to students. 5.If you want a student™s name to be displayed on the Diploma Name Selection page, select the Diploma Name Display checkbox. 6.Specify which name is to be displayed as follows. ŁIf you want the current name on SPRIDEN to be displayed, select the Current radio button. ŁIf you want the alternate name on SPR IDEN to be displayed, select the Alternate radio button and specify the al ternate name type in the Alternate Name field.7.Specify the middle name to be displayed in the Middle pulldown list. 8.If you want a student™s suffix to be displayed, select the Suffix checkbox.9.If you want a student to be allowed to change the name to be printed on the diploma, take the following actions. 9.1. Select the Edit checkbox. This causes the value New to be included in the pulldown list for the One of Your Names field on the Diploma Name Selection page. If multiple names exist in the SPRIDEN table for the student, all names will be displayed in the pulldown list and be available for selection. 9.2. Select the checkboxes for the parts of the name that you want to allow students to change. /n 508 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records This specifies which fields will be di splayed on the Diploma Name Selection - Name Change page ( bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_name ).10. Save your changes. Set Up Diploma Mailing Address Selection and Modification You can allow students to specify the address to which their diplomas are to be sent. The following procedure explains how to allow a st udent to select an address and, if desired, how to allow a student to change the address to a new address. 1.Access the Self-Service Graduation Ap plication Display Rules Form (SHAGADR). 2.Enter the code of the graduation application display rule in the Key Block, then go to the next block. 3.Go to the Diploma Name /Address Options window. 4.In the Diploma Mailing Address section, select the Display Page checkbox. This causes the Diploma Ma iling Address Selection page (bwskgrad.p_proc_diploma_addr ) to be displayed to students. 5.If you want the address currently associated with the Diploma Record to be displayed, select the Display checkbox. 6.If you want to allow students to change the address to which the diploma is to be mailed, select the Edit checkbox. This causes the value New to be included in the pulldown list for the One of Your Addresses field on the Diploma Mailing Addr ess Selection page. If multiple addresses exist for the student, all addresses will be displa yed in the pulldown list and be available for selection. 7.Save your changes. Use Student Records on the Web This section includes the following procedures: ŁfiRequest Transcriptsfl on page508 ŁfiPerform What-if Analyses for Degree Evaluationsfl on page509 ŁfiSet up test scoresfl on page510 ŁfiAccess test scoresfl on page510 Request Transcripts To request an official transcript, the student completes the following steps. /n 509 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records 1.From the Student Services & Financial Aid menu, the student selects the Student Records link. From the Student Records menu, the user selects the Request Printed Transcript link.2.The Transcript Request Address page ( bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Transcript Address ) is displayed. The student uses this page to indicate where the transcript should be sent, and then clicks the Continue button. 3.The Select Transcript Type (bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Transcript_Request_Type ) page is displayed. The student enters the type of transcript he or she is requesting and for which course levels it should be printed. The user also verifies the address information that defaults onto the page, and then clicks the Continue button. 4.The Transcript Request Options ( bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Transcript_Request_ Data ) page is displayed. The student enters th e number of copies he or she wants, selects when the transcript sh ould be printed and how it will be deliver ed, and then clicks the Continue button. 5.The Payment Options ( bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Trans_Request_Charges ) page is displayed. This page includes the to tal amount due. The student indicates how payment will be made, an d then clicks the Continue button. ŁIf the student chooses to pay by credit card and clicks the Continue button, the Transcript Request Summary page ( bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Payment_Type ) is displayed. ŁOn this page the student clicks the Submit Request button to access the external vendor payment page for payment by payment card. ŁIf the student chooses either Charge to your student account or Pay cash in person , when the Continue button is clicked, the Transcript Request Summary page ( bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Payment_Type ) is displayed. 6.The Transcript Request Summary Page ( bwskwtrr.P_Disp_Payment_Type ) is displayed showing a summary of the tr anscript request. The student clicks the Submit Request button. 7.The Signature Page ( bwskwtrr.P_DispSigPage ) is displayed. This page contains a message verifying that the transcript request has been logged. Perform What-if Analyses for Degree EvaluationsStudents can perform a what-if analysis via the Web, comparing his or her coursework to any program/curriculum. The resulting output is itemized, showing requirements completed and the courses required to fulfill the program requirements. To generate a What-if Analysis, the student performs the following steps. 1.The student selects the What-if Analysis link from one of the following pages: ŁDegree Evaluation Record ( bwckcapp.P_DispCurrent )ŁGenerate New Evaluation page ( bwckcapp.P_DispEvalTerm )ŁView Previous Evaluation page ( bwcksmmt.P_DispPrevEval )/n 510 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records The What-if Analysis Step 1 page ( bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_one ) is displayed. 2.The student selects a term from the Entry Term pulldown list, then selects the Continue button. The What-if Analysis Step 2 page (bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_two ) is displayed. 3.The student selects the program to be evaluated from the Program pulldown list, then selects the Continue button. The What-if Analysis Step 3 page (bwcksmds.p_whatif_step_three ) is displayed. 4.The student selects a major from the Major 1 pulldown list. The user can also select a campus from the Campus pulldown list. The user can select the Add More button to add more options or select the Submit button to proceed with the evaluation. If the user chooses to add more options, more pages are displayed, depending on your institution™s setup, until no more options are available to be added. The user then selects the Submit button. After the student the Submit button, the What-if Analysis (Evaluation Term) page (bwcksmds.P_WhatIf_Next_Step ) is displayed. 5.The user selects a term from the Evaluation Term pulldown list, then selects the Generate Request button. The Degree Evaluation Display Options page ( bwcksmds.p_whatif_submit ) is displayed. 6.The student selects the type of display he or she wants to view, then selects the Submit button. Set up test scores Use the following steps to set test scores in Banner baseline for use in Self-Service. 1.Enter test codes on the Test Code Validation Form (STVTESC). 2.Assign test codes to a student on the Test Score Information Form (SOATEST). 3.Enter the test scores a nd test dates on SOATEST. 4.On the Web Display List Customization Form (SOAWDSP), add test codes for display on the Web for the Validation Table Name of STVTESC .Access test scoresUse the following steps to access test scores for a student in Self-Service. 1.Log in to Banner Student Self-Service. 2.On the Main Menu ( bmenu.P_MainMnu ), select Student. 3.On the Student Main Menu ( bmenu.P_StuMainMnu ), select Student Records. /n 511 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Records 4.On the Student Records Menu ( bmenu.P_AdminMnu ), select the View Test Scores option. 5.Review the test score information for the student on the Test Scores page (bwsktesc.p_view_tests )./n 512 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Student Account The Student Account portion of Banner Student Self-Service allows a student to do the following: ŁView his or her account summary either in summary or on a term-by-term basis ŁView his or her billing statements, paym ent history, and unbilled account activity This chapter contains the following sections: ŁfiStudent Account Web Pagesfl on page512 , which provides details about each Web page accessed from the Student Records Web pages ŁfiSet Up Student Account on the Webfl on page543 , which provides detailed steps for setting up Student Records on the Web ŁfiSet up and Use Payment and Deposit Processingfl on page546 , which provides detailed steps for setting up payment and deposit processing on the Web Student Account Web Pages The following Web pages compose Banner Student Self-Service Student Account: ŁfiAccount Summary (bwskoacc.P_ ViewAcctTotal)fl on page513 ŁfiAccount Summary By Term (bws koacc.P_ViewAcct)fl on page514 ŁfiAccount Detail for Term (bwskoa cc.P_ViewAcctTerm)fl on page517 ŁfiAccount Summary by Period (bw skeacc.P_AcctSummary)fl on page522 ŁfiAccount Summary for Period Terms (bwskeacc.P_PeriodAcctSummary)fl on page525 ŁfiStatement and Payment History (bwsksphs.P_ViewStatement)fl on page527 ŁfiSelect a Tax Year (bwtktxy s.p_get_tax_year)fl on page529 ŁfiTax Notification for Tax Year (bwtktxn s.p_disp_tax_notification)fl on page531 ŁfiView Holds (bwskoacc.P_ ViewHold)fl on page368 of fiStudent Recordsfl on page366 ŁfiPayment Processing (bwskpayg.P_DispList)fl on page534 ŁfiPayment Processing Transaction (bwskpayg.P_ProcList, bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction)fl on page537 ŁfiPayment Processing Summary (bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction)fl on page540 ŁfiPayment Processing Successful Payment (bwskpayg.P_DispSuccess)fl on page542 ŁfiAccount Information (bwskoacc.P_DisplayTabs)fl on page542 /n 513 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Account Summary (bwskoacc.P_ViewAcctTotal) This page displays student account balance in formation summarized by detail code. Items are displayed in detail code order. Entries are summarized by detail code (for example, two unapplied cash payments of $50 and $200 net to one entry of $250). A summary of charges, credits, pa yments, and account balance is displayed at the end of the list. Only account detail items are included in the Account Summary. Contracts, memos, and anticipated financial aid are not displayed. If the student has no account detail, the page is not available. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. ItemDescription/Source Information Account Balance Student™s account bala nce. A negative value indicates that financial aid awards and other so urces of aid are greater than current charges. Description Description of the detail code. Charge Amount of the charge associated with the source. Payment Amount of the payment associated with the source. Balance For charges, this is the remaining balance of the charge after application of payments. For payments, this is the remaining balance of the payment that has not yet been applied. ItemDescription Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)If you want detail codes to be displayed, enter Y in the External Code field for the WEBDETCODE internal code in internal group WEBACCTSUM ./n 514 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu as a link to this page. Account Summary By Term (bwskoacc.P_ViewAcct) This page displays student account balance information grouped by term, in descending order by term (most recent term first). If there are non-term it ems on an account (using the Link ActionCredit Card PaymentGoes to the Registration Term page (bwskflib.P_SelDefTerm ) for the user to select a term. When a term has been selected, processing can continue. Use the Submit button on the Registration Term page to access the Tuition and Fees Payment page (bwckcpmt.P_CCPaymentTermSelected ).Use the Submit button on the Tuition and Fees Payment page to access the external vendor paymen t page for paym ent by credit card. View Installment PlanIf a term has not been selected during the current Web session, goes to the Select Term page ( bwskoacc.P_SelectTerm ).If a term has been selected during the current Web session, goes to the Calculated Repayment Plan Summary page (bwskoacc.P_ViewInstallments ).Statement and Payment HistoryGoes to the Statement a nd Payment History page (bwsksphs.P_ViewStatement ).Menu NameMenu URLStudent Account menu bmenu.P_ARMnu /n 515 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account term code ARTERM ), they are displayed at the beginning and can be identified by the heading fiItems not related to a termfl. Within each term section, items are displayed in detail-code order, with charges listed first and the payments. Entries are summarized by detail code (for example, two unapplied cash payments of 50.00 and 200.00 net to one entry of 250.00). Only the unapplied balance, not the original amount of the transactions, is displayed. A summary of total charges, total payments, and term balance is displayed at the end of each term, and the total account balance is displayed at both th e beginning and the end of the list of account entries. Memos and authorizations are not displayed on this page. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Account Balance Student™s account balance. A negative value indicates a credit balance. Account Balance Student™s account balance. A negative value indicates a credit balance. Term Description of the term, displa yed as a hyperlink to the Account Detail for Term page ( bwskoacc.P_ViewAcctTerm ).Detail CodeDetail code as sociated with the item. DescriptionDescription of the charge or payment. ChargeAmount of the charge associated with the source. PaymentAmount of the payment associated with the source. BalanceFor charges, this is the remaining balance of the charge after application of payments. For payments, this is the remaining balance of the payment that has not yet been applied. The value is calculated using the Amount column minus applied transactions. Term ChargesTotal charges for the term. Term Credits and PaymentsTotal credits and payments for the term. Term BalanceOutstanding balance for the term. /n 516 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. ItemDescription Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)If you want detail codes to be displayed, enter Y in the External Code field for the WEBDETCODE internal code in internal group WEBACCTSUM .Link ActionOverall Financial Aid Status Goes to the Financial Aid Status for Award Year page (bwrksumm.P_DispSumm ).Financial Aid Award Information MenuGoes to the Award menu ( bmenu.P_FAAwdMnu ).Credit Card PaymentGoes to the Registration Term page (bwskflib.P_SelDefTerm ) for the user to select a term. When a term has been selected, processing can continue. Use the Submit button on the Registration Term page to access the Tuition and Fees Payment page (bwckcpmt.P_CCPaymentTermSelected ).Use the Submit button on the Tuition and Fees Payment page to access the external vendor paymen t page for paym ent by credit card. View Installment PlanGoes to the Calculated Repayment Plan Summary page (bwskoacc.P_ViewInstallments ).Statement and Payment HistoryGoes to the Statement a nd Payment History page (bwsksphs.P_ViewStatement )./n 517 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu as a link to this page. Account Detail for Term (bwskoacc.P_ViewAcctTerm) This page displays detailed account information for the selected term on one page, which makes it easy for a student to review their account detail and see at a glance how much money they owe the institution. When assessments are enabled on the Term Control Form (SOATERM) and the Housing Term Control Form (SLATERM), and a stud ent who has not been assessed or has charges pending accesses the page, then fee assessment will run automatically. This applies to tuition and fees, as well as hous ing (including room, meals, and phone). Other information can also be display, such as memoed and authorized financial aid, other Accounts Receivable memos (contracts, ex emptions, deposits), and installments as enabled via the Accounts Receivable Term Control Form (TSATERM). New assessments and installment plan assignments are saved to the database, but calculated memo transactions are not retained. The values that are displayed on this pa ge depend on the choices made on TSATERM for memos and authorized financial aid, and on the Studen t Billing Control Form (TSACTRL) for installment plan information. Your institution can choose to display a Pay Now button on the page, thereby letting students access the external vendor payment page to make a credit card payment on their account. Note: Display of detail codes in the Account Summary and the Account Detail pages can be suppressed by setting the External Code to N on the Crosswalk Validation Form (G TVSDAX) for internal code WEBDETCODE in internal group WEBACCTSUM .Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Menu NameMenu URLAward menu bmenu.P_FAAwdMnu Student Account menu bmenu.P_ARMnu /n 518 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account ItemDescription/Source Information The following fields are in the Te rm Detail section of the page. Th is section includes information about charges and payments made on the student™s account as of the Current Due Effective Date, which is the greater of the syst em date or the date entered in the Current Due Effective Date field on TSATERM. Fields are displayed based on the selections made on TSATERM. Detail CodeDetail code asso ciated with the transaction. DescriptionDescription associated with the detail code. Item DateEffective date of the transaction. In summary mode, this field is not displayed. Charge Charge posted to the account. Payment Payment posted to the account. Net Term Balance Balance (charges le ss payments) for the specified term. Balance may be comprised of both current- and future-dated transactions. Current Balance for Term Balance of current acti vity for the term selected. This field is displayed only if current- and future-dated activity exists for the term. If all activity is current-dated, only the Net Balance for Term field is displayed. Future Balance for TermBalance of future-dated activity for the term selected. This field is displayed only if future-dated activity exists for the term. Net Balance for Other TermsNet account balance (charges less payments) for terms other than the one selected. The balance can be composed of current- and future-dated transactions. Current Balance for Other Terms Balance of current activity for terms other than the one selected. This field is displayed on ly if current- and future-dated activity exists for other terms. If a ll activity is curr ent-dated, only the Net Balance for Other Terms field is displayed. Future Balance for Other Terms Balance of future activity for te rms other than the one selected. This field is displayed only if futu re-dated activity exists for other terms. Account Balance Charges less payments fo r all transactions on a student's account, without regard to term or effective date of transactions. Current Amount Due as of Current amount due as of the Current Due Effective Date .The value is calculated from the Amount column for current activity from all terms. The following fields are in the Authorized Fin ancial Aid section of t he page. This section includes authorized financial aid transactions that have been created by the Financial Aid Disbursement Process (RPEDISB) and will be applied to the stude nt™s account. This section and its totals are displayed based on the selections you made on TSATERM. /n 519 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Detail Code Detail code for the item. DescriptionDescript ion of the item. Expected Payment Authorized financial ai d payment expected to be posted to the student's account. Authorized Financial Aid BalanceTotal of all authorized financial ai d expected to be posted to the student's account. Account Balance net of Authorized Financial Aid Student net account balance less financial aid authorized, but not yet disbursed on the student™s account. Current Due net of Authorized Financial Aid Current amount due from the student less financial aid authorized, but not yet disbursed on the student™s account. If the amount due is less than zero, zero displays here. The following fields are in the Memos section of the page. This section includes memos for pending transactions. Memos may include Financia l Aid memos, third party contract credits, exemptions, deposits eligible for release, and other manually created memos with the Billing Indicator of Y. Memos are excluded if the expiration da te is less than the Current Due Effective Date. This section and its totals are displayed based on the selections you made on TSATERM. Detail CodeDetail code asso ciated with the transaction. DescriptionDescription of the detail code. Expected ChargePending charge expected to be posted to the student's account. Expected PaymentPending payment expected to be posted to the student's account. Account Balance net of [Authorized Financial Aid] and Memos Student account balance, less authorized financial aid (if enabled) and other memos not yet posted to the student's account. Current Due net of [Authorized Financial Aid] and Memos Current amount due from the student less authorized financial aid (if enabled) and memos not yet posted to the student™s account. If the amount due is less than zero, zero is displayed in this field. The following fields are in the Installment Plan section of the page. This section displays installment plan information (both manual and automated) when students are assigned or eligible for an installment plan. For automated installment plans to be assigned or calculated for display on the Account Detail for Term page, t he applicable checkboxes must be selected on TSACTRL. Existing installment plans (both automated and ma nual) already posted to the student's account will always be displayed in the Account Detail section of the Account Detail for Term page. Detail CodeDetail code for the item. DescriptionDescript ion of the item. Due DateDate the installment payment becomes due. AmountAmount of the installment payment. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 520 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Information Text The following table contains the info text that can be displayed within each section of the Account Detail for Term page, as enabled. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. TotalTotal of the installment plan payments, including any service fee or interest charges. Current Amount Due as ofAmount due, which includes the installment payment, and any current charges not eligible for the installment plan. Message Text DETAIL Review detail transactions on your account, including current and futu re balance totals for the selected term and other terms. AUTHAID Review Authorized Financial Aid on your account and the expected payment for the selected term. AUTHAID_NONE No Authorized Financial Aid exists on your record for the selected term. MEMO Review pending transactions on your account and the expected charge or credit for the selected term. MEMO_NONE No pending transactions exist on your record for the selected term. INSTALL Payment for selected term may be made according to the schedule below. INSTALL_NONE No Installment Plans exist on your record for the selected term.ItemDescription Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)If you want detail codes to be displayed, enter Y in the External Code field for the WEBDETCODE internal code in internal group WEBACCTSUM .ItemDescription/Source Information /n 521 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Updates to BannerThis page updates Banner as follows. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on this page This page contains the following buttons/icons. ItemDescription Tuition assessmentUpdates the SFBETRM table. Room assessmentUpdates the SLRRASG table. Meal assessmentUpdates the SLRMASG table. Phone assessmentUpdates the SLRPASG table. Installment plan assignment Updates the TBRISTL table. Link ActionSelect Another TermGoes to the Select Term page (bwskoacc.P_SelectTermAcct ).Statement and Payment HistoryGoes to the Statement a nd Payment History page (bwsksphs.P_ViewStatement ).Button/Icon ActionPay Now Goes to the Tuition and Fees Payment page (bwckcpmt.P_CCPaymentTermSelected ). You can use the Submit button on the Tuition and Fees Payment page to access the external vendor payment page for payment by credit card. /n 522 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Account Summary by Period (bwskeacc.P_AcctSummary)This page is used with Banner Financial Ai d enrollment period processing, which enables you to combine multiple terms to create a single enrollment and payment period. Please see the Banner Accounts Receivable User Guide for more informat ion on enrollment period processing. This page displays student account balance information grouped by enrollment period. Student account balances are displayed in descending order by period with the most recent period first. If there are non-period items on an account, such as using the term code ARTERM, the items are displayed at the beginning and are identified by the heading fiItems not related to a periodfl. Within each period section, items are displayed in detail code order with charges listed first followed by payments. Entries are summarized by a detail code. For example, two unapplied cash payments of $50.00 and $200.00 net one entry of $250.00. Only the unapplied balance, not the original amount of the transactions, is displayed. A summary of total charges, total payments, and period balance is displayed at the end of each period. The total account balance is displayed at both the beginning and the end of the list of account entries. Memos and authorizations are not displayed on this page. To view the terms associated with an enrollment period, click on the Enrollment Period Description link (for example, Spring 2011 - 2012 or Fall 2010 ). When the Enrollment Period Description link is selected, the Account Summary for Period Terms page ( bwskeacc.P_PeriodAcctSummary ) is displayed. This page displays summary information for all terms in the selected enrollment period. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Menu NameMenu URLStudent Account menu bmenu.P_ARMnu /n 523 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Information Text The following table contains the information te xt that can be displayed within each section of the Account Summary by Period page, as enabled. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Account Balance Student's ac count balance. A negative value indicates a credit balance. This field appears at the beginning and end of the enrollment period information. Detail Code Detail code associ ated with the transaction. DescriptionDescription associated with the detail code. Charge Charge posted to the account. Payment Payment posted to the account. Balance For charges, this amount is the remaining balance of the charge after application of payments. For payments, this amount is the remaining balance of a payment that has not been applied. The value is calculated using the amount from the Payment or Charge column minus applied transactions. Period Charges Total charges for the period. Period Credits and PaymentTotal credits and payments for the period. Period Balance Outstanding balance for the enrollment period. Message Text MEMO Review summarized charges and payments to your account by Financial Aid Enrollment Period. Anticipated third party contract payments, financial aid payments, and memo items are not included in this summary. /n 524 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. ItemDescription Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)To display detail codes, enter Y in the External Code field for the WEBDETCODE internal code in internal group WEBACCTSUM .Link ActionOverall Financial Aid Status Goes to the Aid Year page ( bwrksumm.P_DispSumm ). Select a value from the Select Aid Year field, and click the Submit button to access the Financi al Aid Status for 20XX - 20XX aid year page ( bwrksumm.P_DispSumm ).Financial Aid Award Information MenuGoes to the Award menu ( bmenu.PFAAwdMnu ).Credit Card PaymentGoes to the Registration Term page (bwckcpmt.P_CCPayment ). Select a term from the Select a Term field, and click the Submit button to access the Credit Card Payment page (bwckcpmt.P_CCPaymentTermSelected )./n 525 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Account Summary for Period Terms (bwskeacc.P_PeriodAcctSummary)This page is used to view summary inform ation for terms in the selected enrollment period. To access this page, click on the Enrollment Period Description link on the Account Summary by Period page ( bwskeacc.P_AcctSummary ). The link is the name of the enrollment period. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Menu NameMenu URLStudent Account menu bmenu.P_ARMnu ItemDescription/Source Information Period Balance Account balance for the enrollment period. A negative value indicates a credit balance. This field appears at the beginning and end of the Enrollment Period Terms information. Detail Code Detail code associ ated with the transaction. DescriptionDescription associated with the detail code. Charge Charge posted to the account. Payment Payment posted to the account. Balance For charges, this amount is the remaining balance of the charge after application of payments. For payments, this amount is the remaining balance of a payment that has not been applied. The value is calculated using the amount from the Payment or Charge column minus applied transactions. Term Charges Total charges for the enrollment period term. Term Credits and PaymentTotal credits and payments for the enrollment period term. Term Balance Outstanding balance for the enrollment period term. /n 526 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Information Text The following table contains the information te xt that can be displayed within each section of the Account Summary for Period Terms page, as enabled. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Message Text MEMO Review summarized charges and payments to your account for terms in the selected period. ItemDescription Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)To display detail codes, enter Y in the External Code field for the WEBDETCODE internal code in internal group WEBACCTSUM .Link ActionAccount Summary by PeriodGoes to the Account Summary by Period page (bwskeacc.P_AcctSummary )./n 527 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Statement and Payment History (bwsksphs.P_ViewStatement) This page enables students to view and print stored statements, payment history, and unbilled activity for an account. Students can view stored statements and payment history as defined by the institution on the Accounts Receivable B illing Control Form (TGACTRL). When you choose the Statement and Payment History link from the Student Account menu, the system displays a page with tabs at the top, that can be used to access statement and payment history informat ion, as shown in the following table. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Tab Label Type of Information Statement Current statement. This section displays information about the most recent statement. Payment History Recorded payments for the account. This section displays payment history for the account. Transactions that display in payment history are detail codes marked as Payment History on the Detail Code Control forms (TSADETC or TFADETC). UnbilledAccount activity that has not been billed yet. This section displays information about activity posted to the account since the last statement was generated, as well as transactions that had a future effective date at the time of billing. AllCumulative display of all the information on the other tabs. ItemDescription/Source Information The following fields are displayed on the Statement tab. Account BalanceMonetary amount of the account balance as of the current date. Select Statement Bill DateDate for which a statement is to be viewed. View StatementHypertext link to the statement for the selected date. Amount DueTotal amount du e at the time of billing. Due DateDate payment is due. /n 528 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. The following fields are displayed on the Payment History tab. Payments since Identifies beginning date for which payments are listed. Account BalanceMonetary amount of the account balance as of the current date. Post DateDate the payment was posted to the account. Term Term associated with the payment. DescriptionDescription of the transaction. AmountAmount of the transaction. Bill DateDate transa ction was billed on a statemen t. A blank in this field indicates that the transaction has not yet appeared on a statement. The following fields are displayed on the Unbilled tab. Account BalanceMonetary amount of the account balance as of the current date. Effective DateEffective date of the transaction. TermTerm associated with the transaction. DescriptionDescription of the transaction. ChargeCharge amount of the transaction. PaymentPayment amount of the transaction. Post DateDate the charge or payment was posted to the account. All of the fields described above are displayed on the All tab. ItemDescription Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)To display detail codes, enter Y in the External Code field for the WEBDETCODE internal code in internal group WEBACCTSUM .ItemDescription/Source Information /n 529 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on this page This page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Select a Tax Year (bwtktxys.p_get_tax_year) This page is used to select the tax year for which a user wants to view 1098-T tax notification info rmation. If the user selects the Tax Notification link on the Student Records menu before select ing a tax year, this page is automatically displayed. Because the requirements for reporting under the Tax Relief Act of 1997 begin with the 1998 tax year, entries must be equal to or greater than 1998 to be valid. If the user enters Link ActionView Statement Displays the statement for the specified date. Account SummaryGoes to the Account Summary page (bwskoacc.P_ViewAcctTotal ).Account Summary by Term Goes to the Account Summary by Term page (bwskoacc.P_ViewAcct ).Account Detail for TermGoes to the Account Detail for Term page (bwskoacc.P_ViewAcctTerm ).Credit Card PaymentGoes to the Tuition and Fees Payment page (bwckcpmt.P_CCPaymentTermSelected ).Use the Submit button on the Tuition and Fees Payment page (bwckcpmt.P_CCPaymentTermSelected ) to access the external vendor payment page for payment by credit card. Menu NameMenu URLStudent Account menu bmenu.P_ARMnu /n 530 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account a tax year earlier than 1998, the message Tax year must be numeric and be between 1998 and 2098 is displayed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to other Web pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/Icons on this page This page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. ItemDescription/Source Information Enter a Tax Year Tax year for which the user wants to view 1098 tax notification information. Button/Icon ActionSubmit If this page was accessed from the Student Account menu, returns to the Student Account menu. If this page was displayed because the user selected the Tax Notification link on the Student Account menu before selecting a tax year, goes to the Tax Notification for Tax Year page (bwtktxys.p_store_tax_year )./n 531 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Tax Notification for Tax Year (bwtktxns.p_disp_tax_notification) This page displays a representation of the student™s 1098-T form. The 1098-T representation appears at the top of the page, with supplemental and detail information beneath it. This page is display-only. The Form 1098-T section contains a representation of the 1098-T form. The student can select the links in the form to review the detail for a reported amount. You have the option to mask the student™s SSN on the 1098-T form. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Menu NameMenu URLStudent Account menu bmenu.P_ARMnu ItemDescription/Source Information The following fields are displayed in the Supplemental Information section, which provides additional tax report information. Numbered am ounts that are underscored indicate that the student can access additional detail for that amount. Hard Copy MailedStudent notification date if the form has been sent, or No if it has not been sent. Tax Report DescriptionDescription of a suppl emental rule if the student has matching transactions and access is authorized. TotalTotal amount associated with this tax report item. The following fields are displayed in the Detail of Reported Amounts section, where data displayed to support the amount in box 2, 3, 4, or 5 of the 1098-T is summarized by term and detail code. TermTerm of the transaction. Terms beginning in the following year are designated in the description. CodeDetail code of the transaction. DescriptionDescription of the transaction. /n 532 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Information Text One of the first seven messages in the following table is displayed as Info Text at the top of the Tax Notification page. The specific information displayed is determined by the Remove Notification, Tax Notification , and IRS Report statuses. The SUPPLEMENTAL text is displayed between th e 1098-T representation and the Supplemental Summary section. The HELP text is displayed from the HELP link on the Tax Notification page. AmountMonetary amount associated with the detail code for the specified term.Pro-rataA value of Yes indicates that this amount has been pro-rated. Return to Form 1098-TThis link returns the student to the representation of the1098-T form at the top of the page. The following fields are displayed in the Supplemental Detail section. Reported In Tax year and box number in which the amount was reported. If this amount was not reported, this field is blank. TermTerm of the transaction. DescriptionDescription of the category code, detail code, or transaction. AmountMonetary amount associated with the specified detail and category codes. DateDate this amount was reported. Future Tax Year A value of Yes indicates that this amount is associated with a term beginning in the first three months (January - March) of the next tax year. Pro-rataA value of Yes indicates that this amount has been pro-rated. TotalTotal. Return to Supplemental SummaryThis link returns you to the Supplemental Summary section. Message Text NOT_READY A representation of the Tuition Statement form 1098-T is shown below. We will not be abl e to furnish this important tax information to you or the Internal Revenue Service, as required information is missing. Please contact the Student Accounts office immediately. ItemDescription/Source Information /n 533 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. REMOVED Form 1098-T is not scheduled to be sent to you for this Tax Year. Please contact Student Accounts if there is any question. READY (Student= R) A representation of the Tuition Statement form 1098-T is shown below. This important ta x information will be sent to you and furnished to the Internal Revenue Service. Select links on the reported amounts to review the associated detail. SENT_STUDENT (Student=™S™, IRS not ‚F™ or ‚S™)A representation of the Tuition Statement form 1098-T is shown below as sent to you. This important tax information will be furnished to the Internal Revenue Service. Select links on the reported amounts to review the associated detail. SENT_IRS A representation of the Tuition Statement form 1098-T is shown below as sent to you. This important tax information has been furnished to the Internal Revenue Service. Select links on the reported amounts to review the associated detail. EXCLUDED A representation of the Tuition Statement form 1098-T is shown below. This will not be sent to you or to the Internal Revenue Service as the amounts do not require reporting. Select links on the reported amounts to review the associated detail. SENT_FILE A representation of the Tuition Statement form 1098-T is shown below. This important tax information has been forwarded for processing. Select links on the reported amounts to review the associated detail. SUPPLEMENTAL Select links on the Tax Report Descriptions below to see additional detail which may be helpful in determining the amount to claim for Hope Scholarship or Lifetime Learning Credit.HELP This is important tax informa tion to be furnished to the Internal Revenue Service. If any information is incorrect please contact Student Accounts immediately. Message Text /n 534 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Payment Processing (bwskpayg.P_DispList) This page is used to display the items that are ready for payment by the student or applicant. Application payments are listed by admission term and transaction. Other payments, such as required deposits, are listed by transaction with the associated term. ItemDescription Tax Reporting Rules Form (TSATAXR) If you want supplemental information totals to be displayed on the Web, select the Total Access checkbox. If you want supplemental information details to be displayed on the Web, select the Detail Access checkbox. Link ActionSelect Another Tax YearGoes to the Select a Tax Year page (bwtktxys.p_get_tax_year ).Menu NameMenu URLStudent Account menu bmenu.P_ARMnu /n 535 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Each transaction is a link to the Pa yment Processing Transaction page (bwskpayg.P_ProcList ).If no payments exist for the applicant or student, or if the applicant or student does not meet the rule criteria on TSAWPAY, the message No payments or deposits are available at this time is displayed. This page lists as many transactions as are needed. The rule on TSAWPAY determines the number and order of the transactions. Deposits are displayed when an outstanding balance exists for the transaction. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements The following setup is required for this page to work as expected. ItemDescription/Source Information Available Transactions (untitled)List of transactions ready for payment, such as Deposit for Fall 2013-2014 . ItemDescription Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)Set the Internal Code value for the ADDRESS rule where the Internal Code is WPAYADDR .Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX)Set the External Code for the WEBPAYGCCID rule to the external merchant ID. Credit Card Type Validation Form (GTVCCRD) Create entries for the payment type codes in use and the external merchant ID as used by the payment vendor. Credit Card Merchant ID Form (GOAMERC) Create entries for the WEBCCARGATEWAY process name code for credit card types being used with the merchant ID. Admissions Web Calendar Rules Form (SAAWAAD) Activate the term by checking the View Application indicator for a date range. Payment Code Validation Form (TTVPTYP)Create payment codes for payment or transaction types with the Type indicator set to Payment for the payment types or Transaction for the transaction types. /n 536 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Updates to BannerThis page updates Banner as follows. Links to Other Web Pages This page contains the following links to other Web pages. Buttons/Icons on This PageThis page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Deposit Crosswalk Form (TGADEPX)Create deposit crosswalk rules to map the payment detail code used with credit card processing, as defined on GOAMERC, and the deposit and payment detail codes used to create a deposit. Web Payment Rules Form (TSAWPAY) Set up display, payment, matching, and transaction rules. ItemDescription Charge PaymentUpdates TSADETL form and TBRACCD table. Deposit Payment Updates TSADETL form and TBRDEPO table. Link ActionTransaction item ready for payment, such as Deposit for Fall 2013-2014 Goes to the Payment Processing Transaction page (bwskpayg.P_ProcList ).Menu NameMenu URLStudent Account menu bmenu.P_ARMnu ItemDescription /n 537 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Payment Processing Transaction (bwskpayg.P_ProcList, bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction) The Payment Processing Transaction page ( bwskpayg.P_ProcList ) displays the payment information, such as the amount of the required housing deposit. Info Text can be added above and below the payment info rmation for additional information or instructions. This page contains three views. ŁThe first view of the page is displayed on entry to the page. ŁSelect the Continue button from the first view of the page to go to the second view of Payment Processing Transaction page ( bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction ).ŁSelect the Continue button from the second view of th e page to go to the third view of the Payment Processing Transaction page ( bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction ). First View of the Page Here is the first view of the page. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to other Web pages This page does not have links to other pages. ItemDescription/Source Information Transaction item to be paid (untitled) Item selected for payment from the Payment Processing page (bwskpayg.P_DispList ), such as The portion of your Housing Deposit is $500.00 ./n 538 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Buttons/Icons on this page This page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Second View of the Page The second view of the Payment Processing Transaction page (bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction ) allows you to select the checkbox for the transaction you wish to pay when the transactio n is for a single fee. You can then select the Continue button to go to the third view of Payment Processing Transaction page (bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction ).Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to the second view of the Payment Processing Transaction page ( bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction ). ItemDescription/Source Information Select if you choose to pay... Checkbox used to indica te payment, such as Select if you choose to pay Orientation Fee at $25.00 . This checkbox is displayed when the payment is optional. You can check it and continue with payment, or you can leave it unchecked, bypass the payment, and continue with other payments. /n 539 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Links to other Web pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/Icons on this page This page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Third View of the Page The third view of the Payment Processing Transaction page (bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction ) allows you to enter the number of transactions or fees when the transaction is for mult iple fees. You can then select the Continue button to access the Payment Processing Summary page ( bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction ).Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to the third view of the Payment Processing Transaction page ( bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction ). ItemDescription/Source Information Enter number requested for... Number of transactions to be paid, such as Enter number requested for Orientation Guest Fee at $20.00 each ./n 540 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Links to other Web pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/Icons on this page This page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. Payment Processing Summary (bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction) The Payment Processing Summary page ( bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction ) displays the transaction descriptions, amounts, and the total payment. You can review the information and then select the Proceed to Payment Page button or the Start Over button. The Proceed to Payment Page button goes to the Payment Gateway, where you can select buttons for Submit, Fail , or Cancel. If you select the Fail or Cancel buttons from the Payment Gateway, you are returned to the Payment Processing Transaction page (bwskpayg.P_ProcFailure) , where you receive a message that your payment has not been processed, and you are prompted to try again or start over. ŁThe Try Again button returns you to the Payment Gateway. ŁThe Start Over button returns you to the Payment Processing Transaction page (bwskpayg.P_ProcFailure ) where the original transactions are listed. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. Button/Icon ActionContinue Goes to the views of the Payment Processing Transaction page (bwskpayg.P_ProcTransaction ). /n 541 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to other Web pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/Icons on this page This page contains the following buttons/icons. Web Menus With Links to This Page No menus have links to this page. ItemDescription/Source Information DescriptionDescription of deposit or payment item. Amount Amount of deposit or payment item. Total Total amount of deposits and/or payments. Button/Icon ActionProceed to Payment PageGoes to the Payment Gateway. Start OverGoes to the Payment Processing Transaction page (bwskpayg.P_ProcFailure ) where the original transactions are listed. /n 542 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Payment Processing Successful Payment (bwskpayg.P_DispSuccess) Once you have completed the payment using the Payment Gateway, the Payment Processing Successful Payment page ( bwskpayg.P_DispSuccess ) is displayed with a message that the transaction has been completed. This page does not contain any fields, buttons, or links. Account Information (bwskoacc.P_DisplayTabs) This page is used to review details for acc ount transactions and deposits. Information is displayed for charges, credits, and deposits posted to a student™s account. Only deposits with outstanding balances are displayed in the Deposits Information. Use the Account Transactions tab to access the charges and credits. Use the Deposits tab to access the deposits. Web Page Fields This page contains the following fields. ItemDescription/Source Information The following fields are in th e Account Detail information. Account BalanceStudent™s account balance. Date RecordedDate of the transaction. DescriptionDescription of fee or payment for the transaction. TermTerm in which the transaction took place. ChargeAmount of transaction charge. CreditAmount of transaction credit. The following fields are in the Deposits information. Date RecordedDate of the deposit. DescriptionDescription of the deposit. TermTerm in which the deposit was made. Original AmountOriginal deposit amount received on the date recorded. BalanceOutstanding deposit amount to be paid. /n 543 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Setup Requirements This page has no setup requirements. Updates to BannerThis page does not update information in the Banner database. Links to other Web pages This page does not have links to other pages. Buttons/Icons on this page This page does not have buttons to other pages. Web Menus With Links to This Page The following menu has a link to this page. Set Up Student Account on the Web This section explains how to implement Student Accounts on the Web. Refer to the Banner Student User Guide for more information about Banner forms. For information about setting up credit card payment processing for the Web, see the Payment Processor Connection Handbook .This section includes the following procedures: ŁfiSet Up Account Summary Pages on the Webfl on page544 ŁfiSet Up the Account Detail for Term Page on the Webfl on page544 ŁfiSet Up the Statement and Payment History Page on the Webfl on page545 ŁfiSet Up the Tax Notification Page on the Webfl on page545 Menu NameMenu URLStudent Account menu bmenu.P_ARMnu /n 544 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Set Up Account Summary Pages on the Web Enter Y in the External Code field for the WEBDETCODE internal code on the Crosswalk Validation Form (GTVSDAX) if want detail codes to be displayed on the following pages: ŁAccount Summary ( bwskoacc.P_ViewAcctTotal )ŁAccount Summary by Term ( bwskoacc.P_ViewAcct )ŁAccount Detail for Term ( bwskoacc.P_ViewAcctTerm )ŁStatement and Payment History ( bwsksphs.P_ViewStatement )Set Up the Account Detail for Term Page on the Web 1.Access the Account Receivable Term Control Form (TSATERM). ŁChoose a term (required). The term you select on this form is the term for which you want to create rules. ŁSelect Enable Term to include the term in the drop-down choices for terms on the Account Detail for Term Self-Service page. Make your other selections based on what you want to display on the page. For detailed information abou t TSATERM, refer to the Banner Accounts Receivable User Guide and the Banner Accounts Receivable Online Help .2.Access the Student Billing Control Form (TSACTRL). 3.In the Installment Plans section, make the appropriate selection regarding assignment and calculation of automated installment plans. The Automatically Calculate Installments on TSAISTP, TSICSRV, Self Service and VR checkbox must be selected for installment plans to be displayed on the Account Detail for Term page. If the Automatically Assign Installment Plans on TSAISTP, TSICSR V, Self Service and VR checkbox is also selected, eligible students will be a dded to an automated plan. For detailed information about automate d installment plan s, refer to the Banner Accounts Receivable User Guide .For detailed information about TSACTRL, refer to the Banner Accounts Receivable User Guide and the Banner Accounts Receivable Online Help .4.Access the Housing Term Control Form (SLATERM). 5.In the Housing Term Cont rol section, select the Permit On-line Fee Assessments checkbox to enable housing fee assessment. 6.Access the Term Control Form (SOATERM). ŁIn the Registration Fee Asse ssment section, select the On-line Assessment checkbox to enable tuition and fee assessment. ŁIn the Web Self-Service, Voice Response, and Partner Systems section, select the On-line Assessment radio button to enable housing, tuition and fee assessment on the Account Detail for Term page. /n 545 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account For detailed information about fee assessment , refer to the "Registration" chapter in the Banner Student User Guide .7.Review the InfoText, and, if any changes are required, modify it using Web Tailor. Set Up the Statement and Payment History Page on the Web 1.Access the Accounts Receivable Billing Control Form (TGACTRL). For detailed information abou t TGACTRL, refer to the Banner Accounts Receivable User Guide and the Banner Accounts Receivable Online Help .2.In the Statement History Months field, enter the number of months for which students can view their statements. The default value for this field is 3.Banner calculates a cut-off date based on th e number of months entered in this field. Students will have access to all statements wit h a bill date greater th an or equal to the calculated cut-off date. 3.In the Payment History Months field, enter the number of months that office staff and students can view as history. The default value for this field is 3.Banner calculates a cut-off date based on th e number of months entered in this field. Eligible payments with an entry date greater than or equal to the calculated cutoff date are displayed. 4.Access the Detail Code Control Form (TSADETC). For detailed information abou t TSADETC, refer to the Banner Accounts Receivable User Guide and the Banner Accounts Receivable Online Help .5.Select the Payment History checkbox for each detail code you want to be displayed on the Statement and Payment History page. 6.Save your changes. Set Up the Tax Notification Page on the Web On the Tax Reporting Rules Form (TSATAXR), se t up rules for tax notification on the Web as follows. ŁIf you want supplemental information totals to be displayed on the Web, select the Total Access checkbox. ŁIf you want supplemental information details to be displayed on the Web, select the Detail Access checkbox. For detailed information ab out TSATAXR, refer to the Banner Accounts Receivable User Guide and the Banner Accounts Receivable Online Help ./n 546 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Student Account Set up and Use Payment and Deposit ProcessingBanner Student Self-Service payment and deposit processing is used with Banner Accounts Receivable deposit and fee conf iguration processing. Payment and deposit processing allows applicants or students to submit payments for deposits or other fees in Banner Student Self-Service. The process allows authorization for users to create deposits, charge fees, and pay fees, based the setup and rules used at your institution. Payments can be made through the Admissions path or the Student Account path. A Web payment rule can be set up in Banner Accounts Receivable for a single transaction, which allows Banner to authoriz e and process one deposit or one paid fee. When a Web payment rule is set up for multiple transactions, Banner authorizes the total amount and processes the deposit/fee group. Payment and transaction rules are defined on the Web Payment Rules Form (TSAWPAY). Transactions are displayed in sequence number order and can be optional or required, single or multiple. You can display as ma ny transactions are you choose to for an applicant or student. You can define the text used in Self-Service for a transaction link, such as Deposit for Fall 2013-2014 , and associate it with a Web page in Self- Service, by package.procedure name such as bwskpayg.P_DispList , (Payment Processing page). This section contains the following topics: ŁfiPayment and Deposit Processing Flow - Student Accountfl on page546 ŁfiPayment and Deposit Processing Flow - Application Menufl on page547 ŁfiAccount Informationfl on page548 ŁfiSetup Instructionsfl on page548 Payment and Deposit Processing Flow - Student AccountHere is the flow for using the Payment and Deposit Processing option on the Student Account Menu ( bmenu.P_ARMnu ).1.Log in to Banner Student Self-Service. 2.On the Main Menu ( bmenu.P_MainMnu ) select the Student option. 3.On the Student Menu ( bmenu.P_StuMainMnu ) select the Student Account option. 4.On the Student Account Menu ( bmenu.P_ARMnu ), select the Payment and Deposit Processing option to access the Payment Processing page (bwskpayg.P_DispList ). This page displays the items that are ready for payment for the student or applicant. 5.Select an item, such as Deposit for Fall 2013 - 2014 , to access the Payment Processing Transaction page ( bwskpayg.P_ProcList )./n 547 Banner Student Self-Service User Guide |Stu